Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 12, 2008
Registration No. 333-       
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
VERISK ANALYTICS, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
         
Delaware   7374   26-2994223
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
545 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310-1686
(201) 469-2000
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
 
 
 
Kenneth E. Thompson
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Verisk Analytics, Inc.
545 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310-1686
(201) 469-2000
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
     
Richard J. Sandler
Ethan T. James
Davis Polk & Wardwell
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
(212) 450-4000
  Eric J. Friedman
Richard B. Aftanas
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
(212) 735-3000
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
 
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o                  
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o                  
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o                  
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  o Smaller reporting company  o
                                       (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
 
 
 
             
Title of Each Class
    Proposed Maximum Aggregate
    Amount of
of Securities to be Registered     Offering Price(1)(2)     Registration Fee
Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share
    $750,000,000     $29,475
             
 
(1)  Includes shares of Class A common stock which the underwriters have the right to purchase to cover over-allotments.
 
(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
(Subject to Completion)
 
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Dated August 12, 2008
 
          Shares
 
(VERISK ANALYTICS, INC. LOGO)
 
Verisk Analytics, Inc.
 
Class A Common Stock
 
 
 
 
This is our initial public offering of common stock. The selling stockholders are selling shares of our Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, by this prospectus. We expect the public offering price to be between $      and $      per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares.
 
After pricing of the offering, we expect that the shares will be listed on the           under the symbol “     .”
 
Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.
 
 
 
 
         
   
Per Share
  Total
 
Public offering price
  $          $       
Underwriting discount
  $          $       
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
  $          $       
 
The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional           shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The shares will be ready for delivery on or about          , 2008.
 
 
 
 
Merrill Lynch & Co. Morgan Stanley
 
 
 
 
          , 2008


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    1  
    10  
    19  
    20  
    20  
    21  
    22  
    24  
    45  
    65  
    82  
    85  
    87  
    91  
    93  
    95  
    99  
    99  
    99  
    F-1  
  EX-10.1: 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
  EX-23.1: CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
  EX-23.2: CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
  EX-23.3: CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
 
 
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholders have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock.
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will have effected an internal reorganization whereby our predecessor, Insurance Services Office, Inc., or ISO, will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and all outstanding shares of ISO common stock will be replaced with common stock of the Company. We will immediately thereafter effect an approximately     -for-one split of our common stock. Unless otherwise stated herein or the context otherwise requires, the terms “Verisk,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Verisk Analytics, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the reorganization described above, and prior to such reorganization these terms refer to ISO and its consolidated subsidiaries through which we are currently conducting our operations. In addition, except as the context otherwise requires, the share and per share information in this prospectus gives effect to the stock split that will occur immediately after the reorganization.
 
Until          , 2008, 25 days after the commencement of this offering, all dealers that buy, sell, or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA AND FORECASTS
 
Market data and certain industry data and forecasts used throughout this prospectus were obtained from internal company surveys, market research, consultant surveys, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies and industry publications and surveys. These sources generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources, nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Similarly, internal surveys, industry forecasts and market research, which we believe to be reliable based upon our management’s knowledge of the industry, have not been independently verified. While we are not aware of any material misstatements regarding our industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.


i


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements.
 
Company Overview
 
We enable risk-bearing businesses to better understand and manage their risks. We provide value to our customers by supplying proprietary data that, combined with our analytic methods, creates embedded decision support solutions. We are the largest aggregator and provider of detailed actuarial and underwriting data pertaining to U.S. property and casualty, or P&C, insurance risks. We offer solutions for detecting fraud in the U.S. P&C insurance, healthcare and mortgage industries, and sophisticated methods to predict and quantify loss in diverse contexts ranging from natural catastrophes to health insurance.
 
Our customers use our solutions, in the form of our data, statistical models or tailored analytics, to make more logical decisions. We develop solutions which our customers use to analyze the four key processes in managing risk, in what we define as the Verisk Risk Analysis Framework: Prediction of Loss, Selection and Pricing of Risk, Detection and Prevention of Fraud, and Quantification of Loss.
 
We organize our business in two segments: Risk Assessment and Decision Analytics.
 
Risk Assessment:   We are the leading provider of statistical, actuarial and underwriting data for the U.S. P&C insurance industry. Our proprietary and unique databases describe premiums and losses in insurance transactions, casualty and property risk attributes for commercial buildings and their occupants and fire suppression capabilities of municipalities in addition to other properties and attributes. Our largest P&C insurance database includes nearly 14 billion records, and, in each of the past three years, we updated the database with over 2 billion validated new records. We use our data, for example, to create policy language and proprietary risk classifications that are industry standard and to generate prospective loss cost estimates used to price insurance policies.
 
Decision Analytics:   We provide solutions in each of the four processes of the Verisk Risk Analysis Framework by combining algorithms and analytic methods, which incorporate our proprietary data. Our unique data sets include approximately 600 million P&C insurance claims, historic natural catastrophe data covering more than 50 countries, data from more than 13 million applications for mortgage loans and over 300 million U.S. criminal records. Customers integrate our solutions into their models, formulas or underwriting criteria to predict potential loss events, ranging from hurricanes and earthquakes to unanticipated healthcare claims. We are a leading developer of catastrophe and extreme event models and offer solutions covering natural and man-made risks, including acts of terrorism. We also develop solutions that allow customers to quantify costs after loss events occur. Our fraud solutions include data on claim histories, analysis of mortgage applications to identify misinformation, analysis of claims to find emerging patterns of fraud and identification of suspicious claims in the insurance, healthcare and mortgage sectors.
 
We believe our solutions for analyzing risk positively impact our customers’ revenues and help them better manage their costs. The embedded nature of our solutions serves to strengthen and extend our relationships. In 2007, our U.S. customers included all of the top 100 P&C insurance providers, four of the 10 largest Blue Cross Blue Shield plans, four of the seven leading mortgage insurers, 14 of the top 20 mortgage lenders, and all of the 10 largest global reinsurers. Approximately 96% of our top 200 customers in 2007, as ranked by revenue, have been our customers for each of the last five years. Further, from 2003 to 2007, revenues generated from these top 200 customers grew at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 13%.
 
We offer our solutions and services primarily through annual subscriptions or long-term agreements, which are typically pre-paid and represented approximately 74% of our revenues in 2007. For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2008, we had revenues of $802 million and $216 million, respectively, and net income of $150 million and $41 million, respectively. For the five year


1


Table of Contents

period ended December 31, 2007, our revenues and net income have grown at a CAGR of 13.8% and 21.2%, respectively.
 
Our Market Opportunity
 
We believe there is a long-term trend for companies to set strategy and direct operations using data and analytics to guide their decisions, which has resulted in a large and rapidly growing market for professional and business information. According to Veronis Suhler Stevenson, an industry consultant, spending on professional and business information services in the U.S. reached $61 billion in 2005 and is projected to grow at a CAGR of 8% through 2010. Another research firm, International Data Corporation, or IDC, estimates that the business analytics services market, which totaled $32 billion in 2007, will grow at a CAGR of 9% through 2012.
 
We believe that the consistent decline in the cost of computing power contributes to the trend towards greater use of data and analytics. As a result, larger data sets are assembled faster and at a lower cost per record while the complexity and accuracy of analytical applications and solutions have expanded. This trend has led to an increase in the use of analytic output, which can be generated and applied more quickly, resulting in more informed decision making. As computing power increases, cost decreases and accuracy improves, we believe customers will continue to apply and integrate data and analytic solutions more broadly.
 
Companies that engage in risk transactions, including P&C insurers, healthcare payors and mortgage lenders and insurers, are particularly motivated to use enhanced analytics because of several factors affecting risk markets, including:
 
  •      the total value of exposures in risk transactions is increasing;
 
  •      the number of participants in risk transactions is often large and the asymmetry of information among participants is often substantial; and
 
  •      the failure to understand risk can lead to large and rapid declines in financial performance.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe our competitive strengths include the following:
 
  •      Our Solutions are Embedded In Our Customers’ Critical Decision Processes.   Our customers use our solutions to make better risk decisions and to price risk appropriately. In the U.S. P&C insurance industry, our solutions for prospective loss costs, policy language, rating/underwriting rules and regulatory filing services are the industry standard. In the U.S. healthcare and mortgage industries, our predictive models, loss estimation tools and fraud identification applications are the primary solutions that allow customers to understand their risk exposures and proactively manage them. Over the last three years, we have retained 98% of our customers across all of our businesses, which we believe reflects our customers’ recognition of the value they derive from our solutions.
 
  •      Extensive and Differentiated Data Assets and Analytic Methods.   We maintain what we believe are some of the largest, most accurate, and most complete databases in the markets we serve. Much of the information we provide is not available from any other source and would be difficult and costly for another party to replicate. As a result, our accumulated experience and years of significant investment have given us a competitive advantage in serving our customers.
 
  •      Culture of Continuous Improvement.   Our intellectual capital and focus on continuous improvement have allowed us to develop proprietary algorithms and solutions that assist our customers in making informed risk decisions. Our team includes approximately 390 individuals with advanced degrees, certifications and professional designations in such fields as actuarial science, data management, mathematics, statistics, economics, soil mechanics, meteorology and various engineering disciplines. Our compensation and benefit plans are pay-for-performance-


2


Table of Contents

  oriented, including incentive compensation plans and substantial equity participation by employees. Today, our employees own approximately 30% of the company.
 
  •      Attractive Operating Model.   We believe we have an attractive operating model due to the recurring nature of our revenues, the scalability of our solutions and the low capital intensity of our business.
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
Over the past five years, we have grown our revenues at a CAGR of 13.8% through the successful execution of our business plan. These results reflect strong organic revenue growth, new product development and selected acquisitions. We have made, and continue to make, investments in people, data sets, analytic solutions, technology, and complementary businesses. The key components of our strategy include:
 
  •      Increase Sales to Insurance Customers.   We expect to expand the application of our solutions in insurance customers’ internal risk and underwriting processes. Building on our deep knowledge of, and embedded position in, the insurance industry, we expect to sell more solutions to existing customers tailored to individual insurance segments. By increasing the breadth and relevance of our offerings, we believe we can strengthen our relationships with customers and increase our value to their decision making in critical ways.
 
  •      Develop New, Proprietary Data Sets and Predictive Analytics.   We work with our customers to understand their evolving needs. We plan to create new solutions by enriching our mix of proprietary data sets, analytic solutions and effective decision support across the markets we serve. We constantly seek to add new data sets that can further leverage our analytic methods, technology platforms and intellectual capital.
 
  •      Leverage Our Intellectual Capital to Expand into Adjacent Markets and New Customer Sectors.   Our organization is built on nearly four decades of intellectual property in risk management. We believe we can continue to profitably expand the use of our intellectual capital and apply our analytic methods in new markets, where significant opportunities for long-term growth exist. We also continue to pursue growth through targeted international expansion. We have already demonstrated the effectiveness of this strategy with our expansion into healthcare and non-insurance financial services.
 
  •      Pursue Strategic Acquisitions that Complement Our Leadership Positions.   We will continue to expand our data and analytics capabilities across industries. While we expect this will occur primarily through organic growth, we have and will continue to acquire assets and businesses that strengthen our value proposition to customers. We have developed an internal capability to source, evaluate and integrate acquisitions that have created value for shareholders. We have acquired 14 businesses in the past five years, which in the aggregate have increased their revenue with a weighted average CAGR of 40% over the same period.
 
Risk Factors
 
Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 for a discussion of certain factors you should consider in evaluating an investment in our common stock.


3


Table of Contents

Corporate History and Information
 
We were formed in 1971 as an advisory and rating organization for the P&C insurance industry to provide statistical and actuarial services, to develop insurance programs and to assist insurance companies in meeting state regulatory requirements. Over the past decade, we have transformed our business by deepening and broadening our data assets, entering new markets, placing a greater emphasis on analytics and pursing strategic acquisitions to enhance these efforts. Members of our senior management operating team have been with us for an average of almost twenty years. This team has led our transformation to a successful for-profit entity and our expansion from P&C insurance into a variety of new markets.
 
Our principal executive offices are located at 545 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, New Jersey, 07310-1686 and our telephone number is (201) 469-2000.


4


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING
 
Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders            shares
 
Class A common stock outstanding            shares
 
Over-allotment option            shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders
 
Class B common stock outstanding            shares
 
Sale and transfer restrictions on Class B common stock The Class B (Series 1) common stock is not transferable until 18 months after the date of this prospectus and the Class B (Series 2) common stock is not transferable until 30 months after the date of this prospectus.
 
These transfer restrictions are subject to limited exceptions, including transfers to another holder of Class B common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock — Common Stock — Transfer Restrictions.”
 
Conversion of Class B common stock After termination of the restrictions on transfer described above for each series of Class B common stock, such series of Class B common stock will be automatically converted into Class A common stock. No later than 30 months after the date of this prospectus, there will be no outstanding shares of Class B common stock.
 
In the event that Class B common stock is transferred and converts into Class A common stock, it will have the effect of diluting the voting power of our existing holders of Class A common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock — Common Stock — Conversion.”
 
Use of proceeds The Company will not receive any proceeds from sale of Class A common stock in the offering.
 
Dividend policy Following this offering and subject to legally available funds, we currently intend to pay a quarterly dividend, in cash, at an annual rate initially equal to $      per share of Class A common stock (representing a quarterly rate initially equal to $      per share) commencing with the quarter ended          , 2008. Our Class B common stock will share ratably on an as-converted basis in such dividends. The declaration and payment of any dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, covenants in our debt instruments and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.
 
Stock symbol
 
Unless the context requires otherwise, the number of shares of our Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2008, giving effect to the stock split of          -for-one that will have occurred prior to the completion of this offering. The


5


Table of Contents

number of shares of our Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering does not take into account, unless the context otherwise requires:
 
  •                 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2008 at a weighted average exercise price of $      per share; and
 
  •      an aggregate of           shares of Class A common stock that will be reserved for future issuances under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan as of the closing of this offering.


6


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
 
The following summary historical financial data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 is derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2008 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2008 are derived from unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements that are included in this prospectus and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2007 is derived from unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements that is not included in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, in our opinion, have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of our results of operations and financial position. Results for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 or any future period.
 
Since January 1, 2005 we have acquired 10 businesses, which may affect the comparability of our financial statements.
 
                                         
          Three Months
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended March 31,  
    2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share data)  
 
Statement of income data:
                                       
Revenues:
                                       
Risk Assessment revenues
  $ 448,875     $ 472,634     $ 485,160     $ 121,797     $ 127,039  
Decision Analytics revenues
    196,785       257,499       317,035       77,037       88,579  
                                         
Revenues
    645,660       730,133       802,195       198,834       215,618  
                                         
Expenses:
                                       
Cost of revenues
    294,911       331,804       357,191       86,987       93,310  
Selling, general and administrative
    88,723       100,124       107,576       27,925       28,674  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    22,024       28,007       31,745       7,582       7,907  
Amortization of intangible assets
    19,800       26,854       33,916       8,923       8,041  
                                         
Total expenses
    425,458       486,789       530,428       131,417       137,932  
                                         
Operating income
    220,202       243,344       271,767       67,417       77,686  
Other income/(expense):
                                       
Investment income and realized gains (losses) on securities, net
    2,932       6,101       9,308       2,094       (458 )
Interest expense
    (10,465 )     (16,668 )     (22,928 )     (5,773 )     (6,326 )
                                         
Total other expense
    (7,533 )     (10,567 )     (13,620 )     (3,679 )     (6,784 )
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    212,669       232,777       258,147       63,738       70,902  
Provision for income taxes
    (85,722 )     (86,921 )     (103,184 )     (24,867 )     (29,876 )
                                         
Income from continuing operations
    126,947       145,856       154,963       38,871       41,026  


7


Table of Contents

                                         
          Three Months
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended March 31,  
    2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share data)  
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax(1)
    (2,574 )     (1,805 )     (4,589 )     (610 )      
                                         
Net income
  $ 124,373     $ 144,051     $ 150,374     $ 38,261     $ 41,026  
                                         
Basic income/(loss) per share (2) :
                                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 29.81     $ 35.31     $ 38.58     $ 9.49     $ 10.91  
Loss from discontinued operations
    (0.61 )     (0.44 )     (1.14 )     (0.15 )      
                                         
Net income per share
  $ 29.20     $ 34.87     $ 37.44     $ 9.34     $ 10.91  
                                         
Diluted income/(loss) per share:
                                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 28.45     $ 33.85     $ 37.03     $ 9.10     $ 10.45  
Loss from discontinued operations
    (0.58 )     (0.42 )     (1.10 )     (0.14 )      
                                         
Net income per share
  $ 27.87     $ 33.43     $ 35.93     $ 8.96     $ 10.45  
                                         
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                                       
Basic
    4,258,989       4,130,962       4,016,928       4,096,320       3,759,913  
                                         
Diluted
    4,462,109       4,308,976       4,185,151       4,269,444       3,926,954  
                                         
Other data:
                                       
EBITDA(3):
                                       
Risk Assessment EBITDA
  $ 195,951     $ 202,872     $ 212,780     $ 51,778     $ 58,122  
Decision Analytics EBITDA
    66,075       95,333       124,648       32,144       35,512  
                                         
EBITDA
  $ 262,026     $ 298,205     $ 337,428     $ 83,922     $ 93,634  
                                         
Purchases of fixed assets
  $ (24,019 )   $ (25,742 )   $ (32,941 )   $ (14,406 )   $ (9,766 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    174,071       223,499       248,521       92,735       89,864  
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (107,444 )     (243,452 )     (110,831 )     (39,454 )     10,415  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (90,954 )     75,907       (212,591 )     (26,577 )     (98,434 )
 
                                         
    As of December 31,     As of March 31,  
    2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
                (In thousands)              
 
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 42,822     $ 99,152     $ 24,049     $ 125,878     $ 25,898  
Total assets
    466,244       744,731       828,483       846,668       842,445  
Total debt(4)
    276,964       448,698       438,330       447,655       517,014  
Redeemable common stock(5)
    901,089       1,125,933       1,171,188       1,158,693       1,017,967  
Stockholders’ deficit
    (938,294 )     (1,116,357 )     (1,195,728 )     (1,142,421 )     (1,190,826 )
 
(1) As of December 31, 2007, we discontinued operations of our claim consulting business located in New Hope, Pennsylvania and the United Kingdom.
 
(2) In conjunction with the initial public offering, the stock of Insurance Services Office, Inc. will convert to stock of Verisk Analytics, Inc., which plans to effect a stock split of its common stock. Giving effect to

8


Table of Contents

the approximately          -for-one stock split that will have occurred prior to the completion of this offering, basic earnings per share from continuing operations and discontinued operations would have been $      and $     , $      and $     , and $      and $      for each of the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $      and $      and $      and $      for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Diluted earnings per shares from continuing operations and discontinued operations would have been $      and $     , $      and $      , and $      and $      for each of the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and $      and $      and $      and $      for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
 
(3) EBITDA is the financial measure which management uses to evaluate the performance of our segments. “EBITDA” is defined as income from continuing operations before investment income and interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. See note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements and note 16 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Management believes that this financial measure and the information we provide are useful to investors because they permit investors to view our performance using the same tools that management uses to gauge progress in achieving our goals. This presentation of EBITDA may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, since not all companies use identical calculations.
 
The following is a reconciliation of income from continuing operations to EBITDA:
 
                                         
          Three Months
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended March 31,  
    2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 126,947     $ 145,856     $ 154,963     $ 38,871     $ 41,026  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed and intangible assets
    41,824       54,861       65,661       16,505       15,948  
Interest and investment (income) loss
    (2,932 )     (6,101 )     (9,308 )     (2,094 )     458  
Interest expense
    10,465       16,668       22,928       5,773       6,326  
Provision for income taxes
    85,722       86,921       103,184       24,867       29,876  
                                         
EBITDA
  $ 262,026     $ 298,205     $ 337,428     $ 83,922     $ 93,634  
 
(4) Includes capital lease obligations.
 
(5) Prior to this offering, we are required to record our Class A common stock and vested options at redemption value at each balance sheet date as the redemption of these securities is not solely within our control, due to our contractual obligations to redeem these shares. We classify this redemption value as redeemable common stock. Subsequent to this offering, we will no longer be obligated to redeem these shares and therefore we will not be required to record any redeemable common stock.


9


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in shares of our Class A common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely suffer. In such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
We could lose our access to data from external sources which could prevent us from providing our solutions.
 
We depend upon data from external sources, including data received from customers and various government and public record services, for information used in our databases. In general, we do not own the information in these databases, and the participating organizations could discontinue contributing information to the databases. Our data sources could withdraw or increase the price for their data for a variety of reasons, and we could also become subject to legislative or judicial restrictions on the use of such data, in particular if such data is not collected by the third parties in a way which allows us to legally use and/or process the data. In addition, many of our customers are significant stockholders of our company. Specifically, all of our Class B common stock is owned by insurers who are also our customers and provide us with a significant percentage of our data. If our customers’ percentage of ownership of our common stock decreases in the future, including as a result of this offering, there can be no assurance that our customers will continue to provide data to the same extent or on the same terms. If a substantial number of data sources, or certain key sources, were to withdraw or be unable to provide their data, or if we were to lose access to data due to government regulation or if the collection of data became uneconomical, our ability to provide solutions to our customers could be impacted, which could materially adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.
 
Agreements with our data suppliers are short-term agreements. Some suppliers are also competitors, which may make us vulnerable to unpredictable price increases and may cause some suppliers not to renew certain agreements. Our competitors could also enter into exclusive contracts with our data sources. If our competitors enter into such exclusive contracts, we may be precluded from receiving certain data from these suppliers or restricted in our use of such data, which would give our competitors an advantage. Such a termination or exclusive contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, and operating results if we were unable to arrange for substitute sources.
 
We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from the U.S. P&C insurance industry. If there is a downturn in the U.S. insurance industry or that industry does not continue to accept our solutions, our revenues will decline.
 
Revenues derived from solutions we provide to the U.S. P&C insurance industry account for a substantial portion of our total revenues. During the three months ended March 31, 2008, approximately 67% of our revenue was derived from solutions provided to the U.S. P&C insurance industry. Also, sales of certain of our solutions are tied to premiums in the U.S. P&C insurance market, which may rise or fall in any given year due to loss experience and capital capacity and other factors in the insurance industry beyond our control. In addition, our revenues will decline if the insurance industry does not continue to accept these solutions. Factors that might affect the acceptance of these solutions by P&C insurers include the following:
 
  •      changes in the business analytics industry;
 
  •      changes in technology;
 
  •      our inability to obtain or use state fee schedule or claims data in our insurance solutions;
 
  •      saturation of market demand;
 
  •      loss of key customers;


10


Table of Contents

  •      industry consolidation; and
 
  •      failure to execute our customer-focused selling approach.
 
A downturn in the insurance industry or lower acceptance of our solutions by the insurance industry could result in a decline in revenues from that industry and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
There may be consolidation in our end customer market.
 
Mergers or consolidations among our customers could reduce the number of our customers and potential customers. This could adversely affect our revenues even if these events do not reduce the aggregate number of customers or the activities of the consolidated entities. If our customers merge with or are acquired by other entities that are not our customers, or that use fewer of our services, they may discontinue or reduce their use of our services. The adverse effects of consolidation will be greater in sectors that we are particularly dependent upon, for example, in the P&C insurance services sector. Any of these developments could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.
 
If we are unable to develop successful new solutions or if we experience defects, failures and delays associated with the introduction of new solutions, our business could suffer serious harm.
 
Our growth and success depends upon our ability to develop and sell new solutions. If we are unable to develop new solutions, or if we are not successful in introducing and/or obtaining regulatory approval or acceptance for new solutions, we may not be able to grow our business, or growth may occur more slowly than we anticipate. In addition, significant undetected errors or delays in new solutions may affect market acceptance of our solutions and could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations. In the past, we have experienced delays while developing and introducing new solutions, primarily due to difficulties developing models, acquiring data and adapting to particular operating environments. Errors or defects in our solutions that are significant, or are perceived to be significant, could result in rejection of our solutions, damage to our reputation, loss of revenues, diversion of development resources, an increase in product liability claims, and increases in service and support costs and warranty claims.
 
We will continue to rely upon proprietary technology rights, and if we are unable to protect them, our business could be harmed.
 
Our success depends, in part, upon our intellectual property rights. To date, we have relied primarily on a combination of copyright, patent, trade secret, and trademark laws and nondisclosure and other contractual restrictions on copying and distribution to protect our proprietary technology. This protection of our proprietary technology is limited, and our proprietary technology could be used by others without our consent. In addition, patents may not be issued with respect to our pending or future patent applications, and our patents may not be upheld as valid or may not prevent the development of competitive products. Any disclosure, loss, invalidity of, or failure to protect our intellectual property could negatively impact our competitive position, and ultimately, our business. Our protection of our intellectual property rights in the United States or abroad may not be adequate and others, including our competitors, may use our proprietary technology without our consent. Furthermore, litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
We could face claims for intellectual property infringement.
 
There has been substantial litigation and other proceedings, particularly in the United States, regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the information technology industry. There is a risk that we are infringing, or may in the future infringe, the intellectual property rights of third parties. We monitor third-party patents and patent applications that may be relevant to our technologies and solutions and we carry out freedom to operate analyses where we deem appropriate. However, such monitoring and analysis has not been,


11


Table of Contents

and is unlikely in the future to be, comprehensive, and it may not be possible to detect all potentially relevant patents and patent applications. Since the patent application process can take several years to complete, there may be currently pending applications, unknown to us, that may later result in issued patents that cover our products and technologies. As a result, we may infringe existing and future third-party patents of which we are not aware. As we expand our operations there is a higher risk that such activity could infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties.
 
Third-party intellectual property infringement claims and any resultant litigation against us or our technology partners or providers, could subject us to liability for damages, restrict us from using and providing our technologies and solutions or operating our business generally, or require changes to be made to our technologies and solutions. Even if we prevail, litigation is time consuming and expensive to defend and would result in the diversion of management’s time and attention.
 
If a successful claim of infringement is brought against us and we fail to develop non-infringing technologies and solutions or to obtain licenses on a timely and cost effective basis this could materially and adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.
 
We are subject to significant governmental regulation.
 
Because personal, public and non-public information is stored in some of our databases, we are vulnerable to government regulation and adverse publicity concerning the use of our data. We provide many types of data and services that already are subject to regulation under the Fair Credit Reporting Act, Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, Driver’s Privacy Protection Act, Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, the European Union’s Data Protection Directive and to a lesser extent, various other federal, state, and local laws and regulations. These laws and regulations are designed to protect the privacy of the public and to prevent the misuse of personal information in the marketplace. However, many consumer advocates, privacy advocates, and government regulators believe that the existing laws and regulations do not adequately protect privacy. They have become increasingly concerned with the use of personal information, particularly social security numbers, department of motor vehicle data and dates of birth. As a result, they are lobbying for further restrictions on the dissemination or commercial use of personal information to the public and private sectors. Similar initiatives are under way in other countries in which we do business or from which we source data. The following legal and regulatory developments also could have a material adverse affect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows:
 
  •      amendment, enactment, or interpretation of laws and regulations which restrict the access and use of personal information and reduce the supply of data available to customers;
 
  •      changes in cultural and consumer attitudes to favor further restrictions on information collection and sharing, which may lead to regulations that prevent full utilization of our solutions;
 
  •      failure of our solutions to comply with current laws and regulations; and
 
  •      failure of our solutions to adapt to changes in the regulatory environment in an efficient, cost-effective manner.
 
Fraudulent data access and other security breaches may negatively impact our business and harm our reputation.
 
Security breaches in our facilities, computer networks, and databases may cause harm to our business and reputation and result in a loss of customers. Our systems may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, computer viruses, attacks by hackers and similar disruptive problems. Third-party contractors also may experience security breaches involving the storage and transmission of proprietary information. If users gain improper access to our databases, they may be able to steal, publish, delete or modify confidential third-party information that is stored or transmitted on our networks.


12


Table of Contents

In addition, customers’ misuse of our information services could cause harm to our business and reputation and result in loss of customers. Any such misappropriation and/or misuse of our information could result in us, among other things, being in breach of certain data protection and related legislation.
 
A security or privacy breach may affect us in the following ways:
 
  •      deterring customers from using our solutions;
 
  •      deterring data suppliers from supplying data to us;
 
  •      harming our reputation;
 
  •      exposing us to liability;
 
  •      increasing operating expenses to correct problems caused by the breach;
 
  •      affecting our ability to meet customers’ expectations; or
 
  •      causing inquiry from governmental authorities.
 
We may detect incidents in which consumer data has been fraudulently or improperly acquired. The number of potentially affected consumers identified by any future incidents is obviously unknown. Any such incident could materially and adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.
 
We typically face a long selling cycle to secure new contracts that requires significant resource commitments, which result in a long lead time before we receive revenues from new relationships.
 
We typically face a long selling cycle to secure a new contract and there is generally a long preparation period in order to commence providing the services. We typically incur significant business development expenses during the selling cycle and we may not succeed in winning a new customer’s business, in which case we receive no revenues and may receive no reimbursement for such expenses. Even if we succeed in developing a relationship with a potential new customer, we may not be successful in obtaining contractual commitments after the selling cycle or in maintaining contractual commitments after the implementation cycle, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
We may lose key business assets, including loss of data center capacity or the interruption of telecommunications links, the internet, or power sources, which could significantly impede our ability to do business.
 
Our operations depend on our ability, as well as that of third-party service providers to whom we have outsourced several critical functions, to protect data centers and related technology against damage from hardware failure, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, impacts of terrorism, breaches in security (such as the actions of computer hackers), natural disasters, or other disasters. The on-line services we provide are dependent on links to telecommunications providers. In addition, we generate a significant amount of our revenues through telesales centers and websites that we utilize in the acquisition of new customers, fulfillment of solutions and services and responding to customer inquiries. We may not have sufficient redundant operations to cover a loss or failure in all of these areas in a timely manner. Certain of our customer contracts provide that our on-line servers may not be unavailable for specified periods of time. Any damage to our data centers, failure of our telecommunications links or inability to access these telesales centers or websites could cause interruptions in operations that materially adversely affect our ability to meet customers’ requirements, resulting in decreased revenue, operating income and earnings per share.
 
We are subject to significant competition in many of the markets in which we operate.
 
Some markets in which we operate or which we believe may provide growth opportunities for us are highly competitive, and are expected to remain highly competitive. We compete on the basis of quality, customer service, product and service selection and price. Our competitive position in various market segments


13


Table of Contents

depends upon the relative strength of competitors in the segment and the resources devoted to competing in that segment. Due to their size, certain competitors may be able to allocate greater resources to a particular market segment than we can. As a result, these competitors may be in a better position to anticipate and respond to changing customer preferences, emerging technologies and market trends. In addition, new competitors and alliances may emerge to take market share away. We may be unable to maintain our competitive position in our market segments, especially against larger competitors. We may also invest further to upgrade our systems in order to compete. If we fail to successfully compete, our business, financial position and results of operations may be adversely affected.
 
Acquisitions could result in operating difficulties, dilution and other harmful consequences.
 
Our long-term business strategy includes growth through acquisitions. Future acquisitions may not be completed on acceptable terms and acquired assets, data or businesses may not be successfully integrated into our operations. Any acquisitions or investments will be accompanied by the risks commonly encountered in acquisitions of businesses. Such risks include, among other things:
 
  •      failing to implement or remediate controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a larger public company at acquired companies that prior to the acquisition lacked such controls, procedures and policies;
 
  •      paying more than fair market value for an acquired company or assets;
 
  •      failing to integrate the operations and personnel of the acquired businesses in an efficient, timely manner;
 
  •      assuming potential liabilities of an acquired company;
 
  •      managing the potential disruption to our ongoing business;
 
  •      distracting management focus from our core businesses;
 
  •      difficulty in acquiring suitable businesses;
 
  •      impairing relationships with employees, customers, and strategic partners;
 
  •      incurring expenses associated with the amortization of intangible assets;
 
  •      incurring expenses associated with an impairment of all or a portion of goodwill and other intangible assets due to changes in market conditions, weak economies in certain competitive markets, or the failure of certain acquisitions to realize expected benefits; and
 
  •      diluting the share value and voting power of existing stockholders.
 
The anticipated benefits of many of our acquisitions may not materialize. Future acquisitions or dispositions could result in the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses, or write-offs of goodwill and other intangible assets, any of which could harm our financial condition. Future acquisitions may require us to obtain additional financing, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.
 
To the extent the availability of free or relatively inexpensive information increases, the demand for some of our solutions may decrease.
 
Public sources of free or relatively inexpensive information have become increasingly available recently, particularly through the internet, and this trend is expected to continue. Governmental agencies in particular have increased the amount of information to which they provide free public access. Public sources of free or relatively inexpensive information may reduce demand for our solutions. To the extent that customers choose not to obtain solutions from us and instead rely on information obtained at little or no cost from these public sources, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.


14


Table of Contents

Our senior leadership team is critical to our continued success and the loss of such personnel could harm our business.
 
Our future success substantially depends on the continued service and performance of the members of our senior leadership team. These personnel possess business and technical capabilities that are difficult to replace. Members of our senior management operating team have been with us for an average of almost twenty years. If we lose key members of our senior management operating team, we may not be able to effectively manage our current operations or meet ongoing and future business challenges, and this may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
We may fail to attract and retain enough qualified employees to support our operations.
 
Our business relies on large numbers of skilled employees and our success depends on our ability to attract, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees. If our attrition rate increases, our operating efficiency and productivity may decrease. We compete for employees not only with other companies in our industry but also with companies in other industries, such as software services, engineering services and financial services companies, and there is a limited pool of employees who have the skills and training needed to do our work. If our business continues to grow, the number of people we will need to hire will increase. We will also need to increase our hiring if we are not able to maintain our attrition rate through our current recruiting and retention policies. Increased competition for employees could have an adverse effect on our ability to expand our business and service our customers, as well as cause us to incur greater personnel expenses and training costs.
 
We are subject to antitrust and other litigation, and may in the future become subject to further such litigation; an adverse outcome in such litigation could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, revenues and profitability.
 
We participate in businesses (particularly insurance-related businesses and services) that are subject to substantial litigation, including antitrust litigation. We are subject to the provisions of a 1995 settlement agreement in an antitrust lawsuit brought by various state Attorneys General and private plaintiffs which imposes certain constraints with respect to insurer involvement in our governance and business. We currently are defending against several putative class action lawsuits in which it is alleged that certain of our subsidiaries unlawfully have conspired with insurers with respect to their payment of insurance claims. See “Business — Legal Proceedings.” Our failure to successfully defend or settle such litigation could result in liability that, to the extent not covered by our insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, revenues and profitability. Given the nature of our business, we may be subject to similar litigation in the future. Even if the direct financial impact of such litigation is not material, settlements or judgments arising out of such litigation could include further restrictions on our ability to conduct business, including potentially the elimination of entire lines of business, which could increase our cost of doing business and limit our prospects for future growth.
 
General economic, political and market forces and dislocations beyond our control could reduce demand for our solutions and harm our business.
 
The demand for our solutions may be impacted by domestic and international factors that are beyond our control, including macroeconomic, political and market conditions, the availability of short-term and long-term funding and capital, the level and volatility of interest rates, currency exchange rates and inflation. The United States economy is currently undergoing a period of slowdown, which some observers view as a possible recession and both the future domestic and global economic environments may continue to be less favorable than those of recent years. Any one or more of these factors may contribute to reduced activity and prices in the securities markets generally and could result in a reduction in demand for our solutions, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition.
 
The current global dislocation of the credit markets, which have significantly contributed to the slowdown described above, has not yet been fully accounted for by many financial institutions. A significant


15


Table of Contents

additional decline in the value of assets for which risk is transferred in market transactions could have an adverse impact on the demand for our solutions. In addition, the decline of the credit markets has reduced the number of mortgage originators, and therefore, the immediate demand for our related mortgage solutions. Specifically, certain of our fraud detection and prevention solutions are directed at the mortgage market. This decline in asset value and originations and an increase in foreclosure levels has also created greater regulatory scrutiny of mortgage originations and securitization. Any new regulatory regime may change the utility of our solutions for mortgage lenders and other participants in the mortgage lending industry and related derivative markets or increase our costs as we adapt our solutions to new regulation.
 
Risks Related to the Offering
 
There is no prior public market for our common stock and therefore an active trading market or any specific price for our common stock may not be established.
 
Currently, there is no public trading market for our common stock. We expect that our Class A common stock will be listed on the           under the symbol “     .” The initial public offering price per share was determined by agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after our initial public offering. An active trading market for our common stock may not develop and continue upon the completion of this offering and the market price of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price.
 
The market price for our common stock may be volatile.
 
The market price for our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors including the following:
 
  •      actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;
 
  •      changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts;
 
  •      changes in the economic performance or market valuations of other companies engaged in our industry;
 
  •      regulatory developments in our industry affecting us, our customers or our competitors;
 
  •      announcements of technological developments;
 
  •      sales or expected sales of additional common stock;
 
  •      continued dislocations and downward pressure in the capital markets; and
 
  •      terrorist attacks or natural disasters or other such events impacting countries where we or our customers have operations.
 
In addition, securities markets generally and from time to time experience significant price and volume fluctuations that are not related to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
 
We plan to issue a number of options to purchase Class A common stock to our directors and employees that could dilute your interest in us.
 
Upon the closing of this offering we will have           shares of Class A common stock available for issuance to our directors, executive officers and employees in connection with grants of options to purchase Class A common stock under our employee benefits arrangements. Issuances of Class A common stock to our directors, executive officers and employees pursuant to the exercise of stock options under our employee benefits arrangements will dilute your interest in us.


16


Table of Contents

If there are substantial sales of our common stock, our stock price could decline.
 
The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of common stock in the market after this offering or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem attractive. Upon consummation of this offering, we will have           shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares, the           shares of common stock offered hereby will be freely tradable without restriction in the public market, unless purchased by our affiliates.
 
Following this offering, our existing stockholders will beneficially own in the aggregate approximately           shares of our Class A common stock and           shares of our Class B common stock, representing in aggregate approximately     % of our outstanding common stock. Such stockholders will be able to sell their common stock in the public market from time to time without registering them, subject to the lock-up periods described below, and subject to limitations on the timing, amount and method of those sales imposed by securities laws. If any of these stockholders were to sell a large number of their common stock, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly. In addition, the perception in the public markets that sales by them might occur could also adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
In connection with this offering, we, our selling stockholders, our directors and certain members of our management have each agreed to enter into a lock-up agreement and thereby be subject to a lock-up period, meaning that they and their permitted transferees will not be permitted to sell any of their common stock without the prior consent of the underwriters for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Although we have been advised that there is no present intention to do so, the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the common stock from the restrictions in any of the lock-up agreements described above. In addition, certain members of our management will be subject to a lock-up agreements with us whereby they will not be permitted to sell any of their common stock, subject to certain conditions, for a period of time after the pricing of this initial public offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Letter Agreements.” Also, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our Class B stockholders will not be able to sell any of their common stock, subject to certain conditions, to the public for a period of time after the pricing of this initial public offering. See “Description of Capital Stock — Common Stock — Conversion.”
 
Pursuant to our equity incentive plans, options to purchase approximately           shares of Class A common stock will be outstanding upon consummation of this offering. Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act registering a total of approximately           shares of Class A common stock which will cover the shares available for issuance under our equity incentive plans (including for such outstanding options) as well as shares held for resale by our existing stockholders that were previously issued under our equity incentive plans. Such further issuance and resale of our common stock could cause the price of our common stock to decline.
 
Also, in the future, we may issue our securities in connection with investments and acquisitions. The amount of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then outstanding common stock.
 
The holders of our Class B common stock have the right to elect up to three of our directors and their interests in our business may be different than yours.
 
Until no Class B common stock remains outstanding, the holders of our Class B common stock will have the right to elect up to three of our directors. Stockholders of the Class B common stock may not have the same incentive to approve a corporate action that may be favorable for the holders of Class A common stock, or their interests may otherwise conflict with yours. See “Description of Capital Stock — Common Stock — Voting Rights.”


17


Table of Contents

Following this offering, changes in our capital structure and level of indebtedness and the terms of anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law and in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could diminish the value of our common stock and could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult or could impede an attempt to replace or remove our directors.
 
We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable or make it more difficult for stockholders to replace directors even if stockholders consider it beneficial to do so. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws:
 
  •      authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding shares to thwart a takeover attempt;
 
  •      prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow holders of less than a majority of the stock to elect some directors;
 
  •      require that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly-created directorships, be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office;
 
  •      limit who may call special meetings of stockholders;
 
  •      authorize the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock without stockholder approval, subject to the rules and regulations of the          ;
 
  •      prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders; and
 
  •      establish advance notice requirements for nominating candidates for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.
 
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may inhibit potential acquisition bids for us. Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to Section 203, which regulates corporate acquisitions and limits the ability of a holder of 15% or more of our stock from acquiring the rest of our stock. Under Delaware law a corporation may opt out of the anti-takeover provisions, but we do not intend to do so.
 
These provisions may prevent a stockholder from receiving the benefit from any premium over the market price of our common stock offered by a bidder in a potential takeover. Even in the absence of an attempt to effect a change in management or a takeover attempt, these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.
 
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.
 
As a privately held company, we have not been responsible for the corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies required of a public company. Following the completion of this offering, we will be a publicly traded company. Once we become a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we do not currently incur. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the applicable listing rules and rules implemented by the applicable foreign regulatory agencies, may require changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect such rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly.


18


Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
We have made statements under the captions “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and in other sections of this prospectus that are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue,” the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, may include projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth strategies and anticipated trends in our business. These statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, including those factors discussed under the caption entitled “Risk Factors.” You should specifically consider the numerous risks outlined under “Risk Factors.”
 
Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. We are under no duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus to conform our prior statements to actual results or revised expectations.


19


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The selling stockholders are selling all of the shares of common stock in this offering and we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares.
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
Following this offering and subject to legally available funds, we currently intend to pay a quarterly dividend, in cash, at an annual rate initially equal to $      per share of Class A common stock (representing a quarterly rate initially equal to $      per share) commencing with the quarter ended          , 2008. Our Class B common stock will share ratably on an as-converted basis in such dividends. The declaration and payment of any dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, covenants in our debt instruments, and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.


20


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2008:
 
  •      on an actual basis; and
 
  •      on an as adjusted basis to give effect to changes in the terms of our capital stock in connection with this initial public offering and the consequent expiration of our obligations to redeem our Class A common stock.
 
This table should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                 
    As of March 31, 2008  
    Actual     As Adjusted  
    (in thousands,
 
    except share numbers)  
 
Long-term debt (including current portion of long-term debt)
  $ 517,014     $ 517,014  
                 
Redeemable common stock:(1)
               
Class A redeemable common stock, stated at redemption value, $0.01 par value; 6,700,000 shares authorized; 2,986,359 shares issued and 997,567 outstanding
    1,072,702        
Unearned Class A common stock ESOP shares
    (3,940 )      
Notes receivable from stockholders(2)
    (50,795 )      
                 
Total redeemable common stock
    1,017,967        
                 
Stockholders’ deficit:
               
Class A common stock, $0.001 par value per share, 20,000,000 shares authorized; 10,004,500 shares issued and 2,863,359 shares outstanding(3)
          30  
Class B (Series 1 and 2) common stock, $0.001 par value per share,           shares authorized,           shares issued and           shares outstanding(3)
    100       100  
Additional paid-in capital
    21,272       548,461  
Class A common stock unearned ESOP shares
          (3,940 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (25,023 )     (25,023 )
(Accumulated deficit)/retained earnings
    (503,181 )     904,040  
Class B common stock, treasury stock, 7,140,758 shares
    (683,994 )     (1,545,732 )
                 
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (1,190,826 )     (122,064 )
                 
Total capitalization
  $ 344,155     $ 394,950  
                 
 
 
(1) Prior to this offering, we were required to record our Class A common stock and vested options at redemption value at each balance sheet date as the redemption of these securities is not solely within our control, due to our contractual obligations to redeem these shares. We classify this redemption value as redeemable common stock. Subsequent to this offering, we will no longer be obligated to redeem these shares and therefore we will not be required to record any redeemable common stock.
 
(2) Prior to the filing of this prospectus, we provided full recourse loans to directors and senior management in connection with exercising their stock options. The loan program has been terminated and all of these loans have been repaid.
 
(3) Giving effect to the approximately    -for-one stock split that will have occurred prior to the completion of this offering.


21


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following selected historical financial data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The condensed consolidated statement of operations data for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2008 and the condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2008 are derived from unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements that are included in this prospectus and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2007 are derived from unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, in our opinion, have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of our results of operations and financial position. Results for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 or any future period.
 
Since January 1, 2003 we have acquired 14 businesses, which may affect the comparability of our financial statements.
 
                                                         
          Three Months
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended March 31,  
    2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share data)  
 
Statement of income data:
                                                       
Revenues:
                                                       
Risk Assessment revenues
  $ 359,186     $ 403,616     $ 448,875     $ 472,634     $ 485,160     $ 121,797     $ 127,039  
Decision Analytics revenues
    118,897       144,711       196,785       257,499       317,035       77,037       88,579  
                                                         
Revenues
    478,083       548,327       645,660       730,133       802,195       198,834       215,618  
                                                         
Expenses:
                                                       
Cost of revenues
    256,917       263,332       294,911       331,804       357,191       86,987       93,310  
Selling, general and administrative
    75,075       81,020       88,723       100,124       107,576       27,925       28,674  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    20,261       19,569       22,024       28,007       31,745       7,582       7,907  
Amortization of intangible assets
    9,927       11,412       19,800       26,854       33,916       8,923       8,041  
                                                         
Total expenses
    362,180       375,333       425,458       486,789       530,428       131,417       137,932  
                                                         
Operating income
    115,903       172,994       220,202       243,344       271,767       67,417       77,686  
Other income/(expense):
                                                       
Investment income and realized gains (losses) on securities, net
    3,789       950       2,932       6,101       9,308       2,094       (458 )
Interest expense
    (2,333 )     (5,241 )     (10,465 )     (16,668 )     (22,928 )     (5,773 )     (6,326 )
                                                         
Total other expense
    1,456       (4,291 )     (7,533 )     (10,567 )     (13,620 )     (3,679 )     (6,784 )
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    117,359       168,703       212,669       232,777       258,147       63,738       70,902  
Provision for income taxes
    (47,745 )     (68,925 )     (85,722 )     (86,921 )     (103,184 )     (24,867 )     (29,876 )
                                                         
Income from continuing operations
    69,614       99,778       126,947       145,856       154,963       38,871       41,026  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax(1)
    (12 )     (508 )     (2,574 )     (1,805 )     (4,589 )     (610 )      
                                                         
Net income
  $ 69,602     $ 99,270     $ 124,373     $ 144,051     $ 150,374     $ 38,261     $ 41,026  
                                                         


22


Table of Contents

                                                         
          Three Months
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended March 31,  
    2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share data)  
 
Basic income/(loss) per share (2) :
                                                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 10.91     $ 20.12     $ 29.81     $ 35.31     $ 38.58     $ 9.49     $ 10.91  
Loss from discontinued operations
          (0.10 )     (0.61 )     (0.44 )     (1.14 )     (0.15 )      
                                                         
Net income per share
  $ 10.91     $ 20.02     $ 29.20     $ 34.87     $ 37.44     $ 9.34     $ 10.91  
                                                         
Diluted income/(loss) per share:
                                                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 10.62     $ 19.28     $ 28.45     $ 33.85     $ 37.03     $ 9.10     $ 10.45  
Loss from discontinued operations
          (0.10 )     (0.58 )     (0.42 )     (1.10 )     (0.14 )      
                                                         
Net income per share
  $ 10.62     $ 19.18     $ 27.87     $ 33.43     $ 35.93     $ 8.96     $ 10.45  
                                                         
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                                                       
Basic
    6,382,836       4,958,161       4,258,989       4,130,962       4,016,928       4,096,320       3,759,913  
                                                         
Diluted
    6,557,950       5,174,281       4,462,109       4,308,976       4,185,151       4,269,444       3,926,954  
                                                         
Other data:
                                                       
Purchases of fixed assets
    (14,385 )     (17,516 )     (24,019 )     (25,742 )     (32,941 )     (14,406 )     (9,766 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    131,340       174,780       174,071       223,499       248,521       92,735       89,864  
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    19,731       (41,851 )     (107,444 )     (243,452 )     (110,831 )     (39,454 )     10,415  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (150,912 )     (114,280 )     (90,954 )     75,907       (212,591 )     (26,577 )     (98,434 )
 
                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     As of March 31,  
    2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance Sheet Data:
                                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 48,954     $ 67,700     $ 42,822     $ 99,152     $ 24,049     $ 125,878     $ 25,898  
Total assets
    344,145       386,496       466,244       744,731       828,483       846,668       842,445  
Total debt(3)
    112,880       206,152       276,964       448,698       438,330       447,655       517,014  
Redeemable common stock(4)
    380,246       722,532       901,089       1,125,933       1,171,188       1,158,693       1,017,967  
Stockholders’ deficit
    (313,240 )     (732,762 )     (938,294 )     (1,116,357 )     (1,195,728 )     (1,142,421 )     (1,190,826 )
 
 
(1) As of December 31, 2007, we discontinued operations of our claim consulting business located in New Hope, Pennsylvania and the United Kingdom.
 
(2) In conjunction with the initial public offering, the stock of Insurance Services Office, Inc. will convert to stock of Verisk Analytics, Inc., which plans to effect a stock split of its common stock. Giving effect to the approximately          -for-one stock split that will have occurred prior to the completion of this offering, basic earnings per share from continuing operations and discontinued operations would have been $      and $     , $      and $     , $      and $     , $      and $     , and $      and $      for each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $      and $      and $      and $      for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Diluted earnings per shares from continuing operations and discontinued operations would have been $      and $     , $      and $     , and $      and $      for each of the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $      and $      and $      and $      for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
 
(3) Includes capital lease obligations.
 
(4) Prior to this offering, we are required to record our Class A common stock and vested options at redemption value at each balance sheet date as the redemption of these securities is not solely within our control, due to our contractual obligations to redeem these shares. We classify this redemption value as redeemable common stock. Subsequent to this offering, we will no longer be obligated to redeem these shares and therefore we will not be required to record any redeemable common stock.

23


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our historical financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the discussion under “Selected Consolidated Financial Data.” This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in or implied by any of the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including but not limited to those listed under “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
 
We enable risk-bearing businesses to better understand and manage their risks. We provide value to our customers by supplying proprietary data that, combined with our analytic methods, creates embedded decision support solutions. We are the largest aggregator and provider of data pertaining to U.S. property and casualty, or P&C, insurance risks. We offer solutions for detecting fraud in the U.S. P&C insurance, mortgage and healthcare industries and sophisticated methods to predict and quantify loss in diverse contexts ranging from natural catastrophes to health insurance.
 
Our customers use our solutions to make better risk decisions with greater efficiency and discipline. We refer to these products and services as ‘solutions’ due to the integration among our products and the flexibility that enables our customers to purchase components or the comprehensive package of products. These solutions take various forms, including data, statistical models or tailored analytics, all designed to allow our clients to make more logical decisions. We believe our solutions for analyzing risk positively impact our customers’ revenues and help them better manage their costs.
 
We organize our business in two segments: Risk Assessment and Decision Analytics. Our Risk Assessment segment provides statistical, actuarial and underwriting data for the U.S. P&C insurance industry. Our Risk Assessment segment revenues represented approximately 60% and 59% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2008, respectively. Our Decision Analytics segment provides solutions our customers use to analyze the four processes of the Verisk Risk Analysis Framework: Prediction of Loss, Selection and Pricing of Risk, Detection and Prevention of Fraud, and Quantification of Loss. Our Decision Analytics segment revenues represented approximately 40% and 41% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2008, respectively.
 
Executive Summary
 
Key Business Characteristics
 
We believe we have an attractive operating model due to the recurring nature of our revenues, the scalability of our solutions and the low capital intensity of our business.
 
Recurring Nature of Revenues.   We offer our solutions primarily through annual subscriptions or long-term agreements, which are generally pre-paid. For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2008, 74% and 73% of our revenues, respectively, were derived from subscriptions and long-term agreements for our solutions. Approximately 96% of our top 200 customers in 2007, as ranked by revenues, have been our customers for each of the last five years. The combination of our historically high renewal rates, which we believe are due to the embedded nature of our solutions, and our subscription-based revenue model, results in predictable cash flows.
 
Scalable Solutions.   Our technology infrastructure and scalable solution platforms allow us to accommodate significant additional transaction volumes with limited incremental costs. This operating leverage enabled us to increase our EBITDA margins from 30.6% in 2003 to 42.1% in 2007.
 
Low Capital Intensity.   We have low capital needs that allow us to generate strong cash flow. In 2007, our operating income and capital expenditures as a percentage of revenue were 33.9% and 4.1%, respectively.


24


Table of Contents

Revenues
 
We earn revenues through subscriptions, long-term agreements and on a transactional basis. Subscriptions for our solutions are generally paid in advance of rendering services either quarterly or in full upon commencement of the subscription period, which is usually for one year and are automatically renewed each year. As a result, the timing of our cash flows generally precedes our recognition of revenues and income and our cash flow from operations tends to be higher in the first quarter as we receive subscription payments. Examples of these arrangements include subscriptions that allow our customers to access our standardized coverage language or our actuarial services throughout the subscription period. In general, we experience minimal seasonality within the business. Our long-term agreements are generally for periods of three to seven years. We recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the subscription and most long-term agreements are recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.
 
Certain of our solutions are also paid for by our customers on a transactional basis. For example, we have solutions that allow our customers to access fraud detection tools in the context of an individual mortgage application, obtain property-specific rating and underwriting information to price a policy on a commercial building, or compare a P&C insurance, medical or workers’ compensation claim with information in our databases. For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2008, 26% and 27% of our revenues, respectively, were derived from providing transactional solutions. We earn transactional revenues as our solutions are delivered or services performed. In general, transactions are billed monthly at the end of each month.
 
More than 80% and 81% of the revenues in our Risk Assessment segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2008, respectively, were derived from subscriptions and long-term agreements for our solutions. Our customers in this segment include most of the P&C insurance providers in the United States and we have retained approximately 99% of our P&C insurance customer base in each of the last five years. More than 63% and 61% of the revenues in our Decision Analytics segment, for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2008, respectively, were derived from subscriptions and long-term agreements for our solutions.
 
Principal Operating Costs and Expenses
 
Personnel expenses are the major component of both our cost of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses. Personnel expenses include salaries, benefits, incentive compensation, equity compensation costs (described under “— Equity Compensation Costs” below), sales commissions, employment taxes, recruiting costs and outsourced temporary agency costs and represented 67% of our total expenses for each of the year ended December 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2008.
 
We allocate personnel expenses between two categories, cost of revenues and selling, general and administrative costs based on the actual costs associated with each employee. We categorize employees who maintain our solutions as cost of revenues, and all other personnel, including executive managers, sales people, marketing, business development, finance, legal, human resources and administrative services as selling, general and administrative expenses. A significant portion of our other operating costs, such as facilities and communications, are also either captured within cost of revenues or selling, general and administrative expense, based on the nature of the work being performed.
 
While we expect to grow our headcount over time to take advantage of our market opportunities, we believe that the economies of scale in our operating model will allow us to grow our personnel expenses at a lower rate than revenues. Historically, our EBITDA margin has improved because we have been able to increase revenues without a proportionate corresponding increase in expenses.
 
Cost of Revenues.   Our cost of revenues consists primarily of personnel expenses. Cost of revenues also includes the expenses associated with the acquisition and verification of data, the maintenance of our existing solutions and the development and enhancement of our next-generation solutions. Within our Risk Assessment segment, much of our revenues are based on the data we receive from our customers. The costs for such revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2008 were


25


Table of Contents

$15.6 million and $4.0 million, respectively, and have declined as a percentage of revenue from 3.7% to 3.1% of our Risk Assessment segment revenues from December 31, 2005 to March 31, 2008.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expense.   Our selling, general and administrative expense also consists primarily of personnel costs. A portion of the other operating costs such as facilities, insurance and communications are also allocated to selling, general and administrative costs based on the nature of the work being performed by the employee.
 
Description of Acquisitions
 
As part of our growth strategy, we intend to continue to selectively acquire companies primarily to augment our Decision Analytics offerings. We have acquired ten businesses since January 2005, all of which are included in our Decision Analytics segment. Specifically, seven of these companies provide fraud identification and detection solutions and two of these companies provide loss prediction and selection solutions to the healthcare market. In addition, we acquired Xactware, Inc., or Xactware, in 2006, which provides loss quantification solutions for all phases of building repair and reconstruction. As a result of these acquisitions, our consolidated results of operations may not be comparable between periods.
 
In 2007, we acquired three companies for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $50.0 million and funded indemnity and contingent payment escrows of $3.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively. In 2006, we acquired four companies for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $202.1 million, of which $188.0 million relates to Xactware, and funded indemnity and contingent payment escrows of $11.1 million and $3.5 million, respectively. In 2005, we acquired three companies for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $62.7 million and funded contingency escrows of $14.4 million.
 
At March 31, 2008, the current and long-term portions of these escrows were $4.8 million and $11.7 million, respectively. A portion of these escrows and other potential acquisition contingent payments are linked to performance targets and, in some cases, to continued employment of key principals. When tied to continued employment, these contingent payments must be expensed as compensation. Compensation expense related to these acquisition contingent payments for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 were $9.7 million, $9.0 million and $3.6 million, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2008 were $1.1 million and $0.3 million.
 
Equity Compensation Costs
 
We established a leveraged employee stock ownership plan, or ESOP, funded with intercompany debt that includes 401(k), ESOP and profit sharing components to provide employees with equity participation. We make quarterly cash contributions to the plan equal to the debt service requirements. As the debt is repaid, shares are released to the ESOP to fund 401(k) matching and profit sharing contributions and the remainder is allocated annually to active employees in proportion to their eligible compensation in relation to total participant eligible compensation.


26


Table of Contents

We accrue compensation expense ratably over the reporting period equal to the fair value of the shares to be released to the ESOP. As the value of our shares has increased, our compensation expense relating to our ESOP has increased as well. The amount of our equity compensation costs recognized for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2008 are as follows:
 
                                         
          Three Months
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended March 31,  
    2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (in thousands)  
 
401(k) matching contribution expense:
                                       
Risk Assessment
  $ 4,466     $ 4,703     $ 4,914     $ 1,327     $ 1,400  
Decision Analytics
    1,689       2,105       2,788       733       823  
                                         
Total 401(k) matching contribution expense
    6,155       6,808       7,702       2,060       2,223  
                                         
Profit sharing contribution expenses:
                                       
Risk Assessment
                473       119       212  
Decision Analytics
                268       66       124  
                                         
Total profit sharing contribution expense
                741       185       336  
                                         
ESOP allocation expense:
                                       
Risk Assessment
    5,422       8,105       8,806       1,903       1,994  
Decision Analytics
    2,051       3,627       4,997       1,052       1,172  
                                         
Total ESOP allocation expense
    7,473       11,732       13,803       2,955       3,166  
                                         
Total ESOP costs
  $ 13,628     $ 18,540     $ 22,246     $ 5,200     $ 5,725  
                                         
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to accelerate the allocation of a portion of the shares to the ESOP, which will result in a non-recurring non-cash charge of approximately $      million, based on the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. As a result, subsequent to the offering, the non-cash ESOP allocation expense will be substantially reduced. Non-cash charges relating specifically to our 401(k) and profit sharing were $6.8 million and $8.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and we expect this level of charges to continue to grow in the future.
 
In addition, the portion of the ESOP allocation expense related to the appreciation of the value of the shares in the ESOP above the value of those shares when the ESOP was first established is not tax deductible. Therefore, we believe the accelerated allocation will result in a reduction of approximately 3% to our effective tax rate from 2008 to 2009.
 
On January 1, 2005, we adopted FAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” or FAS No. 123(R), using a prospective approach, which required us to record compensation expense for all awards granted after the date of adoption. Therefore, since January 1, 2005 the expense associated with the number of options granted has increased every year. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2005 we expensed the option grants vested in 2005, but for the year ended December 31, 2006 we expensed the option grants vested in 2005 and 2006. See “— Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Stock Based Compensation.”
 
Public Company Expenses
 
Beginning in 2008, our selling, general and administrative costs increased as we prepared for this initial public offering; for the three months ended March 31, 2008, such costs were $0.7 million. Following the offering, we will incur additional selling, general and administrative expenses related to operating as a public company, such as increased legal and accounting expenses, the cost of an investor relations function, costs related to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and increased director and officer insurance premiums.


27


Table of Contents

Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to grant           shares of our Class A common stock to our directors, officers and employees in the form of stock options, performance shares, performance unit awards, restricted shares or restricted stock awards. Assuming that all of the performance measures are met, we expect the related expense to be approximately $      million, $      million and $      million for 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. See “Management — Executive Compensation — Verisk Analytics, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.”
 
Results of Operations
 
Set forth below is our results of operations expressed as a percentage of revenues.
 
                                         
          Three Months
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended March 31,  
    2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
 
Statement of income data:
                                       
Expenses:
                                       
Cost of revenues
    45.7 %     45.4 %     44.5 %     43.7 %     43.3 %
Selling, general and administrative
    13.7 %     13.7 %     13.4 %     14.0 %     13.3 %
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    3.4 %     3.8 %     4.0 %     3.8 %     3.7 %
Amortization of intangible assets
    3.1 %     3.7 %     4.2 %     4.5 %     3.7 %
                                         
Total expenses
    65.9 %     66.7 %     66.1 %     66.1 %     64.0 %
                                         
Operating income
    34.1 %     33.3 %     33.9 %     33.9 %     36.0 %
Other income/(expense):
                                       
Interest and investment income (loss)
    0.5 %     0.8 %     1.2 %     1.1 %     (0.2 %)
Interest expense
    (1.6 )%     (2.3 )%     (2.9 )%     (2.9 )%     (2.9 )%
                                         
Total other income/(expense)
    (1.2 )%     (1.4 )%     (1.7 )%     (1.9 )%     (3.1 )%
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    32.9 %     31.9 %     32.2 %     32.1 %     32.9 %
Provision for income taxes
    (13.3 )%     (11.9 )%     (12.9 )%     (12.5 )%     (13.9 )%
                                         
Income from continuing operations
    19.7 %     20.0 %     19.3 %     19.5 %     19.0 %
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
    (0.4 )%     (0.2 )%     (0.6 )%     (0.3 )%     (— )
                                         
Net Income
    19.3 %     19.7 %     18.7 %     19.2 %     19.0 %
                                         
EBITDA
    40.6 %     40.8 %     42.1 %     42.2 %     43.4 %
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2008 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2007
 
Consolidated Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues were $215.6 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 compared to $198.8 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $16.8 million or 8.4%. During the latter part of 2007, we acquired three companies that accounted for $6.8 million of additional revenues for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008. Excluding these acquisitions, revenues increased $10.0 million, which included an increase of $5.3 million in our Risk Assessment segment and an increase of $4.7 million in our Decision Analytics segment.
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues was $93.3 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 compared to $87.0 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $6.3 million, or 7.3%. The


28


Table of Contents

increase was primarily due to $4.1 million in costs attributable to the newly acquired companies and $4.0 million in costs due to increased salaries and employee benefits costs, which include annual salary increases, medical costs and long-term incentive plans across a relatively constant employee headcount and other operating expenses of $0.4 million. These increases were partially offset by $1.4 million in loss on disposal of assets in the period ended March 31, 2007 with no corresponding amount in the current period and lower acquisition contingent payments of $0.8 million associated with the acquisitions compared to March 31, 2007. These acquisition contingent payments are related to achievement of performance-related targets for different acquisitions in the periods described. As a percentage of revenues, cost of revenues was 43.7% and 43.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $28.7 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 compared to $27.9 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $0.8 million or 2.7%. The increase was due to $0.4 million in costs attributable to the newly acquired companies and $0.7 million in costs related to our legal costs, resulting from the preparation for our initial public offering, as well as salaries and employee related costs of $0.4 million. These increases were partially offset by lower advertising and marketing costs of $0.2 million, lower travel costs of $0.2 million and other general expenses of $0.2 million. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 13.3% from 14.0%.
 
Depreciation and Amortization of Fixed Assets
 
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets were $7.9 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 compared to $7.6 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $0.3 million or 4.3%. Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets includes depreciation of furniture and equipment, software, computer hardware and related equipment. As a percentage of revenue, depreciation and amortization of fixed assets decreased to 3.7% from 3.8%.
 
Amortization of Intangible Assets
 
Amortization of intangible assets was $8.0 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 compared to $8.9 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $0.9 million, or 9.9%. The decrease is the result of certain intangible assets having been fully amortized in 2007, partially offset by the increased amortization of intangibles that resulted from our new acquisitions. We amortize intangible assets obtained through acquisitions over the periods that we expect to derive benefit from such assets.
 
Investment Income and Realized Gains (Losses) on Securities, Net
 
Investment income and realized gains (losses) on securities, net was a loss of $0.5 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 compared to a gain of $2.1 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $2.6 million. Interest income and realized gains (losses) on securities, consists of interest income we receive from our cash and cash equivalents and stockholder loans, dividend income from our available-for-sale securities held with certain financial institutions as well as realized amounts associated with the sale of available-for-sale securities. The decrease primarily resulted from reduced interest income of $1.5 million coupled with the loss on sale of securities of $1.3 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense was $6.3 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 compared to $5.8 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $0.6 million or 9.6%. This increase is primarily due to greater debt outstanding and higher interest rates in the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 compared to the three-month period ended March 31, 2007.


29


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes
 
Provision for income taxes was $29.9 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 compared to $24.9 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $5.0 million or 20.1%. The effective tax rate was 42.1% for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 compared to 39.0% for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007. The 2008 rate is higher due primarily to the expiration of the federal research and development tax credit benefits at the end of 2007 and a higher state tax liability in 2008.
 
Loss from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax was $0.6 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, resulting from on-going costs to support customer contracts in our claim consulting business that was terminated in 2007. This business will not have an impact on our 2008 results.
 
Risk Assessment Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues for our Risk Assessment segment were $127.0 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 compared to $121.8 for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $5.2 million or 4.3%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the sales of our industry-standard insurance programs.
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues for our Risk Assessment segment was $51.4 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 compared to $52.8 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $1.4 million or 2.7%. The decrease was due to a $1.3 million loss on disposal of assets in the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, a reduction of data purchases of $0.3 million and other operating expenses of $0.8 million. These decreases were partially offset by increases in salaries and employee benefit costs of $1.0 million, of which $0.8 million related to increased medical costs. Changes in salaries were minimal across a relatively constant headcount. As a percentage of Risk Assessment revenues, cost of revenues decreased to 40.4% from 43.3%.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for our Risk Assessment segment were $17.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $17.2 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $0.3 million or 1.9%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in legal fees associated with the preparation for our initial public offering. As a percentage of Risk Assessment revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 13.8% from 14.1%.
 
EBITDA Margin
 
The EBITDA margin for our Risk Assessment segment was 45.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to 42.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2007.
 
Decision Analytics Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues for our Decision Analytics segment were $88.6 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 compared to $77.0 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $11.5 million or 15.0%. During the latter part of 2007, we acquired three companies that accounted for $6.8 million of the additional revenues for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008. Excluding the impact of these acquisitions, revenues increased $4.7 million, primarily due to an increase in sales of our loss


30


Table of Contents

quantification and loss prediction solutions, which was partially offset by a decrease in our fraud identification and detection solutions. Our loss quantification revenues increased as a result of new customer contracts and volume increases associated with recent floods and wildfires experienced in the United States. Increased revenue in our loss prediction solutions resulted from sales to new customers as well as increased penetration to our existing customers. Excluding acquisitions, our fraud identification and detection solutions decreased $1.2 million as revenue from our mortgage businesses decreased $3.1 million due to adverse market conditions in that industry, partially offset by increases in our claims solutions as enhancements to the content of our products increased subscription revenues. Our revenue by category for the periods presented is set forth below:
 
                         
    Three Months
       
    Ended March 31,     Percentage
 
    2007     2008     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Loss prediction solutions
  $ 17,900     $ 21,434       19.7%  
Fraud identification and detection solutions
    44,768       50,320       12.4%  
Loss quantification solutions
    14,369       16,825       17.1%  
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues for our Decision Analytics segment was $41.9 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 compared to $34.2 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $7.7 million or 22.7%. The increase included $4.1 million in costs attributable to the newly acquired companies. Excluding the impact of these acquisitions, the cost of revenues increased $3.6 million primarily due to an increase in salaries and employee benefits of $3.0 million across a relatively constant employee headcount, including annual salary increases and medical costs, an increase in equity compensation costs of $1.0 million and an increase in other operating expenses of $1.4 million, partially offset by $0.8 million in lower acquisition contingent payments associated with acquisitions made in the prior period. As a percentage of Decision Analytics revenues, cost of revenues increased to 47.4% from 44.4%.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $11.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $10.7 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $0.4 million or 3.7%. The increase of $0.4 million was due to expenses relating to the acquisitions. As a percentage of Decision Analytics revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 12.6% from 13.9%.
 
EBITDA Margin
 
The EBITDA margin for our Decision Analytics segment was 40.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to 41.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2007.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006
 
Consolidated Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues were $802.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $730.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $72.1 million or 9.9%. This increase was primarily due to the inclusion of Xactware, which was acquired in August 2006, for the full year, as well as several other acquisitions made during the latter part of 2006 and during 2007. Xactware contributed $63.2 million in revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and revenues from other acquisitions increased $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. Excluding the impact of these acquisitions, revenues increased $24.6 million which was comprised of an increase of $12.5 million in our Risk Assessment segment and an increase of $12.0 million in our Decision Analytics segment.


31


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues was $357.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $331.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $25.4 million or 7.7%. The increase was primarily due to $22.7 million in costs attributable to the inclusion of the full year results of our acquisitions in 2006 and the acquisitions in 2007. Excluding these acquisitions, our cost of revenues increased by $2.6 million partially due to an increase in salaries and benefits of $12.5 million resulting from growth in headcount and other operating expenses of $1.0 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in acquisition contingent payments tied to continuing employment of $8.7 million. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenues decreased to 44.5% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 45.4% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $107.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $100.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $7.5 million or 7.5%. The increase was due to $4.2 million in costs attributable to the inclusion of the results of our acquisitions in 2006 and 2007. Excluding these acquisitions, our selling, general and administrative costs increased by $3.3 million primarily as a result of an increase in salaries and benefits of $2.4 million, an increase in equity compensation costs of $1.1 million and an increase in financial system upgrade costs of $0.7 million and $0.6 million of advertising costs. These increases were partially offset by a $1.8 million decrease in sales commission expense resulting from a change in commission rates in 2007. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 13.4% from 13.7%.
 
Depreciation and Amortization of Fixed Assets
 
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets were $31.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $28.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $3.7 million or 13.3%. This increase is primarily due to our continuing investment in developing new products and enhancements to existing products as well as the continued investment in our technology infrastructure to support and grow our revenues. As a percentage of revenue, depreciation and amortization of fixed assets increased to 4.0% from 3.8%.
 
Amortization of Intangible Assets
 
Amortization of intangibles assets was $33.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $26.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $7.0 million or 26.3%. This increase is the result of having a full year of amortization in 2007 on the intangible assets related to the acquisition of Xactware in 2006, partially offset by the final amortization during 2007 of intangible assets related to other acquisitions.
 
Investment Income and Realized Gains (Losses) on Securities, Net
 
Investment income and realized gains (losses) on securities, net was $9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $3.2 million or 52.6%. This increase is primarily due to a $2.0 million gain on our investment portfolio as well as an increase of $1.0 million in interest income primarily earned on acquisition escrow deposits.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense was $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $6.2 million or 37.6%. This increase is primarily the result of an increase in the weighted average balance of debt outstanding as well as higher rates of interest on long-term borrowings.


32


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes
 
Provision for income taxes was $103.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $86.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $16.3 million or 18.7%. The effective tax rate was 40.0% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 37.3% for the year ended December 31, 2006, which included the favorable settlement of certain tax contingencies.
 
Loss from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax was $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $2.8 million or 154.2%, reflecting exit costs, net of tax, including $1.7 million in the impairment of goodwill, associated with the discontinuation of our claim consulting business.
 
Risk Assessment Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues for our Risk Assessment segment were $485.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $472.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $12.5 million or 2.7%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the sales of our industry-standard insurance programs, which was partially offset by a decrease in the sales of our auto premium leakage identification solutions due to a softening in the auto insurance market.
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues for our Risk Assessment segment was $204.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $203.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $0.3 million or 0.1%. The increase was primarily due to salary and benefit increases of $2.0 million and an increase in equity compensation costs of $2.3 million. These increases were offset by a decrease in outsourced temporary agency costs of $1.9 million, a decrease in software maintenance expenses of $1.2 million, and a decrease in acquisition contingent payments associated with acquisitions of $1.1 million. As a percentage of Risk Assessment revenues, cost of revenues decreased to 42.1% from 43.1%.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for our Risk Assessment segment were $68.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $65.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $2.3 million or 3.5%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in salary and benefits of $2.0 million, $0.6 million in costs to upgrade our financial systems and an increase in equity compensation costs of $0.9 million, partially offset by a decrease in commission expense of $1.4 million, resulting from a change in the commission plan in 2007. As a percentage of Risk Assessment revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 14.1% from 13.9%.
 
EBITDA Margin
 
The EBITDA margin for our Risk Assessment segment was 43.9% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 42.9% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Decision Analytics Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues for our Decision Analytics segment were $317.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $257.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $59.5 million or 23.1%. This increase reflects the inclusion of Xactware, our loss quantification solution, which was acquired in August 2006, for the full year, as well as several other acquisitions made during the latter part of 2006 and


33


Table of Contents

during 2007. Xactware contributed $63.2 million in revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the other acquisitions contributed $6.5 million of additional 2007 revenue compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. Excluding the impact of these acquisitions, revenues increased $12.0 million primarily due to an increase in sales of our loss prediction solutions resulting from revenue from new customers as well as increased usage by our existing customers. Within our fraud identification and detection solutions, growth in our claims solutions and criminal record products were offset by decreased revenue of $10.6 million in our mortgage solutions due to adverse market conditions in that industry. Our revenue by category for the periods presented is set forth below:
 
                         
    Year Ended
       
    December 31,     Percentage
 
    2006     2007     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Loss prediction solutions
  $ 67,129     $ 81,110       20.8 %
Fraud identification and detection solutions
    168,189       172,726       2.7 %
Loss quantification solutions
    22,181       63,199       184.9 %
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues for our Decision Analytics segment was $153.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $127.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $25.1 million or 19.6%. The increase was primarily due to $22.7 million in costs attributable to the inclusion of the full year results of our acquisitions in 2006 and the acquisitions completed in 2007. Excluding these acquisitions, our cost of revenues increased by $2.4 million, partially due to salary and benefit increases of $5.9 million, an increase in equity compensation costs of $1.8 million, an increase in outsourced temporary agency fees of $2.8 million and an increase of $0.7 million in leased software, partially offset by a decrease in acquisition contingent payments tied to continuing employment of $7.6 million and $1.4 million on disposal of assets. As a percentage of Decision Analytics revenues, cost of revenues decreased to 48.3% from 49.7%.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $39.4 million for our Decision Analytics segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $34.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $5.2 million or 15.0%. The increase was primarily due to $4.2 million in costs attributable to the acquired businesses. Excluding these acquisitions, the increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was $1.0 million, primarily due to an increase of $0.4 million of salaries and benefits and $0.4 million in advertising costs. As a percentage of Decision Analytics revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 12.4% from 13.3%.
 
EBITDA Margin
 
The EBITDA margin for our Decision Analytics segment was 39.3% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 37.0% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005
 
Consolidated Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues were $730.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $645.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $84.5 million or 13.1%. This increase in part reflected the inclusion of acquisitions made in 2006, which contributed $23.6 million in revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006, and acquisitions made in 2005, which contributed $16.4 million of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Excluding these


34


Table of Contents

acquisitions, revenues increased $56.8 million which was comprised of an increase of $23.8 million in our Risk Assessment segment and an increase of $33.0 million in our Decision Analytics segment.
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues was $331.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $294.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $36.9 million or 12.5%. The increase was primarily due to $17.9 million in costs attributable to the inclusion of the full year results of our acquisitions in 2005 and the acquisitions completed in 2006. Excluding these acquisitions, the increase in cost of revenues is $19.0 million, consisting primarily of increases in personnel costs of $18.9 million. The increase in personnel costs consists of $10.7 million of salaries and benefits resulting from growth in headcount, a $6.5 million increase in equity compensation costs and a $1.0 million increase in pension costs. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenues decreased slightly to 45.4% from 45.7%.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $100.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $88.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $11.4 million or 12.9%. The increase was due to $3.8 million in costs attributable to the inclusion of the full year results of our acquisitions in 2005 and the partial year results of the acquisitions completed in 2006. Excluding these acquisitions, our selling general and administrative costs increased by $7.6 million, primarily as a result of an increase in legal costs of $3.4 million, an increase in salary and benefits of $1.7 million as a result of growth in headcount, an increase in commissions of $1.8 million as a result of an increase in new sales and an increase in equity compensation costs of $1.5 million. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses remained unchanged at 13.7%.
 
Depreciation and Amortization of Fixed Assets
 
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets were $28.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $22.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $6.0 million or 27.2%. This increase is primarily due to investments in our technology infrastructure, as well as continuing investments in developing and enhancing our solutions. As a percentage of revenue, depreciation and amortization of fixed assets increased to 3.8% from 3.4%.
 
Amortization of Intangible Assets
 
Amortization of intangible assets increased to $26.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $7.1 million or 35.6%. This increase is primarily due to the amortization of intangibles related to the acquisition of Xactware during August 2006.
 
Investment Income and Realized Gains (Losses) on Securities, Net
 
Investment income and realized gains (losses) on securities, net was $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $3.2 million or 108.1%. This increase is primarily due to a $2.6 million increase in interest earned on money market accounts, interest received on acquisition escrow deposits and interest earned on stockholder loans as well as a $0.3 million increase in dividend income.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense was $16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $6.2 million or 59.3%. The increase is primarily the result of higher average debt outstanding as well as higher rates of interest on long-term borrowings.


35


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes
 
Provision for income taxes was $86.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $85.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $1.2 million or 1.4%. The effective tax rate was 37.3% for the year ended December 31, 2006, which included the favorable settlement of certain tax contingencies, compared to 40.3% for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Loss from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax was $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, a decrease of $0.8 million or 29.9%, primarily resulting from a $1.1 million impairment charge, net of tax, in 2005.
 
Risk Assessment Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues for our Risk Assessment segment were $472.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $448.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $23.8 million or 5.3%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the sales of our industry-standard insurance programs and an increase in the demand for our property-specific rating and underwriting information.
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues for our Risk Assessment segment was $203.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $191.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $12.4 million or 6.5%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in salary and benefits of $14.6 million and an increase in equity compensation costs of $3.0 million, partially offset by a decrease in legal costs of $1.2 million and professional consulting costs of $0.9 million. As a percentage of Risk Assessment revenues, cost of revenues increased to 43.1% from 42.6%.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for our Risk Assessment segment were $65.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $61.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $4.5 million or 7.3%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in equity compensation costs of $1.3 million, an increase in sales commission expense of $1.2 million and an increase in legal expense of $2.9 million. As a percentage of Risk Assessment revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 13.9% from 13.7%.
 
EBITDA Margin
 
The EBITDA margin for our Risk Assessment segment was 42.9% for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 43.7% for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Decision Analytics Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues for our Decision Analytics segment were $257.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $196.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $60.7 million or 30.9%. During 2006 and 2005, we acquired seven companies that accounted for $27.7 million of additional revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006. Excluding the impact of these acquisitions, revenues increased $33.0 million due to an increase in sales of our loss prediction solutions, resulting from revenue from new customers as well as increased usage by our existing customers and an increase in revenue from our fraud identification and detection solutions due to continued enhancements in the solutions which resulted in increased sales. The increase from acquisitions was primarily due to the inclusion of Xactware, which was


36


Table of Contents

purchased in August 2006 and generated $22.2 million in revenue subsequent to the acquisition. Our revenue by category for the periods presented is set forth below:
 
                         
    Year Ended
       
    December 31,     Percentage
 
    2005     2006     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Loss prediction solutions
  $ 53,527     $ 67,129       25.4 %
Fraud identification and detection solutions
    143,258       168,189       17.4 %
Loss quantification solutions
          22,181        
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues for our Decision Analytics segment was $127.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $103.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $24.5 million, or 23.7%. The increase was primarily due to $17.9 million in costs attributable to the inclusion of the full year results of our acquisitions in 2005 and the acquisitions completed during 2006. Excluding these acquisitions, our cost of revenues increased by $6.6 million. The increase in cost of revenues was primarily due to increases in personnel costs of $4.5 million and a loss on disposal of assets of $1.4 million. The increase in personnel costs consists of $1.5 million of salaries and benefits resulting from annual salary increases across a relatively constant employee headcount and a $3.0 million increase in equity compensation costs. As a percentage of Decision Analytics revenues, cost of revenues decreased to 49.7% from 52.5%.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for our Decision Analytics segment were $34.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $27.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $6.9 million or 25.3%. The increase was primarily due to $3.8 million in costs attributable to the acquired businesses. Excluding these acquisitions, the increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was $3.3 million primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $2.6 million and an increase in commissions of $0.6 million. As a percentage of Decision Analytics revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 13.3% from 13.9%.
 
EBITDA Margin
 
The EBITDA margin for our Decision Analytics segment was 37.0% for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 33.6% for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
As of December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, we had cash and cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities of $52.4 million and $32.6 million, respectively. Subscriptions for our solutions are billed and generally paid in advance of rendering services either quarterly or in full upon commencement of the subscription period, which is usually for one year, and they are automatically renewed each year. Accordingly, our cash flow from operations tends to be higher in the first quarter as we receive subscription payments. As a result of these billings and related receipts, our accounts receivable and fees received in advance at March 31, 2008 were $20.2 million and $69.6 million higher than the balances at December 31, 2007, respectively. We have historically generated significant cash flows from operations. As a result of this factor, as well as the availability of funds under our credit facilities, we believe we will have sufficient cash to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs, including potential acquisitions.
 
We have historically managed the business with a working capital deficit due to the fact that we offer our solutions and services primarily through annual subscriptions or long-term contracts, which are generally prepaid quarterly or annually in advance of the services being rendered. When cash is received for prepayment of invoices, we record an asset (cash and cash equivalents) on our balance sheet with the offset recorded as a current liability (fees received in advance). This current liability is deferred revenue that does not require a


37


Table of Contents

direct cash outflow since our customers have prepaid and are obligated to purchase the services. In most businesses, growth in revenue typically leads to an increase in the accounts receivable balance causing a use of cash as a company grows. Unlike these businesses, our cash position is favorably affected by revenue growth, which results in a source of cash due to our customers prepaying for most of our services.
 
Our capital expenditures as a percentage of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 were 3.7%, 3.5% and 4.1%, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2008 were 7.2% and 4.5%. We estimate our capital expenditures for the remainder of 2008 to be approximately $25.3 million, which primarily includes expenditures on our technology infrastructure and our continuing investments in developing and enhancing our solutions.
 
To provide liquidity, we have also historically used our cash for repurchases of our common stock from our stockholders. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 we repurchased $181.2 million, $128.0 million and $204.8 million, respectively, of our common stock, and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2008 we repurchased $34.3 million and $191.2 million, respectively, of our common stock.
 
Financing and Financing Capacity
 
We had total debt, excluding capital lease obligations and royalties, of $505.2 million at March 31, 2008 and $265.3 million, $440.0 million and $425.2 million at December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Approximately $395.0 million of this debt at March 31, 2008 was held under long-term loan facilities drawn to finance our stock repurchases and acquisitions and the remaining $110.0 million was held pursuant to our revolving credit facilities.
 
We have available long-term loan facilities under uncommitted master shelf agreements with several financial institutions in the aggregate amount of $230.0 million. We can borrow under these uncommitted master shelf agreements over the life of the facilities, which have remaining terms ranging from one to two years. Our notes mature over the next seven years. Individual borrowings are made at a fixed rate of interest and interest is payable quarterly. The uncommitted master shelf agreements contain covenants that, among other things, require us to comply with financial covenants pertaining to fixed charge coverage and leverage ratios. As of the date of this prospectus, we are in full compliance with all of the covenants contained in these agreements. The weighted average rate of interest with respect to our outstanding long-term borrowings was 5.36% and 5.45% for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and 3.90%, 4.75% and 5.23% for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
We finance our short-term working capital needs through cash from operations and borrowings from our short-term credit facilities, which are made at variable rates of interest based on LIBOR plus 0.65%. We had $30.0 million and $110.0 million in short-term borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, respectively. We had $125.0 million in short-term credit facilities available to us at March 31, 2008, of which $45.0 are committed lines.
 
Cash Flow
 
The following table summarizes our cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2008.
 
                                         
    For the Year Ended
    For the Three Months
 
    December 31     Ended March 31,  
    2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 174,071     $ 223,499     $ 248,521     $ 92,735     $ 89,864  
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
  $ (107,444 )   $ (243,452 )   $ (110,831 )   $ (39,454 )   $ 10,415  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
  $ (90,954 )   $ 75,907     $ (212,591 )   $ (26,577 )   $ (98,434 )


38


Table of Contents

Operating Activities
 
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased from $92.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 to $89.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. The $2.8 million decrease in net cash provided by operating activities was principally due to the accelerated timing of tax payments for the three months ended March 31, 2008.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $174.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, $223.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and $248.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The $25.0 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities from 2006 to 2007 was principally due to growth in net income and improved accounts receivable collections, partially offset by reduced growth in our cash received in advance from our customers. The $49.4 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities from 2005 to 2006 primarily reflected strong growth in net income and an increase in cash received in advance from customers, partially offset by reduced growth of trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Investing Activities
 
Net cash provided by investing activities was $10.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. Net cash used by investing activities was $39.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007. The increase in net cash provided by investing activities was principally due to proceeds from the sales of exchange-traded funds and a decrease in purchases of fixed assets.
 
Net cash used by investing activities was $110.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, $243.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and $107.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease in net cash used by investing activities from 2006 to 2007 and the increase in net cash used by investing activities from 2005 to 2006 were principally due to the acquisition of Xactware during August 2006.
 
Financing Activities
 
Net cash used by financing activities was $98.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and $26.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007. The increase in net cash used by financing activities was principally due to the redemptions or repurchases of common stock, partially offset by proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt.
 
Net cash used by financing activities was $212.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, net cash provided by financing activities was $75.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, and net cash used by financing activities was $91.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The change in net cash provided by financing activities from 2006 to 2007 and the change in net cash used by financing activities from 2005 to 2006 were principally due to the repurchases of common stock and the repayment of our short-term debt.


39


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations
 
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commercial commitments at December 31, 2007, and the future periods in which such obligations are expected to be settled in cash:
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
          Less than
                More than
 
    Total     1 Year     1-3 Years     3-5 Years     5 Years  
    (In thousands)  
 
Contractual obligations
                                       
Long-term debt
  $ 496,638     $ 21,512     $ 143,967     $ 149,594     $ 181,565  
Capital lease obligations
    12,401       4,818       7,419       164        
Operating leases
    209,409       19,285       37,115       35,562       117,447  
ESOP contribution
    8,000                         8,000  
Earnout and contingent payment
    123,700       100,300       23,400              
Other long-term liabilities(1)
    322,029       27,091       56,342       60,210       178,386  
                                         
Total(2)
  $ 1,172,177     $ 173,006     $ 268,243     $ 245,530     $ 485,398  
                                         
 
 
(1) Other long-term liabilities shown in the table above consists of our pension plan, deferred compensation plan and the post-retirement plan, including administrative expenses, net of employee contributions and net of the federal Medical subsidy. We also have a deferred compensation plan for our Board of Directors. Our funding policy is to contribute an amount at least equal to the minimum legal funding requirement. Based on past performance and the uncertainty of the dollar amounts to be paid, if any, we have excluded such amounts from the above table.
 
(2) We have FIN 48 obligations that represent uncertain tax positions related to temporary differences of $7.7 million that have been omitted from the table above. Approximately $32.0 million of unrecognized tax benefits have been recorded as liabilities in accordance with FIN 48, and we are uncertain as to if or when such amounts may be settled, with the exception of those amounts subject to a statute of limitation. Related to the unrecognized tax benefits not included in the table above, we have also recorded a liability for potential penalties and interest of $7.0 million.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Management considers the policies discussed below to be critical to understanding our financial statements because their application places the most significant demands on management’s judgment, and requires management to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ from those estimates.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company’s revenues are primarily derived from sales of services and revenue is recognized as services are preformed and information is delivered to our customers. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, fees and/or price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenues for subscription services are recognized ratably over the subscription term, usually one year. Revenues from transaction-based fees are recognized as information is delivered to customers, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.


40


Table of Contents

The Company also has term based software licenses where the only remaining undelivered element is post-contract customer support or PCS, including unspecified upgrade rights on a when and if available basis. The Company recognizes revenue for these licenses ratably over the duration of the license term. The Company also provides hosting or software solutions that provide continuous access to information and include PCS and recognizes revenue ratably over the duration of the license term. In addition, the determination of certain of our services revenues requires the use of estimates, principally related to transaction volumes in instances where these volumes are reported to us by our clients on a monthly basis in arrears. In these instances, we estimate transaction volumes based on average actual volumes reported by our customers in the past. Differences between our estimates and actual final volumes reported are recorded in the period in which actual volumes are reported. We have not experienced significant variances between our estimates of these services revenues reported to us by our customers and actual reported volumes in the past.
 
We invoice our customers in annual, quarterly, or monthly installments. Amounts billed and collected in advance are recorded as fees received in advance on the balance sheet and are recognized as the services are performed and revenue recognition criteria are met.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
On January 1, 2005, we adopted FAS No.  123(R) using a prospective approach, which required us to record compensation expense for all awards granted after the date of adoption. The following table illustrates the amount of compensation expense resulting from the implementation of FAS No.  123(R) using the prospective approach for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2008.
 
                                         
    For the Year Ended
    For the Three Months Ended
 
    December 31     March 31,  
    2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
2005 grants
  $ 4,094     $ 2,661     $ 2,424     $ 620     $ 579  
2006 grants
            3,487       2,512       627       586  
2007 grants
                    3,308       274       656  
2008 grants*
                                    231  
Total stock-based compensation
  $ 4,094     $ 6,148     $ 8,244     $ 1,521     $ 2,052  
 
* Only includes grants through March 31, 2008
 
According to FAS No. 123(R) we only use the prospective approach for the prior four years of grants, each of which have a four year vesting term, therefore our 2009 financial statements will reflect compensation expenses relating to grants from 2006 to 2009.
 
The fair value of equity awards is measured on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the use of several estimates, including expected term, expected risk-free interest rate, expected volatility and expected dividend yield.
 
Under FAS No. 123(R), stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the awards granted, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. Option grants are expensed ratably over the four-year vesting period. We follow the substantive vesting period approach for awards granted after the adoption of FAS No. 123(R), which requires that stock-based compensation expense be recognized over the period from the date of grant to the date when the award is no longer contingent on the employee providing additional service.
 
We estimate expected forfeitures of equity awards at the date of grant and recognize compensation expense only for those awards expected to vest. The forfeiture assumption is ultimately adjusted to the actual forfeiture rate.


41


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Intangibles
 
Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition costs over the fair value of tangible net assets and identifiable intangible assets of the businesses acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized. Intangible assets determined to have definite lives are amortized over their useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are subject to impairment testing annually as of June 30, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable, using the guidance and criteria described in FAS No. 142, “ Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets .” This testing compares carrying values to fair values and, when appropriate, the carrying value of these assets is reduced to fair value. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2007, we recorded an impairment charge of $1.5 million and $1.7 million, respectively, included in loss from discontinued operations, net of tax in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
As of March 31, 2008, we had goodwill and net intangible assets of $479.9 million, which represents 58.2% of our total assets. There are many assumptions and estimates used that directly impact the results of impairment testing, including an estimate of future expected revenues, earnings and cash flows, useful lives and discount rates applied to such expected cash flows in order to estimate fair value. We have the ability to influence the outcome and ultimate results based on the assumptions and estimates we choose for determining the fair value of our reporting units. To mitigate undue influence, we set criteria and benchmarks that are reviewed and approved by various levels of management and reviewed by other independent parties. The determination of whether or not goodwill or indefinite-lived acquired intangible assets have become impaired involves a significant level of judgment in the assumptions and estimates underlying the approach used to determine the value of our reporting units. Changes in our strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments and require adjustments to recorded amounts of intangible assets and goodwill.
 
Pension and Postretirement
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued FAS No. 158, “ Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans. ” FAS No. 158 requires that employers recognize on a prospective basis the funded status of their defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans on their consolidated balance sheets and recognize as a component of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period but are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost. Additional minimum pension liabilities and related intangible assets are also derecognized upon adoption of the new standard. We adopted FAS No. 158 as of December 31, 2006.
 
The projected benefit obligation and the net periodic benefit cost for these plans are based on third-party actuarial assumptions and estimates that are reviewed by management on an annual basis. The principal assumptions concern the discount rate used to measure the projected benefit obligation, the expected future rate of return on plan assets and the expected rate of future compensation increases. We revise these assumptions based on an annual evaluation of long-term trends and market conditions that may have an impact on the cost of providing retirement benefits. In determining the discount rate, we utilize market conditions and other data sources management considers reasonable based upon the profile of the remaining service life of eligible employees. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is determined by taking into consideration the weighted-average expected return on our asset allocation, asset return data, historical return data, and the current economic environment. We believe these considerations provide the basis for reasonable assumptions of the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. The rate of compensation increase is based on our long-term plans for such increases. The measurement date used to determine the benefit obligation and plan assets is December 31. The future benefit payments for the postretirement plan are net of the federal Medical subsidy.


42


Table of Contents

A one percent change in discount rate, future rate of return on plan assets and the rate of future compensation would have the following effects:
 
                                 
    1% Decrease     1% Increase  
          Projected Benefit
          Projected Benefit
 
    Benefit Cost     Obligation     Benefit Cost     Obligation  
    (In thousands)  
 
Discount rate
  $ 483     $ 40,166     $ 673     $ (33,861 )
Expected return on asset
    3,326             (3,326 )      
Rate of compensation
    (520 )     (2,906 )     530       2,932  
 
A one percent change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 
                 
    1% Decrease     1% Increase  
    (In thousands)  
 
Effect on total of service and interest cost components
  $ (7 )   $ 4  
Effect on the healthcare component of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
    (136 )     76  
 
Income Taxes
 
In projecting future taxable income, we develop assumptions including the amount of future state, federal and foreign pretax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we use to manage the underlying businesses. The calculation of our tax liabilities also involves dealing with uncertainties in the application and evolution of complex tax laws and regulations in other jurisdictions.
 
On January 1, 2007, we adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes —  an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , or FIN 48. FIN 48 addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under FIN 48, we may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, we recognized approximately a $10.3 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as an increase to the January 1, 2007 balance of accumulated deficit.
 
We recognize tax liabilities in accordance with FIN 48 and we adjust these liabilities when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the tax liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which they are determined. If the tax liabilities relate to tax uncertainties existing at the date of the acquisition of a business, the adjustment of such tax liabilities will result in an adjustment to the goodwill recorded at the date of acquisition.
 
As of December 31, 2007 we have federal and state income tax net operating loss carryforwards of $6.7 million and $104.1 million which will expire at various dates from 2008 through 2027. Such net operating loss carryforwards expire as follows:
 
         
2008 - 2015
  $ 78.8 million  
2016 - 2020
    0.6 million  
2021 - 2027
    31.4 million  
         
    $ 110.8 million  
         
 
The significant majority of the state net operating loss carryforwards were generated by a subsidiary that employs our internal staff as a result of favorable tax deductions from the exercise of employee stock


43


Table of Contents

options for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006. This subsidiary’s state net operating loss carryforwards will not be utilized unless the subsidiary is profitable prior to their respective expiration dates.
 
We also have foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $6.0 million that have no expiration date. We believe that it is reasonably possible that approximately $3.4 million of our currently remaining unrecognized tax positions, each of which are individually insignificant, may be recognized by the end of 2008 as a result of a lapse of the statute of limitations.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“FAS No. 141(R)”). FAS No. 141(R) replaces FAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“FAS No. 141”). FAS No. 141(R) primarily requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, measured at their fair values as of that date. This replaces FAS No. 141’s cost-allocation process, which required the cost of an acquisition to be allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. Generally, FAS No. 141(R) will become effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008.
 
For a discussion of additional recent accounting pronouncements, see note 2(n) to the audited consolidated financial statements and note 2(p) to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
We are exposed to market risk from fluctuations in interest rates. At March 31, 2008 we had borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facilities of $110.0 million, which bear interest at variable rates based on LIBOR plus 0.65%. A change in interest rates on this variable rate debt impacts our pre-tax income and cash flows, but does not impact the fair value of the instruments. Based on our overall interest rate exposure at March 31, 2008, a one percent change in interest rates would result in a change in annual pretax interest expense of approximately $1.1 million based on our current level of borrowings.


44


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Company Overview
 
We enable risk-bearing businesses to better understand and manage their risks. We provide value to our customers by supplying proprietary data that, combined with our analytic methods, creates embedded decision support solutions. We are the largest aggregator and provider of detailed actuarial and underwriting data pertaining to U.S. property and casualty, or P&C, insurance risks. We offer solutions for detecting fraud in the U.S. P&C insurance, healthcare and mortgage industries and sophisticated methods to predict and quantify loss in diverse contexts ranging from natural catastrophes to health insurance.
 
Our customers use our solutions to make better risk decisions with greater efficiency and discipline. We refer to these products and services as ‘solutions’ due to the integration among our services and the flexibility that enables our customers to purchase components or the comprehensive package. These ‘solutions’ take various forms, including data, statistical models or tailored analytics, all designed to allow our clients to make more logical decisions. We believe our solutions for analyzing risk positively impact our customers’ revenues and help them better manage their costs. In 2007, our U.S. customers included all of the top 100 P&C insurance providers, four of the 10 largest Blue Cross and Blue Shield plans, four of the seven leading mortgage insurers, 14 of the top 20 mortgage lenders and all of the 8 largest global reinsurers. We believe that our commitment to our customers and the embedded nature of our solutions serve to strengthen and extend our relationships. For example, approximately 96% of our top 200 customers in 2007, as ranked by revenue, have been our customers for each of the last five years. Further, from 2003 to 2007, revenues generated from these top 200 customers grew at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 13%.
 
We help those businesses address what we believe are the four primary decision making processes essential for managing risk as set forth below in the Verisk Risk Analysis Framework:
 
The Verisk Risk Analysis Framework
 
RISK ANALYSIS FRAMEWORK
 
These four processes correspond to various functional areas inside our customers’ operations:
 
  •      our loss predictions are typically used by P&C insurance and healthcare actuaries, advanced analytics groups and loss control groups to help drive their own assessments of future losses;
 
  •      our risk selection and pricing solutions are typically used by underwriters as they manage their books of business;
 
  •      our fraud detection and prevention tools are used by P&C insurance, healthcare and mortgage underwriters to root out fraud prospectively and by claims departments to speed claims and find fraud retroactively; and
 
  •      our tools to quantify loss are primarily used by claims departments, independent adjustors and contractors.
 
We add value by linking our solutions across these four key processes; for example, we use the same modeling methods to support the pricing of homeowner’s insurance policies and to quantify the actual losses when damage occurs to insured homes.
 
We offer our solutions and services primarily through annual subscriptions or long-term agreements, which are typically pre-paid and represented approximately 74% of our revenue in 2007. Our subscription-based revenue model, in combination with high renewal rates, results in large and predictable cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2008, we had revenue of $802 million and $216 million, respectively, and net income of $150 million and $41 million, respectively. For


45


Table of Contents

the five year period ended December 31, 2007, our revenues and net income have grown at a CAGR of 13.8% and 21.2%, respectively.
 
We organize our business in two segments: Risk Assessment and Decision Analytics.
 
Risk Assessment:   We are the leading provider of statistical, actuarial and underwriting data for the U.S. P&C insurance industry. Our databases include cleansed and standardized records describing premiums and losses in insurance transactions, casualty and property risk attributes for commercial buildings and their occupants and fire suppression capabilities of municipalities. Our largest P&C insurance database, containing information on every transaction associated with a policy, from inception to information on losses, includes almost 14 billion records, and, in each of the past three years, we updated the database with over 2 billion validated new records to improve the timeliness, quality and accuracy of our data and actuarial analysis. We use our data for example to create policy language and proprietary risk classifications that are industry-standard and to generate prospective loss cost estimates used to price insurance policies.
 
As an example of how customers use our Risk Assessment services, P&C insurers use our Specific Property Information suite, or SPI Plus, to underwrite and price commercial property risks. SPI Plus is built on a proprietary database of approximately 2.7 million buildings and more than 5.4 million individual businesses occupying those buildings. We maintain information about each building’s construction, occupancy, protective features (e.g., sprinkler systems) and exposure to hazards — collectively known as COPE data — all of which is critical to our customers’ decision making processes. SPI Plus provides detailed narratives regarding hazards of construction and occupancy and unique building-specific analytics that assess the adequacy of sprinkler systems, probable maximum loss due to fire and the overall hazard level in relation to similar buildings. SPI Plus also includes our assessments of municipal fire suppression capability and building code enforcement, and a building’s exposure to additional perils such as wind, crime and flood damage. In addition to underwriting and pricing decisions, our customers use this product for loss cost estimates and to encourage property owners to reduce hazards and employ protection features, such as automatic fire-detection, fire-suppression systems, portable fire extinguishers, standpipe systems and watchman services. Customers receive our data and analytics via the internet. Typically, our loss cost estimates will be automatically entered into an insurer’s policy administration system for rating of the insurance policy, while the COPE data and narrative about the building will be accessed as the underwriter determines whether or not to offer coverage for the building.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2008, our Risk Assessment segment produced revenue of $485 million and $127 million, representing 60% and 59% of our total revenue, respectively, and EBITDA of $213 million and $58 million, representing 63% and 62% of our total EBITDA, respectively. This segment’s revenue and EBITDA have a CAGR of 7.8% and 14.3%, respectively, for the five-year period ended December 31, 2007.
 
Decision Analytics:   We provide solutions in each of the four processes of the Verisk Risk Analysis Framework by combining algorithms and analytic methods, which incorporate our proprietary data. Other unique data sets include approximately 600 million P&C insurance claims, historical natural catastrophe data covering more than 50 countries, data from more than 13 million applications for mortgage loans and over 300 million U.S. criminal records. Customers integrate our solutions into their models, formulas or underwriting criteria to predict potential loss events, ranging from hurricanes and earthquakes to unanticipated healthcare claims. We are a leading developer of catastrophe and extreme event models and offer solutions covering natural and man-made risks, including acts of terrorism. We also develop solutions that allow customers to quantify costs after loss events occur. For example, in 2007 we provided repair cost estimates for more than 60% of the personal property claims paid in the United States based on total amount of claims paid according to A.M. Best. Our fraud solutions include data on claim histories, analysis of mortgage applications to identify misinformation, analysis of claims to find emerging patterns of fraud and identification of suspicious claims in the insurance, healthcare and mortgage sectors.
 
As an example of how customers use our Decision Analytics products, our CLASIC/2 enterprise software system is used by insurance companies to determine potential losses, and the probability of such losses, for the insurance or reinsurance they provide in regions prone to natural catastrophes such as


46


Table of Contents

hurricanes, earthquakes, hailstorms and tornadoes. The catastrophe models underlying our software are based on the physical principles of meteorology, geology and other sciences, as well as the statistical analysis of historical time series of data on prior natural catastrophes. Our software consists of sophisticated stochastic simulation procedures for projecting the location and severity of future catastrophes and powerful computer models of how natural catastrophes behave and impact buildings and the man-made environment. Our software includes algorithms that translate estimated losses and insurance terms, such as coverages and deductibles, into output that guide underwriters as they select and price risks. Customers receive our software and host the application on their own servers, and link their own databases in order to run their risks through our models. An underwriter can enter the address and characteristics of a single prospective property in manual mode, or the underwriter can work in batch mode where the software reads a file with the addresses and characteristics of many prospective properties. The software returns a series of estimates of the total amount of loss likely in the next year including the amount and cost of damage due to each peril (e.g., earthquake, hurricane, hailstorms and tornadoes), the total expected loss from all perils combined, and the estimated average annual loss. Underwriters use our software to translate damage and loss estimates into a series of recommendations for structuring insurance policies including recommended levels of coverage, deductibles, policy limits and a host of other insurance terms. All of these terms are then fed into the insurers’ policy administration software to determine the premiums to be charged for insurance.
 
In addition to analyzing individual risks, insurance companies can use CLASIC/2’s reporting and visualization tools at the corporate level to assess the aggregate risk and geographic concentration of entire portfolios of risk to determine capital adequacy, to decide how much reinsurance to buy, and to assess the mix of business in their portfolio.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2008, our Decision Analytics segment produced revenue of $317 million and $89 million, representing 40% and 41% of our total revenue, respectively, and EBITDA of $125 million and $36 million, representing 37% and 38% of our total EBITDA, respectively. This segment’s revenue and EBITDA had a CAGR of 27.8% and 55.4%, respectively, for the five-year period ended December 31, 2007.
 
Our Market Opportunity
 
We believe there is a long-term trend for companies to set strategy and direct operations using data and analytics to guide their decisions, which has resulted in a large and rapidly growing market for professional and business information. According to Veronis Suhler Stevenson, an industry consultant, spending on professional and business information services in the U.S. reached $61 billion in 2005 and is projected to grow at a CAGR of 8% through 2010. Another research firm, International Data Corporation, or IDC, estimates that the business analytics services market, which totaled $32 billion in 2007, will grow at a CAGR of 9% through 2012.
 
GRAPH
GRAPH
 


47


Table of Contents

We believe that the consistent decline in the cost of computing power contributes to the trend towards greater use of data and analytics. As a result, larger data sets are assembled faster and at a lower cost per record while the complexity and accuracy of analytical applications and solutions have expanded. This trend has led to an increase in the use of analytic output, which can be generated and applied more quickly, resulting in more informed decision making. As computing power increases, cost decreases and accuracy improves, we believe customers will continue to apply and integrate data and analytic solutions more broadly.
 
Companies that engage in risk transactions, including P&C insurers, healthcare payors and mortgage lenders and insurers, are particularly motivated to use enhanced analytics because of several factors affecting risk markets:
 
  •      the total value of exposures in risk transactions is increasing;
 
  •      the number of participants in risk transactions is often large and the asymmetry of information among participants is often substantial; and
 
  •      the failure to understand risk can lead to large and rapid declines in financial performance.
 
The total value of exposures in risk transactions is increasing
 
Across our target markets, the number and value of the assets managed in risk transactions exhibits long-term growth. For example:
 
  •      U.S. property value exposed to hurricanes continues to increase dramatically due to population dynamics and increase of wealth among other factors, with the current trend predicting a doubling of losses every ten years. At this rate, a repeat of the 1926 Great Miami hurricane could result in $500 billion in economic damage as soon as the 2020’s according to Natural Hazards Review; and
 
  •      U.S. health expenditures have grown at a CAGR of 7% between 1997 and 2007 and are expected to grow at roughly the same level through 2016 according to data compiled by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services;
 
  •      the total value of outstanding households’ mortgage debt outstanding in the United States has increased by 11% annually over the past ten years according to the Federal Reserve.
 
The number of participants in risk transactions is often large and the asymmetry of information among participants is often substantial
 
Many risk transactions involve multiple participants who either structure the transaction or bear some of the risk. For example, in the P&C insurance industry, a single commercial building might be assessed, underwritten and insured by a combination of insurance agents and brokers, managing general agents, loss inspection consultants, underwriters, reinsurers, corporate risk managers and capital markets participants looking to securitize the risk of catastrophic loss. In the healthcare industry, insurers and third-party administrators strive to refine their understanding of transactions at the point at which care is delivered to the patient and to determine the legitimacy of claims filed by providers and insureds. Investors in mortgages are far removed from the mortgage brokers and lenders who originate the loans, the appraisers who assess the mortgaged properties, the servicers who manage the cash flows associated with the mortgages, and the packagers who assemble pools of loans to be securitized.
 
Due to the greater separation of counterparties and the potential asymmetry of data about underlying risks available to counterparties, the different participants in such transactions are in jeopardy of knowing less than their counterparties about the risk they bear. In the securitization and trading markets, this problem is exacerbated by the loss of information through the pooling of risks.
 
One outcome of asymmetric information is fraudulent transactions. The Coalition Against Insurance Fraud estimates that the cost of fraud in the U.S. P&C insurance industry is as high as $80 billion each year.


48


Table of Contents

The U.S. government estimates fraudulent billings to U.S. healthcare programs, both public and private, to be between 3% to 10% of total annual healthcare expenditures, or between $67 billion and $226 billion in 2007.
 
Failure to understand risk can lead to large and rapid declines in performance
 
Any company that bears risk will find its profits predominantly tied directly to its ability to select risks. In the P&C insurance industry, the cost of goods sold is unknown to the insurer at the time the insurance policy is written. Therefore, efficient pricing of insurance policies depends on the ability to predict the potential losses and costs associated with underwriting each policy. There are a significant number of factors which correlate with the size of a potential loss, including weather, geographic location of risk, insured characteristics and prior claims costs. An insurance company differentiates itself by utilizing appropriate and reliable data and complex analytics to select the risks that will have the best risk-return profile. The importance of predicting loss in order to select and price risk, and the linkage of these analytics to profitability, is true for all companies participating in risk-bearing transactions.
 
The current U.S. mortgage crisis provides an example of how failure to understand risk can lead to a rapid loss of performance by companies that bear risk. As the housing sector and mortgage origination market expanded rapidly in the first half of this decade, the need for underwriting discipline and risk analysis was underestimated by mortgage brokers, lenders, investors and regulators. We believe the mortgage “bubble” that ended in 2007 masked the need to integrate analytics into the origination and securitization processes in order to manage exposures and profits. The rising level of mortgage default and fraud in 2007 and 2008, combined with severe contraction in the mortgage origination market, has forced 38 mortgage-related entities into failure in 2008 and 150 in 2007, according to the Mortgage Daily. The Mortgage Bankers Association reports a drop from 5,000 mortgage bankers in 2007 to 3,500 mortgage bankers in 2008, based upon lenders that originated at least 100 loans each year. This in turn has heightened awareness among various participants in the market of the need to improve the quality of mortgage underwriting analysis, in part through more sophisticated use of data. This sophisticated use of data may extend beyond the acceptance or rejection of risk to include risk-based pricing in order to enhance financial performance in the face of a challenging market.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe our competitive strengths include the following:
 
Our Solutions are Embedded In Our Customers’ Critical Decision Processes
 
Our customers use our solutions to make better risk decisions and to price risk appropriately. These solutions are embedded in our customers’ critical decision processes. In the U.S. P&C insurance industry, our solutions for prospective loss costs, policy language, rating/underwriting rules and regulatory filing services are the industry standard. Our decision analytics solutions facilitate the profitable underwriting of policies. In the U.S. healthcare and mortgage industries, our predictive models, loss estimation tools and fraud
identification applications are the primary solutions that allow customers to understand their risk exposures and proactively manage them. Over the last three years, we have retained 98% of our customers across all of our businesses, which we believe reflects our customers’ recognition of the value they derive from our solutions.
 
Extensive and Differentiated Data Assets and Analytic Methods
 
We maintain what we believe are some of the largest, most accurate, and most complete databases in the markets we serve. Our unique, proprietary data assets allow us to provide our customers with a comprehensive set of risk analytics and decision support solutions. Our largest data sets are sourced from our customers and are not available from any other vendor. Much of the information we provide is not available from any other source and would be difficult and costly for another party to replicate. As a result, our accumulated experience and years of significant investment have given us a competitive advantage in serving our customers. By continuously adding records to our data sets we are able to refresh and to refine our data assets, risk models and other analytic methods.


49


Table of Contents

Culture of Continuous Improvement
 
Our intellectual capital and focus on continuous improvement have allowed us to develop proprietary algorithms and solutions that assist our customers in making informed risk decisions. Our skilled workforce understands issues affecting our targeted markets and to develop analytic solutions tailored to these markets. Our team includes approximately 390 individuals with advanced degrees, certifications and professional designations in such fields as actuarial science, data management, mathematics, statistics, economics, soil mechanics, meteorology and various engineering disciplines. Leveraging the expertise of our people, we have been able to continuously improve our operations by constantly enhancing the timeliness, relevance and quality of our solutions. Over the last three years, we have retained over 95% of our most highly-rated employees. Over the last decade, we transitioned our compensation and benefit plans to be pay-for-performance-oriented, including incentive compensation plans and greater equity participation by employees. Today, our employees own approximately 30% of the company.
 
Attractive Operating Model
 
We believe we have an attractive operating model due to the recurring nature of our revenues, the scalability of our solutions and the low capital intensity of our business.
 
Recurring Nature of Revenues.   We offer our solutions and services primarily through annual subscriptions or long-term agreements, which are generally pre-paid and represented approximately 74% of our revenues in 2007. The combination of our historically high renewal rates, which we believe are due to the embedded nature of our solutions, and our subscription-based revenue model, results in predictable cash flows.
 
Scalable Solutions.   Our technology infrastructure and scalable solution platforms allow us to accommodate significant additional transaction volumes with limited incremental costs. This operating leverage enabled us to increase our EBITDA margins from 30.6% in 2003 to 42.1% in 2007.
 
Low Capital Intensity.   We have low capital needs that allow us to generate strong cash flow. In 2007, our operating income and capital expenditures as a percentage of revenue were 33.9% and 4.1%, respectively.
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
Over the past five years, we have grown our revenues at a CAGR of 13.8% through the successful execution of our business plan. These results reflect strong organic revenue growth, new product development and selected acquisitions. To build on our base revenue, we use our intellectual property and customer relationships to generate insight into where we may more effectively extract or apply data. We then innovate or adapt analytics that expand the range, utility and predictive capabilities of our solutions to grow our revenues profitably. We have made, and continue to make, investments in people, data sets, analytic solutions, technology, and complementary businesses.
 
To serve our customers and grow our business, we aggressively pursue the following strategies:
 
Increase Sales to Insurance Customers
 
We expect to expand the application of our solutions in insurance customers’ underwriting and claims processes. We encourage our customers to share more data with us to enhance the power of our analytics so that our customers can profit from improved risk management decisions. Building on our deep knowledge of, and embedded position in, the insurance industry, we expect to sell more solutions to existing customers tailored to specific lines of insurance. In addition, as our databases continue to grow, we believe the predictive capability of our algorithms will also improve, enhancing the value of our existing offerings and increasing demand for our solutions. By increasing the breadth and relevance of our offerings, we believe we can strengthen our relationships with customers and increase our value to their decision making in critical ways.


50


Table of Contents

Develop New, Proprietary Data Sets and Predictive Analytics
 
We work with our customers to understand their evolving needs. We plan to create new solutions by enriching our mix of proprietary data sets, analytic solutions and effective decision support across the markets we serve. Our data sets produce analytics focused on emergent risks and evolving issues within both new and current customer segments. We constantly seek to add new data that can further leverage our analytic methods, technology platforms and intellectual capital. Current areas of focus in the U.S. include commercial loss histories, detailed policy level information, vehicle-generated data, loan level mortgage data, pharmaceutical claims and healthcare claims data. We believe this strategy will spur revenue growth and improve profitability.
 
Leverage Our Intellectual Capital to Expand into Adjacent Markets and New Customer Sectors
 
Our organization is built on nearly four decades of intellectual property in risk management. We believe we can continue to profitably expand the use of our intellectual capital and apply our analytic methods in new markets, where significant opportunities for long-term growth exist. For example, we have leveraged our skills in predictive models for losses in the healthcare segment into providing predictive analytic solutions for workers’ compensation claims. In addition, we are leveraging our industry-leading solutions for detecting fraud in mortgage insurance to enhance the accuracy of our mortgage lending fraud platform. We also continue to pursue growth through targeted international expansion. We have already demonstrated the effectiveness of this strategy with our expansion into healthcare and non-insurance financial services. We believe there are numerous opportunities to repurpose our existing data assets and analytic capabilities to expand into new markets.
 
Pursue Strategic Acquisitions that Complement Our Leadership Positions
 
We will continue to expand our data and analytics capabilities across industries. While we expect this will occur primarily through organic growth, we have and will continue to acquire assets and businesses that strengthen our value proposition to customers. We primarily focus on smaller acquisitions of differentiated proprietary data that is complementary to our own, analytical applications or models that can leverage our proprietary data and businesses that address new risk markets. Our acquisitions have been, and will continue to be, primarily focused within our Decision Analytics segment. We have developed an internal capability to source, evaluate and integrate acquisitions that have created value for shareholders. We have acquired 14 businesses in the past five years, which in the aggregate have increased their revenue with a weighted average CAGR of 40% over the same period.
 
Our History
 
We trace our history to 1971, when Insurance Services Office, Inc., or ISO, started operations as a not-for-profit advisory and rating organization providing services for the U.S. P&C insurance industry. ISO was formed as an association of insurance companies to gather statistical data and other information from insurers and report to regulators, as required by law. ISO’s original functions also included developing programs to help insurers define and manage insurance products and providing information to help insurers determine their own independent premium rates. Insurers used and continue to use our offerings primarily in their product development, underwriting and rating functions. Today, those businesses form the core of our Risk Assessment segment.
 
Over the past decade, we have transformed our business beyond its original functions by deepening and broadening our data assets, developing a set of integrated risk management solutions and services and addressing new markets through our Decision Analytics segment.
 
Our expansion into analytics began when we acquired the American Insurance Services Group and certain operations and assets of the National Insurance Crime Bureau in 1997 and 1998, respectively. Those organizations brought to the company large databases of insurance claims, as well as expertise in detecting and preventing claims fraud. To further expand our Decision Analytics segment, we acquired AIR Worldwide in 2002, the technological leader in catastrophe modeling. In 2004, we entered the healthcare space by acquiring several businesses that now offer web-based analytical and reporting systems for health insurers,


51


Table of Contents

provider organizations and self-insured employers. In 2005 we entered the mortgage lending sector, acquiring the first of several businesses that now provide automated fraud detection, compliance and decision support solutions for the U.S. mortgage industry. In 2006, to bolster our position in the claims field we acquired Xactware, a leading supplier of estimating software for professionals involved in building repair and reconstruction.
 
These acquisitions have added scale, geographic reach, highly skilled workforces, and a wide array of new capabilities to our Decision Analytics segment. They have helped to make us a leading provider of information and decision analytics for customers involved in the business of risk in the U.S. and selectively around the world.
 
Our senior management operating team, which includes our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, general counsel and the three senior officers who lead our largest business units, have been with us for an average of almost twenty years. This team has led our transformation to a successful for-profit entity, focused on growth with our U.S. P&C insurer customers and expansion into a variety of new markets.
 
Products and Services
 
Risk Assessment Segment
 
Our Risk Assessment segment serves our P&C insurance customers and focuses on the first two decision making processes in our Risk Analysis Framework: prediction of loss and selection and pricing of risk. Within this segment, we also provide solutions to help our insurance customers comply with their reporting requirements in each U.S. state in which they operate. Our customers include most of the P&C insurance providers in the United States and we have retained approximately 99% of our P&C insurance customer base within the Risk Assessment segment in each of the last five years.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2008, our Risk Assessment segment produced revenues of $485 million and $127 million, representing 60% and 59% of our total revenues, respectively, and EBITDA of $213 million and $58 million, representing 63% and 62% of our total EBITDA, respectively. This segment’s revenues and EBITDA have a CAGR of 7.8% and 14.3%, respectively, for the five-year period ended December 31, 2007.
 
Statistical Agent and Data Services
 
The P&C insurance industry is heavily regulated in the United States. P&C insurers have a legal responsibility to collect statistical data about their premiums and losses and to report that data to regulators in every state in which they operate. Our statistical agent services have enabled P&C insurers to meet these regulatory requirements for over 30 years. We aggregate the data and, as a licensed “statistical agent” in all 50 states, Puerto Rico and the District of Columbia, we report these statistics to insurance regulators. We are able to capture significant economies of scale given the level of penetration of this service within the U.S. P&C insurance industry.
 
To provide our customers and the regulators the information they require, we maintain one of the largest private databases in the world. Over the past four decades, we have developed core expertise in acquiring, processing, managing and operating large and comprehensive databases that are the foundation of our Risk Assessment segment. We use our proprietary technology to assemble, organize and update vast amounts of detailed information submitted by our customers. We supplement this data with publicly available information.
 
Each year, P&C insurers send us approximately 2.5 billion detailed individual records of insurance transactions, such as insurance premiums collected or losses incurred. We maintain a database of almost 14 billion statistical records, including approximately 5 billion commercial lines records and approximately 9 billion personal lines records. We collect unit-transaction detail of each premium and loss record, which enhances the validity, reliability and accuracy of our data sets and our actuarial analyses. Our proprietary quality process includes almost 2,500 separate checks to ensure that data meet our high standards of quality.


52


Table of Contents

Actuarial Services
 
We provide actuarial services to help our customers price their risks as they underwrite. We project future losses and loss expenses utilizing a broad set of data. These projections tend to be more reliable than if our customers used solely their own data. We provide loss costs by coverage, class, territory, and many other categories. Our customers can use our estimates of future loss costs in making independent decisions about the prices charged for their policies. For most P&C insurers, in most lines of business, we believe our loss costs are an essential input to rating decisions. We make a number of actuarial adjustments, including loss development and loss adjustment expenses before the data is used to estimate future loss costs. Our actuarial services are also used to create the analytics underlying our industry-standard insurance programs described below.
 
Our employees include over 200 actuarial professionals, including 39 Fellows and 21 Associates of the Casualty Actuarial Society, as well as 145 Chartered Property Casualty Underwriters, 9 Certified and 25 Associate Insurance Data Managers, 166 members of the Insurance Data Management Association and 138 professionals with advanced degrees, including PhDs in mathematics and statistical modeling who review both the data and the models.
 
Using our large database of premium and loss data, our actuaries are able to perform sophisticated analyses using our predictive models and analytic methods to help our P&C insurance customers with pricing, loss reserving, and marketing. We distribute a significant number of actuarial products and offer flexible services to meet our customers’ needs. In addition, our actuarial consultants provide customized services for our clients that include assisting them with the development of independent insurance programs, analysis of their own underwriting experience, development of classification systems and rating plans and a wide variety of other business decisions. We also supply information to a wide variety of customers in other markets including reinsurance, government agencies and real estate.
 
Industry-Standard Insurance Programs
 
We are the recognized leader in the United States for industry-standard insurance programs that help P&C insurers define coverages and issue policies. Our policy language, prospective loss cost information and policywriting rules can serve as integrated turnkey insurance programs for our customers. Insurance companies need to ensure that their policy language, rules, and rates comply with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements. Insurers must also make sure their policies remain competitive by promptly changing coverages in response to changes in statutes or case law. To meet their needs, we process and interface with state regulators on average over 4,000 filings each year, ensuring smooth implementation of our rules and forms. When insurers choose to develop their own alternative programs, our industry-standard insurance programs also help regulators make sure that such insurers’ policies meet basic coverage requirements.
 
Standardized coverage language, which has been tested in litigation and tailored to reflect judicial interpretation, helps to ensure consistent treatment of claimants. As a result, our industry-standard language also simplifies claim settlements and can reduce the occurrence of costly litigation, because our language causes the meaning of coverage terminology to become established and known. Our policy language includes standard coverage language, endorsements and policy writing support language that assist our customers in understanding the risks they assume and the coverages they are offering. With these policy programs, insurers also benefit from economies of scale. We have over 200 specialized lawyers and insurance experts reviewing changes in each state’s insurance rules and regulations, including on average over 11,000 legislative bills, 750 regulatory actions and 2,000 court cases per year, to make any required changes to our policy language and rating information.
 
To cover the wide variety of risks in the marketplace, we offer a broad range of policy programs. For example, in the homeowner’s line of insurance, we maintain policy language and rules for six basic coverages, 172 national endorsements, and 469 state-specific endorsements. Overall, we provide policy language, prospective loss costs, policy writing rules and a variety of other solutions for 24 lines of insurance.


53


Table of Contents

Property-Specific Rating and Underwriting Information
 
We gather information on individual properties and communities so that insurers can use our information to evaluate and price personal and commercial property insurance, as well as commercial liability insurance. Our property-specific rating and underwriting information allow our customers to understand, quantify, underwrite, mitigate and avoid potential loss for residential and commercial properties. Our database contains loss costs and other vital information on approximately 2.7 million specifically-rated and class-rated commercial buildings in the United States and also holds information on approximately 4.5 million individual businesses occupying those buildings. We have a staff of more than 600 field representatives strategically located around the United States who observe and report on conditions at commercial and residential properties, evaluate community fire-protection capabilities and assess the effectiveness of municipal building-code enforcement. Each year, our field staff visits over 350,000 commercial properties to collect information on new buildings and verify building attributes.
 
We also provide proprietary analytic measures of the ability of individual communities to mitigate losses from important perils. Nearly every property insurer in the United States uses our evaluations of community firefighting capabilities to help determine premiums for fire insurance throughout the country. We provide field-verified and validated data on the fire protection services for more than 46,000 fire response jurisdictions. We also offer services to evaluate the effectiveness of community enforcement of building codes and the efforts of communities to mitigate damage from flooding. Further, we provide information on the insurance rating territories, premium taxes, crime risk and hazards of windstorm, earthquake, wildfire and other perils. To supplement our data on specific commercial properties and individual communities, we have assembled, from a variety of internal and third-party sources, information on hazards related to geographic locations representing every postal address in the United States. Insurers use this information not only for policy quoting but also for analyzing risk concentration in geographical areas.
 
Decision Analytics Segment
 
In the Decision Analytics segment, we support all four phases of our Risk Analysis Framework. We develop predictive models to forecast scenarios and produce both standard and customized analytics that help our customers better predict loss; select and price risk; detect fraud before and after a loss event; and quantify losses.
 
(GRAPH)
 
As we develop our models to quantify loss and detect fraud, we improve our ability to predict the loss and prevent the fraud from happening. We believe this provides us with a significant competitive advantage over firms that do not offer solutions which operate both before and after loss events.


54


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2008, our Decision Analytics segment produced revenues of $317 million and $89 million, representing 40% and 41% of our total revenues, respectively, and EBITDA of $125 million and $36 million, representing 37% and 38% of our total EBITDA, respectively. This segment’s revenues and EBITDA have a CAGR of 27.8% and 55.4%, respectively, for the five-year period ended December 31, 2007.
 
Fraud Detection and Prevention
 
P&C Insurance
 
We are a leading provider of fraud-detection tools for the P&C insurance industry. Our fraud solutions improve our customers’ profitability by both predicting the likelihood that fraud is occurring and detecting suspicious activity after it has occurred. When a claim is submitted, our system searches our database and returns information about other claims filed by the same individuals or businesses (either as claimants or insureds) that help our customers determine if fraud has occurred. The system searches for matches in identifying information fields, such as name, address, Social Security number, vehicle identification number, driver’s license number, tax identification number, or other parties to the loss. Our system also includes advanced name and address searching to perform intelligent searches and improve the overall quality of the matches. Information from match reports speeds payment of meritorious claims while providing a defense against fraud and can lead to denial of a claim, negotiation of a reduced award, or further investigation by the insurer or law enforcement.
 
We have a comprehensive system used by claims adjusters and investigations professionals to process claims and fight fraud. Claims databases are one of the key tools in the fight against insurance fraud. The benefits of a single all-claims database include improved efficiency in reporting data and searching for information, enhanced capabilities for detecting suspicious claims, and superior information for investigating fraudulent claims, suspicious individuals and possible fraud rings. Our database contains information on more than 575 million claims and is the world’s largest database of claims information. Insurers and other participants submit claim reports, more than 250,000 a day on average, across all categories of the U.S. P&C insurance industry.
 
We also provide a service allowing insurers to report thefts of automobiles and property, improving the chances of recovering those items; a service that helps owners and insurers recover stolen heavy construction and agricultural equipment; an expert scoring system that helps distinguish between suspicious and meritorious claims; and products that use link-analysis technology to help visualize and fight insurance fraud.
 
We have begun to expand our fraud solutions to overseas markets. We built and launched a system in Israel in 2006 that provides claims fraud detection, claims investigation support and some underwriting services to all Israeli insurers.
 
Mortgage
 
We are a leading provider of automated fraud detection, compliance and decision-support tools for the mortgage industry. Utilizing our own loan level application database combined with actual mortgage loan performance data, we have established a risk scoring system which increases our customers’ ability to detect fraud. We provide solutions that detect fraud through each step of the mortgage lifecycle and provide regulatory compliance solutions that perform instant compliance reviews of each mortgage application. Our fraud solutions can improve our customers’ profitability by predicting the likelihood that a customer account is experiencing fraud. Our solution analyzes customer transactions in real time and generates recommendations for immediate action which are critical to stopping fraud and abuse. These applications can also detect some organized fraud schemes that are too complex and well-hidden to be identified by other methods.
 
Effective fraud detection relies on pattern identification, which in turn requires us to identify, isolate and track mortgage applications through time. Histories of multiple loans, both valid and fraudulent, are required to compare a submitted loan both to actual data and heuristic analyses. For this reason, unless fraud


55


Table of Contents

detection solutions are fueled by comprehensive data, their practicality is limited. Our proprietary database contains more than 13 million current and historical loan applications collected over the past three years. This database contains data from loan applications as well as supplementary third-party data.
 
Our technology employs sophisticated models to identify patterns in the data. Our solution provides a score which predicts whether the information provided by a mortgage applicant is correct. Working with data obtained through our partnership with a credit bureau, we have demonstrated a strong correlation between fraudulent information in the application and the likelihood of both foreclosure and early payment default on loans. We believe our solution is based upon a more comprehensive set of loan level information than any other provider in the mortgage industry.
 
We also provide forensic audit services for the mortgage origination and mortgage insurance industries. Our predictive screening tools predict which defaulted loans are the most likely candidates for full audits for the purpose of detecting fraud. We then generate detailed audit reports on defaulted mortgage loans. Those reports serve as a key component of the loss mitigation strategies of mortgage loan insurers. The recent turmoil in the mortgage industry has created a period of unprecedented opportunity for growth in demand for our services, as we believe most mortgage insurers do not have the in-house capacity to respond to, and properly review, all of their defaulted loans for evidence of fraud.
 
Healthcare
 
We offer solutions that help healthcare claims payors detect fraud, abuse and overpayment. Our approach combines computer-based modeling and profiling of claims with analysis performed by clinical experts. We run our customers’ claims through our proprietary analytic system to identify potential fraud, abuse and overpayment, and then a registered nurse, physician, or other clinical specialist skilled in coding and reimbursement decisions reviews all suspect claims and billing patterns. This combination of system and human review is unique in the industry and we believe offers improved accuracy for paying claims.
 
We analyze the patterns of claims produced by individual physicians, physicians practices, hospitals, dentists and pharmacies to locate the sources of fraud. After a suspicious source of claims is identified, our real-time analytic solutions investigate each claim individually for particular violations including upcoding, multiple billings, services claimed but not rendered and billing by unlicensed providers. By finding the individual claims with the most cost-recovery potential, and also minimizing the number of false-positive indications of fraud, we enable the special investigation units of healthcare payors to efficiently control their claims costs while maintaining high levels of customer service to their insureds.
 
We also offer web-based reporting tools that let payors take definitive action to prevent overpayments or payment of fraudulent claims. The tools provide the documentation that helps to identify, investigate, and prevent abusive and fraudulent activity by providers.
 
Prediction of Loss and Selection and Pricing of Risk
 
P&C Insurance
 
We pioneered the field of probabilistic catastrophe modeling used by insurers, reinsurers and financial institutions to manage their catastrophe risk. Our models of global natural hazards, which form the basis of our solutions, enable companies to identify, quantify, and plan for the financial consequences of catastrophic events. We have developed models covering natural hazards, including hurricanes, earthquakes, winter storms, tornadoes, hailstorms and flood for potential loss events in more than 50 countries. We have also developed and introduced a probabilistic terrorism model capable of quantifying the risk in the United States from this emerging threat, which supports pricing and underwriting decisions down to the level of an individual policy.
 
Healthcare
 
We are a leading provider of healthcare business intelligence and predictive modeling. We provide analytical and reporting systems to health insurers, provider organizations and self-insured employers. Those


56


Table of Contents

organizations use our solutions to review their healthcare data, including information on claims, membership, providers and utilization, and provide cost trends, forecasts and actuarial, financial and utilization analyses.
 
For example, our solutions allow our customers to predict medical costs and improve the financing and organization of health services. Our predictive models help our customers identify high-cost cases for care- and disease-management intervention, compare providers adjusting for differences in health, predict resource use for individuals and populations, establish health-based and performance-based payments, negotiate payments and incentives, negotiate premium rates and measure return on investment.
 
We also provide our customers healthcare consulting services using complex clinical analyses to uncover reasons behind cost and utilization increases. Physicians and hospitals are adopting and acquiring new technologies, drugs and devices more rapidly than ever before. We provide financial and actuarial consulting, clinical consulting, technical and implementation services and training services to help our customers manage costs and risks to their practices.
 
We are also beginning to expand our healthcare business internationally. We have recently secured an agreement with the German government to develop a risk-adjustment methodology based on our solutions. Our diagnosis-based risk-adjustment methods and predictive modeling tools will support the German healthcare system in the improvement of quality and efficiency of care.
 
Quantification of Loss
 
P&C Insurance
 
We provide data, analytic and networking products for professionals involved in estimating all phases of building repair and reconstruction. We provide solutions for every phase of a building’s life, including:
 
  •      estimating replacement costs during the insurance underwriting process;
 
  •      quantifying the ultimate cost of repair or reconstruction of damaged or destroyed buildings;
 
  •      aiding in the settlement of insurance claims; and
 
  •      tracking the process of repair or reconstruction and facilitating communication among insurers, adjusters, contractors and policyholders.
 
To help our customers estimate replacement costs, we also provide a solution that assists contractors and insurance adjusters to estimate repairs using a patented plan-sketching program. The program allows our customers to sketch floor plans, roof plans and wall-framing plans and automatically calculates material and labor quantities for the construction of walls, floors, footings and roofs.
 
We also offer our customers access to wholesale and retail price lists, which include structural repair and restoration pricing for 466 separate economic areas in North America. We revise this information at least once per quarter and, in the aftermath of a major disaster, we can update the price lists as often as weekly to reflect rapid price changes. Our structural repair and cleaning database contains more than 11,000 unit-cost line items. For each line item such as smoke cleaning, water extraction and hazardous cleanup, we provide time and material pricing, including labor, labor productivity rates (for new construction and restoration), labor burden and overhead, material costs and equipment costs. We improve our pricing data by analyzing the actual claims experience of our customers to verify our estimates. We estimate that approximately 62% of all homeowners’ claims settled in the U.S. in 2007 used our solution. Such a large percentage of the industry’s claims leads to accurate pricing information which we believe is unmatched in the industry.
 
We also estimate industry-wide insured losses from individual catastrophic events. We report information on disasters and determine the extent and type of damage, dates of occurrence, and geographic areas affected. We define a catastrophe as an event that causes $25 million or more in direct insured losses to property and that affects a significant number of policyholders and insurers. For each catastrophe, our loss estimate represents anticipated industry-wide insurance payments for property lines of insurance covering fixed property, building contents, time-element losses, vehicles and inland marine (diverse goods and properties). We assign a serial number that allows our customers to track losses and reserves related to a single, discrete event.


57


Table of Contents

Under many reinsurance contracts and catastrophe bonds, our serial number is important for determining which losses will trigger reinsurance coverage or payment.
 
Our estimates allow our customers to set loss reserves, deploy field adjusters and verify internal company estimates. Our estimates also keep insurers, their customers, regulators, and other interested parties informed about the total costs of disasters. We also provide our customers access to daily reports on severe weather and catastrophes and we maintain a database of information on catastrophe losses in the United States since 1950.
 
Healthcare
 
Bodily injury and workers’ compensation claims present a complex array of medical, legal and occupational issues. We offer a comprehensive claims-management solution that helps our customers manage bodily injury claims, workers’ compensation claims and accident-related comparative-liability claims. We have a database of our customers’ claims histories, including detailed settlements, medical conditions, provider information and litigation issues, to help them deal with bodily injury claims. Our system also contains a library of more than 18,700 medical conditions to help our customers better understand injuries, treatments, complications and pre-existing conditions. This allows our customers to identify developing trends in claims settlements that may lead to changes in underwriting, legal and/or training practices.
 
Our database also enables our customers to track and direct their workers’ compensation cases, including evaluating the medical and occupational situation of each claimant, maintain consistency and quality in claims handling and to develop optimal return-to-work plans. In addition, we have solutions which assist our customers in better identifying and evaluating accident-related comparative liability claims. This helps our customers to manage each claim until settlement.
 
Our Customers
 
Risk Assessment Customers
 
The customers in our Risk Assessment segment include the top 100 P&C insurance providers in the United States, including AIG, Allstate, CNA, Hartford, Liberty Mutual, Nationwide, Fireman’s Fund, State Farm, Travelers and Zurich. Our statistical agent services are used by a substantial majority of P&C insurance providers in the United States to report to regulators. Our actuarial services and industry-standard insurance programs are used by the majority of insurers and reinsurers in the United States. In addition, certain agencies of the federal government, including the Federal Emergency Management Agency, or FEMA, as well as county and state governmental agencies and organizations, use our solutions to help satisfy government needs for risk assessment and emergency response information. In 2007, our largest Risk Assessment customer accounted for 5.2% of segment revenues, and our top ten customers accounted for 27.4% of segment revenues.
 
Decision Analytics Customers
 
In the Decision Analytics segment, we provide our P&C insurance solutions to the majority of the P&C insurers in the United States. Specifically, our claims database serves thousands of customers, representing more than 92% of the P&C insurance industry by premium volume, 26 state workers’ compensation insurance funds, 607 self-insureds, 465 third-party administrators, several state fraud bureaus, and many law-enforcement agencies involved in investigation and prosecution of insurance fraud. In addition, our catastrophe modeling solutions have been used in more than 60% of catastrophe bond securitizations through 2007. Also, P&C insurance companies using our building and repair solutions handle over 60% of the property claims in the United States. More than 80% of insurance repair contractors and service providers in the United States and Canada with computerized estimating systems use our building and repair pricing data.
 
In the U.S. healthcare industry, our customers include numerous Blue Cross and Blue Shield plans, Kaiser Permanente and Munich Reinsurance. In 2007, our largest customer in the Decision Analytics segment accounted for 4.6% of segment revenues and our top ten Decision Analytics customers accounted for 17.8% of segment revenues.


58


Table of Contents

In the U.S. mortgage industry, we have more than 1,100 customers, including Wells Fargo, Bank of America and Wachovia. We provide our solutions to 14 of the top 20 mortgage lenders and 4 of the top 6 mortgage insurers, United Guarantee, RMIC, PMI and Old Republic Insured Credit Services. We have been providing services to mortgage insurers for over 20 years.
 
Our Competitors
 
We believe no single competitor currently offers the same scope of services and market coverage we provide. The breadth of markets we serve exposes us to a broad range of competitors.
 
Risk Assessment Competitors
 
Our Risk Assessment segment operates primarily in the U.S. P&C insurance industry, where we enjoy a leading market presence. We have a number of competitors in specific lines or services.
 
We encounter competition from a number of sources, including insurers who develop internal technology and actuarial methods for proprietary insurance programs. Competitors also include other statistical agents including the National Independent Statistical Service, the Independent Statistical Service, and other advisory organizations providing underwriting rules, prospective loss costs and coverage language, such as the American Association of Insurance Services and Mutual Services Organization.
 
Competitors for our property-specific rating and underwriting information are primarily limited to a number of regional providers of commercial property inspections and surveys, including Overland Solutions, Inc. and Regional Reporting, Inc. We also compete with a variety of organizations that offer consulting services, primarily specialty technology and consulting firms. In addition, a customer may use its own internal resources rather than engage an outside firm for these services. Our competitors also include information technology product and services vendors including CDS, Inc., management and strategy consulting firms including Deloitte, and smaller specialized information technology firms and analytical services firms including Pinnacle Consulting and EMB.
 
Decision Analytics Competitors
 
In the P&C insurance claims market and catastrophe modeling market, certain products are offered by a number of companies, including, ChoicePoint (loss histories and motor vehicle records for personal lines underwriting), Explore Information Services (personal automobile underwriting) and Risk Management Solutions (catastrophe modeling). We believe that our P&C insurance industry expertise, combined with our ability to offer multiple applications, services and integrated solutions to individual customers, enhances our competitiveness against these competitors with more limited offerings. In the healthcare market, certain products are offered by a number of companies, including Computer Sciences Corporation (evaluation of bodily injury and workers’ compensation claims), Fair Isaac Corporation (workers’ compensation and healthcare claims cost containment) and Ingenix, McKesson and Medstat (healthcare predictive modeling and business intelligence). Competitive factors include application features and functions, ease of delivery and integration, ability of the provider to maintain, enhance and support the applications or services and price. In the mortgage analytics solutions market, our competitors include First American CoreLogic and DataVerify Corporation (mortgage lending fraud identification) and ComplianceEase and Mavent (mortgage regulatory compliance). We believe that none of our competitors in the mortgage analytics market offers the same expertise in fraud detection analytics or forensic audit capabilities.
 
Development of New Solutions
 
We take a market-focused team approach to developing our solutions. Our operating units are responsible for developing, reviewing and enhancing our various products and services. Our data management and production team designs and manages our processes and systems for market data procurement, proprietary data production and quality control. Our Enterprise Data Management, or EDM, team supports our efforts to create new information and products from available data and explores new methods of collecting data. EDM is focused on understanding and documenting business-unit and corporate data assets and data issues; sharing


59


Table of Contents

and combining data assets across the enterprise; creating an enterprise data strategy; facilitating research and product development; and promoting cross-enterprise communication.
 
Our software development team builds the technology used in many of our solutions. As part of our product-development process, we continually solicit feedback from our customers on the value of our products and services and the market’s needs. We have established an extensive system of customer advisory panels, which meet regularly throughout the year to help us respond effectively to the needs of our markets. In addition, we use frequent sales calls, executive visits, user group meetings, and other industry forums to gather information to match the needs of the market with our product development efforts. We also use a variety of market research techniques to enhance our understanding of our clients and the markets in which they operate.
 
We are currently funding 45 product development initiatives for new and enhanced offerings, including:
 
  •      LOCATION Analyst, a new portfolio-assessment system that uses proprietary insurance industry data, visual maps and sophisticated reporting to help insurers make better risk management decisions;
 
  •      360Value, an innovative web-based system for estimating replacement values of residential, commercial and agricultural properties; and
 
  •      Predictive models to help insurers classify, segment and price risks for a variety of lines of insurance.
 
We also add to our offerings through an active acquisition program. Since 2003, we have acquired 14 businesses, which have allowed us to enter new markets, offer new products and enhance the value of existing products with additional proprietary sources of data.
 
When we find it advantageous, we augment our proprietary data sources and systems by forming alliances with other leading information providers and technology companies and integrating their product offerings into our offerings. This approach gives our customers the opportunity to obtain the information they need from a single source and more easily integrate the information into their workflows.
 
Sales, Marketing and Customer Support
 
We sell our products and services primarily through direct interaction with our clients. We employ a three-tier sales structure that includes salespeople, product specialists and sales support. As of March 31, 2008, we had a sales force of 182 people. Within the company, several areas have sales teams that specialize in specific products and services. These specialized sales teams sell specific, highly technical product sets to targeted markets.
 
To provide account management to our largest customers, we segment the insurance market into two groups. National Accounts constitutes our 20 largest customers and Strategic Accounts includes all other insurance companies. Each market segment has its own sales team. Salespeople are responsible for our overall relationship with P&C insurance companies.
 
Salespeople participate in both customer-service and sales activities. They provide direct support, interacting frequently with assigned customers to assure a positive experience using our services. Salespeople also seek out new sales opportunities and provide support to the rest of the sales team. We believe our salespeople’s product knowledge and local presence differentiates us from our competition. Product specialists have product expertise and work with salespeople on specific opportunities for their assigned products. Both salespeople and product specialists have responsibility for identifying new sales opportunities. A team approach and a common customer relationship management system allow for effective coordination between the two groups.


60


Table of Contents

We go to market using a number of brands, including:
 
(GRAPH)
 
Information Technology
 
Technology
 
Our information technology systems are fundamental to our success. They are used for the storage, processing, access and delivery of the data which forms the foundation of our business and the development and delivery of our solutions provided to our clients. Much of the technology we use and provide to our clients is developed, maintained and supported by approximately 800 employees. We generally own or have secured ongoing rights to use for the purposes of our business all the customer-facing applications which are material to our operations. We support and implement a mix of technologies, focused on implementing the most efficient technology for any give business requirement or task.
 
Customers connect to our systems using a number of different technologies, including internet, VPN, dedicated network connections, Frame Relay and Value Added Network services through vendors such as Advantis and IVANS. We utilize Computer Associates Unicenter, Hewlett Packard Insight Manager, Compuware Vantage and other best-of-breed point technologies to aggressively monitor and automate the management of our environment and applications as well as event-driven operational alerts.
 
Data Centers
 
We have two primary data centers in Jersey City, New Jersey and Orem, Utah. In addition, we have data centers dedicated to certain business units, including AIR and DxCG in Boston and AISG Claimsearch in Israel. In addition to these key data centers, we also have a number of smaller data centers located in other states.
 
Disaster Recovery
 
We are committed to a framework for business continuity management and carry out annual reviews of the state of preparedness of each business unit. All of our critical databases, systems and contracted client services are also regularly recovered. We also have documented disaster recovery plans in place for each of our major data centers and each of our solutions. Our primary data center recovery site is in New York State, approximately 50 miles northwest of Jersey City, New Jersey.
 
Security
 
We have adopted a wide range of measures to ensure the security of our IT infrastructure and data. Security measures generally cover the following key areas: physical security; logical security of the perimeter; network security such as firewalls; logical access to the operating systems; deployment of virus detection


61


Table of Contents

software; and appropriate policies and procedures relating to removable media such as laptops. All laptops are encrypted and media leaving our premises that is sent to a third-party storage facility is also encrypted. This commitment has led us to achieve certification from CyberTrust (an industry leader in information security certification) since 2002.
 
Intellectual Property
 
We own a significant number of intellectual property rights, including copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and patents. Specifically, our policy language, insurance manuals, software and databases are protected by both registered and common law copyrights, and the licensing of those materials to our customers for their use represents a large portion of our revenue. We also own in excess of 200 trademarks in the U.S. and foreign countries, including the names of our products and services and our logos and tag lines, many of which are registered. We believe many of our trademarks, trade names, service marks and logos to be of material importance to our business as they assist our customers in identifying our products and services and the quality that stands behind them. We consider our intellectual property to be proprietary, and we rely on a combination of statutory (e.g., copyright, trademark, trade secret and patent) and contractual safeguards in a comprehensive intellectual property enforcement program to protect them wherever they are used.
 
We also own several software method and processing patents and have several pending patent applications in the U.S. that complement our products. The patents and patent applications include claims which pertain to technology, including a patent for our Claims Outcome Advisor software, our ISO-ITS rating and policy administration software and for our Xactware Sketch product. We believe the protection of our proprietary technology is important to our success and we will continue to seek to protect those intellectual property assets for which we have expended substantial research and development capital and which are material to our business.
 
In order to maintain control of our intellectual property, we enter into license agreements with our customers, granting each customer a license to use our products and services, including our software and databases. This helps to maintain the integrity of our proprietary intellectual property and to protect the embedded information and technology contained in our solutions. As a general practice, employees, contractors and other parties with access to our proprietary information sign agreements that prohibit the unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary rights, information and technology.
 
Employees
 
As of March 31, 2008 we employed 3,263 full-time and 141 part-time employees. None of our employees are represented by unions. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and have not experienced interruptions of operations due to labor disagreements.
 
Properties
 
Our headquarters are in Jersey City, New Jersey. As of March 31, 2008, our principal offices consisted of the following properties:
 
                 
Location
  Square Feet     Lease Expiration Date  
 
Jersey City, New Jersey
    390,991       May 21, 2021  
Orem, Utah
    68,343       January 1, 2017  
Boston, Massachusetts
    47,000       March 31, 2015  
Agoura Hills, California
    28,666       October 30, 2011  
South Jordan, Utah
    23,505       May 31, 2014  
 
We also lease offices in 15 states in the United States and the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico and offices outside the United States to support our international operations in China, England, Israel, India, Japan and Germany.


62


Table of Contents

We believe that our properties are in good operating condition and adequately serve our current business operations. We also anticipate that suitable additional or alternative space, including those under lease options, will be available at commercially reasonable terms for future expansion.
 
Regulation
 
Because our business involves the distribution of certain personal, public and non-public data to businesses and governmental entities that make eligibility, service and marketing decisions based on such data, certain of our solutions and services are subject to regulation under federal, state and local laws in the United States and, to a lesser extent, foreign countries. Examples of such regulation include the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which regulates the use of consumer credit report information; the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which regulates the use of non-public personal financial information held by financial institutions and applies indirectly to companies that provide services to financial institutions; the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, which restricts the public disclosure of patient information and applies indirectly to companies that provide services to healthcare businesses; the Drivers Privacy Protection Act, which prohibits the public disclosure, use or resale by any state’s department of motor vehicles of personal information about an individual that was obtained by the department in connection with a motor vehicle record, except for a “permissible purpose” and various other federal, state and local laws and regulations.
 
These laws generally restrict the use and disclosure of personal information and provide consumers certain rights to know the manner in which their personal information is being used, to challenge the accuracy of such information and/or to prevent the use and disclosure of such information. In certain instances, these laws also impose requirements for safeguarding personal information through the issuance of data security standards or guidelines. Certain state laws impose similar privacy obligations, as well as obligations to provide notification of security breaches in certain circumstances.
 
We are also licensed as a rating, rate service, advisory or statistical organization under state insurance codes in all fifty states, Puerto Rico, Guam, the Virgin Islands and the District of Columbia. As such an advisory organization, we provide statistical, actuarial, policy language development and related products and services to property/casualty insurers, including advisory prospective loss costs, other prospective cost information, manual rules and policy language. We also serve as an officially designated statistical agent of state insurance regulators to collect policy-writing and loss statistics of individual insurers and compile that information into reports used by the regulators.
 
Many of our products, services and operations as well as insurer use of our services are subject to state rather than federal regulation by virtue of the McCarran-Ferguson Act. As a result, many of our operations and products are subject to review and/or approval by state regulators. Furthermore, our operations involving licensed advisory organization activities are subject to periodic examinations conducted by state regulators and our operations and products are subject to state antitrust and trade practice statutes within or outside state insurance codes, which are typically enforced by state attorneys general and/or insurance regulators.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are a party to legal proceedings with respect to a variety of matters in the ordinary course of business. Except as described below, we do not believe that any legal proceedings to which we are a party would have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. Although we believe that we have strong defenses for the proceedings described below, we could in the future incur judgments or fines or enter into settlements of claims that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
Claims Outcome Advisor Litigation
 
Hensley, et al. v. Computer Sciences Corporation et al. is a putative nationwide class action complaint, filed in February 2005, in Miller County, Arkansas state court. Defendants include numerous insurance companies and providers of software products used by insurers in paying claims. We are among the


63


Table of Contents

named defendants. Plaintiffs allege that certain software products, including our Claims Outcome Advisor product and a competing software product sold by Computer Sciences Corporation, improperly estimated the amount to be paid by insurers to their policyholders in connection with claims for bodily injuries. The parties to this case are currently engaged in fact and class certification discovery.
 
We have entered into settlement agreements with plaintiffs asserting claims relating to the use of Claims Outcome Advisor by defendants Hanover Insurance Group, Progressive Car Insurance, and Liberty Mutual Insurance Group. Each of these settlements has been granted final approval by the court and together they resolve the claims asserted in this case against us with respect to the above insurance companies, who settled the claims against them as well. A provision was made in the 2006 financials for this proceeding and the total amount we paid in 2008 with respect to these settlements was less than $2 million. A fourth defendant, The Automobile Club of California, that is alleged to have used Claims Outcome Advisor has not settled. Plaintiffs have agreed to dismiss us from the case with prejudice once a discovery dispute relating to certain documents is resolved.
 
Xactware Litigation
 
Three lawsuits have been filed by or on behalf of groups of Louisiana insurance policyholders who claim, among other things, that certain insurers who used products and price information supplied by our Xactware subsidiary (and those of another provider) did not fully compensate policyholders for property damage covered under their insurance policies.
 
Schafer v. State Farm Fire & Cas. Co. , et al. is a putative class action pending against us and State Farm Fire & Casualty Company in the Eastern District of Louisiana. The complaint alleged antitrust violations, breach of contract, negligence, bad faith, and fraud. The court dismissed the antitrust claim as to both defendants and dismissed all claims against us other than fraud, which will proceed to the discovery phase along with the remaining claims against State Farm. Plaintiffs have moved to certify a class with respect to the fraud and breach of contract claims.
 
Mornay v. Travelers Ins. Co. , et al. is a putative class action pending against us and Travelers Insurance Company in the Eastern District of Louisiana. The complaint alleged antitrust violations, breach of contract, negligence, bad faith, and fraud. As in Schafer, the court dismissed the antitrust claim as to both defendants and dismissed all claims against us other than fraud. The court has stayed all proceedings in the case pending resolution of a contractual appraisal proceeding to resolve any dispute as to whether the named plaintiffs received the amount to which they were entitled under their insurance policy.
 
Louisiana ex rel. Foti v. Allstate Ins. Co. is a putative parens patriae action filed by the Louisiana Attorney General in Louisiana state court against numerous insurance companies, the Company, and other solution providers, and consultants. The complaint contains allegations of an antitrust conspiracy among the defendants with respect to the payment of insurance claims for property damage. Defendants removed the case to the Eastern District of Louisiana. A motion to remand the case to state court was denied by the district court. That decision was affirmed by the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit.
 
At this time it is not possible to determine the ultimate resolution of, or estimate the liability related to, these matters. No provision for losses has been provided in connection with the Xactware litigation.
 
iiX Litigation
 
In March 2007, our Insurance Information Exchange, or iiX, subsidiary, as well as other information providers and insurers in the State of Texas, were served with a summons and class action complaint filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas alleging violations of the Driver Privacy Protection Act, or the DPPA. The complaint alleges that the defendants knowingly obtained personal information pertaining to class plaintiffs from motor vehicle records maintained by the State of Texas and that the obtaining and use of this personal information was not for a purpose authorized by the DPPA. The complaint seeks liquidated damages for the violation of the DPPA and punitive damages. We have filed a motion to dismiss the complaint based on failure to state a claim and lack of standing and a decision on that motion is pending.


64


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Executive Officers and Directors
 
The following table sets forth information regarding the executive officers and directors of the Company, as of March 31, 2008:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Frank J. Coyne
    59     Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
Scott G. Stephenson
    51     Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Mark V. Anquillare
    42     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Kenneth E. Thompson
    48     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Carole J. Banfield
    68     Executive Vice President — Information Services and Government Relations
Vincent Cialdella
    57     Senior Vice President — AISG
Kevin B. Thompson
    56     Senior Vice President — Insurance Services
J. Hyatt Brown
    71     Director
Glen A. Dell
    72     Director
Henry J. Feinberg
    56     Director
Christopher M. Foskett
    50     Director
Constantine P. Iordanou
    58     Director
John F. Lehman, Jr. 
    65     Director
Stephen W. Lilienthal
    58     Director
Samuel G. Liss
    51     Director
Andrew G. Mills
    55     Director
Arthur J. Rothkopf
    73     Director
Barbara D. Stewart
    65     Director
David B. Wright
    59     Director
 
A brief biography of each executive officer and director follows.
 
Executive Officers
 
Frank J. Coyne has been our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer since 2002. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Coyne served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and he served as our President and Chief Operating Officer from 1999 to 2000. Mr. Coyne joined the Company from Kemper Insurance Cos. where he was Executive Vice President Specialty and Risk Management Groups. Previously, he served in a variety of positions with General Accident Insurance, and was elected its President and Chief Operating Officer in 1991. He has also held executive positions with Lynn Insurance Group, Reliance Insurance Co. and PMA Insurance Co.
 
Scott G. Stephenson has been our Chief Operating Officer since June 2008 and leader of our Decision Analytics segment. From 2002 to 2008, Mr. Stephenson served as our Executive Vice President and he served as President of our Intego Solutions business from 2001 to 2002. Mr. Stephenson joined the Company from Silver Lake Partners, a technology-oriented private equity firm, where he was an executive-in-residence from 1999 to 2001. From 1989 to 1999 Mr. Stephenson was a partner with The Boston Consulting Group, eventually rising to senior partner and member of the firm’s North American operating committee.
 
Mark V. Anquillare has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since 2007. Mr. Anquillare joined the Company as Director of Financial Systems in 1992 and since joining the Company, Mr. Anquillare has held various management positions, including Assistant Vice President, Vice President and


65


Table of Contents

Controller and Senior Vice President and Controller. Prior to 1992, Mr. Anquillare was employed by the Prudential Insurance Company of America. Mr. Anquillare is a Fellow of the Life Management Institute.
 
Kenneth E. Thompson has been our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since 2006. Prior to joining the Company in 2006, Mr. Thompson was a partner of McCarter & English, LLP from 1997 to 2006. Mr. Thompson also serves on the board of directors of Measurement Specialties, Inc.
 
Carole J. Banfield has been our Executive Vice President Information Services and Government Relations Department focused on our Risk Assessment segment since 1996. Ms. Banfield joined the Company in 1970 as an assistant actuary in the Homeowners Actuarial Division and since 1977 has held various management positions, including Vice President Government and Industry Relations. Ms. Banfield began her career with the National Bureau of Casualty Underwriters in 1962. Ms. Banfield is a member of the American Academy of Actuaries and an Associate of the Casualty Actuarial Society. She currently serves on the board of directors of the American Society of Workers’ Compensation Professionals, the Insurance Data Management Association and on the Industry Advisory Group of ACORD.
 
Vincent Cialdella has been our Senior Vice President, AISG since April 2008 in our Decision Analytics segment. Prior to April 2008, Mr. Cialdella served as Vice President of ISO Claims Solutions, a division of AISG, since 2000. Mr. Cialdella’s career at the Company spans approximately thirty years, during which he has served as Assistant Vice President of Software Products, Corporate Systems and Application Development Support Center.
 
Kevin B. Thompson has been our Senior Vice President, Insurance Services since 2003 focused on our Risk Assessment segment. Mr. Thompson joined the Company in 1974 and has held various management positions, including Vice President, Insurance Services, Vice President, Personal and Standard Commercial Lines, Vice President, Standard Commercial Lines, Assistant Vice President, Commercial Casualty Actuarial. Mr. Thompson is also a member of the American Academy of Actuaries and an associate and fellow of the Casualty Actuarial Society. From 1996 to 1999 he served as vice president of admissions of the Casualty Actuarial Society and as a director from 1994 to 1996.
 
Class A Directors
 
Christopher M. Foskett has served as one of our directors since 1999. Mr. Foskett is a Managing Director and Global Head of the Financial Institutions Group in Citigroup’s Corporate Bank since 2007. From 2003 to 2007, Mr. Foskett was Head of Sales and Relationship Management for Citigroup Global Transaction Services. He also served as Global Industry Head for the Insurance and Investment Industries in Citigroup’s Global Corporate Bank from 1999 to 2003. Previously, he held various roles in Citigroup’s mergers and acquisitions group.
 
David B. Wright has served as one of our directors since 1999. Mr. Wright has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Verari Systems since 2006. Before joining Verari Systems, he was Executive Vice President, Office of the CEO, Strategic Alliances and Global Accounts of EMC Corporation from 2004 to 2006. Between 2001 and 2004 he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Legato Systems and from 1997 to 2000 Mr. Wright was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Amdahl Corporation. Mr. Wright is also a director on the board of VA Software and ActiveIdentity.
 
John F. Lehman, Jr. has served as one of our directors since 1995. Mr. Lehman is Chairman of J. F. Lehman & Co., an investment firm that he founded in 1991. Prior to founding J. F. Lehman & Co., he was Managing Director of Paine Webber, Inc. from 1988 to 1991. In 1981, Mr. Lehman was appointed Secretary of the Navy by President Reagan and served in that capacity until 1987. Mr. Lehman was a member of the bipartisan September 11 Commission and serves on the board of directors of Ball Corp., EnerSys, Inc., Hawaii Superferry Inc., Atlantic Marine, Oao Technology Solutions Inc. and Special Devices, Incorporated.
 
Andrew G. Mills has served as one of our directors since 2002. Mr. Mills has been President of The King’s College in New York, NY since 2007. He is the former Chairman of Intego Solutions LLC, which he founded in 2000. Mr. Mills previously served as Chief Executive Officer of The Thomson Corporation’s Financial and Professional Publishing unit and as a member of Thomson’s board of directors. In 1984, he lead


66


Table of Contents

the start-up operations of Business Research Corporation and was responsible for overseeing its sale and integration into The Thompson Corporation. He began his career with Courtaulds Ltd. and joined The Boston Consulting Group in 1979. Mr. Mills is on the board of directors of The King’s College, Lexington Christian Academy, Camp of the Woods and Hope Christian Church, and is a member of the Massachusetts State Board of the Salvation Army.
 
Arthur J. Rothkopf has served as one of our directors since 1993. Mr. Rothkopf has served as Senior Vice President and Counselor to the President of the U.S. Chamber of Commerce since July of 2005. From 1993 to 2005, Mr. Rothkopf was President of Lafayette College in Easton, Pennsylvania. Prior to serving as President of Lafayette College, Mr. Rothkopf was General Counsel and Deputy Secretary of the U.S. Department of Transportation, appointed by President George H. W. Bush. From 1967 through 1991, he practiced law with the Washington, D.C., firm of Hogan & Hartson, where he was a senior partner. Mr. Rothkopf is a Trustee of American University in Washington D.C.
 
J. Hyatt Brown has served as one of our directors since 2003. Mr. Brown has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Brown & Brown, Inc. since 1993. Mr. Brown is a Trustee of Stetson University in Florida, a past member of the Florida Board of Regents and a member of the Florida Council of 100. He was elected to the Florida House of Representatives in 1972 and was elected Speaker in 1978. Mr. Brown retired as Speaker in 1980. He also serves on the board of directors of Rock-Tenn Company, the FPL Group Inc. and the Daytona International Speedway Corporation.
 
Glen A. Dell has served as one of our directors since 1995. Mr. Dell is a retired Partner of MapleWood Equity Partners LP. Mr. Dell served as a Partner of MapleWood Equity Partners LP from 1998 to 2007. From 1992 to 1997, Mr. Dell served as President of Investcorp Management Services Inc., where he was responsible for post-acquisition management of Investcorp’s portfolio of companies in North America. He has also served as a consultant, specializing in interim management services, and held executive positions with General Electric Co., International Paper Co., and JWT Group, Inc. Mr. Dell was a member of the board of directors of Parts Depot, Inc. until February 28, 2008.
 
Henry J. Feinberg has served as one of our directors since 1996. Since 2000, Mr. Feinberg has been a Partner of Technology Crossover Ventures, a private equity and venture capital firm. Previously, Mr. Feinberg was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Rand McNally & Company. Mr. Feinberg is also a director of Adknowledge, Inc., CosmoCom, Inc., eLoyalty Corporation, FXall and Yield Management Services Ltd.
 
Barbara D. Stewart has served as one of our directors since 1995. Ms. Stewart has been President of Stewart Economics, Inc., a consulting firm that specializes in the insurance business and its regulation, since 1981. Before forming Stewart Economics, Ms. Stewart was Corporate Economist of the Chubb Group of Insurance Companies. Ms. Stewart is also a director of The Main Street America Group; a former director of Capital Re Corporation; a former overseer of The School of Risk Management, Insurance, and Actuarial Science of St. John’s University; and a member of the Editorial Board of Risk Management and Insurance Review .
 
Class B Directors
 
Constantine P. Iordanou has served as one of our directors since 2001. Mr. Iordanou has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Arch Capital Group Limited, or ACGL, since August 2003 and as director of ACGL since January 2002. From January 2002 through July 2003, he was Chief Executive Officer of Arch Capital (U.S.) Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of ACGL. Prior to joining ACGL in 2002, Mr. Iordanou served in various capacities for Zurich Financial Services and its affiliates, including as Senior Executive Vice President of Group Operations and Business Development of Zurich Financial Services, President of Zurich-American Specialties Division, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Executive Officer of Zurich American and Chief Executive Officer of Zurich North America. Prior to joining Zurich in March of 1992, he served as President of the Commercial Casualty division of the Berkshire Hathaway Group and served as Senior Vice President with the American Home Insurance Company, a member of the American International Group.


67


Table of Contents

Samuel G. Liss has served as one of our directors since 2005. Mr. Liss has been Executive Vice President at The Travelers Companies since 2004. Before the merger of The St. Paul and Travelers Companies, Mr. Liss served as Executive Vice President at The St. Paul from February 2003 to April 2004. From 1994 to 2001, Mr. Liss was a Managing Director at Credit Suisse First Boston, or CSFB, initially focused on equity research across a range of financial institution sectors and subsequently serving in a Senior Investment Banking relationship, advisory and execution role in CSFB’s Financial Institutions Group, including leadership of its asset management industry practice. Mr. Liss was a senior equity analyst at Salomon Brothers from 1980 to 1994.
 
Stephen W. Lilienthal has served as one of our directors since 2008. Mr. Lilienthal has been Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of CNA Financial Corporation, or CNA, and its insurance subsidiaries since August 2002. Prior to that time, he was President and Chief Executive Officer, Property and Casualty Operations of the CNA insurance companies. He is a member of the Executive and Finance Committees of CNA and has been a director of CNA since August of 2001. Mr. Lilienthal is also a director of American Institute for Chartered Property Casualty Underwriters, After School Matters, Northwestern Memorial Foundation, World Business Chicago, The Executives’ Club of Chicago and Boys and Girls Clubs of Chicago.
 
Board Composition
 
The number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. From the date of this prospectus until the earlier of (a) the 30-month anniversary of the date of this prospectus or (b) the date on which there are no shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding, our board of directors will consist of between 11 and 13 directors, and will be comprised as follows:
 
  •      between eight to ten Class A directors; and
 
  •      three Class B directors.
 
See “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law — Staggered Boards.”
 
Director Independence
 
Our board of directors currently consists of 13 directors, 12 of which are “independent” as defined under applicable listing rules. Currently, the following individuals serve on our board of directors as independent directors: J. Hyatt Brown, Glen A. Dell, Henry J. Feinberg, Christopher M. Foskett, Constantine P. Iordanou, John F. Lehman, Jr., Stephen W. Lilienthal, Samuel G. Liss, Andrew G. Mills, Arthur J. Rothkopf, Barbara D. Stewart and David B. Wright.
 
Board Committees
 
Our by-laws provide that the board of directors may designate one or more committees. We currently have the following committees: Executive Committee, Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Finance and Investment Committee, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
 
The Executive Committee currently consists of Frank J. Coyne (Chair), Glen A. Dell, Constantine P. Iordanou, John F. Lehman, Jr. and Arthur J. Rothkopf. The Executive Committee exercises all the power and authority of the board of directors (except those powers and authorities that are reserved to the full board of directors under Delaware law) between regularly scheduled board of directors meetings. The Executive Committee also makes recommendations to the full board of directors on various matters. The Executive Committee meets as necessary upon the call of the chairman of the board of directors.
 
The Audit Committee currently consists of Arthur J. Rothkopf (Chair), Henry J. Feinberg, Christopher M. Foskett, Andrew G. Mills and Barbara D. Stewart, all of whom are “independent” as defined under applicable listing rules. Each member of our Audit Committee is financially literate, as such term is interpreted by our board of directors. Ms. Barbara D. Stewart is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is


68


Table of Contents

defined under the Securities and Exchange Commission rules. The Audit Committee reviews and, as it deems appropriate, recommends to the board of directors the internal accounting and financial controls for the Company and the accounting principles and auditing practices and procedures to be employed in preparation and review of the financial statements of the Company. The Audit Committee also provides assistance to our board of directors in fulfilling its responsibilities with respect to our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. In addition, the Audit Committee also makes recommendations to the board of directors concerning the engagement of the independent accounting firm and the scope of the audit to be undertaken by such auditors.
 
The Compensation Committee currently consists of John F. Lehman, Jr. (Chair), Glen A. Dell, Constantine P. Iordanou and David B. Wright, all of whom are “independent” as defined under applicable listing rules. The Compensation Committee reviews and, as it deems appropriate, recommends to the board of directors policies, practices and procedures relating to the compensation of the officers and other managerial employees and the establishment and administration of employee benefit plans. The Compensation Committee also exercises all authority under the Company’s employee equity incentive plans and advises and consults with the officers of the Company as may be requested regarding managerial personnel policies.
 
The Finance and Investment Committee currently consists of Glen A. Dell (Chair), Frank J. Coyne, Henry J. Feinberg, Christopher M. Foskett and John F. Lehman, Jr. The Finance and Investment Committee meets annually and at such other times as necessary to establish, monitor and evaluate the Company’s investment policies, practices and advisors, and to advise management and the board of directors on the financial aspects of strategic and operational directions, including financial plans, capital planning, financing alternatives, and acquisition opportunities.
 
The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee currently consists of Constantine P. Iordanou (Chair), Frank J. Coyne, Arthur J. Rothkopf and David B. Wright. Mr. Constantine P. Iordanou, Arthur J. Rothkopf and David B. Wright are “independent” as defined under applicable listing rules. Following this offering, we expect that the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be comprised of independent directors in accordance with applicable requirements. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee reviews and, as it deems appropriate, recommends to the board of directors policies and procedures relating to director and board of directors committee nominations and corporate governance policies.
 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
 
Our board of directors has established a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our employees, agents, independent contractors, consultants, officers and directors. Any waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics may be made only by our board of directors and will be promptly disclosed as required by law or stock exchange regulations. The board of directors has not granted any waivers to the code of business conduct and ethics.
 
Corporate Governance Guidelines
 
Our board of directors has adopted corporate governance guidelines that comply with the applicable listing requirements and the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
No member of the Compensation Committee is a current or former officer of the Company or any of our subsidiaries. In addition, there are no compensation committee interlocks with the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company.
 
Directors’ Compensation and Benefits
 
Annual Retainer.   Effective June 1, 2007, each non-employee director receives a retainer fee of $50,000 per year for membership on the board of directors. Each non-employee director who chairs a


69


Table of Contents

committee receives an additional $5,000 retainer fee, with the exception of the chairpersons of the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee, each of whom receives an additional $12,500 annual retainer fee.
 
Each non-employee director may elect to receive his or her annual retainer in the form of (i) cash, (ii) deferred cash, (iii) shares of Class A common stock, (iv) deferred shares of Class A common stock, (v) options to purchase Class A common stock or (vi) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v), except that not more than 50% of the Annual Retainer may be paid in cash.
 
Meeting Attendance Fees.   Each non-employee director receives a $1,500 fee for each board of directors or Committee meeting attended in person. Meeting attendance fees are payable only in cash or deferred cash.
 
Stock Option Grants.   Effective as of the 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, each non-employee director receives an annual option grant having a Black-Scholes value of $125,000. The initial awarding of such options is being phased in over a period of three years, so that, from 2007 through 2009, each non-employee director receives (or received) the initial grant in the year he or she is (or was) re-elected. Such options, and any portion of the Annual Retainer Fees elected to be taken as options, are exercisable for a period of ten years from the date of grant (subject to earlier termination if the individual ceases to be a director of the Company), vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Class A common stock on the date of grant. Prior to the 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, each non-employee director was granted an option to purchase 1,500 shares of Class A common stock every three years upon his or her re-election to the Board.
 
Employee-directors receive no additional compensation for service on the board of directors. Mr. Frank J. Coyne is the only employee-director.
 
The table below shows compensation paid to or earned by the directors during 2007. As noted above, directors may elect to receive compensation in various forms other than cash. Also, prior to 2007, directors received stock option grants every three years upon their re-election to the board. We are required to report equity awards based on accounting expense. The amounts shown for each director are not uniform because accounting expense will differ in part depending on how each director elected to receive his or her compensation and the years in which they were re-elected to the board.
 
                                 
    Fees Earned or
    Stock Awards
    Option Awards
    Total
 
Name
  Paid in Cash ($)     ($)(1)     ($)(1)     ($)  
 
Joseph A. Brandon(2)
    7,500       25,080       52,271       84,851  
J. Hyatt Brown(3)
    32,500       25,080       97,725       155,305  
Glen A. Dell(4)
    10,500             152,725       163,225  
Henry J. Feinberg(5)
    10,500             147,725       158,225  
Christopher M. Foskett(6)
    31,000       12,540             43,540  
Constantine Iordanou(7)
                117,500       117,500  
John F. Lehman, Jr.(8)
                125,000       125,000  
Samuel G. Liss(9)
    32,000             149,996       181,996  
Andrew G. Mills(10)
    4,500             112,500       117,000  
Arthur J. Rothkopf(11)
    9,000       62,700       62,500       134,200  
Barbara D. Stewart(12)
    9,000             97,725       106,725  
David B. Wright(13)
    9,000       50,160       27,271       86,431  
 
(1) For a discussion of the assumptions used to calculate the amounts shown in the option awards and stock awards columns, see note 2(j) of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included as part of this prospectus.
 
(2) Mr. Brandon received options during 2007 with a fair value of $25,000, and stock awards with a fair value of $25,080. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Brandon owned options covering 3,635 shares. The amount shown in the option column above includes expense amounts recognized, under FAS 123R, in 2007 relating to option grants made in 2006.


70


Table of Contents

 
(3) Mr. Brown received stock awards during 2007 with a fair value of $25,080. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Brown owned options covering 3,000 shares. The amount shown in the option column above includes expense amounts recognized, under FAS 123R, in 2007 relating to option grants made in 2006.
 
(4) Mr. Dell received options during 2007 with a fair value of $55,000. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Dell owned options covering 1,724 shares. The amount shown in the option column above includes expense amounts recognized, under FAS 123R, in 2007 relating to option grants made in 2006.
 
(5) Mr. Feinberg received options during 2007 with a fair value of $50,000. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Feinberg owned options covering 3,739 shares. The amount shown in the option column above includes expense amounts recognized, under FAS 123R, in 2007 relating to option grants made in 2006.
 
(6) Mr. Foskett received stock awards during 2007 with a fair value of $12,540. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Foskett owned 47 stock awards and options covering 1,000 shares.
 
(7) Mr. Iordanou received options during 2007 with a fair value of $117,500. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Iordanou owned options covering 8,796 shares.
 
(8) Mr. Lehman received options during 2007 with a fair value of $125,000. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Lehman owned options covering 2,517 shares.
 
(9) Mr. Liss received options during 2007 with a fair value of $25,000. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Liss owned options covering 1,870 shares. The amount shown in the option column above includes expense amounts recognized, under FAS 123R, in 2007 relating to option grants made in 2006.
 
(10) Mr. Mills received options during 2007 with a fair value of $112,500. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Mills owned options covering 5,608 shares.
 
(11) Mr. Rothkopf received options during 2007 with a fair value of $62,500, and stock awards with a fair value of $62,700. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Rothkopf owned options covering 2,021 shares.
 
(12) As of December 31, 2007, Ms. Stewart owned 1,142 stock awards and options covering 1,500 shares. The amount shown in the option column above includes expense amounts recognized, under FAS 123R, in 2007 relating to option grants made in 2006.
 
(13) Mr. Wright received stock awards during 2007 with a fair value of $50,160. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Wright owned options covering 3,642 shares. The amount shown in the option column above includes expense amounts recognized, under FAS 123R, in 2007 relating to option grants made in 2006.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
Our business requires a highly skilled work force. While the capital intensity of our business is low, our human capital requirements are great. As noted elsewhere in this prospectus, our business depends on our senior leadership team, who possess business and technical capabilities that would be difficult, and costly, to replace. We have designed our compensation program to address these needs.
 
This section discusses the principles underlying our policies and decisions relating to the compensation of our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer, and our other three most highly compensated executive officers. This information describes the manner and context in which compensation is earned by and awarded to these Named Executive Officers, or NEOs, and provides perspective on the tables and narrative that follow.
 
Compensation Program Objectives
 
We believe the compensation program for our NEOs must attract, reward, motivate and retain the highly-qualified individuals we need to plan and execute our business strategy. We believe the program motivates managers by directly linking a portion of compensation both to the Company’s performance and the individual’s performance. To foster this direct link, we have designed our program so that a significant percentage of a NEO’s compensation is variable rather than fixed. This percentage increases with seniority, because we believe that the decisions of more senior managers have a greater impact on our performance.


71


Table of Contents

Executives will earn variable compensation (cash awards and stock options) only if warranted by Company and individual performance. Variable compensation for our NEOs consists of an annual cash payment pursuant to our Short Term Incentive, or STI, program and a long-term equity incentive award pursuant to our Long Term Incentive, or LTI, program. We believe the design of our compensation program effectively encourages our senior managers to act in a manner that benefits the Company by creating long-term value for our stockholders.
 
Elements of the Company’s Compensation Program
 
We currently provide the following elements of compensation to our NEOs:
 
  •      base salary;
 
  •      annual cash incentive awards;
 
  •      long-term equity incentive awards; and
 
  •      health, welfare and retirement plans.
 
Each compensation element fulfills one or more of our compensation program objectives.
 
Base Salary
 
We pay base salaries to attract, reward and retain managers, and so that in recruiting and retaining senior executives we are not disadvantaged by being seen as offering a lower level of fixed compensation for a given position level. We review salaries annually to maintain competitive market levels, which are based on the experience and scope of responsibilities of each NEO. The base salary of our Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, is determined by the Compensation Committee. The base salary of each of our other NEOs is determined by the CEO, subject to approval by the Compensation Committee. Base salary as a percentage of total compensation differs based on an executive’s position and function. Generally, executives with the highest position and level of responsibility, and thus the greatest ability to influence our performance through their decision making, have the smallest percentage of their total compensation fixed as salary. We have historically placed greater emphasis on the incentivizing potential of variable compensation; for this reason we have generally maintained salaries at a level that we believe is below the prevailing range for similar positions.
 
Annual Cash Incentive Awards
 
At the conclusion of each year, the Compensation Committee establishes performance goals for the coming year under our STI program. The specified performance goals relate to growth in revenue and EBITDA margin, and are derived from our strategic and business growth plan. We selected revenue growth and EBITDA margin growth as the criteria for STI because we believe our business’s ability to generate recurring revenue and positive cash flow is the key indicator of the successful execution of our business strategy. For 2007, the Compensation Committee established these growth targets at 10% and 28% respectively, with each factor having equal weight. Minimum thresholds were set at 6% and 25%, respectively, and maximum levels at 15% and 35%, respectively. In addition to these pre-determined revenue growth and EBITDA margin goals, the Compensation Committee evaluates the accomplishment during the year of other financial and nonfinancial performance measures that we believe position the Company to achieve long-term future growth. These include enhancements to productivity, achievement of new sales, accomplishment of strategic and operational initiatives and completion of acquisitions and strategic relationships. The Compensation Committee has discretion to increase or decrease the size of the STI pool to account for specific considerations applicable to a particular year.
 
Funding of the STI pool is determined by the Compensation Committee, taking into account the recommendation of the CEO, at the conclusion of the performance year based on the degree to which goals are achieved during the year.
 
Within the STI pool, awards are made for each NEO based upon a subjective review of each individual’s performance for the year. Targets for STI awards are expressed as a percentage of base salary,


72


Table of Contents

which percentage differs based on an executive’s position and function. There is discretion to pay an individual above or below their target STI award based on the assessment of that individual’s performance. The STI award for our CEO is determined by the Compensation Committee. The STI awards for each of our other NEOs are determined by the CEO, subject to approval by the Compensation Committee. Awards under the STI plan are in the form of cash payments. Cash STI awards are paid in March, in respect of performance for the prior year.
 
Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards
 
Awards under the LTI plan are generally in the form of option grants. The LTI plan also permits us to grant restricted stock awards, however that has not been our practice because we believe options provide a more effective incentive to increase the value of the Company. Also, our Employee Stock Ownership Plan, or ESOP, described below under “— Health, Welfare and Retirement Plans,” has enabled us to grant interests in our stock to our executives, also providing a directional, less highly leveraged incentive to increase share value.
 
The number of shares underlying an option grant under the LTI program is determined by a grant date value of the option award using a Black-Scholes formula, calculated by an independent valuation specialist we retain for that purpose. The target award value for each executive is expressed as a percentage of base salary, and is subject to the achievement of Company and individual performance goals, in the same way as for STI discussed above.
 
In general, option awards under the LTI plan are made in March, and have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant, which is determined pursuant to the most recently conducted appraisal performed in connection with our ESOP.
 
Our practice has been to award Mr. Frank J. Coyne option grants under the LTI plan at irregular intervals. Certain of Mr. Coyne’s options have been granted at an exercise price above the then-current fair market value of our Class A common stock. Mr. Coyne’s last option award was in 2005. We anticipate that after the completion of this offering, Mr. Coyne will be considered for option awards annually, at the then-current fair market value of our shares, in the same manner as other NEOs. Mr. Mark V. Anquillare was named Chief Financial Officer in March 2007, and received an additional option award on June 30, 2007 in connection with that appointment.
 
Analysis of 2007 Variable Compensation
 
The Compensation Committee established the 2007 funding levels for the STI and LTI award pools by determining the actual revenue growth and EBITDA margin growth for the year, and evaluating the other financial and nonfinancial performance measures described above that we believe position the Company to achieve sustainable long-term growth. Total payouts to all employees eligible to participate were 84% of the maximum STI amount and 76% of the maximum LTI amount.
 
The STI award to Mr. Coyne was determined based upon the Compensation Committee’s evaluation of Company performance. Mr. Coyne did not receive an LTI award, due to our prior practice of making LTI awards to the CEO at irregular intervals.
 
The STI and LTI awards to each of the other NEOs were based on their level of responsibility, and Mr. Coyne’s evaluation of their individual performance with respect to the successful operation of their business units or functional departments and their success in positioning the Company for the future.
 
Health, Welfare and Retirement Plans
 
We offer health and welfare benefit programs including medical, dental, life, accident and disability insurance. The Company contributes a percentage of the cost of these benefits. These benefits are available to substantially all employees, and the percentage of the Company’s contribution is the same for all.


73


Table of Contents

Our tax-qualified retirement plans include:
 
  •      a combined 401(k) Savings Plan and ESOP,
 
  •      a defined benefit pension plan with (i) a traditional final pay formula applicable to employees who were 49 years old with 15 years of service as of January 1, 2002, and (ii) a cash balance formula applicable to other employees hired prior to March 1, 2005, and
 
  •      a profit sharing plan (as a component of the 401(k) plan) which is available to employees hired on or after March 1, 2005.
 
Our non-qualified retirement plans include a supplemental pension and savings (401(k)) plan for highly compensated employees. The combined 401(k) Savings Plan and ESOP and the pension/profit sharing plans are broad-based plans available to substantially all of our employees, including the NEOs. The supplemental retirement plans are offered to our highly paid employees, including our NEOs, to restore to them amounts to which they would be entitled under our tax qualified plans but which they are precluded from receiving under those plans by IRS limits. The supplemental retirement plans are unsecured obligations of the Company.
 
We established our ESOP at the time we converted from non-profit to for-profit status, in order to foster an ownership culture in the Company, and to strengthen the link between compensation and value created for stockholders. This plan has enabled our employees to hold an ownership interest in the Company as well as providing a stock vehicle for Company matching contributions to our 401(k) and profit sharing plans, which has allowed employees to monitor directly, and profit from, the increasing value of our stock since our conversion in 1997.
 
Use of Comparative Compensation Data
 
To ensure that our compensation levels remain reasonable and competitive, we have engaged Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc., or Cook, to advise the Compensation Committee on executive compensation. We have used comparative data available from market surveys conducted by Cook as one component in our decision making process relating to the base salary and STI and LTI targets for our executive team. Cook most recently evaluated our executive compensation levels in the fall of 2007.
 
Employment Agreements
 
We do not currently have employment agreements with any of our NEOs. Mr. Coyne and the Company were parties to an employment agreement that expired on July 1, 2005. We expect to enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Coyne and change of control agreements with each of our other NEOs, to become effective upon the consummation of this offering. We believe that these agreements are desirable to retain the services of these individuals in whom the Company has a significant investment.
 
Impact of prior equity awards on current compensation
 
In general, we do not take into account prior equity grants, ESOP balances or amounts realized on the exercise or vesting of prior option grants in determining the number of options to be granted, because we believe we should pay an annualized market value for an executive’s position, sized according to the performance level of the individual in the position. However, because our prior practice has been to grant equity awards to the CEO on an irregular basis, these factors have been considered in connection with Mr. Coyne’s compensation. We anticipate that after the completion of this offering, Mr. Coyne will be considered for option awards annually, at the then-current fair market value of our shares, in the same manner as other NEOs. The Committee also considers prior equity grants (and related wealth accumulations) of executives in assessing the recruitment/retention risk for executives.


74


Table of Contents

Stock Ownership Requirements for Executives
 
Senior executives are subject to minimum stock ownership requirements. The CEO is required to hold stock and in-the-money options with a value equal to 200% of his annual salary plus a STI target. The other NEOs are required to hold stock and in-the-money options with a value equal to 100% of their annual salary plus STI target. This requirement must be met no later than the third anniversary of the executive’s first becoming an officer. As of December 31, 2007, Messrs. Coyne, Stephenson, Boehning and Anquillare each held common stock and in-the-money options in excess of the requirements. Mr. Thompson joined the Company in 2006 and needs to satisfy the requirement in 2009.
 
Executive Compensation and Benefits
 
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid to and earned by the Company’s NEOs for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
                                                 
                Change in Pension
       
                Value and
       
            Non-Equity
  Non-qualified
       
        Option
  Incentive Plan
  Deferred
       
        Awards ($)
  Compensation ($)
  Compensation
  All Other
   
Name and Principal Position
  Salary ($)   (1)   (2)   Earnings ($)   Compensation ($)   Total ($)
Frank J. Coyne
    898,654       1,062,800       2,000,000       300,610       80,907 (3)     4,342,971  
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
                                               
Mark V. Anquillare
    256,769       247,512       300,000       63,668       11,868 (4)     879,817  
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
                                               
Scott G. Stephenson
    419,812       644,107       600,000       83,782       52,386 (5)     1,800,087  
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
                                               
Kenneth E. Thompson
    355,000       276,646       300,000             15,173 (6)     946,819  
Senior Vice President,
General Counsel and
Corporate Secretary
                                               
Richard Boehning(7)
    302,308       458,546       100,000       284,068       12,044 (8)     1,156,966  
Senior Vice President
                                               
Kenneth G. Geraghty(9)
    78,058       241,342             5,485       119,738 (10)     444,623  
Former Chief Financial Officer
                                               
 
 
(1) The amounts in this column reflect the expense incurred for accounting purposes in accordance with FAS 123R for options granted in 2007 and prior years under the LTI plan. For a discussion of the assumptions used to calculate the amounts shown in this column, see note 2(j) of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included as part of this prospectus.
 
(2) The amounts in this column are cash incentive awards under the STI plan in respect of performance for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
(3) Amount includes $15,187 for life insurance premiums, a 401(k) matching contribution of $10,125 and $55,595 for costs of personal benefits, including club memberships ($44,439) and automobile allowance.
 
(4) Amount includes a 401(k) matching contribution of $11,625.
 
(5) Amount includes a 401(k) matching contribution of $10,125 and $41,291 for costs of personal benefits, including commutation via commercial air carrier between the Company’s headquarters and the executive’s home, and temporary living quarters near the Company’s headquarters ($25,891). Costs of commercial air travel were determined using average rates incurred for such travel.
 
(6) Amount includes a 401(k) matching contribution of $10,125.


75


Table of Contents

 
(7) Mr. Boehning retired from the Company on January 31, 2008.
 
(8) Amount includes a 401(k) matching contribution of $10,125.
 
(9) Mr. Geraghty was Chief Financial Officer until the termination of his employment effective March 8, 2007.
 
(10) Includes a severance payment of $99,310 and a 401(k) matching contribution of $10,125.
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
 
The following table sets forth information concerning grants of plan-based awards made to the NEOs during the Company’s fiscal year ended 2007. We generally grant options in March, based on performance for the prior year. However, due to SEC regulations, the options shown in this table as granted in 2007 (other than Mr. Anquillare’s promotion grant) related to 2006 performance, and we consider them to be part of the NEOs’ 2006 compensation.
 
                                                 
                  All Other
                   
            Estimated
    Option
                Grant Date
 
            Future Payouts
    Awards:
                Fair Value of
 
            Under Non-Equity
    Number of
    Exercise or
          Stock and
 
            Incentive Plan
    Securities
    Base Price
    Stock
    Option
 
            Awards     Underlying
    of Option
    Value on
    Awards
 
Name
  Grant Date   Approval Date   Target ($)     Options     Awards ($/Sh)     Grant Date     ($)  
 
Frank J. Coyne
            2,700,000                          
Mark V. Anquillare
  March 1, 2007   February 22, 2007     486,000       2,100       755       755       437,703  
    June 30, 2007   June 18, 2007           300       836       836       73,443  
Scott G. Stephenson
  March 1, 2007   February 22, 2007     756,000       5,200       755       755       1,083,836  
Kenneth E. Thompson
  March 1, 2007   February 22, 2007     648,000       2,000       755       755       416,860  
Richard Boehning(1)
  March 1, 2007   February 22, 2007     549,000       2,200       755       755       458,546  
Kenneth G. Geraghty(2)
                                               
 
(1) Mr. Boehning retired from the Company on January 31, 2008.
 
(2) Mr. Geraghty was Chief Financial Officer until the termination of his employment effective March 8, 2007.


76


Table of Contents

 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End
 
The following table sets forth information concerning unexercised options, stock that has not vested and equity incentive plan awards for the NEOs as of the end of the Company’s fiscal year ended 2007.
 
                                 
Option Awards(1)
        Number of
    Number of
           
        Securities
    Securities
           
        Underlying
    Underlying
           
        Unexercised
    Unexercised
    Option
     
    Date of
  Options (#)
    Options (#)
    Exercise
    Option
Name
  Option Grant   Exercisable     Unexercisable     Price ($)     Expiration Date
 
Frank J. Coyne
  July 1, 2000     10,000             100     July 1, 2010
    July 1, 2000     50,000             110     July 1, 2010
    December 18, 2002     75,000             155     December 18, 2012
    June 29, 2005     30,000       20,000       420     June 29, 2015
                                 
Mark V. Anquillare
  March 1, 2001     1,250             92     March 1, 2011
    March 1, 2002     1,750             108     March 1, 2012
    March 1, 2003     5,000             144     March 1, 2013
    March 1, 2004     3,750       1,250       231     March 1, 2014
    March 1, 2005     1,250       1,250       437     March 1, 2015
    March 1, 2006     525       1,575       565     March 1, 2016
    March 1, 2007           2,100       755     March 1, 2017
    June 1, 2007           300       836     June 1, 2017
                                 
Scott G. Stephenson
  March 1, 2003     18,750             144     March 1, 2013
    March 1, 2004     9,750       3,250       231     March 1, 2014
    March 1, 2005     4,000       4,000       437     March 1, 2015
    March 1, 2006     4,050       1,350       565     March 1, 2016
    March 1, 2007           5,200       755     March 1, 2017
                                 
Kenneth E. Thompson
  October 2, 2006     1,000       3,000       681     October 2, 2016
    March 1, 2007           2,000       755     March 1, 2017
                                 
Richard Boehning
  March 1, 2003     1,250             144     March 1, 2013
    March 1, 2004     1,000       1,000       231     March 1, 2014
    March 1, 2005     625       1,250       437     March 1, 2015
    March 1, 2006     575       1,725       565     March 1, 2016
    March 1, 2007           2,200       755     March 1, 2017
Kenneth G. Geraghty
                           
 
(1) The right to exercise stock options vests ratably on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant for options granted to NEOs other than Mr. Coyne. A portion of Mr. Coyne’s options with an exercise price above the grant date fair market value vested immediately.


77


Table of Contents

 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
 
The following table sets forth information concerning each exercise of stock options and stock appreciation rights for the NEOs during 2007. No stock, restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards held by any NEO vested during 2007.
 
                 
    Option Awards  
    Number of
       
    Shares Acquired
    Value
 
    on Exercise
    Realized on
 
Name
  (#)     Exercise ($)  
 
Frank J. Coyne
           
Mark V. Anquillare
           
Scott G. Stephenson
           
Kenneth E. Thompson
           
Richard Boehning
           
Kenneth G. Geraghty
    4,850       2,172,400  
 
Pension Plans
 
The following table sets forth information with respect to each plan that provides for payments or other benefits at, following, or in connection with retirement.
 
Employees hired prior to March 1, 2005 participate in the Pension Plan for Insurance Organizations, or PPIO, a multiple-employer pension plan in which we participate. The PPIO provides a traditional final pay formula pension benefit, payable as an annuity, to employees who were 49 years old with 15 years of service as of January 1, 2002. Effective January 1, 2002, this formula benefit was frozen for all eligible employees. Effective January 1, 2002, a cash balance pension benefit, also payable as an annuity, was established under the PPIO. Employees hired prior to January 1, 2002 receive their frozen traditional benefit as well as their cash balance benefit. Employees hired from January 1, 2002 to March 1, 2005 receive only the cash balance benefit. The Supplemental Cash Balance Plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Supplemental Plan”) provide a benefit to which the participant would be entitled under the PPIO but which is subject to caps imposed by IRS regulations. Employees hired on or after March 1, 2005 are not eligible to participate in the PPIO or the Supplemental Plan.
 
                             
        Number of Years
    Present Value of
    Payments During
 
        Credited Service
    Accumulated Benefit
    Last Fiscal Year
 
Name
  Plan Name   (#)     ($)     ($)  
 
Frank J. Coyne
  PPIO     9       94,469        
    Supplemental Plan     9       1,433,441        
                             
Mark V. Anquillare
  PPIO     16       168,385        
    Supplemental Plan     16       99,879        
                             
Scott G. Stephenson
  PPIO     7       90,848        
    Supplemental Plan     7       249,177        
                             
Kenneth E. Thompson
        NA       NA       NA  
                             
Richard Boehning
  PPIO     10       867,347        
    Supplemental Plan     10       1,163,069        
                             
Kenneth G. Geraghty
  PPIO     7       41,737       65,570  
    Supplemental Plan     7       64,364        


78


Table of Contents

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table
 
The following table sets forth information with respect to each defined contribution or other plan that provides for the deferral of compensation on a basis that is not tax-qualified.
 
                                         
                            Aggregate
 
    Executive
    Registrant
    Aggregate
    Aggregate
    Balance
 
    Contributions
    Contributions
    Earnings
    Withdrawals/
    at end of
 
    in Last FY
    in Last FY
    in Last FY
    Distributions
    Last FY
 
Name
  ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)  
 
Frank J. Coyne
                             
Mark V. Anquillare
                             
Scott G. Stephenson
                             
Kenneth E. Thompson
                             
Richard Boehning
                             
Kenneth G. Geraghty
                54,242             1,215,357  
 
2007 Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
 
There are no agreements or arrangements in place applicable to the NEOs relating to payments upon termination or change of control, other than severance payments upon termination (other than for cause) available to all salaried employees.
 
We expect that, prior to completing this offering, we will enter into an employment agreement with Frank J. Coyne that will incorporate provisions for payments to be made upon termination of his employment. Payments will be due in the event Mr. Coyne’s employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company without cause, or is voluntarily terminated by Mr. Coyne for “good reason,” which will be defined in the agreement.
 
We expect the agreement to provide that, upon a qualifying termination event, Mr. Coyne will be entitled to:
 
  (i)  a pro rata STI award,
 
  (ii)  a severance payment equal to his base salary plus target bonus amount multiplied by the lesser of (a) the number of years remaining in the term of his employment contract or (b) two;
 
  (iii)  continuation of health benefits (at his expense) for 18 months;
 
  (iv)  immediate vesting of any remaining unvested options.
 
The amount of the pro rata bonus will be at target level if the termination of employment occurs following a change of control, and will otherwise be determined by the Compensation Committee at the end of the year based on Company performance. The severance and pro-rata bonus amounts will be payable in cash, in a lump sum. Receipt of these benefits is conditioned upon Mr. Coyne executing a general release of claims against the Company, and complying with confidentiality, non-compete and nonsolicitation agreements for a period of 24 months. If this agreement had been in place at December 31, 2007, in the event of a qualifying termination Mr. Coyne would be entitled to cash payments totaling $4,500,000.
 
In addition, we expect that, prior to completion of this Offering, the Company will enter into Severance Agreements with the other NEOs currently employed by the Company. These agreements will incorporate provisions for payments to be made to the NEOs upon termination of their employment. Payments will be due in the event the executive’s employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company without cause, or is voluntarily terminated by the executive for “good reason,” which will be defined in the agreements, within a two-year period following a “change of control.”


79


Table of Contents

We expect these agreements to provide that, upon a qualifying termination event, a NEO (other than Mr. Coyne) will be entitled to:
 
  (v)  a pro rata STI award;
 
  (vi)  a severance payment equal to the executive’s base salary plus target bonus amount times two;
 
  (vii)  continuation of health benefits (at the executives expense) for 18 months; and
 
  (viii)  immediate vesting of any remaining unvested options.
 
The severance and pro rata bonus amounts will be payable in cash, in a lump sum. Receipt of these benefits is conditioned upon the executive executing a general release of claims against the Company, and complying with confidentiality, non-compete and nonsolicitation agreements for a period of 24 months. If these agreements had been in place at December 31, 2007, in the event of a qualifying termination Mr. Stephenson would be entitled to cash payments totaling $1,470,000, Mr. Anquillare would be entitled to cash payments totaling $945,000, and Mr. Thompson would be entitled to cash payments totaling $1,260,000.
 
Verisk Analytics, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan
 
We expect to adopt the Verisk Analytics, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, or the Incentive Plan, prior to the consummation of this offering. The Incentive Plan will replace the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan, or the 1996 Plan, pursuant to which LTI awards are currently granted. The purposes of the Incentive Plan will be (i) to advance the interests of the Company by attracting and retaining high caliber employees and other key individuals, (ii) to continue to align the interests of recipients of LTI awards with the interest of the Company’s stockholders by increasing the proprietary interest of such recipients in our growth and success as measured by the value of our stock and (iii) to motivate award recipients to act in the long-term best interests of our stockholders.
 
Shares Available.              shares of our Class A common stock may be subject to awards under the Incentive Plan, or the Plan Share Limit, subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares, split-up, extraordinary dividend or distribution, spin-off, warrants or rights offering to purchase common stock at a price substantially below fair market value, or other similar event. If, with respect to any award such award is cancelled, forfeited, or terminates or expires unexercised, or if shares are tendered or withheld from an award to pay the option price or satisfy a tax withholding obligation, such shares may again be issued under the Incentive Plan.
 
Eligibility.   All employees eligible for LTI awards under the 1996 Plan will be eligible for awards under the Incentive Plan.
 
Administration.   The administration of the Incentive Plan will be overseen by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will have the authority to interpret the Incentive Plan and make all determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of the Incentive Plan. The Compensation Committee will have discretion to select participants and determine the form, amount and timing of each award to such persons, the exercise price or base price associated with the award, the time and conditions of exercise or settlement of the award and all other terms and conditions of an award.
 
Forms of Awards.   Awards under the Incentive Plan may include one or more of the following types: (i) stock options (both nonqualified and incentive stock options), (ii) stock appreciation rights, or SARs, (iii) restricted stock, (iv) restricted stock units, (v) performance grants (vi) other share based award and (vii) cash. Such awards may be for partial-year, annual or multi-year periods.
 
Options are rights to purchase a specified number of shares of our Class A common stock at a price fixed by our Compensation Committee, but not less than fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. Options generally expire no later than 10 years after the date of grant. Options will become exercisable at such time and in such installments as our Compensation Committee will determine, and the


80


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee will determine the period of time, if any, after termination of employment, death, or disability during which options may be exercised.
 
An SAR entitles the holder to receive, upon exercise, an amount equal to any positive difference between the fair market value of one share of our Class A common stock on the date the SAR is exercised and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the SAR is exercised. Our Compensation Committee will have the authority to determine whether the amount to be paid upon exercise of an SAR will be paid in cash, Class A common stock (including restricted stock) or a combination of cash and Class A common stock.
 
Restricted stock consists of shares of our Class A common stock subject to a restriction on transfer during a period of time or until performance measures are satisfied, as established by our Compensation Committee. Unless otherwise set forth in the agreement relating to a restricted stock award, the holder will have all rights as a stockholder, including voting rights, the right to receive dividends and the right to participate in any capital adjustment applicable to all holders of common stock. However, our Compensation Committee may determine that distributions with respect to shares of common stock will be deposited with the Company and will be subject to the same restrictions as the shares of common stock with respect to which such distribution was made.
 
A restricted stock unit is a right to receive a specified number of shares of our Class A common stock (or the fair market value thereof in cash, or any combination of our common stock and cash, as determined by our Compensation Committee), subject to the expiration of a specified restriction period and/or the achievement of any performance measures selected by the Compensation Committee, consistent with the terms of the Incentive Plan. The restricted stock unit award agreement will specify whether the award recipient is entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to the number of shares of our Class A common stock subject to the award. Prior to the settlement of a restricted stock unit award in our Class A common stock, the award recipient will have no rights as a stockholder of our Company with respect to our Class A common stock subject to the award.
 
Performance grants are awards whose final value or amount, if any, is determined by the degree to which specified performance measures have been achieved during a performance period set by our Compensation Committee. Performance periods can be partial-year, annual or multi-year periods, as determined by our Compensation Committee. Performance measures that may be used include (without limitation) one or more of the following: the attainment by a share of Class A common stock of a specified value within or for a specified period of time, earnings per share, earnings before interest expense and taxes, return to stockholders (including dividends), return on equity, earnings, revenues, cash flow or cost reduction goals, operating profit, pretax return on total capital, economic value added or any combination of the foregoing. Such criteria and objectives may relate to results obtained by the individual, the Company, a subsidiary, or an affiliate, or any business unit or division thereof, or may relate to results obtained relative to a specific industry or a specific index. Payment may be made in the form of cash, Class A common stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units or a combination thereof, as specified by our Compensation Committee.
 
Annual incentive awards are generally cash awards based on the degree to which certain of any or all of a combination of individual, team, department, division, subsidiary, group or corporate performance objectives are met or not met. Our Compensation Committee may establish the terms and provisions, including performance objectives, for any annual incentive award.
 
An award agreement may contain additional terms and restrictions, including vesting conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Incentive Plan, as the Compensation Committee may determine.
 
We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of our Class A common stock issuable under the Incentive Plan.


81


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
Indebtedness of Directors and Management
 
As of the date of this offering, we do not have any loans outstanding with any director or executive officer. Prior to this offering, we loaned money to certain of our directors and employees, including certain executive officers, to enable them to exercise their options to purchase our Class A common stock. These loans were made pursuant to promissory notes and stock pledge agreements, whereby the director or employee pledged shares issued upon the exercise of the options in order to secure repayment of the loan amount. In addition to the shares pledged as collateral, the Company would have full recourse to the personal assets of the borrower in the event of default.
 
The loans were made in an amount equal to the purchase price of the Class A common stock and, in some cases, the amount of income tax payable upon exercise of the option. The loans had terms ranging from three to nine years and interest rates based on the Internal Revenue Service applicable federal rates. Payments of the principal and interest were deferred until the end of the loan terms.
 
The following table sets forth information concerning the indebtedness owed by our directors and executive officers over the previous three years. The amounts noted at each date below represent the largest aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding at any time during that period, except that the amounts for August 12, 2008 represent the amount outstanding on that date.
 
                                 
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    As of
 
    December 31, 2005     December 31, 2006     December 31, 2007     August 12, 2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Frank J. Coyne
  $     $ 6,449     $     $  
Scott G. Stephenson
    5,003       5,160       5,323        
Mark V. Anquillare
    487       503       519        
Carole J. Banfield
    3,466       4,193       4,930        
Vincent Cialdella
    528       766       1,428        
Kevin B. Thompson
    313                    
Glen A. Dell
    1,930       2,496       3,107        
Henry J. Feinberg
    1,665       1,727       1,791        
John F. Lehman
    1,930       1,991       2,054        
Arthur J. Rothkopf
    1,801       1,862       1,921        
Barbara D. Stewart
          438       457        
David B. Wright
    467       489       511        
Kenneth G. Geraghty(1)
    7,206       8,716       10,588        
 
(1) Mr. Geraghty was Chief Financial Officer of the Company until termination of his employment effective March 8, 2007.
 
Since January 1, 2005, certain of our loans outstanding with our directors and executive officers have been repaid. On January 20, 2005, January 2, 2007 and April 2, 2007, Frank J. Coyne repaid loans in the amounts of $7.7 million, $3.8 million and $2.5 million, plus interest of $0.4 million $0.2 million and 0.1 million, respectively. On April 4, 2008, Henry J. Feinberg repaid a loan in the amount of $1.5 million, plus interest of $0.3 million. On April 15, 2005 and April 26, 2006, Kevin B. Thompson repaid loans in the amounts of $0.4 million and $0.3 million, plus interest of $33 thousand and $13 thousand, respectively. On January 2, 2008, Kenneth G. Geraghty repaid loans in the amounts of $9.6 million, plus interest of $1.0 million.


82


Table of Contents

Share Repurchases
 
Holders of our Class A common stock, including directors and executive officers, had a right to require us to repurchase their shares at the then-current value determined by the most recent appraisal conducted pursuant to our ESOP. Since January 1, 2005, we have repurchased 270,955 shares of Class A common stock from our ESOP for an aggregate amount of $169 million. Since January 1, 2005, we have repurchased Class A common stock from our directors, executive officers and holders of greater than five percent of our Class A common stock for the following aggregate amounts:
 
                                 
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Six Months Ended
 
    December 31, 2005     December 31, 2006     December 31, 2007     June 30, 2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Frank J. Coyne
  $ 70,262     $ 26,931     $ 16,436     $  
Carole J. Banfield
    3,838       2,511       8,060       5,447  
Vincent Cialdella
    55       838       413       15  
Kevin B. Thompson
    546       1,971       2,525        
Glen A. Dell
    1,374       594       612        
Henry J. Feinberg
                      13,417  
Kenneth G. Geraghty(1)
    417             916       62,993  
Fred R. Marcon(2)
    1,086       10,438       6,019       83,256  
 
(1) Mr. Geraghty was our Chief Financial Officer until termination of his employment effective March 8, 2007.
 
(2) Mr. Marcon was our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and was the beneficial owner of greater that 5% of our Class A common stock
 
We have also, from time to time, repurchased shares of our Class B common stock. Since January 1, 2005, we have not repurchased any Class B common stock from any stockholder that owns greater than five percent of our Class B common stock.
 
Customer Relationships
 
The stockholders who own greater than five percent of our Class B common stock also purchase our solutions in the ordinary course of business. We received fees from the Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. of $15.1 million, $16.0 million and $16.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. We received fees from The Travelers Companies, Inc. of $27.3 million, $29.3 million and $31.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $7.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. Samuel G. Liss, one of our Class B directors, is Executive Vice President of Strategic Development and Executive Vice President of Financial, Professional and International Insurance at The Travelers Companies. We received fees from CNA Financial Corporation of $10.7 million, $9.7 million and $9.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. Stephen W. Lilienthal, one of our Class B directors, is Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of CNA Financial Corporation. We received fees from American Financial Group, Inc. of $3.9 million, $4.3 million and $4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. We received fees from American International Group, Inc. of $16.9 million, $18.9 million and $16.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $4.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. We received fees from ACE Group Holdings, Inc. of $5.4 million, $5.6 million and $6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008.
 
We also purchase insurance coverage in the ordinary course of business from certain of our stockholders who own greater than five percent of our Class B common stock. We paid insurance coverage premiums to CNA Financial Corporation of $0.3 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31,


83


Table of Contents

2006 and 2007, respectively, and $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. We paid insurance coverage premiums to American International Group, Inc. of $1.5 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2007, respectively, and $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. We paid insurance coverage premiums to ACE Group Holdings, Inc. of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Letter Agreements
 
We have entered into letter agreements with each of our directors and executive officers whereby they have agreed that 50% of their Class A common stock (minus any shares sold in this offering) not previously sold in a registered public offering may not be sold until 18 months after the closing of this offering and the remaining percentage of their shares not previously sold in a registered public offering may not be sold until 30 months after the closing of this offering. In addition, our directors and executive officers have agreed that during the time periods described above, they will not execute any hedging agreement or swap or any other arrangement that transfers or disposes of, directly or indirectly, any of their shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such stock or any of the economic consequences of ownership of their shares, whether settled in cash or stock. Any of our directors or executive officers having reached the age of 70 will no longer be restricted from selling their shares pursuant to such letter agreements.
 
Family Relationships
 
We employ Michael Coyne as President of our Urix subsidiary. From March 27, 2006 to March 9, 2008 we employed Mr. Coyne as chief operating officer of DXCG, Inc., a predecessor to Urix. Mr. Coyne received salary and bonus of $137,923, $172,877 and $226,615 in the aggregate for each of the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and received options to purchase 760 shares of our Class A common stock in 2007. Mr. Coyne is the son of Frank J. Coyne, our Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer. We believe that the compensation paid to Mr. Coyne was comparable with compensation paid to other employees with similar levels of responsibility and years of service.
 
We employ Christine Pia as Associate Counsel in our Law Department. Ms. Pia received salary of $55,288 and $146,535 for the five months ended December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 2007, respectively. Ms. Pia is the daughter of Frank J. Coyne, our Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer. We believe that the compensation paid to Ms. Pia was comparable with compensation paid to other employees with similar levels of responsibility and years of service.
 
ESOP
 
We established an ESOP funded with intercompany debt that includes 401(k), ESOP and profit sharing components to provide employees with equity participation. The ESOP owns greater than five percent of our Class A common stock. We make quarterly cash contributions to the plan equal to the debt service requirements. As the debt is repaid, shares are released to the ESOP to fund 401(k) matching and profit sharing contributions and the remainder is allocated annually to active employees in proportion to their eligible compensation in relation to total participant eligible compensation. The amount of our ESOP costs recognized for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 were $13.6 million, $18.5 million and $5.2 million, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2008 was $5.7 million.


84


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock as of          , 2008, by:
 
  •      each person whom we know to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock;
 
  •      each of the directors and named executive officers individually;
 
  •      all directors and executive officers as a group; and
 
  •      each of the selling stockholders, which consist of the entities and individuals shown as having shares listed in the column “Number of Shares Being Offered.”
 
In accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to securities and includes the shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of          , 2008. Shares issuable pursuant to stock options are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such options but are not outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. The percentage of beneficial ownership for the following table is based on           shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of          , 2008. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is: c/o Verisk Analytics, Inc., 545 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, New Jersey, 07310-1686. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock.
 
                                                 
                            Shares Beneficially
 
                            Owned After the Offering(1)  
    Class of our
    Shares Beneficially Owned Before
    Number
    Common Stock
       
Name and Address of
  Common
    the Offering     of Shares
    Beneficially
       
Beneficial Owner   Stock     Number     Percent     Being Offered     Owned     Percent  
 
Principal Stockholders:
                                               
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. 
                                               
The Travelers Companies, Inc. 
                                               
CNA Financial Corporation
                                               
American Financial Group, Inc. 
                                               
American International Group, Inc. 
                                               
ACE Group Holdings, Inc. 
                                               
Directors and Executive Officers:
                                               
Frank J. Coyne
                                               
Scott G. Stephenson
                                               
Mark V. Anquillare
                                               
Kenneth E. Thompson
                                               
Carole J. Banfield
                                               
Vincent Cialdella
                                               
Kevin B. Thompson
                                               
J. Hyatt Brown
                                               
Glen A. Dell
                                               
Henry J. Feinberg
                                               
Christopher M. Foskett
                                               
Constantine P. Iordanou
                                               


85


Table of Contents

                                                 
                            Shares Beneficially
 
                            Owned After the Offering(1)  
    Class of our
    Shares Beneficially Owned Before
    Number
    Common Stock
       
Name and Address of
  Common
    the Offering     of Shares
    Beneficially
       
Beneficial Owner   Stock     Number     Percent     Being Offered     Owned     Percent  
 
John F. Lehman, Jr. 
                                               
Stephen W. Lilienthal
                                               
Samuel G. Liss
                                               
Andrew G. Mills
                                               
Arthur J. Rothkopf
                                               
Barbara D. Stewart
                                               
David B. Wright
                                               
All 19 directors and executive officers as a group
                                               
 
(1) Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. See “Underwriting.”

86


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
Following this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 800,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, sub-divided into the following two series of Class B common stock: (1) 400,000,000 shares of Class B (series 1) common stock and (2) 400,000,000 shares of Class B (series 2) common stock, and 80,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.
 
The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, and the descriptions are qualified by reference to those documents. Please refer to the more detailed provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, copies of which are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to our registration statement and applicable law.
 
Common Stock
 
Voting Rights
 
Holders of our common stock have the sole right and power to vote on all matters on which a vote of stockholders is to be taken, except as provided by statute or resolution of our board of directors in connection with the issuance of preferred stock in accordance with our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock generally have identical rights, except that only holders of Class A common stock are entitled to vote on the election of Class A directors and only holders of Class B common stock are entitled to vote on the election of Class B directors.
 
From the consummation of this offering of our Class A common stock until the earlier of (a) the 30-month anniversary of the date of this prospectus or (b) the date on which there are no shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding, the amendment of certain of the provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast thereon by the outstanding shares of each of the Class A common stock and the Class B common stock, voting separately as a class. These provisions include certain of the limitations described below under “— Dividend Rights,” “— Liquidation Rights,” “— Transfer Restrictions,” “— Conversion,” “— Beneficial Ownership Limitations” and “Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law — Staggered Boards.” From and after the earlier of the events described above, the amendment of the provisions described below under “— Beneficial Ownership Limitations” in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the outstanding shares of common stock.
 
Dividend Rights
 
Our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will share equally (on a per share basis) in any dividend declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential or other rights of any outstanding preferred stock and to the distinction that any stock dividends will be paid in shares of Class A common stock to the holders of our Class A common stock and in shares of Class B common stock to the holders of our Class B common stock.
 
Liquidation Rights
 
Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to receive ratably the assets available for distribution to the stockholders after payment of liabilities and payment of preferential and other amounts, if any, payable on any outstanding preferred stock.
 
Transfer Restrictions
 
Shares of our Class B (Series 1) common stock are not transferable until 18 months after the date of this prospectus. Shares of our Class B (Series 2) common stock are not transferable until 30 months after the


87


Table of Contents

date of this prospectus. Upon the consummation of this offering, the above described limitations on transfer are, however, subject to the following exceptions:
 
  •      any transfer to us by any person or entity;
 
  •      any transfer of any shares of Class B common stock of either series to any other holder of Class B common stock or its affiliate;
 
  •      any transfer of any shares of Class B common stock of any applicable series to an affiliate of such holder; and
 
  •      any transfer by a holder of Class B common stock to any person that succeeds to all or substantially all of the assets of such holder, whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation, sale of substantially all assets or other similar transactions.
 
Our board of directors may approve exceptions to the limitation on transfers of our Class B common stock in their sole discretion, in connection with the sale of such Class B common stock in a public offering registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in such other limited circumstances as our board of directors may determine. Any Class B common stock sold to the public will first be converted to Class A common stock.
 
Conversion
 
Our Class A common stock is not convertible into any other shares of our capital stock. Each share of Class B (Series 1) common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the holder, into one share of Class A common stock 18 months after the date of this prospectus. Each share of Class B (Series 2) common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the holder, into one share of Class A common stock 30 months after the date of this prospectus. The conversion rate applicable to any conversion of shares of our Class B common stock shall always be one-to-one (i.e., one share of Class B common stock will, upon transfer, be converted into one share of Class A common stock).
 
Once transferred and converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock shall not be reissued. No class of common stock may be subdivided or combined unless the other class of common stock concurrently is subdivided or combined in the same proportion and in the same manner.
 
No conversions of shares of Class B common stock will be effected prior to the expiration of the transfer restrictions described under “— Transfer Restrictions,” although our board of directors may make exceptions to such transfer restrictions.
 
Beneficial Ownership Limitations
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will prohibit any insurance company from beneficially owning more than ten percent of the aggregate outstanding shares of our common stock. If any transfer is purportedly effected which, if effected, would result in a violation of this limitation, the intended transferee will acquire no rights in respect of the shares in excess of this limitation, and the purported transfer of such number of excess shares will be null and void. In this context an insurance company means any insurance company whose primary activity is the writing of insurance or the reinsuring of risks underwritten by insurance companies or any other entity controlling, controlled by or under common ownership, management or control with such insurer or reinsurer
 
Preferred Stock
 
The board of directors has the authority to issue the preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, without further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of


88


Table of Contents

the Company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any of the preferred stock.
 
Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law
 
Following consummation of this offering, we will be subject to the “business combination” provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, such provisions prohibit a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in various “business combination” transactions with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless
 
  •      the transaction is approved by the board of directors prior to the date the interested stockholder obtained such status;
 
  •      upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or
 
  •      on or subsequent to such date the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
A “business combination” is defined to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder. In general, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years, did own) 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts with respect to the Company and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us even though such a transaction may offer the our stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the prevailing market price.
 
Advance Notice of Proposals and Nominations
 
Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholders’ proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or other business to be brought before meetings of its stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of such stockholders’ proposals must be timely given in writing to our secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. The notice must contain certain information specified in the bylaws.
 
Limits on Written Consents
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation prohibits stockholder action by written consent.
 
Limits on Special Meetings
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called by our board of directors, the chairman of the board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or our Secretary.
 
Staggered Boards
 
Our board of directors is divided into three classes serving staggered terms. The number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. From the date of this prospectus until the earlier of (a) the 30-month anniversary of the date of this prospectus or (b) the date on which there are no shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding, our board of directors will consist of between 11 and 13 directors, and will be comprised as follows:
 
  •      between eight to ten Class A directors; and
 
  •      three Class B directors.


89


Table of Contents

Vacancies on our board of directors among the Class A directors will be filled by a majority of the remaining Class A directors and vacancies among the Class B directors will be filled by a majority of the remaining Class B directors.
 
From and after the earlier of the events described above, there will no longer be Class B directors, and each director will be elected for a three-year term by the holders of a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of shares of common stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of the directors.
 
Listing
 
We expect to list our Class A common stock on the           under the symbol “          .”
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Class A common stock is          .


90


Table of Contents

 
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR
NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
 
The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common stock by a beneficial owner that is a “non-U.S. holder”, other than a non-U.S. holder that owns, or has owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of the Company’s common stock. A “non-U.S. holder” is a person or entity that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:
 
  •      a non-resident alien individual, other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States subject to tax as expatriates,
 
  •      a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; or
 
  •      an estate or trust, other than an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.
 
A “non-U.S. holder” does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and is not otherwise a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such an individual should consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale, exchange, or other disposition of common stock.
 
A “non-U.S. holder” does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and is not otherwise a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale, exchange or other disposition of common stock.
 
This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances or to non U.S. holders that may be subject to special treatment under U.S. federal tax laws, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, hybrid entities, partnership and other pass-through entities, stockholders or beneficiaries of non-U.S. holders, broker-dealers, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons that receive the common stock of the Company as compensation, or persons that hold the common stock of the Company as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment. Furthermore, this discussion does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction. Prospective holders are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of owning and disposing of common stock, including the consequences under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.
 
Dividends
 
Distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from the current or accumulated earnings and profits of the Company, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent the distributions exceed the current and accumulated earnings and profits of the Company, such distributions will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce a holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock and, thereafter, will be treated as capital gain. Distributions that constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes that are paid to a non-U.S. holder of common stock generally will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. holder will be required to provide an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty.
 
The withholding tax does not apply to dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a


91


Table of Contents

trade or business within the United States. Effectively connected dividends, net of certain deductions and credits, will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate provided by any applicable income tax treaty).
 
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
 
A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized on a sale or other disposition of common stock unless:
 
  •      the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States, subject to an applicable income treaty providing otherwise, or
 
  •      the Company is or has been a U.S. real property holding corporation at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter, and its common stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs.
 
The Company believes that it is not, and does not anticipate becoming, a U.S. real property holding corporation.
 
Gain that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. A non-U.S. corporation with effectively connected gains may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate).
 
Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding
 
Information returns will be filed with the Internal Revenue Service in connection with payments of dividends. This information also may be made available to the tax authorities in the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence. A non-U.S. holder may have to comply with certification procedures to establish that it is not a U.S. person in order to avoid information reporting and backup withholding with respect to payments of dividends and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock. The certification procedures required to claim a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty generally should also satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax as well. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
 
Federal Estate Tax
 
Individual non-United States Holders and entities the property of which is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers), should note that, absent an applicable treaty benefit, the common stock will be treated as U.S. situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax.


92


Table of Contents

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will have           shares of Class A common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of any options and warrants outstanding as of          , 2008, and shares of Class B common stock outstanding. Of these shares,           shares of Class A common stock, (or           shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our existing “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining           shares of Class A common stock existing are “restricted shares” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act.
 
In addition, immediately following this offering, our existing stockholders will hold           shares of our Class B (series 1) common stock (or           shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), each of which will, on the 18-month anniversary of the date of this prospectus, be automatically converted for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Also, immediately following this offering, our existing stockholders will hold           shares of our Class B (series 2) common stock (or           shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), each of which will, on the 30-month anniversary of the date of this prospectus, be automatically converted for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares will be freely tradable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act by persons other than our affiliates.
 
As a result of the contractual 180-day lock-up period described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, these shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
 
     
Number of Shares of Class A Common Stock
 
Date
 
    On the date of this prospectus.
    After 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations).
    At various times after 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations).
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, beginning 90 days after the effective date of this offering, a person who is not one of our affiliates who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months may sell shares without restriction, provided the current public information requirements of Rule 144 continue to be satisfied. In addition, any person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a proposed sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares without restriction. Our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months are entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •      one percent of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately           shares immediately after this offering; and


93


Table of Contents

  •      the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the           during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
 
Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice, and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.
 
Rule 701
 
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirements or other restrictions contained in Rule 701.
 
The Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and, subject to the contractual restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by “affiliates” under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period requirement.
 
Stock Options
 
As of          , 2008, options to purchase a total of           shares of Class A common stock were outstanding. All of the shares subject to options are subject to lock-up agreements. An additional          shares of Class A common stock were available for future option grants under our stock plans.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all shares of common stock subject to outstanding options or issuable pursuant to our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. Shares registered under this registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions with us or the contractual restrictions described below.
 
Lock-up Agreements
 
Our officers, directors and substantially all of our stockholders, who hold an aggregate of approximately           shares of our Class A common stock and           shares of our Class B common stock, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
 
Of the shares to be released,           shares will be eligible for sale, in some cases subject only to the volume, manner of sale and notice requirements of Rule 144. In addition, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated may in their sole discretion choose to release any or all of these shares from these restrictions prior to the 180-day period.


94


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. Under the terms and subject to the conditions described in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters, the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and the underwriters severally have agreed to purchase from the selling stockholders, the number of shares indicated below.
 
         
    Number of
 
Underwriter
  Shares  
 
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
                
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
       
         
Total
       
         
 
The underwriters have agreed to purchase all of the shares of Class A common stock if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.
 
The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if transferred to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions.
 
Indemnification
 
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against some liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities to the extent set forth in the underwriting agreement.
 
Over-allotment Option
 
Some of the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters options to purchase up to           additional shares of our Class A common stock, at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise these options for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise these options, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares from the selling stockholders proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.
 
Commissions and Discounts
 
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A common stock to the public at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $      per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may re-allow, a discount not in excess of $      per share to other dealers. After the public offering, the public offering price, concession and discount may be changed.


95


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share initial public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to the selling stockholders. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.
 
                         
    Per Share     Without Option     With Option  
 
Public offering price
  $                $                $             
Underwriting discount
  $       $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
  $       $       $  
 
Our expenses related to the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated to be $     .
 
Lock-up Agreements
 
We and our stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into our Class A common stock for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the 180th day after the date of this prospectus occurs within 17 days following an earnings release by us or the occurrence of material news or a material event related to us, or if we intend to issue an earnings release within 16 days following the 180th day, the 180-day period will be extended to the 18th day following such earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless such extension is waived by the representatives.
 
These lockup agreements also apply to Class A common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into our Class A common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into our Class A common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.
 
Listing
 
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the           under the symbol “          .”
 
Offering Price Determination
 
Before the offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us, the representatives of the selling stockholders and the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price will be:
 
  •      the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable with us;
 
  •      our financial information;
 
  •      the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;
 
  •      an assessment of our management, our past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;
 
  •      the present state of our business; and
 
  •      the factors listed above in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.
 
An active trading market for our shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the public offering price.


96


Table of Contents

Discretionary Sales
 
The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
 
Until the distribution of the shares is completed, Securities and Exchange Commission rules may limit the ability of the underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our Class A common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of our Class A common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.
 
If the underwriters create a short position in the Class A common stock in connection with the offering, i.e., if they sell more shares than are listed on the cover of this prospectus, the representatives may elect to reduce any short position by purchasing shares in the open market. The representatives may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option described above. The underwriters may sell more shares than could be covered by exercising all of the over-allotment option, in which case they would have to cover these sales through open market purchases. Purchases of the Class A common stock to stabilize its price or to reduce a short position may cause the price of the Class A common stock to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.
 
The representatives may also impose a penalty bid on underwriters and selling group members. This means that if the representatives purchase our Class A common stock in the open market to reduce the underwriters’ short position or to stabilize the price of such Class A common stock, they may reclaim the amount of the selling concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of the shares in that it discourages resales of shares.
 
Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our Class A common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
 
Electronic Prospectus Delivery
 
In connection with this offering, prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online. Depending upon the particular underwriter, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations.
 
Other than this prospectus in electronic format, the information concerning any underwriter’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter is not intended to be part of this prospectus or the registration statement, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter. Investors should not rely on such information.
 
Other Relationships
 
Each of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us. They have received, and they will in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.
 
Sales in Other Jurisdictions
 
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, or a Relevant Member State, each underwriter represents and agrees that with effect


97


Table of Contents

from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
  •      to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
  •      to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
  •      to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior content of the manager for any such offer; or
 
  •      in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this provision, (i) the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and (ii) the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in such Relevant Member State.
 
We have been advised by the underwriters that:
 
  •      they have complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA, with respect to anything done by them in relation to our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; they have only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by them in connection with the issue or sale of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
 
  •      they and each of their affiliates have not (i) offered or sold and will not offer or sell in Hong Kong, by means of any document, our common stock other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance or (ii) issued or had in their possession for the purposes of issue, and will not issue or have in their possession for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, any advertisement, invitation or document relating to our common stock, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to our common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance. The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.


98


Table of Contents

 
VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK
 
The validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Davis Polk & Wardwell, New York, New York. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, is representing the underwriters.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements of Insurance Services Office, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, included in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule and includes explanatory paragraphs referring to the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132 (R) ). Such financial statements and financial statement schedule have been included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
The balance sheet of Verisk Analytics, Inc. as of June 30, 2008 included in this prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement. Such balance sheet is included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
The consolidated financial statements of Xactware, Inc. at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and for the years then ended, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the related exhibits and schedules. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, please refer to the copy of such document, as each statement is qualified in all respects by such reference. You may read and copy the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of that site is www.sec.gov. The registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules, are also available for reading and copying at the offices of          .
 
As a result of the offering, we will become subject to the full informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements certified by an independent registered public accounting firm. We also maintain an internet site at www.verisk.com. Our website and the information contained in it or connected to it shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement.


99


 

 
VERISK ANALYTICS, INC.
 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
    Page
 
Insurance Services Office, Inc. Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 31, 2008 and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2008 (unaudited)
       
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-7  
Verisk Analytics, Inc. Financial Statement as of June 30, 2008
       
    F-26  
    F-27  
    F-28  
Insurance Services Office, Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007
       
    F-29  
    F-30  
    F-31  
    F-32  
    F-33  
    F-35  
Xactware Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 2005 and 2004
       
    F-80  
    F-81  
    F-82  
    F-83  
    F-84  
    F-85  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008
 
                 
          2008
 
    2007     unaudited  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share data)  
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 24,049     $ 25,898  
Available-for-sale securities
    28,350       6,663  
Accounts receivable, net (including amounts from related parties of $949 and $12,568, respectively)
    86,488       106,683  
Notes receivable from stockholders
    347       1,246  
Prepaid expenses
    7,609       14,498  
Deferred income taxes
    22,654       22,087  
Federal and state taxes receivable
    3,003        
Other current assets
    8,525       7,773  
                 
Total current assets
    181,025       184,848  
Noncurrent assets:
               
Fixed assets, net
    85,436       87,225  
Intangible assets, net
    141,160       133,119  
Goodwill
    339,891       346,732  
Notes receivable from stockholders
    12,356       9,282  
Deferred income taxes
    55,679       68,126  
Other assets
    12,936       13,113  
                 
Total assets
  $ 828,483     $ 842,445  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 78,234     $ 47,781  
Acquisition related liabilities
    100,300       104,050  
Short-term debt
    35,171       113,820  
Pension and postretirement benefits, current
    4,636       4,754  
Fees received in advance (including amounts from related parties of $5,817 and $11,879)
    127,907       197,526  
Federal and state taxes payable
          11,749  
                 
Total current liabilities
    346,248       479,680  
Noncurrent liabilities:
               
Long-term debt
    403,159       403,194  
Pension benefits
    17,637       46,500  
Postretirement benefits
    23,894       23,988  
Other liabilities
    62,085       61,942  
                 
Total liabilities
    853,023       1,015,304  
Redeemable common stock:
               
Class A redeemable common stock, stated at redemption value, $.01 par value; 6,700,000 shares authorized; 2,922,253 and 2,986,434 shares issued and 1,163,066 and 997,642 outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, respectively
    1,217,942       1,072,702  
Unearned Class A common stock KSOP shares
    (4,129 )     (3,940 )
Notes receivable from stockholders
    (42,625 )     (50,795 )
                 
Total redeemable common stock
    1,171,188       1,017,967  
Commitments and contingencies
               
Stockholders’ deficit:
               
Class B common stock, $.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 10,004,500 shares issued and 2,873,412 and 2,863,742 outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, respectively
    100       100  
Additional paid-in-capital
          21,272  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (8,699 )     (25,023 )
Accumulated deficit
    (508,136 )     (503,181 )
Class B common stock, treasury stock, 7,131,088 and 7,140,758 shares in 2007 and 2008, respectively
    (678,993 )     (683,994 )
                 
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (1,195,728 )     (1,190,826 )
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
  $ 828,483     $ 842,445  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-2


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2008
 
                 
    2007     2008  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share data)  
 
Revenues (including revenues from related parties of $22,048 and $21,136 for 2007 and 2008, respectively)
  $ 198,834     $ 215,618  
Expenses:
               
Cost of revenues (exclusive of items shown separately below)
    86,987       93,310  
Selling, general and administrative
    27,925       28,674  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    7,582       7,907  
Amortization of intangible assets
    8,923       8,041  
                 
Total expenses
    131,417       137,932  
Operating income
    67,417       77,686  
Other income/(expense):
               
Investment income
    2,100       816  
Realized gains (losses) on securities, net
    12       (1,274 )
Interest expense
    (5,773 )     (6,326 )
Other expense
    (18 )      
                 
Total other expense, net
    (3,679 )     (6,784 )
                 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    63,738       70,902  
Provision for income taxes
    (24,867 )     (29,876 )
                 
Income from continuing operations
    38,871       41,026  
                 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit of $197 in 2007
    (610 )      
                 
Net income
  $ 38,261     $ 41,026  
                 
Basic income/(loss) per share of Class A and Class B:
               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 9.49     $ 10.91  
Loss from discontinued operations
    (0.15 )      
                 
Net income per share
  $ 9.34     $ 10.91  
                 
Diluted income/(loss) per share of Class A and Class B:
               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 9.10     $ 10.45  
Loss from discontinued operations
    (0.14 )      
                 
Net income per share
  $ 8.96     $ 10.45  
                 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
               
Basic
    4,096,320       3,759,913  
                 
Diluted
    4,269,444       3,926,954  
                 
Pro forma basic income/(loss) per share of Class A and Class B (unaudited):
               
Income from continuing operations
               
Loss from discontinued operations
               
                 
Pro forma net income per share
               
                 
Pro forma diluted income/(loss) per share of Class A and Class B (unaudited):
               
Income from continuing operations
               
Loss from discontinued operations
               
                 
Pro forma net income per share
               
                 
Weighted average shares used in pro forma per share amounts:
               
Basic
               
                 
Diluted
               
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT (UNAUDITED)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2007 and the Three Months Ended March 31, 2008
 
                                                         
          Accumulated
                Additional
             
          Other
                Paid-In
          Total
 
    Accumulated
    Comprehensive
    Class B Common Stock     Capital
    Treasury
    Stockholders’
 
    Deficit     Income (Loss)     Shares     Par Value     Class A     Stock     Deficit  
    (In thousands, except for share data)  
 
Balance, January 1, 2007
  $ (457,557 )   $ (16,017 )     10,004,500     $ 100     $     $ (642,883 )   $ (1,116,357 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                     
Net income
    150,374                                     150,374  
Other comprehensive gains
          7,318                               7,318  
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                        157,692  
Treasury stock acquired — Class B common stock
                                  (36,110 )     (36,110 )
KSOP shares earned
                            21,463             21,463  
Stock-based compensation
                            8,244             8,244  
Stock options exercised for 72,083 shares (including tax benefit of $12,798)
    (36,646 )                       12,798             (23,848 )
Cumulative effect adjustment to adopt FIN No. 48
    (10,338 )                                   (10,338 )
Increase in redemption value of Class A common stock
    (153,969 )                       (42,505 )           (196,474 )
                                                         
Balance, December 31, 2007
  $ (508,136 )   $ (8,699 )     10,004,500     $ 100     $     $ (678,993 )   $ (1,195,728 )
                                                         
Comprehensive income:
                                                     
Net income
    41,026                                     41,026  
Other comprehensive losses
          (16,324 )                             (16,324 )
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                        24,702  
Treasury stock acquired — Class B common stock
                                  (5,001 )     (5,001 )
KSOP shares earned
                            5,536             5,536  
Stock-based compensation
                            2,052             2,052  
Stock options exercised for 63,561 shares (including tax benefit of $13,684)
    (36,871 )                       13,684             (23,187 )
Decrease in redemption value of Class A common stock
    800                                     800  
                                                         
Balance, March 31, 2008
  $ (503,181 )   $ (25,023 )     10,004,500     $ 100     $ 21,272     $ (683,994 )   $ (1,190,826 )
                                                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2008
 
                 
    2007     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net income
  $ 38,261     $ 41,026  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    7,605       7,907  
Amortization of intangible assets
    8,923       8,041  
KSOP compensation expense
    5,230       5,725  
Stock-based compensation
    1,521       2,052  
Non-cash charges associated with acquisition related payments
          300  
Non-cash charges associated with other employee compensation plans
    348       1,175  
Accrued interest on notes receivable from stockholders
    (584 )     (458 )
Non-cash charges associated with the sale of covered call options
    275        
Realized (gains) losses on securities
    (12 )     1,274  
Deferred income taxes
    (381 )     567  
Other operating
    14       14  
Loss (gain) on disposal of fixed assets
    1,419       (9 )
Excess tax benefits from stock options exercised
    (8,821 )     (13,684 )
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and dispositions:
               
Accounts receivable, net
    (18,812 )     (20,195 )
Federal and state taxes receivable
    5,450       3,003  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    (2,941 )     (6,753 )
Federal and state taxes payable
    19,256       25,433  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (29,080 )     (34,581 )
Fees received in advance
    64,747       69,619  
Other liabilities
    317       (592 )
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    92,735       89,864  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued) (UNAUDITED)
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2008
 
                 
    2007     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Acquisitions
    (713 )      
Earnout payments
    (2,591 )      
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
    (20,940 )     (29 )
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities
    130       21,194  
Purchases of fixed assets
    (14,406 )     (9,766 )
Proceeds from receipt of notes receivable from stockholders
    151        
Issuance of notes receivable from stockholders
    (1,085 )     (984 )
                 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (39,454 )     10,415  
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Proceeds from issuance of short-term debt
          80,000  
Redemption of Class A common stock
    (33,834 )     (186,022 )
Repurchase of Class B common stock
    (506 )     (5,001 )
Repayment of short-term debt
    (1,058 )     (1,250 )
Excess tax benefits from stock options exercised
    8,821       13,684  
Proceeds from exercises of stock options
          155  
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (26,577 )     (98,434 )
                 
Effect of exchange rate changes
    22       4  
                 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
    26,726       1,849  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    99,152       24,049  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 125,878     $ 25,898  
                 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
               
Loans made to directors and officers in connection with the exercise of stock options
  $ 9,898     $ 17,183  
                 
Stock redemptions used to repay notes receivable from stockholders’ maturities and to exercise stock options
  $ 12,741     $ 12,627  
                 
KSOP stock redemption funded in the prior year
  $ 2,643     $  
                 
Capital lease obligations
  $     $ 81  
                 
Increase in goodwill due to acquisition related liabilities
  $ 24,768     $ 5,618  
                 
Escrow distribution
  $     $ 1,223  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)
 
1.   Organization:
 
Insurance Services Office, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Company”) enable risk-bearing businesses to better understand and manage their risks. The Company provides its customers proprietary data that, combined with analytic methods, creates embedded decision support solutions. The Company is one of the largest aggregators and providers of data pertaining to U.S. property and casualty (“P&C”) or P&C insurance risks. The Company offers solutions for detecting fraud in the U.S. P&C insurance, mortgage and healthcare industries and sophisticated methods to predict and quantify loss in diverse contexts ranging from natural catastrophes to health insurance. The Company provides solutions, including data, statistical models or tailored analytics, all designed to allow clients to make more logical decisions.
 
The Company was formed in 1971 as an advisory and rating organization for the P&C insurance industry to provide statistical and actuarial services, to develop insurance programs and to assist insurance companies in meeting state regulatory requirements. Over the past decade, the Company has broadened its data assets, entered new markets, placed a greater emphasis on analytics, and pursuing strategic acquisitions.
 
2.   Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates include acquisition purchase price allocations, the fair value of goodwill, the realization of deferred tax assets, acquisition related liabilities, fair value of stock based compensation, liabilities for pension and postretirement benefits, fair value of the Company’s common stock, and the estimate for the allowance for doubtful accounts. Actual results may ultimately differ from those estimates.
 
The condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2008 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2008 in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals, to present fairly the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. The financial statements and related notes for the three months ended March 31, 2008 have been prepared on the same basis as and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 and for each of the three years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company believes the disclosures made are adequate to keep the information presented from being misleading.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on EITF No. 06-11, Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards , (“EITF No. 06-11”), that an entity should recognize a realized tax benefit associated with dividends on affected securities charged to retained earnings as an increase in Additional Paid in Capital (“APIC”). The amount recognized in APIC should be included in the APIC pool. When an entity’s estimate of forfeitures increases or actual forfeitures exceed its estimates, the amount of tax benefits previously recognized in APIC should be reclassified into the statement of operations. The amount reclassified is limited to the APIC pool balance on the reclassification date. EITF No. 06-11 applies prospectively to the income tax benefits of dividends declared on affected


F-7


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
securities. The adoption of EITF No. 06-11, effective January 1, 2008, did not have an impact on the financial statements as the Company does not currently pay dividends on its common stock.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“FAS No. 141(R)”). FAS No. 141(R) replaces FAS No. 141, Business Combinations (“FAS No. 141”). FAS No. 141(R) primarily requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, measured at their fair values as of that date. This replaces FAS No. 141’s cost-allocation process, which required the cost of an acquisition to be allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. Generally, FAS No. 141(R) will become effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The impact of adopting FAS No. 141(R) will be dependent on the business combinations that the Company may pursue and complete after its effective date.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51, (“FAS No. 160”). FAS No. 160 requires that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary be reported as equity and the amount of consolidated net income specifically attributable to the noncontrolling interest be identified in the consolidated financial statements. It also calls for consistency in the manner of reporting changes in the parent’s ownership interest and requires fair value measurement of any noncontrolling equity investment retained in a deconsolidation. FAS No. 160 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2009 except the presentation and disclosure requirements which are required to be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. Earlier adoption of FAS No. 160 is prohibited. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of FAS No. 160 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS No. 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (“FSP FAS No. 157-2”), which delays the effective date of FAS No. 157, Fair Value Instruments , for non-recurring non-financial assets and liabilities, except those recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis, until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. Non-financial assets and liabilities include, among others: intangible assets acquired through business combinations; long-lived assets when assessing potential impairment; and liabilities associated with restructuring activities. The Company is currently assessing the impact the adoption of FSP FAS No. 157-2 for non-recurring non-financial assets and liabilities will have, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued FAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — An Amendment of FAS No. 133 (“FAS No. 161”). FAS No. 161 seeks to improve financial reporting for derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures regarding their impact on financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. To achieve this increased transparency, FAS No. 161 requires the disclosure of the fair value of derivative instruments and gains and losses in a tabular format; the disclosure of derivative features that are credit risk-related; and cross-referencing within the footnotes. FAS No. 161 is effective prospectively for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact the adoption of FAS No. 161 will have, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets (“FSP No. 142-3”). FSP No. 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“FAS No. 142”) . The intent of this FSP is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FAS No. 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under FAS No. 141(R), and other U.S. GAAP. FSP No. 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim


F-8


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company is evaluating the potential impact, if any, the adoption of FSP No. 142-3 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
3.   Concentration of Credit Risk:
 
Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, available for sale securities and accounts receivable, which are generally not collateralized. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with higher credit quality financial institutions in order to limit the amount of credit exposure. The total cash balances are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) to a maximum amount of $100 per bank. At March 31, 2008, the Company had cash balances on deposit with five banks that exceeded the balance insured by the FDIC limit by approximately $15,489. At March 31, 2008 the Company also had cash on deposit with foreign banks of approximately $10,070.
 
The Company considers the concentration of credit risk associated with its trade accounts receivable to be commercially reasonable and believes that such concentration does not result in the significant risk of near-term severe adverse impacts. The Company’s top fifty customers for the three months ended March 31, 2008, represent approximately 42% of revenue, with no individual customer accounting for more than 4% of revenue.
 
No individual customer comprised more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008.
 
4.   Accounts Receivables:
 
Accounts receivables consist of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,
    March 31,
 
    2007     2008  
 
Billed receivables
  $ 88,370     $ 111,157  
Unbilled receivables
    6,365       3,753  
                 
Total receivables
    94,735       114,910  
Less allowance for doubtful accounts
    (8,247 )     (8,227 )
                 
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 86,488     $ 106,683  
                 
 
5.   Notes Receivable from Stockholders:
 
Notes receivable from stockholders consists of recourse loans issued by the Company to directors and senior management in connection with exercising stock options. These loans for the exercise price are classified as a component of “Redeemable common stock” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These loans may also include loans for the tax liability and accrued interest incurred in connection with exercising stock options and these loans are included in “Notes receivable from stockholders”’ as a component of total assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008 approximately $55,328 and $61,323, respectively, of notes receivable from stockholders were outstanding. At December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, $2,776 and $7,003, respectively, of notes receivable from stockholders were due in one year. These notes were issued at rates approximating market rates of interest. Payments of principal and interest related to the notes are generally deferred until the end of the loan terms, which range from three to nine years. Interest income on notes receivable from stockholders was $583 and $458 during the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.


F-9


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
6.   Investments:
 
The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities:
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
          Unrealized
    Unrealized
       
December 31, 2007
  Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
 
Registered investment companies
  $ 29,036     $      —     $   (686 )   $ 28,350  
                                 
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
          Unrealized
    Unrealized
       
March 31, 2008
  Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
 
Registered investment companies
  $  6,596     $     67     $      —     $  6,663  
                                 
 
Proceeds from sales of investments were $130 and $21,194 for the three month periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Realized gains and losses on registered investment companies for the three month periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2008 were $12 and ($1,274), respectively.
 
Investment income during the three months ended March 31, 2007 includes interest income from cash and cash equivalents, interest income from notes receivable from stockholders, and dividend income from investments of $1,652, $583, and $45, respectively. Investment income during the three months ended March 31, 2008 includes interest income from cash and cash equivalents, interest income from notes receivable from stockholders, and dividend income from investments of $229, $458, and $129, respectively.
 
From time to time, the Company has entered into certain derivative transactions involving the sale of covered call options on underlying investments held by the Company. As of March 31, 2007, the fair value of the derivative liability associated with the covered call options was $275. This amount was recognized as a reduction to investment income for the three months ended March 31, 2007. The gain on call premiums of $95 was recognized as investment income for the three months ended March 31, 2007. The Company did not enter into any derivative transactions during the three months ended March 31, 2008.
 
7.   Fair Value Measurements
 
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of FAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , (“FAS No. 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under U.S. GAAP and expands fair value measurement disclosures. In February 2008, the FASB delayed the effective date of FAS No. 157 until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at least annually. Therefore, effective January 1, 2008 the Company has adopted the provisions of FAS No. 157 only for its financial assets and liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis.
 
To increase consistency and comparability in fair value measures, FAS No. 157 establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used in valuation techniques between observable inputs that reflect quoted prices in active markets, inputs other than quoted prices with observable market data, and unobservable data (e.g., a company’s own data). FAS No. 157 requires disclosures detailing the extent to which companies’ measure assets and liabilities at fair value, the methods and assumptions used to measure fair value, and the effect of fair value measurements on earnings. In accordance with FAS No. 157, the Company applied the following fair value hierarchy:
 
Level 1 — Assets or liabilities for which the identical item is traded on an active exchange, such as publicly-traded instruments.


F-10


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
Level 2 — Assets and liabilities valued based on observable market data for similar instruments.
 
Level 3 — Assets or liabilities for which significant valuation assumptions are not readily observable in the market; instruments valued based on the best available data, some of which is internally-developed, and considers risk premiums that a market participant would require.
 
The following table summarizes fair value measurements by level at March 31, 2008 for assets and other balances measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
 
                                 
          Quoted Prices
             
          in Active Markets
    Significant Other
    Significant
 
          for Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
 
    2008     Assets (Level 1)     Inputs (Level 2)     Inputs (Level 3)  
 
Available-for-sale securities(1)
  $ 6,663     $     6,663     $        —     $  
Redeemable common stock(2)
    1,072,702                   1,072,702  
 
 
(1) Available-for-sale equity securities are valued using quoted market prices multiplied by the number of shares owned.
 
(2) Redemption value for these shares is determined by an appraiser. See note 12 for a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance for the redeemable common stock for the three months ended March 31, 2008 which is measured at fair value using level 3 inputs.
 
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted FAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“FAS No. 159”). FAS No. 159 permits companies to choose to measure certain financial instruments and other items at fair value. The standard requires that unrealized gains and losses are reported in earnings for items measured using the fair value option. The Company has elected not to apply the fair value option to its eligible financial assets and liabilities, and accordingly, the adoption of FAS No. 159 had no impact on the consolidated financial statements.
 
8.   Goodwill and Intangible Assets:
 
The following is a summary of the change in goodwill from December 31, 2007 through March 31, 2008, both in total and as allocated to the Company’s operating segment:
 
                         
    Risk
    Decision
       
    Assessment     Analytics     Total  
 
Goodwill at December 31, 2007
  $ 27,908     $ 311,983     $ 339,891  
Escrow distribution
          1,223       1,223  
Earnout related payments
          5,618       5,618  
                         
Goodwill at March 31, 2008
  $ 27,908     $ 318,824     $ 346,732  
                         


F-11


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
As of December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, the Company’s intangible assets and related accumulated amortization consisted of the following:
 
                                 
    Weighted
                   
    Average
          Accumulated
       
December 31, 2007
  Useful Life     Cost     Amortization     Net  
 
Technology-based
    5 years     $ 164,317     $ (80,419 )   $ 83,898  
Marketing-related
    4 years       25,846       (13,667 )     12,179  
Contract-based
    6 years       6,555       (5,596 )     959  
Customer-related
    13 years       57,906       (13,782 )     44,124  
                                 
Total intangible assets
          $ 254,624     $ (113,464 )   $ 141,160  
                                 
 
                                 
    Weighted
                   
    Average
          Accumulated
       
March 31, 2008
  Useful Life     Cost     Amortization     Net  
 
Technology-based
    5 years     $ 164,317     $ (85,552 )   $ 78,765  
Marketing-related
    4 years       25,846       (14,764 )     11,082  
Contract-based
    6 years       6,555       (5,793 )     762  
Customer-related
    13 years       57,906       (15,396 )     42,510  
                                 
Total intangible assets
          $ 254,624     $ (121,505 )   $ 133,119  
                                 
 
Consolidated amortization expense related to intangible assets for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2008, was approximately $8,923 and $8,041, respectively. Estimated amortization expense through 2012 and thereafter for intangible assets subject to amortization is as follows:
 
         
Year
  Amount  
 
2008 (remainder of)
  $ 21,984  
2009
    27,920  
2010
    22,721  
2011
    16,455  
2012
    14,319  
Thereafter
    29,720  
 
9.   Acquisitions and Discontinued Operations:
 
On January 11, 2007, the Company acquired the remaining 20% of the stock of National Equipment Register (“NER”), resulting in 100% ownership, in order to more closely align operations with existing businesses. The purchase includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financials results for 2007 and 2008. NER is a provider of solutions to increase the recovery rate of stolen equipment and reduce the costs associated with theft for owners and insurers.
 
On March 23, 2007, the Company acquired the rights, title, and interest of the name, trade name, and service mark, “Rex Depot” and other intangible assets of Smith Sekelsky Web Products, LLC. The assets associated with this acquisition further enhance the capability of the Company’s appraisal software offerings.


F-12


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
In 2007, the Company discontinued operations of its claims consulting business located in New Hope, PA and the United Kingdom. The results for this business were accounted for as discontinued operations in the condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2007. There was no impact of discontinued operations on the results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2008. The summarized, combined statements of income from discontinued operations for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007 is as follows:
 
         
    March 31,
 
    2007  
 
Revenues
  $ 839  
         
Pre-tax loss
  $ (807 )
Tax benefit
    197  
         
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
  $ (610 )
         
 
Depreciation expense related to the discontinued operations for the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $23.
 
10.   Income Taxes:
 
The Company’s annual estimated effective tax rate for fiscal year 2007 is 40.0% compared to the estimated effective tax rate for fiscal year 2008 of 42.1%.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FIN No. 48, which prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. For each tax position, the Company must determine whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation. A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is then measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize within the financial statements. No benefits may be recognized for tax positions that do not meet the more likely than not threshold.
 
Included in the total unrecognized tax benefits of $32,030 at March 31, 2008 was $24,368 that, if recognized, would have a favorable effect on the Company’s effective tax rate. The remaining unrecognized tax benefits would not affect the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties associated with income taxes as a component of income tax expense. At December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, approximately $7,033 and $7,942, respectively, was accrued in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet for the payment of interest and penalties associated with income taxes. The Company files federal income tax returns in the U.S. and various state, local and foreign income tax returns. All of the U.S. federal, state and local income tax returns filed by the Company are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and the state and local tax authorities until the expiration of the relevant statute of limitations.


F-13


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
11.   Debt:
 
The following table presents short-term and long-term debt by issuance:
 
                                 
    Issuance
    Maturity
    December 31,
    March 31,
 
    Date     Date     2007     2008  
 
Short-term debt:
                               
Bank of America
    10/25/2006       4/25/2007     $ 15,000     $  
Bank of America
    10/25/2007       4/25/2008             15,000  
Bank of America
    3/10/2008       4/9/2008             25,000  
Bank of America
    3/31/2008       4/14/2008             10,000  
JPMorgan Chase
    12/31/2007       1/3/2008       15,000        
JPMorgan Chase
    3/10/2008       4/9/2008             20,000  
JPMorgan Chase
    3/26/2008       4/7/2008             10,000  
JPMorgan Chase
    3/28/2008       4/4/2008             10,000  
JPMorgan Chase
    3/31/2008       4/14/2008             20,000  
Capital lease obligations
    Various       Various       4,408       3,379  
Other
    Various       Various       763       441  
                                 
Short-term debt
                  $ 35,171     $ 113,820  
                                 
Long-term debt:
                               
Prudential senior notes:
                               
4.46% Series D senior notes
    6/14/2005       6/13/2009     $ 100,000     $ 100,000  
4.60% Series E senior notes
    6/14/2005       6/13/2011       50,000       50,000  
6.00% Series F senior notes
    8/8/2006       8/8/2011       25,000       25,000  
6.13% Series G senior notes
    8/8/2006       8/8/2013       75,000       75,000  
5.84% Series H senior notes
    10/26/2007       10/26/2013       17,500       17,500  
5.84% Series H senior notes
    10/26/2007       10/26/2015       17,500       17,500  
Principal senior notes:
                               
6.03% Series A senior notes
    8/8/2006       8/8/2011       50,000       50,000  
6.16% Series B senior notes
    8/8/2006       8/8/2013       25,000       25,000  
New York Life senior notes:
                               
5.87% Series A senior notes
    3/16/2007       10/26/2013       17,500       17,500  
5.87% Series A senior notes
    3/16/2007       10/26/2015       17,500       17,500  
Other obligations:
                               
Capital lease obligations
    Various       Various       7,299       7,343  
Other
    Various       Various       860       851  
                                 
Long-term debt
                  $ 403,159     $ 403,194  
                                 
 
Accrued interest associated with the Company’s outstanding debt obligations was $2,548 and $2,721 as of December 2007 and March 31, 2008, respectively. Consolidated interest expense associated with the Company’s outstanding debt obligations was $5,682 and $6,189 for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.


F-14


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
During the three months ended March 31, 2008, the Company utilized additional short-term borrowings from revolving credit facilities with Bank of America and JPMorgan Chase to repurchase Class A common stock. As of March 31, 2008, the interest on the outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facilities with Bank of America and JPMorgan Chase is payable monthly at weighted average rates of 5.08% and 4.19%, respectively.
 
12.   Redeemable Common Stock:
 
On November 18, 1996, the Company authorized 6,700,000 Class A shares. The Class A shares are reserved for the use in incentive plans for key employees and directors under the Option Plan, and for issuance to the ISO 401(k) Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “KSOP”). The Class A shares have voting rights to elect nine of the thirteen members of the board of directors. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation limits those who may own Class A shares to current and former employees or directors, the KSOP and trusts by or for the benefit of immediate family members of employees and former employees.
 
Under the terms of the Option Plan, Class A shares resulting from exercised options that are held by the employee for more than six months and one day may be put to the Company and redeemed at the then current fair value at the date of the redemption request of the Class A shares. For options granted in 2002 through 2004, the Company has the ability to defer the cash settlement of the redemption up to one year. For options granted after 2004, the Company has the ability to defer the cash settlement of the redemption for up to two years. Under the terms of the KSOP, eligible participants may elect to diversify 100% of their 401(k) and up to 35% of their ESOP contributions that were made in the form of Class A shares. In addition, upon retirement or termination participants in the KSOP are required to liquidate their ownership in Class A common shares. Since the Class A shares distributed under the Option Plan and KSOP are subject to the restrictions above, the participant has the right to require the Company to repurchase shares based on the then current fair value of the Class A shares.
 
The Company follows SEC Accounting Series Release (“ASR”) No. 268, Presentation in Financial Statements of Preferred Redeemable Stock (“ASR No. 268”). ASR No. 268 requires the Company to record Class A shares and vested stock options at full redemption value at each balance sheet date as the redemption of these securities is not solely within the control of the Company. Redemption value for the Class A shares is determined quarterly for purposes of the KSOP. At December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, the appraised fair value was $862 and $867 per share, respectively. The redemption value of the Class A shares at December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008 totaled $1,217,942 and $1,072,702, respectively, which includes $215,380 and $207,810, respectively of aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding unexercised vested stock options.
 
During the three-month periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2008, 37,947 and 229,605 Class A shares were redeemed by the Company at an average price of $756.67 and $862.83 per share, respectively. Included in Class A repurchased shares were $7,856 and $15,344 for shares primarily utilized to satisfy minimum tax withholdings on options exercised during the three-month periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
 
Subsequent changes to the redemption value of the securities is charged first to retained earnings; once retained earnings is depleted, then to additional paid-in-capital, if additional paid-in-capital is also depleted, then to accumulated deficit. During the three months ended March 31, 2008 the balance of


F-15


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
redeemable common stock decreased by $145,240. Additional information regarding the changes in redeemable common stock for the three months ended March 31, 2008 is provided in the table below.
 
                                         
                Class A
    Notes
    Total
 
    Class A Common Stock     Unearned
    Receivable
    Redeemable
 
          Redemption
    KSOP
    from
    Common
 
    Shares     Value     Shares     Stockholders’     Stock  
 
Balance, January 1, 2008
    2,922,253     $ 1,217,942     $ (4,129 )   $ (42,625 )   $ 1,171,188  
Redemption of Class A common stock
          (198,649 )           9,012       (189,637 )
KSOP shares earned
                189             189  
Stock options exercised
    64,181       54,209             (17,182 )     37,027  
Decrease in redemption value of Class A common stock
          (800 )                 (800 )
                                         
Balance, March 31, 2008
    2,986,434     $ 1,072,702     $ (3,940 )   $ (50,795 )   $ 1,017,967  
                                         
 
13.   Stockholders’ Deficit:
 
On November 18, 1996, the Company authorized 20,000,000 Class B shares. The Class B shares have the same rights as Class A shares with respect to dividends and economic ownership, but have voting rights to elect three of the thirteen directors. The thirteenth seat on the board of directors is held by the chief executive officer of the Company. The Company repurchased 1,117 and 9,670 Class B shares during the three month periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2008 at an average price of $453.00 and $517.20 per share, respectively.
 
Earnings Per Share
 
Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, less the weighted average ESOP shares of common stock that have not been committed to be released. The computation of diluted earnings per share is similar to the computation of basic earnings per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding using the treasury stock method, if the dilutive potential common shares, such as stock awards and stock options, had been issued.


F-16


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) computations for the three month periods ended March 31:
 
                         
    Net Income
    Shares
    Per-Share
 
March 31, 2007
  (Numerator)     (Denominator)     Amount  
 
Basic EPS:
                       
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 38,261       4,096,320     $ 9.34  
                         
Effect of dilutive securities
            173,124          
                         
Diluted EPS:
                       
Net income available to common stockholders plus assumed conversions
  $ 38,261       4,269,444     $ 8.96  
                         
March 31, 2008
                       
                         
Basic EPS:
                       
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 41,026       3,759,913     $ 10.91  
                         
Effect of dilutive securities
            167,041          
                         
Diluted EPS:
                       
Net income available to common stockholders plus assumed conversions
  $ 41,026       3,926,954     $ 10.45  
                         
 
The potential shares of common stock that were excluded from diluted earnings per share were 110,364 and 108,949 for the three month periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, because the effect of including these potential shares was antidilutive.
 
Unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share is presented for additional information only. As disclosed in “Note 20 — Subsequent Events”, Verisk Analytics, Inc. (“Verisk”) will become the new holding company of Insurance Services Office, Inc. In conjunction with the initial public offering, the stock of Insurance Services Office, Inc. will convert to stock of Verisk and Verisk plans to affect a stock split of its common stock. Pro forma net income (loss) per share is computed as if this stock split occurred at the beginning of 2007.
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
The following is a summary of accumulated other comprehensive loss:
 
                 
    December 31,
    March 31,
 
    2007     2008  
 
Unrealized (losses) gains on investments
  $ (412 )   $ 39  
Unrealized foreign currency gains
    154       158  
Pension and postretirement unfunded liability adjustment
    (8,441 )     (25,220 )
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
  $ (8,699 )   $ (25,023 )
                 


F-17


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
The before tax and after tax amounts for these categories, and the related tax benefit (expense) included in other comprehensive loss are summarized below:
 
                         
          Tax
       
          Benefit
       
March 31, 2007
  Before Tax     (Expense)     After Tax  
 
Unrealized holding losses on investments arising during the year
  $ 184     $ (80 )   $ 104  
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income
    (12 )     5       (7 )
Unrealized foreign currency gains
    22             22  
Pension and postretirement unfunded liability adjustment
    204       368       572  
                         
Total other comprehensive gain
  $ 398     $ 293     $ 691  
                         
March 31, 2008
                       
                         
Unrealized holding losses on investments arising during the year
  $ (367 )   $ 170     $ (197 )
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income
    1,120       (472 )     648  
Unrealized foreign currency gains
    4             4  
Pension and postretirement unfunded liability adjustment
    (29,527 )     12,748       (16,779 )
                         
Total other comprehensive loss
  $ (28,770 )   $ 12,446     $ (16,324 )
                         
 
14.   Stock Option Plan:
 
During 1998, the Company adopted the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan (the “Option Plan”). The Option Plan provides for the granting of options to key employees and directors of the Company. Options granted have varying exercise dates within four years after grant date and expire after ten years. Shares obtained through the exercise of stock options that are held by the employee for more than six months and one day may be put to the Company and redeemed at the then current fair value of the Class A shares. For options granted in 2002 through 2004, the Company has the ability to defer the redemption for one year. For options granted after 2004, the Company has the ability to defer the redemption for up to two years. During the three months ended March 31, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007, stock options granted had an exercise price equal to fair value of the common stock on date of grant. There are 1,992,795 shares of Class A common stock approved for issuance under the plan, of which up to 18,010 options to purchase shares were authorized for future grants at March 31, 2008. Cash received from stock option exercises for the three months ended March 31, 2008 was $155.


F-18


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
A summary of option activity under the Option Plan as of March 31, 2008, and changes from the year ended December 31, 2007 is presented below:
 
                         
          Weighted
    Aggregate
 
    Number
    Average
    Intrinsic
 
    of Options     Exercise Price     Value  
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    496,753     $ 320.46     $ 269,012  
                         
Granted
    56,990     $ 862.00          
Exercised
    (64,181 )   $ 287.51       36,871  
                         
Cancelled or expired
    (233 )   $ 719.06          
                         
Outstanding at March 31, 2008
    489,329     $ 387.38     $ 234,692  
                         
Options exercisable at March 31, 2008
    333,013     $ 242.97     $ 207,810  
                         
 
Exercise prices for options outstanding and exercisable at March 31, 2008 ranged from $71 to $862 as outlined in the following table:
 
                                                 
    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
    Weighted-
                Weighted-
             
    Average
    Stock
    Weighted-
    Average
    Stock
    Weighted-
 
Range of
  Remaining
    Options
    Average
    Remaining
    Options
    Average
 
Exercise Prices
  Contractual Life     Outstanding     Exercise Price     Contractual Life     Exercisable     Exercise Price  
 
$ 71 to $110
    2.6       78,879     $ 106.47       2.6       78,879     $ 106.47  
$116 to $144
    5.2       45,652     $ 141.91       5.2       45,652     $ 141.91  
$145 to $231
    5.4       118,400     $ 182.21       5.4       118,400     $ 182.21  
$232 to $445
    7.3       93,252     $ 416.87       7.3       59,824     $ 411.30  
$446 to $681
    8.3       47,106     $ 590.46       8.3       19,771     $ 599.38  
$682 to $862
    9.4       106,040     $ 814.96       8.8       10,487     $ 763.43  
                                                 
              489,329                       333,013          
                                                 
 
The fair value of the stock options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2008 was estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table.
 
     
    March 31, 2008
 
Option pricing model
  Black-Scholes
Expected volatility
  28.15%
Risk-free interest rate
  2.50%
Expected term in years
  5.1
Dividend yield
  1.90%
Weighted average grant date fair value per option
  $204.72
 
The expected term (estimated period of time outstanding) for awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2008 was estimated based on studies of historical experience and projected exercise behavior. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield of U.S. Treasury zero coupon securities with a maturity equal to the expected term of the equity award. Expected volatility for awards prior to January 1, 2008 was based on historical volatility for a period equal to the stock option’s expected term, ending on the day of grant, and calculated on a quarterly basis for purposes of the KSOP. For awards granted after January 1, 2008, the volatility factor was based on an average of the historical stock prices of a group of the Company’s peers over


F-19


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
the most recent period commensurate with the expected term of the stock option award. The expected dividends yield was based on the Company’s expected annual dividend rate on the date of grant.
 
The Company estimates expected forfeitures of equity awards at the date of grant and recognizes compensation expense only for those awards expected to vest. The forfeiture assumption is ultimately adjusted to the actual forfeiture rate. Changes in the forfeiture assumptions may impact the total amount of expense ultimately recognized over the requisite service period, and may impact the timing of expense recognized over the requisite service period.
 
As of March 31, 2008, there was $27,473 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Option Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years. The total grant date fair value of shares vested during the three month periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2008 was $6,238 and $2,389, respectively.
 
15.   Pension and Postretirement Benefits:
 
Prior to January 1, 2002, the Company maintained a qualified defined benefit pension plan for substantially all of its employees through membership in the Pension Plan for Insurance Organizations (the “Pension Plan”), a multiple-employer trust. The Company has applied the projected unit credit cost method for its pension plan, which attributes an equal portion of total projected benefits to each year of employee service. Effective January 1, 2002, the Company amended the Pension Plan to determine future benefits using a cash balance formula. Under the cash balance formula, each participant has an account which is credited annually based on salary rates determined by years of service, as well as the interest earned on their previous year end cash balance. Prior to December 31, 2001, pension plan benefits were based on years of service and the average of the five highest consecutive years’ earnings of the last ten years. Effective March 1, 2005, the Company established the Profit Sharing Plan, a defined contribution plan, to replace the Pension Plan for all eligible employees hired on or after March 1, 2005. The Company also has a non-qualified supplemental cash balance plan (“SERP”) for certain employees. The SERP is funded from the general assets of the Company.
 
The Company also provides certain healthcare and life insurance benefits for both active and retired employees. The Postretirement Health and Life Insurance Plan (“the Postretirement Plan”) is contributory, requiring participants to pay a stated percentage of the premium for coverage. As of October 1, 2001, the Postretirement Plan was amended to freeze benefits for current retirees and certain other employees at the January 1, 2002 level. Also, as of October 1, 2001, the Postretirement Plan had a curtailment, which eliminated retiree life insurance for all active employees and healthcare benefits for almost all future retirees, effective January 1, 2002.


F-20


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
The components of the net periodic benefit cost for the Pension Plan and the Postretirement Plan are as follows:
 
                                 
    For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
    Pension Plan     Postretirement Plan  
    2007     2008     2007     2008  
 
Service cost
  $ 2,038     $ 1,938     $     $  
Interest cost
    5,238       5,422       417       425  
Amortization of transition obligation
                41       50  
Recognized net actuarial loss
                1        
Expected return on Plan assets
    (6,865 )     (6,860 )            
Amortization of prior year service cost
    (200 )     (200 )            
Amortization of net actuarial (gain) loss
    143       125              
                                 
Net periodic expense
  $ 354     $ 425     $ 459     $ 475  
                                 
Employer contributions
  $     $ 962     $ 807     $ 389  
                                 
 
Payments to the Pension Plan and the Postretirement Plan are consistent with the amounts disclosed as of December 31, 2007.
 
16.   Segment Reporting
 
The Company has two operating segments, Risk Assessment and Decision Analytics. These designations have been made as the discrete operating results are reviewed by the Company’s chief decision maker to assess profitability. The Company does not allocate investment income, interest income, interest expense or income tax expense, since these items are not considered in evaluating the segment’s overall operating performance. The Company does not evaluate the financial performance of each segment based on assets.
 
Risk Assessment:   The Company is the leading provider of statistical, actuarial and underwriting data for the U.S. P&C insurance industry. The Company’s databases include cleansed and standardized records describing premiums and losses in insurance transactions, casualty and property risk attributes for commercial buildings and their occupants and fire suppression capabilities of municipalities. The Company uses this data to create policy language and proprietary risk classifications that are industry standards and to generate prospective loss cost estimates used to price insurance policies.
 
Decision Analytics:   The Company develops solutions that its customers use to analyze the four key processes in managing risk: ‘prediction of loss,’ ‘selection and pricing of risk,’ ‘detection and prevention of fraud’ and ‘quantification of loss.’ The Company’s combination of algorithms and analytic methods incorporates its proprietary data to generate solutions in each of these four categories. In most cases, the Company’s customers integrate the solutions into their models, formulas or underwriting criteria in order to predict potential loss events, ranging from hurricanes and earthquakes to unanticipated healthcare claims. The Company develops catastrophe and extreme event models and offer solutions covering natural and man-made risks, including acts of terrorism. The Company also develops solutions that allow customers to quantify costs after loss events occur. Fraud solutions include data on claim histories, analysis of mortgage applications to identify misinformation, analysis of claims to find emerging patterns of fraud and identification of suspicious claims in the insurance, mortgage and healthcare sectors.


F-21


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
The following table provides the Company’s revenue and operating income performance by reportable segment for the three month periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2008:
 
                         
    March 31, 2007  
    Risk
    Decision
       
    Assessment     Analytics     Total  
 
Revenues
  $ 121,797     $ 77,037     $ 198,834  
Expenses:
                       
Cost of revenues
    52,793       34,194       86,987  
Selling, general, and administrative
    17,226       10,699       27,925  
                         
Segment EBITDA
    51,778       32,144       83,922  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    4,598       2,984       7,582  
Amortization of intangible assets
    347       8,576       8,923  
                         
Operating income
    46,833       20,584       67,417  
                         
Unallocated expenses:
                       
Investment income
                    2,100  
Realized gains on securities, net
                    12  
Interest expense
                    (5,773 )
Other expense
                    (18 )
                         
Consolidated income from continuing operations before income taxes
                  $ 63,738  
                         
Capital expenditures
  $ 7,818     $ 6,588     $ 14,406  
                         
 
                         
    March 31, 2008  
    Risk
    Decision
       
    Assessment     Analytics     Total  
 
Revenues
  $ 127,039     $ 88,579     $ 215,618  
Expenses:
                       
Cost of revenues
    51,367       41,943       93,310  
Selling, general, and administrative
    17,550       11,124       28,674  
                         
Segment EBITDA
    58,122       35,512       93,634  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    4,504       3,403       7,907  
Amortization of intangible assets
    232       7,809       8,041  
                         
Operating income
    53,386       24,300       77,686  
                         
Unallocated expenses:
                       
Investment income
                    816  
Realized gains on securities, net
                    (1,274 )
Interest expense
                    (6,326 )
                         
Consolidated income from continuing operations before income taxes
                  $ 70,902  
                         
Capital expenditures
  $ 2,852     $ 6,914     $ 9,766  
                         


F-22


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
Operating segment revenue by type of service is provided below:
 
                 
    March 31,
    March 31,
 
    2007     2008  
 
Risk Assessment
               
Subscription services
  $ 96,480     $ 102,931  
Transaction-based services
    25,317       24,108  
                 
Total Risk Assessment
  $ 121,797     $ 127,039  
                 
Decision Analytics
               
Fraud identification and detection solutions
  $ 44,768     $ 50,320  
Loss prediction solutions
    17,900       21,434  
Loss quantification solutions
    14,369       16,825  
                 
Total Decision Analytics
  $ 77,037     $ 88,579  
                 
Total consolidated revenues
  $ 198,834     $ 215,618  
                 
 
17.   Research and Development Costs
 
Research and development costs, which primarily relate to the personnel and related overhead costs incurred in developing new products and services, are expensed as incurred. Such costs were $1,461 and $2,249 for the three month periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and were included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
 
18.   Related Parties:
 
The Company considers its Class A and Class B stockholders that own more than 5% of the outstanding stock within the respective class to be related parties as defined within FAS No. 57 Related Party Disclosures . At March 31, 2008, there were six Class B stockholders each owning more than 5% of the outstanding Class B shares. Two of these six Class B stockholders have employees who serve on the Company’s board of directors.
 
The Company incurred expenses associated with the payment of insurance coverage premiums to certain of the largest stockholders aggregating $267 and $206 for the three month periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. These expenses are included in cost of revenues and selling, general and administrative in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
19.   Commitments and Contingencies:
 
The Company is a party to legal proceedings with respect to a variety of matters in the ordinary course of business. Including those matters described below, the Company is unable, at the present time, to determine the ultimate resolution of or provide a reasonable estimate of the range of possible loss attributable to these matters or the impact they may have on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. This is primarily because many of these cases remain in their early stages and only limited discovery has taken place. Although the Company believes it has strong defenses for the proceedings described below, the Company could in the future incur judgments or enter into settlements of claims that could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.


F-23


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
Claims Outcome Advisor Litigation
 
Hensley, et al. v. Computer Sciences Corporation et al. is a putative nationwide class action complaint, filed in February 2005, in Miller County, Arkansas state court. Defendants include numerous insurance companies and providers of software products used by insurers in paying claims. The Company is among the named defendants. Plaintiffs allege that certain software products, including the Company’s Claims Outcome Advisor product and a competing software product sold by Computer Sciences Corporation, improperly estimated the amount to be paid by insurers to their policyholders in connection with claims for bodily injuries. The parties to this case are currently engaged in fact and class certification discovery.
 
The Company has entered into settlement agreements with plaintiffs asserting claims relating to the use of Claims Outcome Advisor by defendants Hanover Insurance Group, Progressive Car Insurance, and Liberty Mutual Insurance Group. Each of these settlements has been granted final approval by the court and together they resolve the claims asserted in this case against the Company with respect to the above insurance companies, who settled the claims against them as well. A provision was made in the 2006 financials for this proceeding and the total amount the Company paid with respect to these settlements was less than $2 million. A fourth defendant, The Automobile Club of California that is alleged to have used Claims Outcome Advisor has not settled. Plaintiffs have agreed to dismiss the Company from the case with prejudice once a discovery dispute relating to certain documents is resolved.
 
Xactware Litigation
 
Three lawsuits have been filed by or on behalf of groups of Louisiana insurance policyholders who claim, among other things, that certain insurers who used products and price information supplied by the Company’s Xactware subsidiary (and those of another provider) did not fully compensate policyholders for property damage covered under their insurance policies.
 
Schafer v. State Farm Fire & Cas. Co. , et al. is a putative class action pending against the Company and State Farm Fire & Casualty Company in the Eastern District of Louisiana. The complaint alleged antitrust violations, breach of contract, negligence, bad faith, and fraud. The court dismissed the antitrust claim as to both defendants and dismissed all claims against the Company other than fraud, which will proceed to the discovery phase along with the remaining claims against State Farm. Plaintiffs have moved to certify a class with respect to the fraud and breach of contract claims.
 
Mornay v. Travelers Ins. Co. , et al. is a putative class action pending against the Company and Travelers Insurance Company in the Eastern District of Louisiana. The complaint alleged antitrust violations, breach of contract, negligence, bad faith, and fraud. As in Schafer, the court dismissed the antitrust claim as to both defendants and dismissed all claims against the Company other than fraud. The court has stayed all proceedings in the case pending resolution of a contractual appraisal proceeding to resolve any dispute as to whether the named plaintiffs received the amount to which they were entitled under their insurance policy.
 
Louisiana ex rel. Foti v. Allstate Ins. Co. is a putative parens patriae action filed by the Louisiana Attorney General in Louisiana state court against numerous insurance companies, the Company, and other solution providers, and consultants. The complaint contains allegations of an antitrust conspiracy among the defendants with respect to the payment of insurance claims for property damage. Defendants removed the case to the Eastern District of Louisiana. A motion to remand the case to state court was denied by the district court and that denial was affirmed by the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit.
 
No provision for losses has been provided in connection with the Xactware Litigation.


F-24


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
iiX Litigation
 
In March 2007, the Company’s Insurance Information Exchange, or iiX, subsidiary, as well as other information providers and insurers in the State of Texas, were served with a summons and class action complaint filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas alleging violations of the Driver Privacy Protection Act (the “DPPA”). The complaint alleges that the defendants knowingly obtained personal information pertaining to class plaintiffs from motor vehicle records maintained by the State of Texas and that the obtaining and use of this personal information was not for a purpose authorized by the DPPA. The complaint seeks liquidated damages for violation of the DPPA and punitive damages. The Company has filed a motion to dismiss the complaint based on failure to state a claim and lack of standing and a decision on that motion is pending.
 
20.   Subsequent Events:
 
On June 27, 2008, the Company’s stockholders approved certain corporate governance changes necessary to allow the Company to proceed with a proposed initial public offering (“IPO”). Immediately prior to the completion of the proposed IPO, the Company will undergo a corporate reorganization whereby the Class A and Class B common stock of the Company will be exchanged by the current stockholders for the common stock of Verisk Analytics, Inc. (“Verisk”). Verisk, formed on May 23, 2008, was established to serve as the parent holding company of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Upon consummation of the IPO, two new series of Class B common stock, Class B (Series 1) common stock (the “B-1 Common Stock”) and Class B (Series 2) common stock (the “B-2 Common Stock”) will be formed and 50 percent of each Class B stockholders’ existing Class B common stock will be converted into shares of new B-1 common stock and the remaining 50 percent of each Class B stockholders’ existing Class B common stock will be converted into shares of new B-2 common stock. Each share of Class B (Series 1) common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the holder, into one share of Class A common stock 18 months after the date of the IPO. Each share of Class B (Series 2) common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the holder, into one share of Class A common stock 30 months after the date of the IPO. Only Class A common stock, which will not be subject to redemption by Verisk, will be offered to the public. In conjunction with the initial public offering, Verisk plans to effect a stock split of the common stock.
 
The Company provided full recourse loans to directors and senior management in connection with exercising their stock options. This loan program has been terminated and all of such loans have been repaid.
 
**************


F-25


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
Verisk Analytics, Inc.
Jersey City, New Jersey
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet for Verisk Analytics, Inc. (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2008. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Verisk Analytics, Inc. at June 30, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
August 12, 2008


F-26


Table of Contents

VERISK ANALYTICS, INC.
 
BALANCE SHEET
June 30, 2008
 
         
ASSETS
Cash
  $ 1,000  
         
Total assets
  $ 1,000  
         
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Total liabilities
  $  
Commitments and contingencies
       
Stockholders’ equity:
       
Common stock, $.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized; 100 shares issued
  $ 1  
Additional paid-in capital
    999  
         
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,000  
         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,000  
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.


F-27


Table of Contents

 
VERISK ANALYTICS, INC.
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT
 
1.   Organization:
 
Verisk Analytics, Inc. (the “Company”), formed on May 23, 2008, was established to serve as the parent holding company of Insurance Services Office, Inc. (“ISO”). Immediately prior to the completion of the proposed initial public offering (“IPO”), ISO will undergo a corporate reorganization whereby the Class A and Class B common stock of the Company will be exchanged by the current shareholders for the common stock of the Company. Upon consummation of the IPO, two new series of Class B Common Stock, Class B (Series 1) Common Stock (the “B-1 Common Stock”) and Class B (Series 2) Common Stock (the “B-2 Common Stock”) will be formed and 50 percent of each Class B stockholders’ existing Class B Common Stock will be converted into shares of new B-1 Common Stock and the remaining 50 percent of each Class B stockholders’ existing Class B Common Stock will be converted into shares of new B-2 Common Stock. Each share of Class B (Series 1) common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the holder, into one share of Class A common stock 18 months after the date of the IPO. Each share of Class B (Series 2) common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the holder, into one share of Class A common stock 30 months after the date of the IPO. Only Class A Common Stock, which will not be subject to redemption by the Company, will be offered to the public. In conjunction with the initial public offering, the Company plans to effect a stock split of the common stock.
 
2.   Basis of Presentation:
 
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
3.   Commitments and Contingencies:
 
The Company does not have any commitments and contingencies.


F-28


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
Jersey City, New Jersey
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Insurance Services Office, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 16. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 .
 
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) , effective December 31, 2006.
 
/s/  Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
 
Parsippany, New Jersey
August 12, 2008


F-29


Table of Contents

INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2006 and 2007
 
                 
    2006     2007  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share data)  
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 99,152     $ 24,049  
Available-for-sale securities
    7,257       28,350  
Accounts receivable, net (including amounts from related parties of $1,364 and $949, respectively)
    91,725       86,488  
Notes receivable from stockholders’
    4,271       347  
Prepaid expenses
    8,929       7,609  
Deferred income taxes
    19,019       22,654  
Federal and state taxes receivable
    5,449       3,003  
Other current assets
    13,191       8,525  
                 
Total current assets
    248,993       181,025  
Noncurrent assets:
               
Fixed assets, net
    70,470       85,436  
Intangible assets, net
    139,718       141,160  
Goodwill
    224,680       339,891  
Notes receivable from stockholders’
    11,883       12,356  
Deferred income taxes
    37,294       55,679  
Other assets
    11,693       12,936  
                 
Total assets
  $ 744,731     $ 828,483  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 66,710     $ 78,234  
Acquisition related liabilities
    13,414       100,300  
Short-term debt
    120,851       35,171  
Pension and postretirement benefits, current
    4,324       4,636  
Fees received in advance (including amounts from related parties of $8,677 and $5,817, respectively)
    124,136       127,907  
                 
Total current liabilities
    329,435       346,248  
Noncurrent liabilities:
               
Long-term debt
    327,847       403,159  
Pension benefits
    29,185       17,637  
Postretirement benefits
    26,525       23,894  
Other liabilities
    22,163       62,085  
                 
Total liabilities
    735,155       853,023  
Redeemable common stock
               
Class A redeemable common stock, stated at redemption value, $.01 par value; 6,700,000 shares authorized; 2,849,885 and 2,922,253 shares issued and 1,347,540 and 1,163,066 outstanding in 2006 and 2007, respectively
    1,183,049       1,217,942  
Unearned Class A common stock KSOP shares
    (4,913 )     (4,129 )
Notes receivable from stockholders’
    (52,203 )     (42,625 )
                 
Total redeemable common stock
    1,125,933       1,171,188  
Commitments and contingencies
               
Stockholders’ deficit:
               
Class B common stock, $.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 10,004,500 shares issued and 2,945,900 and 2,873,412 outstanding in 2006 and 2007, respectively
    100       100  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (16,017 )     (8,699 )
Accumulated deficit
    (457,557 )     (508,136 )
Class B common stock, treasury stock, 7,058,600 and 7,131,088 shares in 2006 and 2007, respectively
    (642,883 )     (678,993 )
                 
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (1,116,357 )     (1,195,728 )
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
  $ 744,731     $ 828,483  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-30


Table of Contents

INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For The Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
    (In thousands, except for share
 
    and per share data)  
 
Revenues (includes revenues from related parties of $79,269, $83,919 and $84,891 for 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively)
  $ 645,660     $ 730,133     $ 802,195  
Expenses:
                       
Cost of revenues (exclusive of items shown separately below)
    294,911       331,804       357,191  
Selling, general and administrative
    88,723       100,124       107,576  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    22,024       28,007       31,745  
Amortization of intangible assets
    19,800       26,854       33,916  
                         
Total expenses
    425,458       486,789       530,428  
                         
Operating income
    220,202       243,344       271,767  
Other income/(expense):
                       
Investment income
    2,919       6,585       8,442  
Realized gains (losses) on securities, net
    27       (375 )     857  
Interest expense
    (10,465 )     (16,668 )     (22,928 )
Other income (expense)
    (14 )     (109 )     9  
                         
Total other expense, net
    (7,533 )     (10,567 )     (13,620 )
                         
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    212,669       232,777       258,147  
Provision for income taxes
    (85,722 )     (86,921 )     (103,184 )
                         
Income from continuing operations
    126,947       145,856       154,963  
                         
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit of $721, $712 and $1,496 in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively
    (2,574 )     (1,805 )     (4,589 )
                         
Net income
  $ 124,373     $ 144,051     $ 150,374  
                         
Basic income/(loss) per share of Class A and Class B:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 29.81     $ 35.31     $ 38.58  
Loss from discontinued operations
    (0.61 )     (0.44 )     (1.14 )
                         
Net income per share
  $ 29.20     $ 34.87     $ 37.44  
                         
Diluted income/(loss) per share of Class A and Class B:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 28.45     $ 33.85     $ 37.03  
Loss from discontinued operations
    (0.58 )     (0.42 )     (1.10 )
                         
Net income per share
  $ 27.87     $ 33.43     $ 35.93  
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    4,258,989       4,130,962       4,016,928  
                         
Diluted
    4,462,109       4,308,976       4,185,151  
                         
Pro forma basic income/(loss) per share of Class A and Class B (unaudited):
                       
Income from continuing operations
                       
Loss from discontinued operations
                       
                         
Pro forma net income per share
                       
                         
Pro forma diluted income/(loss) per share of Class A and Class B (unaudited):
                       
Income from continuing operations
                       
Loss from discontinued operations
                       
                         
Pro forma net income per share
                       
                         
Weighted average shares used in pro forma per share amounts (unaudited):
                       
Basic
                       
                         
Diluted
                       
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-31


Table of Contents

INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
For The Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007
 
                                                         
          Accumulated
                Additional
             
          Other
                Paid-In
          Total
 
    Accumulated
    Comprehensive
    Class B Common Stock     Capital
    Treasury
    Stockholders’
 
    Deficit     Income (Loss)     Shares     Par Value     Class A     Stock     Deficit  
    (In thousands, except for share data)  
 
Balance, January 1, 2005
  $ (135,830 )   $ 191       10,004,500     $ 100     $     $ (602,390 )   $ (737,929 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
Net income
    124,373                                     124,373  
Other comprehensive losses
          (2,925 )                             (2,925 )
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                        121,448  
Treasury stock acquired — Class B common stock
                                  (39,378 )     (39,378 )
KSOP shares earned
                            12,955             12,955  
Stock-based compensation
                            4,094             4,094  
Stock options exercised for 233,608 shares (including tax benefit of $27,852)
    (70,854 )                       27,852             (43,002 )
Increase in redemption value of Class A common stock
    (211,581 )                       (44,901 )           (256,482 )
                                                         
Balance, December 31, 2005
  $ (293,892 )   $ (2,734 )     10,004,500     $ 100     $     $ (641,768 )   $ (938,294 )
                                                         
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
Net income
    144,051                                     144,051  
Other comprehensive gains
          2,352                               2,352  
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                        146,403  
Adjustment to adopt FAS No. 158, net of tax of $9,317
          (15,635 )                             (15,635 )
Treasury stock acquired — Class B common stock
                                  (1,115 )     (1,115 )
KSOP shares earned
                            17,969             17,969  
Stock-based compensation
                            6,148             6,148  
Stock options exercised for 179,967 shares (including tax benefit of $31,964)
    (81,516 )                       31,964             (49,552 )
Increase in redemption value of Class A common stock
    (226,200 )                       (56,081 )           (282,281 )
                                                         
Balance, December 31, 2006
  $ (457,557 )   $ (16,017 )     10,004,500     $ 100     $     $ (642,883 )   $ (1,116,357 )
                                                         
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
Net income
    150,374                                     150,374  
Other comprehensive gains
          7,318                               7,318  
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                        157,692  
Treasury stock acquired — Class B common stock
                                  (36,110 )     (36,110 )
KSOP shares earned
                            21,463             21,463  
Stock-based compensation
                            8,244             8,244  
Stock options exercised for 72,083 shares (including tax benefit of $12,798)
    (36,655 )                       12,798             (23,857 )
Cumulative effect adjustment to adopt FIN No. 48
    (10,338 )                                   (10,338 )
Increase in redemption value of Class A common stock
    (153,960 )                       (42,505 )           (196,465 )
                                                         
Balance, December 31, 2007
  $ (508,136 )   $ (8,699 )     10,004,500     $ 100     $     $ (678,993 )   $ (1,195,728 )
                                                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-32


Table of Contents

INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For The Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 124,373     $ 144,051     $ 150,374  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    22,123       28,119       31,843  
Amortization of intangible assets
    19,800       26,854       33,916  
KSOP compensation expense
    13,793       18,779       22,247  
Stock-based compensation
    4,094       6,148       8,244  
Non-cash charges associated with other employee compensation plans
    601       1,909       2,182  
Goodwill impairment
    1,500             1,744  
Accrued interest on notes receivable from stockholders’
    (1,516 )     (2,190 )     (2,454 )
Realized (gains) losses on securities
    (27 )     375       (857 )
Deferred income taxes
    (7,776 )     (11,848 )     (5,698 )
Other operating
    185       216       298  
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
          2,374       1,791  
Excess tax benefits from exercised stock options
    (27,852 )     (31,964 )     (12,798 )
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and dispositions:
                       
Accounts receivable, net
    (12,263 )     (3,987 )     7,194  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    (3,486 )     (1,751 )     2,213  
Federal and state taxes receivable
    25,938       19,262       13,062  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    9,656       (7,014 )     (8,294 )
Fees received in advance
    3,682       27,219       3,751  
Other liabilities
    1,246       6,947       (237 )
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    174,071       223,499       248,521  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-33


Table of Contents

INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired of $3,466, $532 and $120, respectively
    (59,249 )     (201,617 )     (50,658 )
Earnout payments
    (10,771 )           (3,191 )
Proceeds from release of contingent escrows
    2,024       297       3,039  
Escrow funding associated with acquisitions
    (14,354 )     (14,600 )     (4,375 )
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
    (496 )     (35,081 )     (44,101 )
Proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities
    402       34,893       22,872  
Purchases of fixed assets
    (24,019 )     (25,742 )     (32,941 )
Proceeds from receipt of notes receivable from stockholders’
    4             301  
Issuance of notes receivable from stockholders’
    (985 )     (1,602 )     (1,777 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (107,444 )     (243,452 )     (110,831 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of short-term debt
    15,000       15,000       30,000  
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    220,000       175,000       85,000  
Redemption of Class A common stock
    (141,857 )     (126,857 )     (168,660 )
Repurchase of Class B common stock
    (39,378 )     (1,115 )     (36,110 )
Proceeds from issuance of Class A common stock
    100              
Repayment of short-term debt
    (172,884 )     (18,356 )     (136,008 )
Excess tax benefits from exercised stock options
    27,852       31,964       12,798  
Proceeds from exercised stock options
    213       271       389  
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (90,954 )     75,907       (212,591 )
Effect of exchange rate changes
    (551 )     376       (202 )
                         
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (24,878 )     56,330       (75,103 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    67,700       42,822       99,152  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 42,822     $ 99,152     $ 24,049  
                         
Supplemental disclosures:
                       
Taxes paid
  $ 66,841     $ 78,800     $ 94,258  
                         
Interest paid
  $ 9,814     $ 14,901     $ 22,752  
                         
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
                       
Loans made to directors and officers in connection with the exercise of stock options
  $ (12,573 )   $ (24,438 )   $ (15,130 )
                         
Stock redemptions used to repay notes receivable from stockholders’ maturities and to exercise stock options
  $ 32,720     $ 13,854     $ 35,429  
                         
KSOP stock redemption funded in the prior year
  $     $ 10,001     $ 2,643  
                         
Deferred tax (liability) asset established on date of acquisition
  $ (8,918 )   $ 7,542     $ 24  
                         
Capital lease obligations
  $ 8,712     $     $ 9,554  
                         
Capital expenditures included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $     $     $ 4,688  
                         
Increase in goodwill due to acquisition related liabilities
  $ 1,000     $ 4,362     $ 98,343  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-34


Table of Contents

INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)
 
1.   Organization:
 
Insurance Services Office, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Company”) enable risk-bearing businesses to better understand and manage their risks. The Company provides its customers proprietary data that, combined with analytic methods, creates embedded decision support solutions. The Company is one of the largest aggregators and providers of data pertaining to U.S. property and casualty (“P&C”) insurance risks. The Company offers solutions for detecting fraud in the U.S. P&C insurance, mortgage and healthcare industries and sophisticated methods to predict and quantify loss in diverse contexts ranging from natural catastrophes to health insurance. The Company provides solutions, including data, statistical models or tailored analytics, all designed to allow clients to make more logical decisions.
 
The Company was formed in 1971 as an advisory and rating organization for the P&C insurance industry to provide statistical and actuarial services, to develop insurance programs and to assist insurance companies in meeting state regulatory requirements. Over the past decade, the Company has broadened its data assets, entered new markets, placed a greater emphasis on analytics, and pursuing strategic acquisitions.
 
2.   Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:
 
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates include acquisition purchase price allocations, the fair value of goodwill, the realization of deferred tax assets, acquisition related liabilities, fair value of stock based compensation, liabilities for pension and postretirement benefits, fair value of the Company’s common stock, and the estimate for the allowance for doubtful accounts. Actual results may ultimately differ from those estimates. Reclassifications from “Accounts payable and accrued liabilities” to “Acquisition related liabilities”, and from “Noncurrent pension benefits” to “Pension and postretirement benefits, current” in an amount of $254 have been made in the 2006 consolidated balance sheet to conform to the 2007 presentation. Significant accounting policies include the following:
 
(a)  Intercompany Accounts and Transactions
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Insurance Services Office, Inc. and subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
 
(b)  Revenue Recognition
 
The following describes the Company’s primary types of revenues and the applicable revenue recognition policies. The Company’s revenues are primarily derived from sales of services and revenue is recognized as services are performed and information is delivered to our customers. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, fees and/or price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.
 
Industry Standard Insurance Programs, Statistical Agent and Data Services, and Actuarial Services
 
Industry standard insurance programs, statistical agent and data services and actuarial services are sold to participating insurance company customers under annual agreements covering a calendar year where the price is determined at the inception of the agreement. In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 Revenue Recognition (“SAB No. 104”), the Company


F-35


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
recognizes revenue ratably over the term of these annual agreements, as services are performed and continuous access is provided to information over the entire term of the agreements.
 
Property-Specific Rating and Underwriting Information
 
The Company provides property specific rating information through reports issued for specific commercial properties, for which revenue is recognized when the report is delivered to the customer, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.
 
In addition, the Company provides hosting or software solutions that provide continuous access to information about the properties being insured and underwriting information in the form of standard policy forms to be used by customers. As the customer has a contractual right to take possession of the software without significant penalty, revenues from these arrangements are recognized in accordance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement of Position (“SOP”) No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, as amended by SOP No. 98-9, Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions (“SOP No. 97-2”). The Company recognizes software license revenue when the arrangement does not require significant production, customization, or modification of the software and the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, delivery has occurred, fees are fixed or determinable, and collections are probable. These software arrangements include post-contract customer support (“PCS”). Currently, the Company recognizes software license revenue ratably over the duration of the annual license term as vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of PCS the only remaining undelivered element, cannot be established in accordance with SOP No. 97-2.
 
Fraud Identification and Detection Solutions
 
Fraud identification and detection solutions are comprised of transaction-based fees recognized as information is delivered to customers, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.
 
Loss Prediction
 
Loss prediction solutions consist of term-based software licenses and revenues are recognized in accordance with SOP No. 97-2. These software arrangements include PCS, which includes unspecified upgrades on a when and if available basis. The Company recognizes software license revenue ratably over the duration of the annual license term as VSOE of PCS, the only remaining undelivered element, cannot be established in accordance with SOP No. 97-2.
 
The Company also provides software hosting arrangements to customers whereby the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software. Revenues from these contracts are recognized in accordance with EITF No. 00-03, Application of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to Arrangements that Include the Right to Use Software Stored on Another Entity’s Hardware (“EITF No. 00-03”). As these arrangements include PCS throughout the hosting term, revenues from these multiple element arrangements are recognized in accordance with EITF No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (“EITF No. 00-21”). The Company recognizes revenue ratably over the duration of the license term, which range from one to five years, since the elements do not have stand alone value.
 
Loss Quantification Solutions
 
Loss quantification solutions consist of term-based software subscription licenses and revenues are recognized in accordance with SOP No. 97-2. These software arrangements include PCS, which includes unspecified upgrades on a when and if available basis. Customers are billed for access on a monthly basis and the Company recognizes revenue accordingly.


F-36


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
With respect to an insignificant percentage of revenues, the Company uses contract accounting, as required by SOP No. 97-2, when the arrangement with the customer includes significant customization, modification, or production of software. For these elements, revenue is recognized in accordance with SOP No. 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts, using the percentage-of-completion method, which requires the use of estimates. In such instances, management is required to estimate the input measures, based on hours incurred to date compared to total estimated hours of the project, with consideration also given to output measures, such as contract milestones, when applicable. Adjustments to estimates are made in the period in which the facts requiring such revisions become known and, accordingly, recognized revenues and profits are subject to revisions as the contract progresses to completion. The Company considers the contract substantially complete when there is compliance with all performance specifications and there are no remaining costs or potential risk.
 
(c)  Fees Received in Advance
 
The Company invoices its customers in annual, quarterly, monthly, or milestone installments. Amounts billed and collected in advance of contract terms are recorded as a fees received in advance on the balance sheet and are recognized as the services are performed and the applicable revenue recognition criteria are met.
 
(d)  Fixed Assets
 
Property and equipment, internal-use software and finite-lived intangibles are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization which are computed on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the lease term.
 
The Company’s internal software development costs primarily relate to internal-use software. Such costs are capitalized in the application development stage in accordance with AICPA SOP No. 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use . Software development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over a three year period which management believes represents the useful life of these capitalized costs.
 
In accordance with FAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of long-lived assets may not be recoverable, the Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment by first comparing the carrying value of the assets to the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets. If the carrying value exceeds the sum of the assets’ undiscounted cash flows, the Company estimates an impairment loss by taking the difference between the carrying value and fair value of the assets.
 
(e)  Capital and Operating Leases
 
The Company leases various property, plant and equipment. Leased property is accounted for under FAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases (“FAS No. 13”). Accordingly, leased property that meets certain criteria is capitalized and the present value of the related lease payments is recorded as a liability. Amortization of assets under capital leases is computed utilizing the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life (principally 3 to 4 years for computer equipment and automobiles).
 
All other leases are accounted for as operating leases. Rent expense for operating leases, which may have rent escalation provisions or rent holidays, are recorded on a straight-line basis over the non-cancelable bases lease period in accordance with FAS No. 13. The initial lease term generally includes the build-out period, where no rent payments are typically due under the terms of the lease.


F-37


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The difference between rent expense and rent paid is recorded as deferred rent. Construction allowances received from landlords are recorded as a deferred rent credit and amortized to rent expense over the term of the lease.
 
(f)  Investments
 
The Company’s investments at December 31, 2006 and 2007 included registered investment companies, private equity securities, and U.S. common stock. All investments with readily determinable market values are classified as available-for-sale as defined in FAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. While these investments are not held with the specific intention to sell them, they may be sold to support the Company’s investment strategies. All available-for-sale investments are carried at fair value. The cost of all investments sold is based on the specific identification method. Dividend income is accrued on the ex-dividend date.
 
The Company performs periodic reviews of its investment portfolio when individual holdings have experienced a decline in fair value below their respective cost. The Company considers a number of factors in the evaluation of whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary including: (a) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer; (b) the Company’s ability and intent to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in value; and (c) the period and degree to which the market value has been below cost. Where the decline is deemed to be other-than-temporary, a charge is recorded to realized investment losses and a new cost basis is established for the investment.
 
In November 2005, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) released Staff Position (“FSP”) Nos. FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. The FSP addresses the determination as to when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other-than-temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. It also includes accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment and requires certain disclosures about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments. The Company adopted these new pronouncements for its other-than-temporary impairment analysis as of January 1, 2006. The adoption of these did not have a significant impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.
 
The Company’s investments in private equity securities are included in “Other Assets.” Those securities are carried at cost, as the Company owns less than 20% and does not otherwise have the ability to exercise significant influence. These securities are written down to their estimated realizable value, when management considers there is an other-than-temporary decline in value, based on financial information received and the business prospects of the entity.
 
(g)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and acquisition related liabilities are approximately equal to their carrying amounts because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. The fair value of stockholders’ note receivables was estimated at $65,002 and $55,553 and is based on the Applicable Federal Rates as published by the Internal Revenue Service as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively. The fair value of the long-term debt was estimated at $329,725 and $407,784 and is based on an estimate of interest rates available to the Company for debt with similar features as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively.


F-38


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
(h)  Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
Accounts receivable is generally recorded at the invoiced amount. The allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated based on an analysis of the aging of the accounts receivable, historical write-offs, customer payment patterns, individual customer creditworthiness, current economic trends, and/or establishment of specific reserves for customers in adverse financial condition. The Company reassesses the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts on a periodic basis.
 
(i)  Foreign Currency
 
The Company has determined local currencies are the functional currencies of the foreign operations. The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated at the year-end rate of exchange and statement of income items are translated at the average rates prevailing during the year. The resulting translation adjustment is recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ deficit.
 
(j)  Stock Based Compensation
 
The Company follows FAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (“FAS No. 123(R)”). FAS No. 123(R) is a revision of FAS No. 123, as amended, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , and supersedes Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB No. 25”). Under FAS No. 123(R), stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the options granted, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. On January 1, 2005, the Company adopted FAS No. 123(R) using a prospective approach, as required under FAS No. 123(R). Under this application, the Company is required to record compensation expense for all awards granted after the date of adoption.
 
FAS No. 123(R) requires that stock-based compensation expense be recognized over the period from the date of grant to the date when the award is no longer contingent on the employee providing additional service (the “substantive vesting period”). The Company’s 1996 Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Plan”) provides an accelerated vesting for awards provided to employees who retire at the minimum age of 62 and completes at least five years of prior service. For these awards the Company follows the substantive vesting period approach.
 
The fair value of the stock options granted is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. The expected term (estimated period of time outstanding) was estimated using the simplified method as defined in SAB No. 107, in which the expected term equals the average of graded vesting term and the contractual term. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield of U.S. Treasury zero coupon securities with a maturity equal to the expected term of the equity award. Expected volatility was based on historical volatility for a period equal to the stock option’s expected term, ending on the day of grant, and calculated on a quarterly basis as determined for purposes of the KSOP. The Company estimates the expected volatility based on the fair value of its Class A common shares as determined quarterly. These values are utilized by the Company to provide liquidity to stockholders under the provisions of the Company’s defined contribution plan and Option Plan. The expected dividend yield has not been included in the fair value calculation as the Company has not and does not expect to pay dividends. The Company estimates expected forfeitures of equity awards at the date of grant and recognizes compensation expense only for those awards expected to vest. The forfeiture assumption is ultimately adjusted to the actual forfeiture rate. Changes in the forfeiture assumptions may impact the total amount of expense ultimately recognized over the requisite service period, and may impact the timing of expense recognized over the requisite service period.
 


F-39


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Option pricing model
    Black-Scholes       Black-Scholes       Black-Scholes  
Expected volatility
    13.77 %     13.53 %     13.40 %
Risk-free interest rate
    4.08 %     4.59 %     4.54 %
Expected term in years
    6.13       6.18       6.19  
Dividend yield
                 
 
The per option weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during 2005, 2006 and 2007 was $103.94, $167.49 and $210.69, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense in 2005 caused income before income taxes to decrease by $4,094 and net income to decrease by $2,432. Stock-based compensation expense in 2006 caused income before income taxes to decrease by $6,148 and net income to decrease by $3,846. Stock-based compensation expense in 2007 caused income before income taxes to decrease by $8,244 and net income to decrease by $4,988.
 
(k)  Research and development costs
 
Research and development costs, which primarily relate to the personnel and related overhead costs incurred in developing new services for our customers, are expensed as incurred. Such costs were $5,191, $7,007 and $8,944 in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and were included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
 
(l)  Income Taxes
 
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method under FAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (“FAS No. 109”), which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
 
Deferred tax assets are recorded to the extent these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. Valuation allowances are recognized to reduce deferred tax assets if it is determined to be more likely than not that all or some of the potential deferred tax assets will not be realized.
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN No. 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements in accordance with FAS No. 109. FIN No. 48 provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized based on the technical merits when it is more-likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes. Income tax positions must meet a more likely than not recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized upon the adoption of FIN No. 48 and in subsequent periods. This interpretation also provides guidance on measurement, derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.
 
The Company adopted the provisions of FIN No. 48 , on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN No. 48, the Company recognized approximately a $10,338 increase in the

F-40


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as an increase to the January 1, 2007, balance of accumulated deficit. The balance sheet line items impacted by this increase are as follows:
 
         
Increase in non-current deferred income taxes
  $ 13,933  
Increase in federal and state taxes receivable
  $ 7,620  
Increase in other liabilities
  $ 31,891  
Increase in accumulated deficit
  $ 10,338  
 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included within “Other liabilities” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
Prior to adopting FIN No. 48, the Company’s policy was to maintain tax contingency liabilities for potential audit issues. The tax contingency liabilities were based on an estimate of the probable amount of additional taxes that may be due in the future. Any additional taxes due would be determined only upon completion of current and future federal state and international tax audits. At December 31, 2006, the Company had $7,620 of tax contingency liabilities included in “Foreign and state taxes receivable.”
 
(l)  Earnings Per Share
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) are determined in accordance with FAS No. 128, Earnings per Share , which specifies the computation, presentation and disclosure requirements for earnings per share. Basic EPS excludes all dilutive common stock equivalents. It is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS, as calculated using the treasury stock method, reflects the potential dilution that would occur if the Company’s dilutive outstanding stock options were exercised. For purposes of calculating earnings per share, Class A and Class B common shares are combined since both classes have identical rights to earnings.
 
(m)  Pension and Postretirement Benefits
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued FAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans (“FAS No. 158”). FAS No. 158 requires the recognition of the funded status of a benefit plan in the balance sheet; the recognition in other comprehensive income of gains or losses and prior service costs or credits arising during the period, but which are not included as components of periodic benefit cost and the measurement of defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the balance sheet date. The Company adopted FAS No. 158 as of December 31, 2006. See “Note 17 — Pension and Postretirement Benefits” for additional disclosures required by FAS No. 158 and the effects of adoption.
 
(n) Product Warranty Obligations
 
The Company provides warranty coverage for certain of its products. The Company recognizes a product warranty obligation when claims are probable and can be reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, product warranty obligations were not significant.
 
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into numerous agreements that contain standard indemnities whereby the Company indemnifies another party for breaches of confidentiality, infringement of intellectual property or gross negligence. Such indemnifications are primarily granted under licensing of computer software. Most agreements contain provisions to limit the maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnifications, however the Company is not able to develop an estimate of the maximum


F-41


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
potential amount of future payments to be made under these indemnifications as the triggering events are not subject to predictability.
 
(o) Loss contingencies
 
The Company accrues for costs relating to litigation, claims and other contingent matters when such liabilities become probable and reasonably estimable. Such estimates are based on management’s judgment. Actual amounts paid may differ from amounts estimated, and such differences will be charged to operations in the period in which the final determination of the liability is made.
 
(p) Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued FAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. This statement enhances existing guidance for measuring assets and liabilities using fair value, such as emphasizing that fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement, and sets out a fair value hierarchy with the highest priority being quoted prices in active markets. FAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007; however, the FASB provided a one-year deferral for implementation of this standard for non-financial assets and liabilities. The adoption of FAS No. 157 will not have a material impact on how we measure fair value, but will require additional disclosures.
 
In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (“FSP FAS 157-2”), which delays the effective date of FAS No. 157 for non-recurring non-financial assets and liabilities, except those recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis, until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. Non-financial assets and liabilities include, among others: intangible assets acquired through business combinations; long-lived assets when assessing potential impairment; and liabilities associated with restructuring activities. The Company is currently assessing the impact the adoption of FSP FAS 157-2 for non-recurring non-financial assets and liabilities will have, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets & Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FAS No. 115 (“FAS No. 159”). FAS No. 159 permits companies to choose to measure certain financial instruments and other items at fair value. The standard requires that unrealized gains and losses are reported in earnings for items measured using the fair value option. FAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. FAS No. 159 was effective for the Company on January 1, 2008 and it did not elect the fair value option for any of its qualifying financial instruments.
 
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on EITF No. 06-11, Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards , (“EITF No. 06-11”), that an entity should recognize a realized tax benefit associated with dividends on affected securities charged to retained earnings as an increase in Additional Paid in Capital (“APIC”). The amount recognized in APIC should be included in the APIC pool. When an entity’s estimate of forfeitures increases or actual forfeitures exceed its estimates, the amount of tax benefits previously recognized in APIC should be reclassified into the statement of operations. The amount reclassified is limited to the APIC pool balance on the reclassification date. EITF No. 06-11 applies prospectively to the income tax benefits of dividends declared on affected securities. The adoption of EITF No. 06-11, effective January 1, 2008, did not have an impact on the financial statements as the Company does not currently pay dividends on its common stock.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“FAS No. 141(R)”). FAS No. 141(R) replaces FAS No. 141, Business Combinations (“FAS No. 141”).


F-42


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FAS No. 141(R) primarily requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, measured at their fair values as of that date. This replaces FAS No. 141’s cost-allocation process, which required the cost of an acquisition to be allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. Generally, FAS No. 141(R) will become effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The impact of adopting FAS No. 141(R) will be dependent on the business combinations that the Company may pursue and complete after its effective date.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51, (“FAS No. 160”). FAS No. 160 requires that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary be reported as equity and the amount of consolidated net income specifically attributable to the noncontrolling interest be identified in the consolidated financial statements. It also calls for consistency in the manner of reporting changes in the parent’s ownership interest and requires fair value measurement of any noncontrolling equity investment retained in a deconsolidation. FAS No. 160 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2009 except the presentation and disclosure requirements which are required to be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. Earlier adoption of FAS No. 160 is prohibited. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of FAS No. 160 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued FAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — An Amendment of FAS No. 133 (“FAS No. 161”). FAS No. 161 seeks to improve financial reporting for derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures regarding their impact on financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. To achieve this increased transparency, FAS No. 161 requires the disclosure of the fair value of derivative instruments and gains and losses in a tabular format; the disclosure of derivative features that are credit risk-related; and cross-referencing within the footnotes. FAS No. 161 is effective prospectively for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact the adoption of FAS No. 161 will have, if any, on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets (“FSP No. 142-3”). FSP No. 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“FAS No. 142”) . The intent of this FSP is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FAS No. 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under FAS No. 141(R), and other U.S. GAAP.  FSP No. 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company is evaluating the potential impact, if any, the adoption of FSP No. 142-3 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
3.   Concentration of Credit Risk:
 
Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, available for sale securities and accounts receivable, which are generally not collateralized. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with higher credit quality financial institutions in order to limit the amount of credit exposure. The total cash balances are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) to a maximum amount of $100 per bank. At December 31, 2007, the Company had cash balances on deposit with five banks that exceeded the balance insured by the FDIC limit by


F-43


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
approximately $11,567. At March 31, 2008, the Company also had cash on deposit with foreign banks of approximately $8,385.
 
The Company considers the concentration of credit risk associated with its trade accounts receivable to be commercially reasonable and believes that such concentration does not result in the significant risk of near-term severe adverse impacts. The Company’s top fifty customers for the year ended December 31, 2007, represent approximately 44% of revenue, with no individual customer accounting for more than 4% of revenue. No individual customer comprised more than 10% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2006 and 2007.
 
4.   Cash and Cash Equivalents:
 
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in banks, money market funds, commercial paper and other liquid instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the time of purchase.
 
5.   Accounts Receivables:
 
Accounts receivables consist of the following at December 31:
 
                 
    2006     2007  
 
Billed receivables
  $ 90,366     $ 88,370  
Unbilled receivables
    6,632       6,365  
                 
Total receivables
    96,998       94,735  
Less allowance for doubtful accounts
    (5,273 )     (8,247 )
                 
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 91,725     $ 86,488  
                 
 
6.   Notes Receivable from Stockholders:
 
Notes receivable from stockholders consists of recourse loans issued by the Company to directors and senior management in connection with exercising stock options. These loans for the exercise price are classified as a component of “Redeemable common stock” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These loans may also include loans for the tax liability and accrued interest incurred in connection with exercising stock options are included in “Notes receivable from stockholders”’ as a component of total assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, approximately $68,357 and $55,328, respectively, of notes receivable from stockholders were outstanding. At December 31, 2006 and 2007, $9,913 and $2,776, respectively, of notes receivable from stockholders were due within one year. These notes were issued at rates approximating market rates of interest. Payments of principal and interest related to these notes are generally deferred until the end of the loan terms, which range from three to nine years. Interest income on notes receivable from shareholders was $1,516, $2,190 and $2,454 during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.


F-44


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
7.   Investments:
 
The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities at December 31:
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
          Unrealized
    Unrealized
       
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
 
2006
                               
U.S. common stock
  $ 15     $     $     $ 15  
Registered investment companies
    6,736       506             7,242  
                                 
Total available-for-sale securities
  $ 6,751     $ 506     $     $ 7,257  
                                 
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
          Unrealized
    Unrealized
       
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
 
2007
                               
Registered investment companies
  $ 29,036     $     $ (686 )   $ 28,350  
                                 
 
Noncurrent other assets include private equity securities for which no readily determinable market value exists. At December 31, 2006, and 2007, the carrying value which approximated the estimated fair value of such securities was approximately $200 and $0, respectively.
 
Proceeds from sales and maturities of investments were $402, $34,893 and $22,872 for 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Realized gains, including write downs related to other-than-temporary impairments of available-for-sale securities and noncurrent other assets were as follows:
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Gross realized gains on U.S. common stock
  $     $     $ 135  
Gross realized gains on registered investment companies
    27       114       922  
Impairment of U.S. common stock
          (205 )      
Impairment of private equity securities
          (284 )     (200 )
                         
Realized gains (losses) on securities, net
  $ 27     $ (375 )   $ 857  
                         
 
Investment income in 2005 includes interest income from cash and cash equivalents, interest income from notes receivable from stockholders, and dividend income from investments of $1,306, $1,516, and $96, respectively. Investment income in 2006 includes interest income from cash and cash equivalents, interest income from notes receivable from stockholders, and dividend income from investments of $3,315, $2,190, and $424, respectively. Investment income in 2007 includes interest income from cash and cash equivalents, interest income from notes receivable from stockholders, and dividend income from investments of $4,096, $2,456, and $435, respectively.
 
From time to time, the Company has entered into certain derivative transactions involving the sale of covered call options on underlying investments held by the Company. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, these call options either expired or were exercised. The gain on the call premiums of $656 and $1,455 was recognized as investment income in 2006 and 2007, respectively.


F-45


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
8.   Fixed Assets:
 
The following is a summary of fixed assets at December 31:
 
                                 
                Accumulated
       
                Depreciation and
       
    Useful Life     Cost     Amortization     Net  
 
2006
                               
Furniture and office equipment
    3-10 years     $ 77,372     $ (56,252 )   $ 21,120  
Leasehold improvements
    Lease term       23,573       (6,271 )     17,302  
Purchased software
    3 years       25,663       (20,759 )     4,904  
Software development costs
    3 years       58,047       (38,048 )     19,999  
Leased equipment
    3-4 years       21,093       (13,948 )     7,145  
                                 
Total fixed assets
          $ 205,748     $ (135,278 )   $ 70,470  
                                 
2007
                               
Furniture and office equipment
    3-10 years     $ 102,745     $ (67,687 )   $ 35,058  
Leasehold improvements
    Lease term       24,049       (7,876 )     16,173  
Purchased software
    3 years       30,918       (25,431 )     5,487  
Software development costs
    3 years       69,758       (45,632 )     24,126  
Leased equipment
    3-4 years       17,080       (12,488 )     4,592  
                                 
Total fixed assets
          $ 244,550     $ (159,114 )   $ 85,436  
                                 
 
Consolidated depreciation and amortization expense on fixed assets for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, was approximately $22,024, $28,007 and $31,745, of which $5,281, $6,403 and $7,584 related to capitalized software development costs, respectively. Leased equipment includes amounts held under capital leases for automobiles, computer software, and computer equipment.
 
9.   Goodwill and Intangible Assets:
 
Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition costs over the fair value of tangible net assets and identifiable intangible assets of the businesses acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives and are not amortized. Intangible assets determined to have finite lives are amortized over their useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are subject to impairment testing annually as of June 30, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. This testing compares carrying values to fair values and, when fair value is lower than carrying value, the carrying value of these assets is reduced to fair value. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $1,500, $0, and $1,744, respectively, included in “Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax” in the consolidated statements of operations.


F-46


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following is a summary of the change in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, both in total and as allocated to the Company’s operating segments:
 
                         
    Risk
    Decision
       
    Assessment     Analytics     Total  
 
Goodwill at December 31, 2005
  $ 23,303     $ 126,295     $ 149,598  
Current year acquisitions
          69,328       69,328  
Earnout related payments
    4,362       8,934       13,296  
Reclassifications to deferred income taxes
          (7,542 )     (7,542 )
                         
Goodwill at December 31, 2006
    27,665       197,015       224,680  
Current year acquisitions
          14,157       14,157  
Earnout related payments
    243       102,555       102,798  
Impairment charge
          (1,744 )     (1,744 )
                         
Goodwill at December 31, 2007
  $ 27,908     $ 311,983     $ 339,891  
                         
 
As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, the Company’s intangible assets and related accumulated amortization consisted of the following:
 
                                 
    Weighted
                   
    Average
          Accumulated
       
    Useful Life     Cost     Amortization     Net  
 
2006
                               
Technology-based
    6 years     $ 157,946     $ (55,869 )   $ 102,077  
Marketing-related
    4 years       16,990       (10,678 )     6,312  
Contract-based
    6 years       6,555       (4,641 )     1,914  
Customer-related
    9 years       37,775       (8,360 )     29,415  
                                 
Total intangible assets
          $ 219,266     $ (79,548 )   $ 139,718  
                                 
 
                                 
    Weighted
                   
    Average
          Accumulated
       
    Useful Life     Cost     Amortization     Net  
 
2007
                               
Technology-based
    5 years     $ 164,317     $ (80,419 )   $ 83,898  
Marketing-related
    4 years       25,846       (13,667 )     12,179  
Contract-based
    6 years       6,555       (5,596 )     959  
Customer-related
    13 years       57,906       (13,782 )     44,124  
                                 
Total intangible assets
          $ 254,624     $ (113,464 )   $ 141,160  
                                 


F-47


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Consolidated amortization expense related to intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, was approximately $19,800, $26,854 and $33,916, respectively. Estimated amortization expense through 2012 and thereafter for intangible assets subject to amortization is as follows:
 
         
Year
  Amount  
 
2008
  $ 30,025  
2009
  $ 27,920  
2010
  $ 22,721  
2011
  $ 16,455  
2012
  $ 14,319  
Thereafter
  $ 29,720  
 
10.   Acquisitions and Discontinued Operations:
 
2007 Acquisitions
 
In 2007, the Company acquired five entities for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $50,538 and funded indemnity and contingent payment escrows totaling $3,344 and $1,031, respectively. At December 31, 2007, the current and long-term portions of these escrows amounted to $3,513 and $900 and have been included in “Other current assets” and “Other assets”, respectively. These acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method. Accordingly, the purchase price, excluding contingency escrows, was allocated to assets acquired based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition dates. Each entity’s operating results have been included in the Company’s consolidated results from the respective dates of acquisition. A description of the five entities purchased in 2007 is as follows:
 
On January 11, 2007, the Company acquired the remaining 20% of the stock of National Equipment Register (“NER”), resulting in 100% ownership, in order to more closely align operations with existing businesses. The purchase includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financials results for 2007 and 2008. NER is a provider of solutions to increase the recovery rate of stolen equipment and reduce the costs associated with theft for owners and insurers.
 
On March 23, 2007, the Company acquired the rights, title, and interest of the name, trade name, and service mark, “Rex Depot” and other intangible assets of Smith Sekelsky Web Products, LLC. The assets associated with this acquisition further enhance the capability of the Company’s appraisal software offerings.
 
On October 3, 2007, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of HealthCare Insight, LLC (“HCI”), a Salt Lake City, UT based company whose solutions enable healthcare claims payors to prevent fraud, abuse, and overpayment. The acquisition of HCI further supports the Company’s objective as the leading provider of data, analytics, and decision-support solutions for healthcare claims payors. The purchase includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financial results for 2008. HCI combines automated modeling and profiling of claims with the enhanced accuracy available through clinical validation.
 
On October 12, 2007, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of NIA Consulting, LTD (“NIA”), a Mason, TX based company, which is a leading provider of fraud detection and forensic audit services for the home mortgage and mortgage insurance industries. Adding NIA and its proprietary database to the Company’s fraud protection solution strengthens the Company’s search capacity and positions the Company to incorporate more real-world fraud schemes into the Company’s automated solutions. The purchase includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financial results for 2008.


F-48


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
On December 19, 2007, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of Predicted Solutions, a leading provider of computer software applications and algorithms for commercial and governmental health plans and Medicaid to help health plan administrators detect and recover losses due to fraud, waste and abuse. The acquisition integrates with the Company’s analytic methodology to provide customers with the information needed to ensure their program integrity through better pharmacy and payment analysis.
 
The allocation of purchase price for the 2007 acquisitions resulted in finite lived intangible assets of $35,358 with no residual value, goodwill of $14,157, and fair value of tangible assets acquired of $581. The goodwill associated with the 2007 acquisitions is included within the Decision Analytics segment. The Company did not assume significant liabilities related to these acquisitions. The goodwill for all acquisitions is expected to be deductible for tax purposes over 15 years. As of December 31, 2007, the Company has not finalized the working capital adjustments related to the HCI and NIA acquisitions due to the timeframe established within the agreements relative to timing of year-end reporting.
 
The amounts assigned to intangible assets by type for the 2007 acquisitions are summarized in the table below:
 
                 
    Weighted Average
       
    Useful Life     Total  
 
Technology-based
    4 years     $ 6,371  
Marketing-related
    4 years       8,856  
Customer-related
    19 years       20,131  
                 
Total intangible assets
          $ 35,358  
                 
 
2006 Acquisitions
 
In 2006, the Company acquired four entities for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $202,149, of which $187,956 relates to Xactware, and funded indemnity and contingent payment escrows totaling $11,100 and $3,500, respectively. At December 31, 2006, the current and long-term portions of these escrows amounted to $4,100 and $10,500 and have been included in “Other current assets” and “Other assets”, respectively. At December 31, 2007, the current and long-term portions of these escrows amounted to $543 and $10,700 and have been included in “Other current assets” and “Other assets”, respectively. These acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method. Accordingly, the purchase price, excluding contingency escrows, was allocated to assets acquired based on their estimated fair values as of the dates of acquisition. Each entity’s operating results have been included in the Company’s consolidated results from the respective dates of acquisition. A description of the four entities purchased in 2006 follows:
 
On March 28, 2006, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of RegsData, Inc. (“RegsData”), a Milford, CT based provider of automated mortgage-licensing compliance services allowing the ability to manage and monitor third-party relationships and provide a comprehensive solution for the mortgage industry. The purchase includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financial results for the trailing 15-month period ending June 30, 2007.
 
On August 8, 2006, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of Xactware, Inc. (“Xactware”), an Orem, UT based provider of repair estimation and data analysis to assist property insurance carriers and their business partners in adjusting property claims, thus delivering more comprehensive products and services to the Company’s property insurance claims customers. The purchase includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financial results for 2007 and 2008.


F-49


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
On August 23, 2006, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of Domus Systems, Inc. (“Domus”), an Agoura Hills, CA based provider of automated compliance and reporting services to the affordable-housing industry. The purchase includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financial results for 2007.
 
On October 11, 2006, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of Urix LLC (“Urix”), a Cheshire, CT based provider of cutting-edge healthcare and employer reporting solutions. Urix is a leading developer of web-based healthcare analytic solutions that are both scalable and cost-effective on a national level. The purchase includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financial results for 2007.
 
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition for the acquisitions that occurred in 2006. The goodwill associated with the 2006 acquisitions is included in the Decision Analytics segment.
 
                         
    Xactware     All other     Total  
 
Current assets
  $ 7,061     $ 926     $ 7,987  
Property and equipment
    2,320       107       2,427  
Other assets
    11             11  
Intangible assets
    121,603       7,234       128,837  
Goodwill
    63,309       6,019       69,328  
                         
Total assets acquired
    194,304       14,286       208,590  
Current liabilities
    6,348       93       6,441  
                         
Total liabilities assumed
    6,348       93       6,441  
                         
Net assets acquired
  $ 187,956     $ 14,193     $ 202,149  
                         
 
Supplemental information on an unaudited pro forma basis is presented below as if the acquisition of Xactware occurred at the beginning of the years 2005 and 2006. The pro forma information presented below is based on estimates and assumptions, which the Company believes are reasonable and is not necessarily indicative of the consolidated financial position or results of operations in future periods or the results that actually would have been realized had this acquisition been completed at the beginning of 2005 and 2006. The unaudited pro forma information includes intangible asset amortization charges and incremental borrowing costs as result of the acquisition, net of related tax impacts, estimated using the Company’s effective tax rate for continuing operations for each period.
 
                 
    2005     2006  
    (unaudited)  
 
Pro forma revenues
  $ 686,851     $ 761,192  
Pro forma net income
  $ 122,901     $ 148,009  
Pro forma basic income per share of Class A and Class B
  $ 28.86     $ 35.83  
Pro forma diluted income per share of Class A and Class B
  $ 27.54     $ 34.35  


F-50


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The amounts assigned to intangible assets by type for the 2006 acquisitions are summarized in the table below:
 
                                 
    Weighted Average
                   
    Useful Life     Xactware     All other     Total  
 
Technology-based
    6 years     $ 94,604     $ 5,221     $ 99,825  
Marketing-related
    3 years       4,640       1,074       5,714  
Customer-related
    12 years       22,359       939       23,298  
                                 
Total intangible assets
          $ 121,603     $ 7,234     $ 128,837  
                                 
 
As of December 31, 2006, the Company had estimated the allocation of purchase price to goodwill and deferred taxes for the RegsData, Xactware, Domus Systems and Urix acquisitions. In 2007, the Company finalized the RegsData, Xactware, Domus Systems and Urix purchase allocations. The goodwill for all acquisitions is expected to be deductible for tax purposes over 15 years. The acquired intangible assets have useful lives ranging from 2 to 14 years with no residual value.
 
2005 Acquisitions
 
In 2005, the Company acquired three entities within the Decision Analytics segment for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $62,715 and funded contingency escrows totaling $14,354. These acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method. Accordingly, the purchase price, excluding contingency escrows, was allocated to assets acquired based on their estimated fair values as of the dates of acquisition. Each entity’s operating results have been included in the Company’s consolidated results from the respective dates of acquisition. A description of the three entities purchased in 2005 follows:
 
In 2005, the Company made two acquisitions in order to expand its decision analytics services into the mortgage industry. On January 14, 2005, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of merger to purchase 100% of the stock of Appintelligence, Inc. (“Appintelligence”), a Weldon Spring, MO based provider of data integrity, fraud prevention and risk assessment and mitigation tools, designed to maximize loss mitigation and recovery efforts for lenders in the mortgage industry.
 
On March 31, 2005, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of merger to purchase 100% of the stock of Sysdome, Inc. (“Sysdome”), a Calabasas, CA based provider of fraud-detection and decision-support tools, enabling mortgage professionals to detect identity and property fraud quickly and accurately.
 
On August 10, 2005, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of eLiens, a College Station, TX based provider of fast, easy, and economical lien holder and mortgagee notification services to insurance carriers. This acquisition utilized the Company’s expertise of data management for the insurance industry.
 
As of December 31, 2005, the Company had estimated the allocation of purchase price for deferred taxes and goodwill for the Appintelligence, Sysdome and eLiens acquisitions. In 2006, the Company finalized the Appintelligence, Sysdome and eLiens purchase allocations, resulting in a reallocation of $7,542 from goodwill to deferred taxes. Goodwill and intangible assets recognized in these transactions amounted to approximately $39,663 and $29,343, respectively. The goodwill for Appintelligence and Sysdome is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes, while goodwill for eLiens of $2,816 is expected to be deductible over 15 years. The acquired intangible assets have useful lives ranging from 1 to 7 years with no residual value.


F-51


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Acquisition Contingent Payments
 
The annual aggregate maximum contingent payment, subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financial results, for the year ending December 31, 2008 would be $240,931, of which $191,800 relates to Xactware. A condition of the additional payments for certain of the acquisitions, is the continued employment of key employees resulting in the treatment of such additional payments as compensation expense. Compensation expense related to earn out payments for fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007 was $9,734, $9,027 and $3,605, respectively. Based on the actual results of operations and agreements which required the continuing employment of key employees the Company was required to make payments of $13,414 and $2,200, in 2006 and 2007, respectively. For Xactware, contingent payments were not related to continuing employment of key employees, and as such the amount due of $98,100 was treated as additional purchase price. These amounts, which are included in “Acquisition related liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet were paid the year after they were accrued.
 
Acquisition Contingent Escrows
 
Pursuant to the related acquisition agreements, the Company has funded various escrow accounts to satisfy pre-acquisition indemnity and tax claims arising subsequent to the acquisition date, as well as a portion of the contingent payments. The future additional payments that may be required pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreements are not reflected as liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as the final payments are contingent on future events. At December 31, 2006 and 2007, the current portion of the escrow amounted to $11,465 and $5,767 respectively, and has been included in “Other current assets.” The indemnification portion of these escrows were $600 and $4,083 at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively. At December 31, 2006 and 2007, the noncurrent portion of the escrow, all of which are indemnification escrows, amounted to $10,510 and $11,596, of which $10,000 relates to Xactware, and has been included in “Other assets” at December 31, 2006 and 2007.
 
Discontinued Operations
 
As of December 31, 2007, the Company discontinued operations of its claims consulting business located in New Hope, PA and the United Kingdom. The results for this business were accounted for as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2007. Within the 2007 pre-tax loss are $2,786 of expenses directly related to the exit activity, which primarily consist of goodwill impairment of $1,744, other current asset write-off of $445, fixed asset disposals of $265, and employee separation costs of $119. The summarized, combined statements of operations from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are as follows:
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Revenues
  $ 4,249     $ 4,456     $ 2,352  
                         
Pre-tax loss
  $ (3,295 )   $ (2,517 )   $ (6,085 )
Tax benefit
    721       712       1,496  
                         
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
  $ (2,574 )   $ (1,805 )   $ (4,589 )
                         
 
Depreciation expenses related to the discontinued operations for years ending 2005, 2006 and 2007 were $99, $112 and $98, respectively.


F-52


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
11.   Income Taxes:
 
The tax effects of significant items comprising the Company’s deferred tax assets, as of December 31 is as follows:
 
                 
    2006     2007  
 
Employee wages, pensions and other benefits
  $ 12,633     $ 18,118  
Postretirement benefits
    11,923       11,231  
Fixed assets
    (4,700 )     (3,281 )
Deferred revenue adjustment
    4,632       7,391  
Deferred rent adjustment
    3,289       3,598  
Net operating loss carryover
    5,768       6,383  
Pension and postretirement unfunded liability adjustment
    9,947       5,621  
Adjustment for unrealized (gains) losses
    (189 )     274  
State tax adjustments
          15,686  
Goodwill amortization
    13,159       8,586  
Other
    1,995       6,260  
Valuation allowance
    (2,144 )     (1,534 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 56,313     $ 78,333  
                 
 
As a result of certain realization requirements of FAS No. 123(R), the table of deferred tax assets and liabilities shown above does not include certain deferred tax assets at December 31, 2007 that arose directly from tax deductions related to equity compensation in excess of compensation recognized for financial reporting. Equity will be increased by $13,436 if and when such deferred tax assets are ultimately realized. The Company uses tax law ordering for purposes of determining when excess tax benefits have been realized.
 
As of December 31, 2007, a deferred tax asset in the amount of $24 was recorded in connection with the acquisition of HCI. As of December 31, 2006, deferred tax assets in the amount of $823 and $6,719 were recorded in connection with the acquisition of AppIntelligence and Sysdome, respectively. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets depends on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income in the future. The Company has provided for a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset associated with the capital loss carryforwards expiring in 2012 and the net operating losses of certain foreign subsidiaries. The Company’s net operating loss carryforwards expire as follows:
 
         
2008–2015
  $ 78.8 million  
2016–2020
    0.6 million  
2021–2027
    31.4 million  
         
    $ 110.8 million  
         
 
A valuation allowance has been established based on management’s evaluation of the likelihood of utilizing the capital loss carryforwards before they expire. Management has determined that the generation of future foreign taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets is uncertain. Other than these items, management has determined, based on the Company’s historical operating performance, that taxable income of the Company will more likely than not be sufficient to fully realize the deferred tax assets.


F-53


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The income tax provision for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Current:
                       
Federal and foreign
  $ 82,723     $ 86,297     $ 96,277  
State and local
    10,718       12,663       17,843  
                         
    $ 93,441     $ 98,960     $ 114,120  
                         
Deferred:
                       
Federal and foreign
  $ (5,944 )   $ (9,800 )   $ (7,041 )
State and local
    (1,775 )     (2,239 )     (3,895 )
                         
    $ (7,719 )   $ (12,039 )   $ (10,936 )
                         
Provision for income taxes
  $ 85,722     $ 86,921     $ 103,184  
                         
 
The Company’s income tax benefit for discontinued operations for fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007 was $721, $712 and $1,496, respectively.
 
The reconciliation between the Company’s effective tax rate on income from continuing operations and the statutory tax rate is as follows for the years ended December 31:
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Federal statutory rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefit
    2.7 %     2.9 %     3.2 %
Non-deductible KSOP expenses
    2.1 %     2.7 %     2.9 %
State tax adjustments
    (0.1 )%     (3.1 )%     (0.3 )%
Other
    0.6 %     (0.2 )%     (0.8 )%
                         
Effective tax rate for continuing operations
    40.3 %     37.3 %     40.0 %
                         
 
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FIN No. 48, which prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. For each tax position, the Company must determine whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation. A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is then measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize within the financial statements. No benefits may be recognized for tax positions that do not meet the more likely than not threshold. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit is as follows:
 
         
Unrecognized tax benefit at January 1, 2007
  $ 27,052  
Gross increase in tax positions in prior period
     
Gross decrease in tax positions in prior period
     
Gross increase in tax positions in current period
    7,662  
Settlements
     
Lapse of statute of limitations
    (2,684 )
         
Unrecognized tax benefit, December 31, 2007
  $ 32,030  
         
 
Included in the total unrecognized tax benefits of $32,030 was $24,368 that, if recognized, would have a favorable effect on the Company’s effective tax rate. The remaining unrecognized tax benefits would


F-54


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
not affect the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties associated with income taxes as a component of income tax expense. At January 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007, approximately $4,879 and $7,033, respectively, was accrued in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet for the payment of interest and penalties associated with income taxes. The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits largely include state exposures from allocation of income between jurisdictions, not filing a state tax return, the methods of filing state tax returns, and the utilization of tax credits. The Company does not expect an increase in unrecognized benefits related to state tax exposures within the coming year. In addition, the Company believes that it is reasonably possible that approximately $3,394 of its currently remaining unrecognized tax positions, each of which is individually insignificant, may be recognized by the end of 2008 as a result of a lapse of the statute of limitations.
 
The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. (for both Federal and multiple states) and in certain foreign jurisdictions. The Company’s 2004, 2005 and 2006 tax years are subject to examination by the U.S. and foreign tax authorities. With some exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal, state or foreign examinations by tax authorities for tax years before 2004.
 
12.   Composition of Certain Financial Statement Captions:
 
The following table presents the components of “Other current assets,” “Accounts payable and accrued liabilities” and “Other liabilities” at December 31:
 
                 
    2006     2007  
 
Other current assets:
               
Acquisition contingent escrows
  $ 11,465     $ 5,767  
Other current assets
    1,726       2,758  
                 
Total other current assets
  $ 13,191     $ 8,525  
                 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities:
               
Accrued salaries, benefits and other related costs
  $ 43,175     $ 48,417  
Other current liabilities
    23,535       29,817  
                 
Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 66,710     $ 78,234  
                 
Other liabilities:
               
Unrecognized tax benefits
  $     $ 39,023  
Deferred rent
    10,044       11,028  
Other liabilities
    12,119       12,034  
                 
Total other liabilities
  $ 22,163     $ 62,085  
                 


F-55


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
13.   Debt:
 
The following table presents short-term and long-term debt by issuance:
 
                                 
                As of December 31,  
    Issuance Date     Maturity Date     2006     2007  
 
Short-term debt:
                               
Prudential senior notes:
                               
4.11% Series B senior notes
    6/10/2004       6/10/2007     $ 60,000     $  
4.12% Series C senior notes
    6/28/2004       6/28/2007       40,000        
Bank of America
    10/25/2006       4/25/2007       15,000        
Bank of America
    10/25/2007       4/25/2008             15,000  
JPMorgan Chase
    12/31/2007       1/3/2008             15,000  
Capital lease obligations
    Various       Various       5,463       4,408  
Other
    Various       Various       388       763  
                                 
Short-term debt
                  $ 120,851     $ 35,171  
                                 
Long-term debt:
                               
Prudential senior notes:
                               
4.46% Series D senior notes
    6/14/2005       6/13/2009     $ 100,000     $ 100,000  
4.60% Series E senior notes
    6/14/2005       6/13/2011       50,000       50,000  
6.00% Series F senior notes
    8/8/2006       8/8/2011       25,000       25,000  
6.13% Series G senior notes
    8/8/2006       8/8/2013       75,000       75,000  
5.84% Series H senior notes
    10/26/2007       10/26/2013             17,500  
5.84% Series H senior notes
    10/26/2007       10/26/2015             17,500  
Principal senior notes:
                               
6.03% Series A senior notes
    8/8/2006       8/8/2011       50,000       50,000  
6.16% Series B senior notes
    8/8/2006       8/8/2013       25,000       25,000  
New York Life senior notes:
                               
5.87% Series A senior notes
    3/16/2007       10/26/2013             17,500  
5.87% Series A senior notes
    3/16/2007       10/26/2015             17,500  
Other obligations:
                               
Capital lease obligations
    Various       Various       1,814       7,299  
Other
    Various       Various       1,033       860  
                                 
Long-term debt
                  $ 327,847     $ 403,159  
                                 
 
Accrued interest associated with the Company’s outstanding debt obligations was $2,239 and $2,548 as of December 2006 and 2007, respectively. Consolidated interest expense associated with the Company’s outstanding debt obligations was $10,238, $16,184, and $22,590 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively.
 
Prudential Master Shelf Agreement
 
On June 13, 2003, the Company authorized the issuance of senior promissory notes (“Prudential Shelf Notes”) under an uncommitted master shelf agreement with Prudential Capital Group (“Prudential”) in the aggregate principal amount of $200,000. On February 1, 2005, the Company amended the shelf agreement to increase the authorization of additional senior promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount by


F-56


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
$150,000. On January 23, 2006, the Company amended the shelf agreement to increase the authorization of additional senior promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount by $100,000. On February 1, 2007, the Company amended the shelf agreement to increase the authorization of additional senior promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount by $100,000. Prudential Shelf Notes may be issued and sold until the earliest of (i) February 28, 2010 (ii) the thirtieth day after receiving written notice to terminate; or (iii) the last closing day after which there is no remaining facility available. Interest is payable at a fixed rate or variable floating rate. Fixed rate Prudential Shelf Notes are subject to final maturities not to exceed ten years and, in the case of floating rate Prudential Shelf Notes, not to exceed five years. The Prudential Shelf Note agreement is uncommitted with a one time facility fee of $50. The net proceeds from the notes were utilized to repurchase Class B Company stock, to repay certain maturing notes and revolving credit facilities, and to fund acquisitions. Interest on the notes is payable quarterly.
 
Principal Master Shelf Agreement
 
On July 10, 2006, the Company authorized the issuance of senior promissory notes (“Principal Shelf Notes”) under an uncommitted master shelf agreement with Principal Global Investors, LLC (“Principal”) in the aggregate principal amount of $75,000. Principal Shelf Notes may be issued and sold until the earliest of (i) July 10, 2009 (ii) the thirtieth day after receiving written notice to terminate; or (iii) the last closing day after which there is no remaining facility available. Interest is payable at a fixed rate or variable floating rate. Fixed rate Principal Shelf Notes are subject to final maturities not to exceed ten years and, in the case of floating rate Principal Shelf Notes, not to exceed five years. The Principal Shelf Note is uncommitted with a one time facility fee of $25, no fees for the first issuance, and fees in the amount equal to 0.125% of the aggregate principal amount for subsequent issuances. The net proceeds from the notes issued were utilized to fund acquisitions. Interest on the notes is payable quarterly.
 
As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, $75,000 was outstanding under this agreement. The Principal Shelf Notes contain covenants that, among other things, require the Company to maintain certain leverage and fixed charge ratios.
 
New York Life Master Shelf Agreement
 
On March 16, 2007, the Company authorized the issuance of senior promissory notes (“New York Life Shelf Notes”) under an uncommitted master shelf agreement with New York Life in the aggregate principal amount of $100,000. New York Life Shelf Notes may be issued and sold until the earliest of (i) March 16, 2010 (ii) the thirtieth day after receiving written notice to terminate; or (iii) the last closing day after which there is no remaining facility available. Interest is payable at a fixed rate or variable floating rate. Fixed rate New York Life Shelf Notes are subject to final maturities not to exceed ten years and, in the case of floating rate Shelf Notes, not to exceed five years. The New York Life Shelf Note is uncommitted with no fees for the first issuance, and fees in the amount equal to 0.125% of the aggregate principal amount for subsequent issuances. The net proceeds from the notes issued were utilized to fund acquisitions. Interest on the notes is payable quarterly.
 
As of December 31, 2007, $35,000 was outstanding under this agreement. The New York Life Shelf Notes contain covenants that, among other things, require the Company to maintain certain leverage and fixed charge ratios.


F-57


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Debt Maturities
 
The following table reflects the Company’s debt maturities:
 
         
Year
  Amount  
 
2008
  $ 35,171  
2009
    104,272  
2010
    3,548  
2011
    125,305  
2012
    34  
2013 and thereafter
    170,000  
 
Revolving Credit Facilities
 
The following table presents the revolving credit facilities outstanding at December 31:
 
                                             
                Maximum
                 
    Effective
    Expiration
    Available
          Interest
  Borrowings
 
Description
  Date     Date     Committed     Uncommitted     Rate   Outstanding  
 
2006:
                                           
JPMorgan Chase
    9/30/2006       9/30/2007     $ 25,000     $ 50,000     LIBOR + .65%   $  
Bank of America
    9/30/2006       9/30/2007       10,000       40,000     LIBOR + .75%     15,000  
Citibank
    10/1/2006       10/31/2007       20,000       30,000     PRIME −1.0%      
Morgan Stanley
    8/29/2006       8/28/2007             50,000     Determined at the
time of borrowing
     
                                             
Total
                  $ 55,000     $ 170,000         $ 15,000  
                                             
2007:
                                           
JPMorgan Chase
    10/1/2007       9/30/2008     $ 25,000     $ 50,000     LIBOR + .65%   $ 15,000  
Bank of America
    9/30/2007       9/30/2008       10,000       50,000     LIBOR + .65%     15,000  
Citibank
    10/31/2007       10/29/2008       20,000       30,000     LIBOR + .65%      
Morgan Stanley
    8/29/2007       8/28/2008             50,000     Determined at the
time of borrowing
     
                                             
                    $ 55,000     $ 180,000         $ 30,000  
                                             
 
In 2006, the Company amended its uncommitted master shelf agreements and revolving credit facilities to have four of its 100% owned subsidiaries, including ISO Claims Services, Inc., ISO Investment Holdings, Inc., AIR Worldwide Corporation, and ISO Services, Inc., fully and unconditionally, and jointly and severally guarantee all of its obligations under the credit facilities. In connection with this amendment, a sharing agreement was created between the Company and a syndicate of lenders in consideration of the exercise of set-off rights in connection with the guaranties. On September 30, 2007, the Company renegotiated the Bank of America credit facility to increase the availability to $60,000 and extend the maturity through September 2008.
 
The Bank of America committed line has an annual facility fee of $25 and interest on outstanding borrowings is payable monthly, at a rate of 5.59% at December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, $15,000 of borrowings was outstanding under this credit facility.
 
In October 2005, the Company renegotiated the revolving credit facility with JPMorganChase to increase the availability to $75,000. Interest on outstanding borrowings is payable monthly, at a rate of 4.90% at December 31, 2007. The committed line has an annual facility fee of 0.10% of the unused portion and


F-58


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
interest on outstanding borrowings is payable monthly. On September 30, 2007, the Company renegotiated the facility to extend the maturity through September 30, 2008. As of December 31, 2007, $15,000 of borrowings was outstanding under this credit facility.
 
On January 23, 2006, the Company entered into a $50,000 revolving credit agreement with Citibank, of which $20,000 is committed. Interest is payable monthly at the Prime rate minus 1%. The Company has the option on the commitment termination date to convert the revolver to a one year term loan at a cost of a 10 basis point fee on the converted amount. On October 31, 2007, the agreement was amended to change the interest rate and extend the maturity until October 29, 2008.
 
In August 2006, the Company entered into a $50,000 revolving credit facility with Morgan Stanley Bank. Interest is payable monthly at a rate to be determined at the time of borrowing. On August 29, 2007, the Company renegotiated the facility to extend the maturity through August 28, 2008.
 
14.   Redeemable Common Stock:
 
On November 18, 1996, the Company authorized 6,700,000 Class A shares. The Class A shares are reserved for the use in incentive plans for key employees and directors under the Option Plan, and for issuance to the KSOP. The Class A shares have voting rights to elect nine of the thirteen members of the board of directors. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation limits those who may own Class A shares to current and former employees or directors, the KSOP and trusts by or for the benefit of immediate family members of employees and former employees.
 
Under the terms of the Option Plan, Class A shares resulting from exercised options that are held by the employee for more than six months and one day may be put to the Company and redeemed at the then current fair value at the date of the redemption request of the Class A shares. For options granted in 2002 through 2004, the Company has the ability to defer the cash settlement of the redemption up to one year. For options granted after 2004, the Company has the ability to defer the cash settlement of the redemption for up to two years. Under the terms of the KSOP, eligible participants may elect to diversify 100% of their 401(k) and up to 35% of their ESOP contributions that were made in the form of Class A stock. In addition, upon retirement or termination participants in the KSOP are required to liquidate their ownership in Class A common shares. Since the Class A shares distributed under the Option Plan and KSOP are subject to the restrictions above, the participant has the right to require the Company to repurchase shares based on the then current fair value of the Class A shares.
 
The Company follows SEC Accounting Series Release (“ASR”) No. 268, Presentation in Financial Statements of Preferred Redeemable Stock (“ASR No. 268”). ASR No. 268 requires the Company to record Class A shares and vested stock options at full redemption value at each balance sheet date as the redemption of these securities is not solely within the control of the Company. Redemption value for the Class A shares is determined quarterly for purposes of the KSOP. At December 31, 2006 and 2007, the fair value was $755 and $862 per Class A share, respectively. The redemption value of the Class A shares at December 31, 2006 and 2007 totaled $1,183,049 and $1,217,942, respectively, which includes $165,656 and $215,380, respectively, of aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding unexercised vested stock options.
 
During 2005, 2006, and 2007, 405,743, 253,000, and 256,842 Class A shares were redeemed by the Company at an average price per share of $430.26, $595.70, $803.73, respectively. Included in Class A shares redeemed were $86,271, $45,042 and $16,096 for shares utilized to satisfy minimum tax withholdings on options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007 respectively.


F-59


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Subsequent changes to the redemption value of the securities is charged first to retained earnings; once retained earnings is depleted, then to additional paid-in-capital, if additional paid-in-capital is also depleted, then to accumulated deficit. During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the increases in redemption value of redeemable common stock totaled $178,881, $239,195 and $34,893, respectively. Additional information regarding the changes in redeemable common stock for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are provided in the table below.
 
                                         
                      Notes
    Total
 
    Class A Common Stock     Receivable
    Redeemable
 
          Redemption
    Unearned
    from
    Common
 
    Shares     Value     KSOP     Stockholders     Stock  
 
Balance, January 1, 2005
    2,435,584     $ 764,973     $ (6,561 )   $ (35,880 )   $ 722,532  
Redemption of Class A common stock
          (88,305 )           11,411       (76,894 )
KSOP shares earned
                838             838  
Stock options exercised
    233,608       10,484             (12,573 )     (2,089 )
Other stock issuances
    494       220                   220  
Increase in redemption value of Class A common stock
          256,482                   256,482  
                                         
Balance, December 31, 2005
    2,669,686     $ 943,854     $ (5,723 )   $ (37,042 )   $ 901,089  
                                         
Redemption of Class A common stock
          (105,670 )           9,277       (96,393 )
KSOP shares earned
                810             810  
Stock options exercised
    179,967       62,435             (24,438 )     37,997  
Other stock issuances
    232       149                   149  
Increase in redemption value of
                                       
Class A common stock
          282,281                   282,281  
                                         
Balance, December 31, 2006
    2,849,885     $ 1,183,049     $ (4,913 )   $ (52,203 )   $ 1,125,933  
                                         
Redemption of Class A common stock
          (190,336 )           24,708       (165,628 )
KSOP shares earned
                784             784  
Stock options exercised
    72,083       28,526             (15,130 )     13,396  
Other stock issuances
    285       238                   238  
Increase in redemption value of Class A common stock
          196,465                   196,465  
                                         
Balance, December 31, 2007
    2,922,253     $ 1,217,942     $ (4,129 )   $ (42,625 )   $ 1,171,188  
                                         
 
15.   Stockholders’ Deficit:
 
On November 18, 1996, the Company authorized 20,000,000 Class B shares. The Class B shares have the same rights as Class A shares with respect to dividends and economic ownership, but have voting rights to elect three of the thirteen directors. The thirteenth seat on the board of directors is held by the chief executive officer of the Company. The Company repurchased 161,837, 2,895, and 72,488 Class B shares in 2005, 2006, and 2007 at an average price of $243.32, $385.20, and $498.15 per share, respectively.
 
Earnings Per Share
 
Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, less the weighted average ESOP shares of common stock that have not been committed to be released. The computation of diluted


F-60


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
earnings per share is similar to the computation of basic earnings per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding using the treasury stock method, if the dilutive potential common shares, such as stock awards and stock options, had been issued.
 
The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) computations for the years ended December 31,
 
                         
    Net Income
    Shares
    Amount
 
    (Numerator)     (Denominator)     Per-Share  
 
2005
                       
Basic EPS:
                       
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 124,373       4,258,989     $ 29.20  
                         
Effect of dilutive securities
            203,120          
                         
Diluted EPS:
                       
Net income available to common stockholders plus assumed conversions
  $ 124,373       4,462,109     $ 27.87  
                         
2006
                       
Basic EPS:
                       
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 144,051       4,130,962     $ 34.87  
                         
Effect of dilutive securities
            178,014          
                         
Diluted EPS:
                       
Net income available to common stockholders plus assumed conversions
  $ 144,051       4,308,976     $ 33.43  
                         
2007
                       
Basic EPS:
                       
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 150,374       4,016,928     $ 37.44  
                         
Effect of dilutive securities
            168,223          
                         
Diluted EPS:
                       
Net income available to common stockholders plus assumed conversions
  $ 150,374       4,185,151     $ 35.93  
                         
 
The potential shares of common stock that were excluded from diluted earnings per share were 119,857, 66,570 and 60,661 for 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, because the effect of including these potential shares was antidilutive.
 
Unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share is presented for additional information only. As disclosed in “Note 21 — Subsequent Events,” Verisk Analytics, Inc. (“Verisk”) will become the new holding company of Insurance Services Office, Inc. In conjunction with the initial public offering, the stock of Insurance Services Office, Inc. will convert to stock of Verisk and Verisk plans to affect a stock split of its common stock. Pro forma net income (loss) per share is computed as if this stock split occurred at the beginning of 2007.


F-61


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
The following is a summary of accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31:
 
                 
    2006     2007  
 
Unrealized gains (losses) on investments
  $ 318     $ (412 )
Unrealized foreign currency gains
    357       154  
Pension and postretirement unfunded liability adjustment
    (16,692 )     (8,441 )
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
  $ (16,017 )   $ (8,699 )
                 
 
The before tax and after tax amounts for these categories, and the related tax benefit (expense) included in other comprehensive loss are summarized below:
 
                         
          Tax Benefit
       
2005
  Before Tax     (Expense)     After Tax  
 
Unrealized holding gains on investments arising during the year
  $ 176     $ (70 )   $ 106  
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income
    (27 )     9       (18 )
Unrealized foreign currency losses
    (549 )           (549 )
Minimum pension liability adjustment
    (4,126 )     1,662       (2,464 )
                         
Total other comprehensive loss
  $ (4,526 )   $ 1,601     $ (2,925 )
                         
2006
                       
Unrealized holding gains on investments arising during the year
  $ 467     $ (176 )   $ 291  
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income
    91       (34 )     57  
Unrealized foreign currency gain
    376             376  
Minimum pension liability adjustment
    2,814       (1,186 )     1,628  
                         
Total other comprehensive gain
  $ 3,748     $ (1,396 )   $ 2,352  
                         
2007
                       
Unrealized holding losses on investments arising during the year
  $ (2,250 )   $ 885     $ (1,365 )
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income
    1,057       (422 )     635  
Unrealized foreign currency losses
    (203 )           (203 )
Pension and postretirement unfunded liability adjustment
    12,577       (4,326 )     8,251  
                         
Total other comprehensive gain
  $ 11,181     $ (3,863 )   $ 7,318  
                         
 
16.   Compensation Plans:
 
KSOP
 
The Company has established the KSOP for the benefit of eligible employees in the U.S. and Puerto Rico. The KSOP includes both an employee savings component and an employee stock ownership component. The purpose of the combined plan is to enable the Company’s employees to participate in a tax-deferred savings arrangement under Code Sections 401(a) and 401(k), and to provide employee equity participation in the Company through the ESOP accounts.
 
Under the KSOP, eligible employees may make pre-tax and after-tax cash contributions as a percentage of their compensation, subject to certain limitations under the applicable provisions of the Code. The maximum pre-tax contribution that can be made to the 401(k) account as determined under the provisions of Code Section 401(g) is $14, $15 and $16 for 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Certain eligible participants (age 50 and older) may contribute an additional $4, $5 and $5 on a pre-tax basis for 2005, 2006 and 2007,


F-62


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
respectively. After-tax contributions are limited to 10% of a participant’s compensation. The Company provides quarterly matching contributions in ISO Class A common stock. The quarterly matching contributions are equal to 75% of the first 6% of the participant’s contribution.
 
The Company established the ESOP component as a funding vehicle for the KSOP. This leveraged ESOP acquired 1,143,800 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock at a cost of approximately $33,170 ($29 per share) in January 1997. The ESOP borrowed $33,170 from an unrelated third party to finance the purchase of the ESOP Shares. The common shares were pledged as collateral for its debt. The Company makes annual cash contributions to the KSOP equal to the ESOP’s debt service. As the debt is repaid, shares are released from collateral and are allocated to active employees in proportion to their annual salaries in relation to total participant salaries. The Company accounts for its ESOP in accordance with AICPA SOP No. 93-6, Accounting Practices for Certain Employee Stock Ownership Plans (“SOP No. 93-6”) . Accordingly, the shares pledged as collateral are reported as unearned ESOP shares in a contra-temporary equity account in the balance sheets. As shares are committed to be released from collateral, the Company reports compensation expense at the current fair value of the shares, and the shares become outstanding for EPS computations.
 
In 2004, the Company renegotiated the ESOP loan to require interest only payments for the third and fourth quarters of 2004. In December 2004, the Company repaid the ESOP loan and issued a new loan agreement between the Company and the KSOP, thereby extending the allocation of the remaining unreleased shares as of July 1, 2004 through 2013.
 
In 2005, the Company established the ISO Profit Sharing Plan (the “Profit Sharing Plan”), a defined contribution plan, to replace the pension plan for all eligible employees hired on or after March 1, 2005. The Profit Sharing Plan is a component of the KSOP. Eligible employees will participate in the Profit Sharing Plan if they complete 1,000 hours of service each plan year and are employed on December 31 of that year. The Company will make an annual contribution to the Profit Sharing Plan based on the Company’s performance. Participants vest once they have completed four years and 1,000 hours of service. In 2007, the profit sharing contribution was funded using Class A common stock. In 2005 and 2006, compensation expense related to the Profit Sharing Plan amounted to $99 and $393, respectively, and was contributed to the KSOP in the form of cash.
 
The KSOP shares as of December 31, were as follows:
 
                 
    2006     2007  
 
Shares released for ESOP allocation
    848,730       865,166  
Shares released for 401(k) matching
    125,670       135,382  
Shares released for the Profit Sharing Plan
          860  
Unreleased shares
    169,400       142,392  
                 
Total KSOP shares
    1,143,800       1,143,800  
                 
Fair value of unreleased shares
  $ 127,897     $ 122,742  
                 
 
The fair value of the Class A shares is determined quarterly as determined for purposes of the KSOP. Upon retirement or termination under the terms of the KSOP, an eligible participant may require the Company to repurchase vested shares based on the then current fair value of the Class A shares. At December 31, 2006 and 2007, the appraised fair value was $755 and $862 per share, respectively. KSOP compensation expense for 2005, 2006 and 2007 was approximately $13,793, $18,779 and $22,247, respectively. At December 31, 2006, the Company pre-funded anticipated KSOP share redemptions and recorded a prepaid asset in the consolidated balance sheets of $2,643.


F-63


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Stock Option Plan
 
The Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan (the “Option Plan”) provides for the granting of options to key employees and directors of the Company. Options granted have varying exercise dates within four years after grant date and expire after ten years. Shares obtained through the exercise of stock options that are held by the employee for more than six months and one day may be put to the Company and redeemed at the then current fair value of the Class A shares. For options granted in 2002 through 2004, the Company has the ability to defer the redemption for one year. For options granted after 2004, the Company has the ability to defer the redemption for up to two years. In 2005, stock options granted had an exercise price in excess of the fair value of the stock on the grant date. In 2006 and 2007, stock options granted had an exercise price equal to the fair value of the stock on the grant date. There were 1,992,795 shares of Class A common stock approved for issuance under the plan, of which up to 62,800, 60,000 and 75,000 options to purchase shares were authorized for future grants at December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Cash received from stock option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 was $213, $271 and $389, respectively.
 
A summary of options outstanding under the Option Plan as of December 31, 2007, and changes during the three years then ended is presented below:
 
                         
          Weighted
    Aggregate
 
    Number
    Average
    Intrinsic
 
    of Options     Exercise Price     Value  
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2005
    765,800     $ 135.40     $ 215,649  
                         
Granted
    129,303     $ 431.03          
Exercised
    (233,608 )   $ 110.96     $ 70,854  
                         
Cancelled or expired
    (14,467 )   $ 247.07          
                         
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
    647,028     $ 200.89     $ 235,589  
                         
Granted
    69,441     $ 586.53          
Exercised
    (179,967 )   $ 144.16     $ 81,516  
                         
Cancelled or expired
    (12,734 )   $ 360.11          
                         
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    523,768     $ 267.64     $ 255,264  
                         
Granted
    55,979     $ 760.35          
Exercised
    (72,083 )   $ 257.46     $ 36,655  
                         
Cancelled or expired
    (10,911 )   $ 458.18          
                         
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    496,753     $ 320.46     $ 269,012  
                         
Options exercisable at December 31, 2007
    329,503     $ 208.35     $ 215,380  
                         
Options exercisable at December 31, 2006
    287,617     $ 179.04     $ 165,656  
                         


F-64


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested options as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and changes during the three years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, is presented below:
 
                 
          Weighted
 
          Average
 
    Number
    Grant-Date
 
    of Options     Fair Value  
 
Nonvested balance at January 1, 2005
    449,486     $ 42.71  
Granted
    129,303     $ 103.94  
Vested
    (248,810 )   $ 51.18  
Cancelled or expired
    (14,467 )   $ 53.39  
                 
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2005
    315,512     $ 60.63  
                 
Granted
    69,441     $ 167.49  
Vested
    (136,068 )   $ 54.86  
Cancelled or expired
    (12,734 )   $ 89.34  
                 
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2006
    236,151     $ 93.83  
                 
Granted
    55,979     $ 210.69  
Vested
    (113,969 )   $ 76.89  
Cancelled or expired
    (10,911 )   $ 117.45  
                 
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2007
    167,250     $ 142.94  
                 
 
As of December 31, 2007, there was $18,336 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Option Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.44 years. As of December 31, 2007, there are 167,250 nonvested stock options of which 157,485 are expected to vest. The total grant date fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 was $12,734, $7,465 and $8,763, respectively.
 
Exercise prices for options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2007 ranged from $71 to $836 as outlined in the following table:
 
                                                 
    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
    Weighted-
                Weighted-
             
    Average
    Stock
    Weighted-
    Average
    Stock
    Weighted-
 
Range of
  Remaining
    Options
    Average
    Remaining
    Options
    Average
 
Exercise Prices
  Contractual Life     Outstanding     Exercise Price     Contractual Life     Exercisable     Exercise Price  
 
$ 71 to $110
    2.9       97,260     $ 104.45       2.9       97,260     $ 104.45  
$111 to $144
    5.2       53,460     $ 142.01       5.2       53,460     $ 142.01  
$145 to $231
    5.5       135,117     $ 186.53       5.3       109,967     $ 176.36  
$232 to $445
    7.3       101,504     $ 418.50       7.3       53,369     $ 408.19  
$446 to $681
    8.2       54,337     $ 586.88       8.3       13,776     $ 607.84  
$682 to $836
    9.1       55,075     $ 760.11       9.4       1,671     $ 807.89  
                                                 
              496,753                       329,503          
                                                 
 
Performance Based Appreciation Awards
 
In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Applied Insurance Research Inc., Intellicorp, Ltd, AscendantOne, Inc, DxCG, Appintelligence and Sysdome, the Company issued performance based appreciation awards to key employees of these companies. These awards represent the right to receive cash equal to an


F-65


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
amount by which each company’s award unit value exceeds the award unit value on the date of grant. Performance is measured on income from continuing operations before investment expense and interest income, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). Each company’s award unit value is based on a multiple of EBITDA. Units granted prior to December 31, 2004 vest at 25% per year and expire after ten years. Units granted after December 31, 2004 vest at 25% per year and expire after four years. In 2005, 2006 and 2007, compensation expense related to these units amounted to $721, $1,360 and $2,296, respectively. There were no redemptions in 2005, two redemptions in 2006 totaling $59 and four redemptions in 2007 totaling $342. The liability for these performance based awards of $2,183 and $4,137 at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, is included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
 
Phantom ESOP Plan
 
In 2001, the Company established the ISO Phantom ESOP (“phantom ESOP”) for eligible employees of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries. Eligible employees will participate in the phantom ESOP if they complete 1,000 hours of service each plan year and are employed on December 31 of that year. The Company provides annual contributions to eligible participants in notional shares based on the value of ISO Class A common stock. Participants vest once they have completed four years and 1,000 hours of service. In 2005, 2006 and 2007, compensation expense related to the phantom ESOP amounted to $601, $608 and $228, respectively. A phantom ESOP liability of $2,153 and $1,785 at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, is included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
 
17.   Pension and Postretirement Benefits:
 
Prior to January 1, 2002, the Company maintained a qualified defined benefit pension plan for substantially all of its employees through membership in the Pension Plan for Insurance Organizations (the “Pension Plan”), a multiple-employer trust. The Company has applied the projected unit credit cost method for its pension plan, which attributes an equal portion of total projected benefits to each year of employee service. Effective January 1, 2002, the Company amended the Pension Plan to determine future benefits using a cash balance formula. Under the cash balance formula, each participant has an account which is credited annually based on salary rates determined by years of service, as well as the interest earned on their previous year end cash balance. Prior to December 31, 2001, pension plan benefits were based on years of service and the average of the five highest consecutive years’ earnings of the last ten years. Effective March 1, 2005, the Company established the Profit Sharing Plan, a defined contribution plan, to replace the Pension Plan for all eligible employees hired on or after March 1, 2005. The Company also has a non-qualified supplemental cash balance plan (“SERP”) for certain employees. The SERP is funded from the general assets of the Company. The SERP liability of $190 and $10,333 is included in short-term pension and postretirement benefits and pension benefits, respectively at December 31, 2007.
 
The Pension Plan’s funding policy is to contribute annually at an amount between the minimum funding requirements set forth in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the maximum amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes. The Company contributed $167, $224 and $178 to the SERP in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and expects to contribute $339 in 2008. There was no minimum required funding for the Pension Plan for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007. The Company expects to contribute $5,500 to the Pension Plan in 2008.
 
The Pension Plan assets consist primarily of investments in various fixed income and equity funds. Investment guidelines are established with each investment manager. These guidelines provide the parameters within which the investment managers agree to operate, including criteria that determine eligible and ineligible securities, diversification requirements and credit quality standards, where applicable. Investment managers are prohibited from entering into any speculative hedging transactions. The investment objective is to achieve a maximum total return with strong emphasis on preservation of capital in real terms. The domestic equity


F-66


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
portion of the total portfolio should range between 40% and 60%. The international equity portion of the total portfolio should range between 10% and 20%. The fixed income portion of the total portfolio should range between 20% and 40%. The asset allocation at December 31, 2006 and 2007, and target allocation for 2008 by asset category are as follows:
 
                         
    Percentage of Plan Assets     Target
 
Asset Category
  2006     2007     Allocation  
 
Equity securities
    62 %     62 %     60 %
Debt securities
    36 %     36 %     40 %
Other
    2 %     2 %     0 %
                         
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
 
The expected rate of return on plan assets for 2006 and 2007 of 8.25% is determined by examining expected long term rates of return for each asset class.
 
The Company also provides certain healthcare and life insurance benefits for both active and retired employees. The Postretirement Health and Life Insurance Plan (the “Postretirement Plan”) is contributory, requiring participants to pay a stated percentage of the premium for coverage. As of October 1, 2001, the Postretirement Plan was amended to freeze benefits for current retirees and certain other employees at the January 1, 2002 level. Also, as of October 1, 2001, the Postretirement Plan had a curtailment, which eliminated retiree life insurance for all active employees and healthcare benefits for almost all future retirees, effective January 1, 2002.
 
As discussed in “Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” the Company adopted FAS No. 158 as of December 31, 2006. FAS No. 158 requires the recognition of the funded status of a benefit plan pension and other post retirement benefit in the balance sheet; the recognition in other comprehensive income of gains or losses and prior service costs or credits arising during the period, but which are not included as components of periodic benefit cost and the measurement of defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the balance sheet date. Additional minimum pension liabilities were derecognized upon adoption. The adoption of FAS No. 158 affected the consolidated balance sheet as follows:
 
         
    December 31, 2006  
 
Decrease in accrued and minimum pension liability
  $ 1,687  
Increase in postretirement benefits obligations — current
    (4,070 )
Decrease in postretirement benefits obligations — noncurrent
    679  
Increase in pension benefits obligation
    (23,248 )
         
Increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss, pre-tax
    (24,952 )
Increase in deferred income tax
    9,317  
         
Increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
  $ (15,635 )
         


F-67


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following tables set forth the changes in the benefit obligations and the plan assets, the unfunded status of the Pension Plan and Postretirement Plan, and the amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31:
 
                                 
    Pension Plan     Postretirement Plan  
    2006     2007     2006     2007  
 
Change in benefit obligation:
                               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 373,375     $ 373,674     $ 32,561     $ 30,595  
Service cost
    8,464       8,152       5        
Interest cost
    20,054       20,952       1,716       1,669  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (8,612 )     (15,934 )     (476 )     441  
Plan participants’ contributions
                1,894       2,227  
Benefits paid
    (19,607 )     (23,004 )     (5,497 )     (6,936 )
Federal subsidy on benefits paid
                392       344  
                                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 373,674     $ 363,840     $ 30,595     $ 28,340  
                                 
Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 350,378     $ 341,829                  
                                 
Weighted-average assumptions as of December 31, used to determine benefit obligation:
                               
Discount rate
    5.75 %     6.25 %     5.75 %     5.75 %
Rate of compensation increase
    3.75 %     4.25 %     N/A       N/A  
Change in plan assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 338,338     $ 344,235     $     $  
Actual return on plan assets, net of expenses
    25,280       24,604              
Employer contributions
    224       178       3,211       4,365  
Plan participants’ contributions
                1,894       2,227  
Benefits paid
    (19,607 )     (23,004 )     (5,497 )     (6,936 )
Subsidies received/receivable
                392       344  
                                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 344,235     $ 346,013     $     $  
                                 
Unfunded status at end of year
  $ (29,439 )   $ (17,827 )   $ (30,595 )   $ (28,340 )
                                 
 
The pre-tax components affecting accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 are summarized below:
 
                                 
    Pension Plan     Postretirement Plan  
    2006     2007     2006     2007  
 
Transition obligation
  $     $     $ 997     $ 831  
Prior service benefit
    (4,918 )   $ (4,117 )         $  
Actuarial losses
    28,166       14,515       2,394       2,833  
                                 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, pretax
  $ 23,248     $ 10,398     $ 3,391     $ 3,664  
                                 


F-68


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The components of net periodic benefit cost are summarized below for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007:
 
                                                 
    Pension Plan     Postretirement Plan  
    2005     2006     2007     2005     2006     2007  
 
Service cost
  $ 8,413     $ 8,464     $ 8,152     $ 18     $ 5     $  
Interest cost
    19,755       20,054       20,952       1,866       1,716       1,669  
Amortization of transition obligation
                      166       166       166  
Recognized net actuarial loss
                      21       4       2  
Expected return on plan assets
    (27,219 )     (26,430 )     (27,458 )                  
Amortization of prior service cost
    (801 )     (801 )     (801 )                  
Amortization of net actuarial loss
    607       901       572                    
                                                 
Net periodic expense
  $ 755     $ 2,188     $ 1,417     $ 2,071     $ 1,891     $ 1,837  
                                                 
 
The amounts recognized in other comprehensive income at December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are summarized below:
 
                                                 
    Pension Plan     Postretirement Plan  
    2005     2006     2007     2005     2006     2007  
 
Transition obligation
    N/A       N/A     $       N/A       N/A     $ (166 )
Amortization of actuarial (gains) losses
    N/A       N/A       (572 )     N/A       N/A        
Amortization of prior service benefit
    N/A       N/A       801       N/A       N/A        
Actuarial (gains) losses
    N/A       N/A       (13,079 )     N/A       N/A       439  
                                                 
Total recognized in other comprehensive income
    N/A       N/A       (12,850 )     N/A       N/A       273  
                                                 
Total recognized in net periodic expense and other comprehensive income
  $ 755     $ 2,188     $ (11,433 )   $ 2,071     $ 1,891     $ 2,110  
                                                 
 
The estimated amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss that is expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) during 2008 are summarized below:
 
                         
    Pension
    Postretirement
       
    Plan     Plan     Total  
 
Transition obligation
  $     $ 166     $ 166  
Prior service benefit
    (801 )           (801 )
Actuarial losses
    470             470  
                         
Total
  $ (331 )   $ 166     $ (165 )
                         


F-69


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The weighted-average assumptions as of January 1, 2005, 2006 and 2007 used to determine net periodic benefit cost and the amount recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are provided below:
 
                                                 
    Pension Plan     Postretirement Plan  
    2005     2006     2007     2005     2006     2007  
 
Weighted-average assumptions as of January 1, used to determine net benefit cost:
                                               
Discount rate
    5.75 %     5.50 %     5.75 %     5.75 %     5.50 %     5.75 %
Expected return on plan assets
    8.50 %     8.25 %     8.25 %     N/A       N/A       N/A  
Rate of compensation increase
    3.75 %     3.75 %     3.75 %     N/A       N/A       N/A  
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:
                                               
Short-term accrued benefit liability
          $ (254 )   $ (190 )           $ (4,070 )   $ (4,446 )
Accrued benefit liability
            (29,185 )     (17,637 )             (26,525 )     (23,894 )
                                                 
Total accrued benefit liability
          $ (29,439 )   $ (17,827 )           $ (30,595 )   $ (28,340 )
                                                 
 
The following table presents the estimated future benefit payments for the respective plans. The future benefit payments for the postretirement plan are net of the federal Medicare subsidy.
 
                 
    Pension
    Postretirement
 
    Plan     Plan  
 
2008
  $ 22,139     $ 4,574  
2009
  $ 23,051     $ 4,368  
2010
  $ 24,184     $ 4,062  
2011
  $ 25,522     $ 3,722  
2012
  $ 26,998     $ 3,291  
2013-2017
  $ 164,039     $ 11,156  
 
The healthcare cost trend rate for 2007 was 11% gradually decreasing to 5% in 2013. Assumed healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the healthcare plan. A 1% change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 
                 
    1% Decrease     1% Increase  
 
Effect on total of service and interest cost components of net periodic postretirement healthcare benefit cost
  $ (7 )   $ 4  
                 
Effect on the healthcare component of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
  $ (136 )   $ 76  
                 
 
The expected subsidy from the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 reduced the Company’s accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by approximately $11,911 and $9,500 as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the net periodic benefit cost by approximately $1,407, $1,315 and $946 in fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
18.   Segment Reporting
 
FAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information (“FAS No. 131”), establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. FAS No. 131 requires that a public business enterprise report financial and descriptive information about its reportable operating segments.


F-70


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s CEO and Chairman of the Board is identified as the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) as defined by FAS No. 131. To align with the internal management of the Company’s business operations based on product and service offerings, the Company is organized into the following two operating segments:
 
Risk Assessment:   The Company is a leading provider of statistical, actuarial and underwriting data for the U.S. P&C insurance industry. The Company’s databases include cleansed and standardized records describing premiums and losses in insurance transactions, casualty and property risk attributes for commercial buildings and their occupants and fire suppression capabilities of municipalities. The Company uses this data to create policy language and proprietary risk classifications that are industry standards and to generate prospective loss cost estimates used to price insurance policies.
 
Decision Analytics:   The Company develops solutions that its customers use to analyze the four key processes in managing risk: ‘prediction of loss,’ ‘selection and pricing of risk,’ ‘detection and prevention of fraud’ and ‘quantification of loss.’ The Company’s combination of algorithms and analytic methods incorporates its proprietary data to generate solutions in each of these four categories. In most cases, the Company’s customers integrate the solutions into their models, formulas or underwriting criteria in order to predict potential loss events, ranging from hurricanes and earthquakes to unanticipated healthcare claims. The Company develops catastrophe and extreme event models and offer solutions covering natural and man-made risks, including acts of terrorism. The Company also develops solutions that allow customers to quantify costs after loss events occur. Fraud solutions include data on claim histories, analysis of mortgage applications to identify misinformation, analysis of claims to find emerging patterns of fraud and identification of suspicious claims in the insurance, mortgage and healthcare sectors.
 
The two aforementioned operating segments represent the segments for which separate discrete financial information is available and upon which operating results are regularly evaluated by the CODM in order to assess performance and allocate resources. The Company uses segment EBITDA as the profitability measure for making decisions regarding ongoing operations. Segment EBITDA is income from continuing operations before investment income and interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Segment EBITDA is used to assess corporate performance and is the measure of operating results and to assess optimal utilization of debt and acquisitions by operating segment. Segment operating expenses consist of direct and indirect costs principally related to personnel, facilities, software license fees, consulting, travel, and third-party information services. Indirect costs are generally allocated to the segments using fixed rates established by management based upon estimated expense contribution levels and other assumptions that management considers reasonable. The Company does not allocate investment income, realized gains/(losses), interest income, interest expense or income tax expense, since these items are not considered in evaluating the segment’s overall operating performance. The CODM does not evaluate the financial performance of each segment based on assets. On a geographic basis, no individual country outside of the United States accounted for 1% or more of the Company’s consolidated revenue for the years ending December 31, 2005, 2006 or 2007. No individual country outside of the United States accounted for 1% or more of total consolidated long-term assets as of December 31, 2006 or 2007.


F-71


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table provides the Company’s revenue and operating income performance by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, as well as a reconciliation to “Income from continuing operations before income taxes” for all years presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations:
 
                         
    2005  
    Risk
    Decision
       
    Assessment     Analytics     Total  
 
Revenues
  $ 448,875     $ 196,785     $ 645,660  
Expenses:
                       
Cost of revenues (exclusive of items shown separately below)
    191,516       103,395       294,911  
Selling, general, and administrative
    61,408       27,315       88,723  
                         
Segment EBITDA
    195,951       66,075       262,026  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    14,373       7,651       22,024  
Amortization of intangible assets
    3,239       16,561       19,800  
                         
Operating income
    178,339       41,863       220,202  
                         
Unallocated expenses:
                       
Investment income
                    2,919  
Realized gains on securities, net
                    27  
Interest expense
                    (10,465 )
Other expense
                    (14 )
                         
Consolidated income from continuing operations before income taxes
                  $ 212,669  
                         
Capital expenditures
  $ 15,667     $ 8,352     $ 24,019  
                         
 


F-72


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                         
    2006  
    Risk
    Decision
       
    Assessment     Analytics     Total  
 
Revenues
  $ 472,634     $ 257,499     $ 730,133  
Expenses:
                       
Cost of revenues (exclusive of items shown separately below)
    203,878       127,926       331,804  
Selling, general, and administrative
    65,884       34,240       100,124  
                         
Segment EBITDA
    202,872       95,333       298,205  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    17,931       10,076       28,007  
Amortization of intangible assets
    3,001       23,853       26,854  
                         
Operating income
    181,940       61,404       243,344  
                         
Unallocated expenses:
                       
Investment income
                    6,585  
Realized losses on securities, net
                    (375 )
Interest expense
                    (16,668 )
Other expense
                    (109 )
                         
Consolidated income from continuing operations before income taxes
                  $ 232,777  
                         
Capital expenditures
  $ 11,753     $ 13,989     $ 25,742  
                         
 
                         
    2007  
    Risk
    Decision
       
    Assessment     Analytics     Total  
 
Revenues
  $ 485,160     $ 317,035     $ 802,195  
Expenses:
                       
Cost of revenues (exclusive of items shown separately below)
    204,182       153,009       357,191  
Selling, general, and administrative
    68,198       39,378       107,576  
                         
Segment EBITDA
    212,780       124,648       337,428  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    19,397       12,348       31,745  
Amortization of intangible assets
    1,047       32,869       33,916  
                         
Operating income
    192,336       79,431       271,767  
                         
Unallocated expenses:
                       
Investment income
                    8,442  
Realized gains on securities, net
                    857  
Interest expense
                    (22,928 )
Other income
                    9  
                         
Consolidated income from continuing operations before income taxes
                  $ 258,147  
                         
Capital expenditures
  $ 20,258     $ 12,683     $ 32,941  
                         

F-73


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Operating segment revenue by type of service is provided below:
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Risk Assessment
                       
Subscription services
  $ 343,899     $ 361,382     $ 389,344  
Transaction-based services
    104,976       111,252       95,816  
                         
Total Risk Assessment
    448,875       472,634       485,160  
                         
Decision Analytics
                       
Fraud identification and detection solutions
    143,258       168,189       172,726  
Loss prediction solutions
    53,527       67,129       81,110  
Loss quantification solutions
          22,181       63,199  
                         
Total Decision Analytics
    196,785       257,499       317,035  
                         
Total consolidated revenues
  $ 645,660     $ 730,133     $ 802,195  
                         
 
19.   Related Parties:
 
The Company considers its Class A and Class B stockholders that own more than 5% of the outstanding stock within the respective class to be related parties as defined within FAS No. 57 Related Party Disclosures. At December 31, 2007, there were six Class B stockholders each owning more than 5% of the outstanding Class B shares. Two of these six Class B stockholders have employees that serve on the Company’s board of directors.
 
The Company incurred expenses associated with the payment of insurance coverage premiums to certain of the largest stockholders aggregating $1,911, $487, and $827 in 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively. These expenses are included in cost of revenues and selling, general and administrative in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
At December 31, 2007, there were three Class A stockholders each owning more than 5% of the outstanding Class A shares. One of these stockholders had total indebtedness to the Company of $10,588 at December 31, 2007. This indebtedness was repaid subsequent to December 31, 2007. Another of these stockholders is the ESOP. As discussed in Note 16, in December 2004, the Company repaid the prior ESOP loan with an unrelated third party and entered into a loan agreement with the KSOP, which requires quarterly payments through December 31, 2013. As debt is repaid, shares are released to the ESOP to fund 401(k) matching and profit sharing contributions and the remainder is allocated annually to active employees in proportion to their eligible compensation in relation to total participant eligible compensation.


F-74


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   Commitments and Contingencies:
 
The Company’s operations are conducted on leased premises. Approximate minimum rentals under long-term noncancelable leases for all leased premises, computer equipment and automobiles are as follows:
 
                         
    Operating
    Capital
       
Years Ending
  Leases     Leases        
 
2008
  $ 19,285     $ 4,818          
2009
    18,900       4,136          
2010
    18,215       3,283          
2011
    18,250       164          
2012
    17,312                
2013-2017
    75,445                
2018-2022
    42,002                
                         
Net minimum lease payments
  $ 209,409     $ 12,401          
                         
Less amount representing interest
            (694 )        
                         
Present value of net minimum lease capital payments
          $ 11,707          
                         
 
Most of the leases require payment of property taxes and utilities and, in certain cases, contain renewal options. Operating leases consist of office space. Capital leases consist of computer equipment, office equipment, and leased automobiles. Rent expense on operating leases approximated $19,083, $19,258 and $19,833 in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
In addition, the Company is a party to legal proceedings with respect to a variety of matters in the ordinary course of business. Including those matters described below, the Company is unable, at the present time, to determine the ultimate resolution of or provide a reasonable estimate of the range of possible loss attributable to these matters or the impact they may have on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. This is primarily because many of these cases remain in their early stages and only limited discovery has taken place. Although the Company believes it has strong defenses for the litigations proceedings described below, the Company could in the future incur judgments or enter into settlements of claims that could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
Claims Outcome Advisor Litigation
 
Hensley, et al. v. Computer Sciences Corporation et al. is a putative nationwide class action complaint, filed in February 2005, in Miller County, Arkansas state court. Defendants include numerous insurance companies and providers of software products used by insurers in paying claims. The Company is among the named defendants. Plaintiffs allege that certain software products, including the Company’s Claims Outcome Advisor product and a competing software product sold by Computer Sciences Corporation, improperly estimated the amount to be paid by insurers to their policyholders in connection with claims for bodily injuries. The parties to this case are currently engaged in fact and class certification discovery.
 
The Company has entered into settlement agreements with plaintiffs asserting claims relating to the use of Claims Outcome Advisor by defendants Hanover Insurance Group, Progressive Car Insurance, and Liberty Mutual Insurance Group. Each of these settlements has been granted final approval by the court and together they resolve the claims asserted in this case against the Company with respect to the above insurance companies, who settled the claims against them as well. A provision was made in the 2006 financials for this proceeding and the total amount the Company paid with respect to these settlements was less than $2,000. A fourth defendant, The Automobile Club of California that is alleged to have used Claims Outcome Advisor


F-75


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
has not settled. Plaintiffs have agreed to dismiss the Company from the case with prejudice once a discovery dispute relating to certain documents is resolved.
 
Xactware Litigation
 
Three lawsuits have been filed by or on behalf of groups of Louisiana insurance policyholders who claim, among other things, that certain insurers who used products and price information supplied by the Company’s Xactware subsidiary (and those of another provider) did not fully compensate policyholders for property damage covered under their insurance policies.
 
Schafer v. State Farm Fire & Cas. Co. , et al. is a putative class action pending against the Company and State Farm Fire & Casualty Company in the Eastern District of Louisiana. The complaint alleged antitrust violations, breach of contract, negligence, bad faith, and fraud. The court dismissed the antitrust claim as to both defendants and dismissed all claims against the Company other than fraud, which will proceed to the discovery phase along with the remaining claims against State Farm. Plaintiffs have moved to certify a class with respect to the fraud and breach of contract claims.
 
Mornay v. Travelers Ins. Co. , et al. is a putative class action pending against the Company and Travelers Insurance Company in the Eastern District of Louisiana. The complaint alleged antitrust violations, breach of contract, negligence, bad faith, and fraud. As in Schafer, the court dismissed the antitrust claim as to both defendants and dismissed all claims against the Company other than fraud. The court has stayed all proceedings in the case pending resolution of a contractual appraisal proceeding to resolve any dispute as to whether the named plaintiffs received the amount to which they were entitled under their insurance policy.
 
Louisiana ex rel. Foti v. Allstate Ins. Co.   is a putative parens patriae action filed by the Louisiana Attorney General in Louisiana state court against numerous insurance companies, the Company, and other solution providers, and consultants. The complaint contains allegations of an antitrust conspiracy among the defendants with respect to the payment of insurance claims for property damage. Defendants removed the case to the Eastern District of Louisiana. A motion to remand the case to state court was denied by the district court and that denial was affirmed by the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit.
 
No provision for losses has been provided in connection with the Xactware Litigation.
 
iiX Litigation
 
In March 2007, the Company’s Insurance Information Exchange, or iiX, subsidiary, as well as other information providers and insurers in the State of Texas, were served with a summons and class action complaint filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas alleging violations of the Driver Privacy Protection Act (“the DPPA”). The complaint alleges that the defendants knowingly obtained personal information pertaining to class plaintiffs from motor vehicle records maintained by the State of Texas and that the obtaining and use of this personal information was not for a purpose authorized by the DPPA. The complaint seeks liquidated damages for violation of the DPPA and punitive damages. The Company has filed a motion to dismiss the complaint based on failure to state a claim and lack of standing and a decision on that motion is pending.
 
21.   Subsequent Events
 
On June 27, 2008, the Company’s stockholders approved certain corporate governance changes necessary to allow the Company to proceed with a proposed initial public offering (“IPO”). Immediately prior to the completion of the proposed IPO, the Company will undergo a corporate reorganization whereby the Class A and Class B common stock of the Company will be exchanged by the current shareholders for the common stock of Verisk. Verisk, formed on May 23, 2008, was established to serve as the parent holding company of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Upon consummation of the IPO, two new series of Class B


F-76


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Common Stock, Class B (Series 1) Common Stock (the “B-1 Common Stock”) and Class B (Series 2) Common Stock (the “B-2 Common Stock”) will be formed and 50 percent of each Class B stockholder’s existing Class B Common Stock will be converted into shares of new B-1 Common Stock and the remaining 50 percent of each Class B stockholder’s existing Class B Common Stock will be converted into shares of new B-2 Common Stock. Each share of Class B (Series 1) common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the holder, into one share of Class A common stock 18 months after the date of the IPO. Each share of Class B (Series 2) common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the holder, into one share of Class A common stock 30 months after the date of the IPO. Only Class A Common Stock, which will not be subject to redemption by Verisk, will be offered to the public. In conjunction with the initial public offering, Verisk plans to effect a stock split of the common stock.
 
The Company provided full recourse loans to directors and senior management in connection with exercising their stock options. This loan program has been terminated and all of such loans have been repaid.
 
22.   Correction of an Error
 
In preparation for the initial public offering, the Company undertook a comprehensive review of its revenue recognition policies. As a result of this review conducted subsequent to issuance of the Company’s 2007 consolidated financial statements, it was decided that the revenue recognition for certain license agreements under the provision of SOP No. 97-2 were not correctly applied. As a result, the Company overstated “Revenues” and understated “Fees received in advance” related to these license agreements. The following financial statement line items were impacted by the correction in the respective periods presented below:
 
                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2005  
          Adjustment for
             
    As Previously
    Discontinued
    Correction
    As
 
Caption of Consolidated Statement of Operations   Reported     Operations     of Errors     Corrected  
 
Revenues
  $ 651,340     $ (4,249 )   $ (1,431 )   $ 645,660  
Operating income
    218,275       3,358       (1,431 )     220,202  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    210,805       3,295       (1,431 )     212,669  
Provision for income taxes
    (85,534 )     (721 )     533       (85,722 )
Income from continuing operations
    125,271       2,574       (898 )     126,947  
Net income
    125,271             (898 )     124,373  
Basic income per share of Class A and Class B from continuing operations
    29.41       0.61       (0.21 )     29.81  
Basic net income per share of Class A and Class B
    29.41             (0.21 )     29.20  
Diluted income per share of Class A and Class B from continuing operations
    28.08       0.58       (0.21 )     28.45  
Diluted net income per share of Class A and Class B
    28.08             (0.21 )     27.87  
 


F-77


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2006  
    As Previously
    Correction
       
Caption of Consolidated Statement of Operations   Reported     of Errors     As Corrected  
 
Revenues
  $ 731,636     $ (1,503 )   $ 730,133  
Operating income
    244,847       (1,503 )     243,344  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    234,280       (1,503 )     232,777  
Provision for income taxes
    (87,498 )     577       (86,921 )
Income from continuing operations
    146,782       (926 )     145,856  
Net income
    144,977       (926 )     144,051  
Basic income per share of Class A and Class B from continuing operations
    35.54       (0.23 )     35.31  
Basic net income per share of Class A and Class B
    35.10       (0.23 )     34.87  
Diluted income per share of Class A and Class B from continuing operations
    34.07       (0.22 )     33.85  
Diluted net income per share of Class A and Class B
    33.65       (0.22 )     33.43  
 
                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2007  
    As Previously
    Other
    Correction
    As
 
Caption of Consolidated Statement of Operations   Reported     Adjustments(1)     of Errors     Corrected  
 
Revenues
  $ 803,700     $     $ (1,505 )   $ 802,195  
Operating income
    273,272             (1,505 )     271,767  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    259,652             (1,505 )     258,147  
Provision for income taxes
    (102,546 )     (1,221 )     583       (103,184 )
Income from continuing operations
    157,106       (1,221 )     (922 )     154,963  
Net income
    152,517       (1,221 )     (922 )     150,374  
Basic income per share of Class A and Class B from continuing operations
    39.11       (0.30 )     (0.23 )     38.58  
Basic net income per share of Class A and Class B
    37.97       (0.30 )     (0.23 )     37.44  
Diluted income per share of Class A and Class B from continuing operations
    37.53       (0.28 )     (0.22 )     37.03  
Diluted net income per share of Class A and Class B
    36.43       (0.28 )     (0.22 )     35.93  
 
                                 
    As of December 31, 2006  
    As Previously
    Other
    Correction
       
Caption of Consolidated Balance Sheet   Reported     Adjustments(1)     of Errors     As Corrected  
 
Current deferred income taxes
  $ 14,387     $     $ 4,632     $ 19,019  
Total current assets
    244,361             4,632       248,993  
Deferred income taxes
    37,315             (21 )     37,294  
Total assets
    740,120             4,611       744,731  
Fees received in advance
    112,509             11,627       124,136  
Total current liabilities
    317,554       254       11,627       329,435  
Total liabilities
    723,528             11,627       735,155  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (15,996 )           (21 )     (16,017 )
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
    729,971       (1,180,533 )     (6,995 )     (457,557 )
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    16,592       (1,125,933 )     (7,016 )     (1,116,357 )
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
    740,120             4,611       744,731  

F-78


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                 
    As of December 31, 2007  
    As Previously
    Other
    Correction
       
Caption of Consolidated Balance Sheet   Reported     Adjustments(1)     of Errors     As Corrected  
 
Current deferred income taxes
  $ 17,373     $ 66     $ 5,215     $ 22,654  
Total current assets
    172,741       3,069       5,215       181,025  
Deferred income taxes
    37,859       17,756       64       55,679  
Total assets
    802,379       20,825       5,279       828,483  
Fees received in advance
    114,776             13,131       127,907  
Total current liabilities
    339,566       (6,449 )     13,131       346,248  
Total liabilities
    807,507       32,385       13,131       853,023  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (8,763 )           64       (8,699 )
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
    882,488       (1,382,708 )     (7,916 )     (508,136 )
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (5,128 )     (1,182,748 )     (7,852 )     (1,195,728 )
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
    802,379       20,825       5,279       828,483  
 
 
(1) The “Other Adjustments” were required to prepare the financial statements for the initial public offering and do not represent a change from non-GAAP or incorrect GAAP to GAAP. These adjustments related to the adoption of FIN No. 48 (See note 11) and the classification of Class A shares as redeemable common stock (See note 14).


F-79


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Auditors
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Xactware, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Xactware, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Xactware, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
 
/s/  Ernst & Young LLP
 
Salt Lake City, Utah
May 5, 2006


F-80


Table of Contents

Xactware, Inc.
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
                 
    December 31  
    2005     2004  
Assets
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 12,636,914     $ 7,560,755  
Marketable securities
          58,800  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $170,000 and $85,000 in 2005 and 2004, respectively
    3,450,648       2,600,970  
Unbilled receivables
    117,267       995,062  
Current portion of notes receivable from related parties
          99,513  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    433,839       320,369  
                 
Total current assets
    16,638,668       11,635,469  
Property and equipment:
               
Furniture and fixtures
    156,078       174,867  
Computer equipment and software
    13,574,229       14,126,285  
Leasehold improvements
    316,463       269,461  
Other
    228,531       527,499  
                 
      14,275,301       15,098,112  
Accumulated depreciation
    (9,298,899 )     (8,415,292 )
                 
Net property and equipment
    4,976,402       6,682,820  
Long-term portion of notes receivable from related parties
    145,320       107,652  
Other non-current assets
    368,616       302,892  
                 
Total assets
  $ 22,129,006     $ 18,728,833  
                 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 1,097,437     $ 832,608  
Accrued compensation
    1,884,386       1,628,702  
Other accrued expenses
    101,825       35,088  
Deferred revenue
    3,822,190       2,394,736  
Current portion of long-term debt
          2,003,746  
                 
Total current liabilities
    6,905,838       6,894,880  
Long-term debt
          1,700,243  
                 
Total liabilities
    6,905,838       8,595,123  
Commitments and contingencies
               
Stockholders’ equity
               
Common stock — no par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 20,836,870 shares issued and outstanding in 2005 and 2004
    304,347       304,347  
Retained earnings
    14,918,821       9,829,363  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    15,223,168       10,133,710  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 22,129,006     $ 18,728,833  
                 
 
See accompanying notes.


F-81


Table of Contents

Xactware, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Income
 
                 
    Years Ended December 31  
    2005     2004  
 
Net revenues
  $ 41,190,993     $ 32,700,070  
Cost of revenues
    4,964,774       4,307,031  
Research and development expenses
    12,133,116       10,617,525  
Sales and marketing expenses
    3,387,532       2,566,494  
General and administrative expenses
    7,350,424       6,808,460  
                 
Total costs and expenses
    27,835,846       24,299,510  
                 
Income from operations
    13,355,147       8,400,560  
Interest expense
    (135,013 )     (252,524 )
Interest and other income
    213,228       98,477  
                 
Net income
  $ 13,433,362     $ 8,246,513  
                 
 
See accompanying notes.


F-82


Table of Contents

Xactware, Inc,
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
 
                                 
    Common Stock           Total
 
    Number
          Retained
    Stockholders’
 
    of Shares     Amount     Earnings     Equity  
 
Balance at January 1, 2004
    20,836,870     $ 304,347     $ 7,938,264     $ 8,242,611  
Distributions paid to stockholders
                    (6,355,414 )     (6,355,414 )
Net income
                    8,246,513       8,246,513  
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2004
    20,836,870       304,347       9,829,363       10,133,710  
Distributions paid to stockholders
                (8,343,904 )     (8,343,904 )
Net income
                13,433,362       13,433,362  
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2005
    20,836,870     $ 304,347     $ 14,918,821     $ 15,223,168  
                                 
 
See accompanying notes.


F-83


Table of Contents

Xactware, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
                 
    Years Ended December 31  
    2005     2004  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net income
  $ 13,433,362     $ 8,246,513  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation
    2,528,710       2,602,690  
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets
    37,755       (55 )
(Gain) loss on marketable securities
    (1,817 )     (33,572 )
Purchase of marketable securities classified as trading
          (37,741 )
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities classified as trading
    60,617       58,013  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
    (849,678 )     (281,675 )
Unbilled Receivables
    877,795       (995,062 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (113,470 )     (19,028 )
Other non-current assets
    (65,724 )     (74,559 )
Accounts payable
    264,829       (423,275 )
Other accrued expenses
    66,737       15,558  
Accrued compensation
    255,684       242,661  
Deferred revenue
    1,427,454       197,181  
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    17,922,254       9,497,649  
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Change in notes receivable from related parties
    61,845       52,838  
Purchase of property and equipment
    (2,262,854 )     (2,588,874 )
Proceeds from sale of assets
    158,600       1,087  
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (2,042,409 )     (2,534,949 )
Cash flow from financing activities:
               
Proceeds from long-term debt
          3,334,739  
Payment on long-term debt
    (3,703,989 )     (2,655,553 )
Distributions paid to stockholders
    (7,099,697 )     (6,355,414 )
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (10,803,686 )     (5,676,228 )
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    5,076,159       1,286,472  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    7,560,755       6,274,283  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 12,636,914     $ 7,560,755  
                 
Noncash and supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
               
Cash paid for interest
  $ 135,013     $ 244,053  
                 
Distribution of assets to stockholders
  $ 1,244,207        
 
See accompanying notes.


F-84


Table of Contents

Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2005
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Nature of Operations
 
Founded in 1986, Xactware, Inc. is a privately held technology services company specializing in the property insurance, remodeling, and restoration industries. Xactware’s technology tools include software estimating programs for personal computers as well as powerful online systems for replacement cost calculations, estimate tracking, data trending in real time and multimedia construction training tools.
 
Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries Xactware Business Services, LLC, Xactware Information Services, Inc., iSkills, Inc., Xactnet, Inc., and XactSites, Inc. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Reclassifications
 
Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
 
Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to use certain estimates and assumptions. Those estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although management believes its estimates are appropriate, changes in assumptions utilized in preparing such estimates could cause these estimates to change in the future.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company generates net revenues through software subscriptions, contracted development of software products, automated assignment workflow, online structural value estimates, support and maintenance of software products, and training.
 
Sales of software licenses not under specific development contracts are recognized upon shipment provided that persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectibility is probable. The Company records amounts billed to customers related to shipping as revenue and all expenses related to shipping as a cost of revenues. Software subscriptions and renewals of support and maintenance revenues are deferred and recognized ratably over the contract periods. Transaction fee revenues associated with online structural value estimation and automated assignment workflow are recognized when transactions are completed. Training revenues are recognized when services are provided.
 
For development contracts involving a significant amount of services related to installation, modification, or customization of the software licensed product, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the provisions of SOP No. 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts (“SOP 81-1”). As prescribed by SOP 81-1, the Company recognizes revenue using the percentage-of-completion method based upon available reliable estimates for the costs and effort necessary to complete the services.


F-85


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement — (Continued)
 
Accounts Receivable
 
Accounts receivable are stated at cost, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company makes judgments as to its ability to collect outstanding receivables and provides allowances when collection becomes doubtful. Provisions are made based upon a specific review of all significant outstanding invoices. Unbilled receivables result from our recognition of contract revenue in advance of contractual billing or progress billing terms.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment is stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the lease or the useful life of the improvement, whichever is shorter. Other property and equipment includes recreational property and equipment. Maintenance and repairs that do not extend the life or improve the asset are expensed in the year incurred. Weighted average estimated useful lives are as follows:
 
         
Furniture and fixtures
    7 years  
Computer equipment and software
    5 years  
Leasehold improvements
    13 years  
Other
    14 years  
 
The Company purchased additional recreational property and equipment during the year that had a carrying value of approximately $760,000 when it was distributed to stockholders. The Company distributed recreational property and equipment that had a total carrying value of approximately $1.2 million to its stockholders during 2005.
 
Research and Development
 
Research and development expenditures are charged to operations as incurred. SFAS No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed , requires capitalization of certain software development costs subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility. Based on the Company’s product development process, technological feasibility is established upon the completion of a working model. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 costs incurred by the Company between the completion of the working model and the point at which the product is ready for general release have been insignificant. Accordingly, the Company has charged all such costs to research and development expense in the period incurred.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company elects to file its federal and state income tax returns under the provisions of Subchapter S for Federal and Utah Revenue Codes, under which income and losses are passed through to the individual stockholders. Accordingly, no provision has been made for federal or state income taxes in the accompanying financial statements.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.


F-86


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement — (Continued)
 
Concentration of Business and Credit Risk
 
The Company’s revenues are concentrated in the development of software programs for the insurance industry and software sales to insurance agents, independent adjusters, and contractors. Significant technological changes in customer requirements, or the emergence of competitive products with new capabilities or technologies, could adversely affect the Company’s operating results.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2005, sales to one major customer accounted for approximately $7.2 million or 17% of revenues. During the year ended December 31, 2004, sales to one major customer accounted for approximately $6.0 million or 18% of revenues. At December 31, 2005, two customers accounted for 8% and 6% of total accounts receivable, respectively. At December 31, 2004, two customers accounted for 29% and 12% of total accounts receivable, respectively.
 
The Company maintains 100% of its cash and cash equivalents in a federally insured bank. The Company’s deposits may at times, exceed federal insurance limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to its cash and cash equivalents.
 
The Company grants credit to substantially all of its customers without requiring collateral. This credit risk is mitigated by the financial stability of its major customers and the Company’s reserves for estimated losses. Historical credit losses have not been significant.
 
Advertising
 
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 were $84,635 and $41,758, respectively. Trade show expenses were $78,878 and $65,402 for 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25) and related Interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options rather than adopting the alternative fair value accounting provided for under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-based Compensation . Under APB 25, because the exercise price of the Company’s stock options equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized.
 
Pro forma information regarding the net income effect of issuing stock options is required by SFAS No. 123 as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options under the fair value method. The Company did not grant any stock options for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.
 
For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized over the options’ vesting period. The stock compensation expense included in the pro forma disclosure below reflects the amortization of the estimated fair value of options granted prior to the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. The full impact on pro forma net income may not be representative of compensation expense in future years.


F-87


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement — (Continued)
 
The following table illustrates the effect on net loss if the Company had applied the fair-value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to stock-based employee compensation.
 
                 
    December 31  
    2005     2004  
 
Net income, as reported
  $ 13,433,362     $ 8,246,513  
Less stock compensation expense determined under the fair value method
    (16,066 )     (17,327 )
                 
Pro forma net income
  $ 13,417,296     $ 8,229,186  
                 
 
Comprehensive Income
 
The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income . There are no items of other comprehensive income in any of the periods presented and, therefore, net income equals total comprehensive income for all periods.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, as revised, Share-Based Payment (FAS 123R), which requires the cost resulting from all stock-based payment transactions to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements. That cost will be measured based on the fair value of the equity instruments issued. Under FAS 123R, the fair value based method for recognition of compensation expense is required to be applied using the prospective transition method. The Company currently measures compensation expense for stock-based employee and director compensation under the intrinsic value method and, as such, generally recognize no compensation costs for these options. The adoption of FAS 123R is not expected to have a material impact on The Company’s consolidated financial statements. The adoption of FAS 123R is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2006.


F-88


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement — (Continued)
 
2.   Notes Receivable from Related Parties
 
                 
    December 31  
    2005     2004  
 
Note receivable from a limited liability corporation owned by the Company’s majority stockholder, unsecured, due in monthly installments of $526, including interest at 10.00%, due July 2006
  $     $ 9,209  
Note receivable from a limited liability corporation owned by the Company’s majority stockholder, unsecured, due in monthly installments of $1,373, including interest at 10.00%, due July 2006
          24,040  
Note receivable from a stockholder, unsecured, due in annual installments of $17,751, plus accrued interest at 2.88%, due in April 2005
          17,710  
Note receivable from a stockholder, unsecured, due in annual installments of $27,465, plus accrued interest at 2.88%, due in April 2005
          27,399  
Note receivable from a related party, unsecured, due in full plus accrued interest at 4% in August 2005
          10,000  
Note receivable from a related party, unsecured, due in full plus accrued interest at 4.5% in September 2005
          12,000  
Note receivable from a limited liability corporation owned by the Company’s majority stockholder, unsecured, due in monthly installments of $1,461, including interest at 5.44%, due May 2012
          106,807  
Note receivable from a related party, unsecured, due in full plus accrued interest at 8.25% in December 2008
    20,320        
Note receivable from a related party, unsecured, due in full plus accrued interest at 3.83% in December 2014
    125,000        
                 
      145,320       207,165  
Current portion
          (99,513 )
                 
    $ 145,320     $ 107,652  
                 
 
3.   Marketable Securities
 
In 2005 and 2004, the Company purchased equity securities classified as trading securities totaling $0 and $37,741, respectively. Also, in 2005 and 2004 the Company sold equity securities classified as trading securities totaling $60,617 and $58,013, respectively. These securities were valued at their fair value at December 31, 2004, based on quoted market prices on a national stock exchange. In accordance with SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, unrealized and realized holding gains and losses were included in net income. The Company recognized a gain of $1,817 and $33,572 on the securities in 2005 and 2004 respectively. At December 31, 2004, $2,859 of the gain relates to trading securities held by the Company. The Company sold its remaining equity securities during 2005.


F-89


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement — (Continued)
 
4.   Long-Term Debt
 
                 
    December 31  
    2005     2004  
 
Note payable to bank, collateralized by equipment, guaranteed by majority stockholder, payable in monthly installments of $44,935 including interest at the bank’s prime rate plus 0.75%, due June 2006
  $          —     $ 893,258  
Note payable to bank, collateralized by equipment, guaranteed by majority stockholder, payable in quarterly principal installments of $28,571, with interest payable monthly at the bank’s prime rate plus 1.00%, due July 2006
          198,925  
Note payable to bank, collateralized by equipment, guaranteed by majority stockholder, payable in monthly installments of $45,872, including interest at the banks prime rate plus 1.5%, due May 2005
          223,968  
Note payable to bank, collateralized by equipment, guaranteed by majority stockholder, payable in monthly installments including interest at the banks prime rate plus 0.5%, due March 2007
          1,155,475  
Note payable to bank, collateralized by equipment, guaranteed by majority stockholder, payable in monthly installments of $44,815 including interest at 4.75%, due March 2007
          1,142,523  
Note payable to financial institution, collateralized by a software license, payable in quarterly installments of $30,842, including interest at 5.92%, due August 2005
          89,840  
                 
            3,703,989  
Current maturities
          (2,003,746 )
                 
    $     $ 1,700,243  
                 
 
The Company repaid to the bank the remaining balance of the long term debt principal and related accrued interest during 2005. The Company did not record any gain or loss on the transaction.
 
5.   Operating Lease Obligations
 
The Company leases vehicles under non-cancelable operating leases, which expire through December 2008. Lease terms are generally 24 to 39 months. In management’s opinion, the risk of loss on residual value guarantees is minimal. Total vehicle lease expense paid for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $157,262 and $126,726, respectively.
 
The Company leases office facilities under renewable month-to-month operating leases from limited liability corporations (LLC) owned by the stockholders of the Company. Total rent expense paid to these LLC’s for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $372,130 and $437,210, respectively. The Company also leases temporary office space under month-to-month operating leases from third parties. Total rent expense for the temporary office space for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $118,304 and $96,021, respectively.


F-90


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement — (Continued)
 
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases at December 31, 2005 are as follows:
 
         
2006
  $ 189,549  
2007
    106,356  
2008
    40,166  
2009
    12,335  
2010 and thereafter
     
         
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 348,406  
         
 
6.   Stockholders’ Equity
 
Common Stock
 
Authorized common stock consists of 90,000,000 shares of no par voting stock and 10,000,000 shares of no par nonvoting stock. All shares have equal rights to distributions and have equal rights in the event of dissolution or liquidation. There were 20,836,870 no par voting shares outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004.
 
Stock Option Plan
 
The Company has adopted an Employee Stock Option Plan (the Plan) under which employees, officers, directors, and consultants of the Company or an affiliate or subsidiary are eligible for stock options. The Company has reserved 5,300,000 common shares under the Plan. The Plan allows grants of incentive options and nonqualified options to purchase common shares at a price that is not less than the fair market value on the date of grant. The Board of Directors determines the option price. Generally, the options have a 10-year life from the date of grant and vest 20% each year until fully vested.
 
A summary of stock option activity and related information is as follows:
 
                                 
    Shares
    Outstanding Stock Options     Weighted-
 
    Available
    Number of
    Price per
    Average
 
    for Grant     Shares     Share     Exercise Price  
 
Balance at December 31, 2003
    4,725,283       574,717     $ 0.93     $ 0.93  
Granted
                       
Cancelled
    12,238       (12,238 )   $ 0.93     $ 0.93  
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2004
    4,737,521       562,479     $ 0.93     $ 0.93  
Granted
                       
Cancelled
    19,114       (19,114 )   $ 0.93     $ 0.93  
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2005
    4,756,635       543,365     $ 0.93     $ 0.93  
                                 
 
Options exercisable at December 31, 2005 and 2004 were 486,496 and 443,501, respectively. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of the options is five years.
 
7.   Related Party Transactions
 
Interest income of $8,952 and $13,304 was received on notes from stockholders and a limited liability corporation owned by the majority stockholder during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004,


F-91


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement — (Continued)
 
respectively. The Company leases its office facilities from LLC’s owned by the stockholders. During 2005, the Company issued two short-term notes receivable to related parties in the amounts of $20,320 and $125,000, respectively.
 
8.   Employee Benefits
 
The Company has a qualified 401(k) profit sharing plan that allows employees to contribute an elected percentage of earnings to the plan. The Company makes a matching contribution of 75% of the contribution up to a maximum of 8% of eligible compensation. Additionally, the Company can make discretionary contributions. Employees are eligible to participate in the plan after three months of service and attainment of age 18.
 
The Company contributed $525,426 and $419,970 to the plan for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. In addition, the Company also has established a cafeteria benefit plan, which enables employees to choose among certain benefits, and have the benefit amounts paid for with a portion of employee compensation before federal income or social security taxes are withheld.


F-92


Table of Contents

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.   Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
 
                 
    Amount
       
    to be Paid        
 
Registration fee
  $ 29,475          
FINRA filing fee
  $ 75,500          
Listing fees
    *          
Transfer agent’s fees
    *          
Printing and engraving expenses
    *          
Legal fees and expenses
    *          
Accounting fees and expenses
    *          
Blue Sky fees and expenses
    *          
Miscellaneous
    *          
                 
Total
  $ *          
                 
 
* To be completed by amendment.
 
Each of the amounts set forth above, other than the Registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, is an estimate.
 
Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
 
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the Registrant. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Article Twelfth of the Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for indemnification by the Registrant of its directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.
 
The Registrant maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to its directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to the Registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the Registrant to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.
 
The proposed forms of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provide for indemnification of directors and officers of the Registrant by the underwriters against certain liabilities.


II-1


Table of Contents

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
On June 2, 2008 we issued an aggregate of 100 shares of our common stock, par value $.01 per share, to Insurance Services Office, Inc. for $.01 per share. The issuance of such shares was not registered under the Securities Act because the shares were offered and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
Since August 1, 2005, Insurance Services Office, Inc. has issued to directors, officers and employees options to purchase 184,575 shares of Class A common stock with per share exercise prices ranging from $445 to $862, and has issued 353,054 shares of common stock upon exercise of outstanding options. The issuance of stock options and the common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options to directors, officers and employees were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 as promulgated under the Securities Act. The share and per share information in this paragraph does not reflect the stock split the Company will consummate in connection with this offering.
 
Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  1 .1   Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation*
  3 .2   Amended and Restated By-Laws*
  4 .1   Form of Common Stock Certificate*
  5 .1   Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell*
  10 .1   401(k) Savings Plan and Employee Stock Ownership Plan
  10 .2   Verisk Analytics, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan*
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23 .2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23 .3   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  23 .4   Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
(b) The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Registration Statement:
 
         
Schedule
   
Number
 
Description
 
  Schedule II     Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
        Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007


II-2


Table of Contents

Item 17.    Undertakings
 
The undersigned hereby undertakes:
 
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this Registration Statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Jersey City, State of New Jersey, on the 12th day of August, 2008.
 
Verisk Analytics, Inc.
 
  By: 
/s/  Frank J. Coyne
Name: Frank J. Coyne
  Title:  Chief Executive Officer, President and
Chairman of the Board of Directors
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Frank J. Coyne and Mark V. Anquillare, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Frank J. Coyne

Frank J. Coyne
  Chief Executive Officer, President
and Chairman of the Board of Directors (principal executive officer)
  August 12, 2008
         
/s/  Mark V. Anquillare

Mark V. Anquillare
  Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)
  August 12, 2008
         
/s/  J. Hyatt Brown

J. Hyatt Brown
  Director   August 12, 2008
         
/s/  Glen A. Dell

Glen A. Dell
  Director   August 12, 2008
         
/s/  Henry J. Feinberg

Henry J. Feinberg
  Director   August 12, 2008
         
/s/  Christopher M. Foskett

Christopher M. Foskett
  Director   August 12, 2008
         
/s/  Constantine P. Iordanou

Constantine P. Iordanou
  Director   August 12, 2008
         
/s/  John F. Lehman, Jr. 

John F. Lehman, Jr. 
  Director   August 12, 2008


II-4


Table of Contents

             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Stephen W. Lilienthal

Stephen W. Lilienthal
  Director   August 12, 2008
         
/s/  Samuel G. Liss

Samuel G. Liss
  Director   August 12, 2008
         
/s/  Andrew G. Mills

Andrew G. Mills
  Director   August 12, 2008
         
/s/  Arthur J. Rothkopf

Arthur J. Rothkopf
  Director   August 12, 2008
         
/s/  Barbara D. Stewart

Barbara D. Stewart
  Director   August 12, 2008
         
/s/  David B. Wright

David B. Wright
  Director   August 12, 2008


II-5


Table of Contents

Schedule II
 
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007
(In thousands)
 
                                 
    Balance at
    Charged to
             
    Beginning
    Costs and
    Deductions —
    Balance at
 
Description
  of Year     Expenses(1)     Write-offs(2)     End of Year  
 
Year ended December 31, 2005:
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 3,750     $ 1,554     $ (1,681 )   $ 3,623  
                                 
Valuation allowance for income taxes
  $     $ 2,144     $     $ 2,144  
                                 
                                 
Year ended December 31, 2006:
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 3,623     $ 3,069     $ (1,419 )   $ 5,273  
                                 
Valuation allowance for income taxes
  $ 2,144     $     $     $ 2,144  
                                 
                                 
Year ended December 31, 2007:
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 5,273     $ 6,807     $ (3,833 )   $ 8,247  
                                 
Valuation allowance for income taxes
  $ 2,144     $     $ (610 )   $ 1,534  
                                 
 
(1) Primarily additional reserves for bad debts.
 
 
(2) Primarily accounts receivable balances written off, net of recoveries, and the expiration of loss carryforwards.


S-1


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  1 .1   Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation*
  3 .2   Amended and Restated By-Laws*
  4 .1   Form of Common Stock Certificate*
  5 .1   Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell*
  10 .1   401(k) Savings Plan and Employee Stock Ownership Plan
  10 .2   Verisk Analytics, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan*
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23 .2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23 .3   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  23 .4   Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
 
* To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 10.1
First Amendment to the ISO 401(k) Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(as the Plan was Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2008)
     WHEREAS, the ISO 401(k) Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”) was amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008 to incorporate all prior amendments made to the Plan; and
     WHEREAS, Section 20.1 of the Plan provides that the Board of Directors of Insurance Services Office, Inc. (the “Board”) may make certain amendments to the Plan; and
     WHEREAS, the Board has resolved to reduce the minimum number of days prior to a shareholders’ meeting by which the ESOP Trustee must furnish certain proxy solicitation materials and related instructions to Participants, and wishes to amend the Plan in accordance with such resolution and the below amendment;
     THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Plan is hereby amended in the following respect, effective as of June 2, 2008:
     1. The reference to “30 days” in the first sentence of Section 6.4(b) of the Plan is hereby changed to be a reference to “10 days”.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board has caused this amendment to be executed this 2 nd day of June, 2008, to be effective as of the date set forth above.
         
  INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Frank J. Coyne    
    Frank J. Coyne  
    Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer  
       
 

 


 

ISO 401(k) SAVINGS AND
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Amended and Restated
Effective as of January 1, 2008
(thru Amendment #16)

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I INTRODUCTION
    1  
 
       
1.1. Introduction
    1  
1.2. Purpose
    1  
1.3. Plan Governs Distribution of Benefits
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS
    2  
 
       
2.1. Account
    2  
2.2. Adjustment
    2  
2.3. After-Tax Basic Contributions
    2  
2.4. After-Tax Contributions
    2  
2.5. After-Tax Contribution Account
    2  
2.6. After-Tax Supplemental Contributions
    3  
2.7. AIR 401(k) Plan
    3  
2.8. Anniversary Date
    3  
2.9. Appraisal
    3  
2.10. Authorized Leave of Absence
    3  
2.11. Beneficiary
    3  
2.12. Catch-Up Contributions
    3  
2.13. Catch-Up Contribution Sub-Account
    3  
2.14. Code
    3  
2.15. Common Stock
    3  
2.16. Company
    3  
2.17. Compensation
    3  
2.18. Direct Rollover
    4  
2.19. Disability
    4  
2.20. Disability Retirement
    5  
2.21. Discretionary Profit-Sharing Contribution
    5  
2.22. Distributee
    5  
2.23. Effective Date
    5  
2.24. Eligible Employee
    5  
2.25. Eligible Retirement Plan
    6  
2.26. Eligible Rollover Distribution
    7  
2.27. Employee
    8  
2.28. ERISA
    8  
2.29. ESOP
    8  
2.30. ESOP Contribution
    8  
2.31. ESOP Contribution Account
    8  
2.32. ESOP Diversification Account
    8  
2.33. ESOP Participating Employer
    8  
2.34. ESOP Trust
    8  
2.35. ESOP Trust Agreement
    8  
2.36. ESOP Trustee
    8  

i


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Continued
         
    Page  
2.37. ESOP Trust Fund
    8  
2.38. ESOP Year of Vesting Service
    9  
2.39. Forfeiture
    9  
2.40. 401(k) Participating Employer
    10  
2.41. 401(k) Savings Trust
    10  
2.42. 401(k) Savings Trust Agreement
    10  
2.43. 401(k) Savings Trustee
    10  
2.44. 401(k) Savings Trust Fund
    11  
2.45. 401(k) Year of Vesting Service
    11  
2.46. Highly Compensated Employee
    14  
2.47. Hour of Service
    15  
2.48. Investment Fund or Funds
    15  
2.49. Leased Employee
    15  
2.50. Matching Contribution
    16  
2.51. Matching Contribution Account
    16  
2.52. Matching Contribution Stock Sub-Account
    16  
2.53. Non-Elective Contribution
    16  
2.54. Non-Highly Compensated Employee
    16  
2.55. Normal Retirement Age
    17  
2.56. One-Year Break in Service
    17  
2.57. Optional Employer Contribution
    17  
2.58. Optional Employer Contribution Account
    17  
2.59. Optional Employer Contribution Participating Employer
    18  
2.60. Optional Employer Contribution Stock Sub-Account
    18  
2.61. Participant
    18  
2.62. Participating Employer
    18  
2.63. Plan
    18  
2.64. Plan Administration Committee
    18  
2.65. Plan Year
    18  
2.66. QPC GAC
    18  
2.67. Qualified Domestic Relations Order
    18  
2.68. Qualified Matching Contribution
    19  
2.69. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions
    19  
2.70. Related Company
    19  
2.71. Rollover Contribution Account
    19  
2.72. Rollover Contributions
    19  
2.73. Roth 401(k) Catch-Up Contributions
    20  
2.74. Roth 401(k) Catch-Up Contribution Sub-Account
    20  
2.75. Roth 401(k) Contributions
    20  
2.76. Roth 401(k) Contribution Account
    20  
2.77. Roth 401(k) Contribution Sub-Account
    20  
2.78. Roth 401(k) Rollover Contribution Sub-Account
    20  

ii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Continued
         
    Page  
2.79. Salary Reduction Contribution Account
    20  
2.80. Salary Reduction Contributions
    20  
2.81. Trusts Investment Committee
    21  
2.82. United States
    21  
2.83. Valuation Date
    21  
 
       
ARTICLE III PARTICIPATION
    21  
 
       
3.1. Eligibility
    21  
3.2. Participation in 401(k) Savings
    22  
3.3. Participation in the ESOP
    24  
 
       
ARTICLE IV 401(k) SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS
    24  
 
       
4.1. Salary Reduction Contributions
    24  
4.2. After-Tax Contributions
    25  
4.3. Matching Contributions
    25  
4.4. Additional Company Contributions
    26  
4.5. Contribution Limitations
    27  
4.6. Time of Payment
    38  
4.7. Suspension or Change of Salary Reduction Contributions and/or of After-Tax Contributions
    38  
4.8. No Salary Reduction or After-Tax Contributions and No Matching Contributions During Absence From Paid Employment
    39  
4.9. Rollover Contributions
    39  
4.10. Reemployment; Forfeitures
    40  
4.11. Transfer of Employment to Another 401(k) Participating Employer
    41  
4.12. Maximum Annual Additions
    41  
4.13. Catch-Up Contributions
    45  
4.14. Transition Period
    45  
 
       
ARTICLE V ESOP CONTRIBUTIONS
    46  
 
       
5.1. ESOP Contributions
    46  
5.2. By Employee
    46  
5.3. Separate Records of Participants
    46  
5.4. Allocation of Participation Units
    47  
5.5. Annual Report to Participants
    47  
5.6. List of Participants
    47  
5.7. Limitation on Annual Additions
    48  
 
       
ARTICLE VI COMMON STOCK
    48  
 
       
6.1. Borrowing to Acquire Common Stock
    48  
6.2. Independent Appraisals
    49  

iii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Continued
         
    Page  
6.3. Release of Shares
    49  
6.4. Voting and Tender or Exchange Rights
    50  
6.5. Voting
    53  
6.6. Dividends
    53  
6.7. Restrictions on Certain Transactions Involving Common Stock
    53  
 
       
ARTICLE VII ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENTS
    54  
 
       
7.1. Establishment of 401(k) Savings Accounts
    54  
7.2. Investment Funds
    56  
7.3. [RESERVED]
    56  
7.4. Matching Contributions and Optional Employer Contributions Made in Participation Units
    57  
7.5. ESOP Contributions
    57  
7.6. Transfers and Conversions
    57  
7.7. Participant Investment Instructions
    57  
7.8. Valuation
    58  
7.9. Fund Reports
    59  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII VESTING
    59  
 
       
8.1. Vesting in the 401(k) Savings Account
    59  
8.2. Vesting in the ESOP Contribution Account and ESOP Diversification Account
    64  
 
       
ARTICLE IX IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS
    65  
 
       
9.1. Withdrawals from After-Tax and Rollover Contribution Accounts and Roth 401(k) Rollover Contribution Sub-Account
    65  
9.2. Withdrawals from Salary Reduction Contribution Account and Roth 401(k) Contribution and Roth 401(k) Catch-Up Contribution Sub-Accounts
    65  
9.3. No Withdrawals from Matching Contribution Account or Optional Employer Contribution Account
    65  
9.4. Withdrawals from and Diversification of ESOP Contribution Account
    65  
9.5. Time of Payment of Withdrawals
    66  
9.6. Hardship Withdrawals
    66  
9.7. Plan Loans
    67  
9.8. Certain Withdrawals by AppIntelligence Employees
    69  
9.9. Certain Withdrawals by QPC Employees
    69  
9.10. Certain Withdrawals by DxCG Employees
    70  
9.11. Certain Withdrawals by ISO Strategic Solutions and Intellicorp Records Employees
    70  

iv


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Continued
         
    Page  
ARTICLE X TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
    71  
 
       
10.1. Termination Date
    71  
 
       
ARTICLE XI PAYMENT OF 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN BENEFITS
    71  
 
       
11.1. Amount Payable on Termination of Employment
    71  
11.2. Form of Payment of Benefits Upon Termination of Employment Under Certain Circumstances
    71  
11.3. Form of Payment of Benefits Upon Termination of Employment By Death
    74  
11.4. Commencement of Benefits
    75  
11.5. Mandatory Distribution of Benefits
    75  
11.6. Availability of Direct Rollovers
    77  
11.7. Involuntary Cash-Out of Account
    77  
11.8. Automatic Redemption of Company Stock
    78  
11.9. Post-2002 Minimum Distribution Requirements
    78  
 
       
ARTICLE XII PAYMENT OF ESOP BENEFITS
    83  
 
       
12.1. Distribution in Common Stock
    83  
12.2. Distribution in Cash
    84  
12.3. Notice by Plan Administration Committee
    84  
12.4. Timing of Distribution of Benefits
    84  
12.5. Segregated Accounts
    85  
12.6. Death Benefits; Beneficiary Designation
    85  
12.7. Spousal Consent to Designation of Beneficiary
    86  
12.8. Election of Direct Rollover Distribution
    86  
12.9. Mandatory Distributions
    86  
12.10. Beneficiary Payments
    86  
 
       
ARTICLE XIII RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
    87  
 
       
ARTICLE XIV PUT OPTION
    87  
 
       
14.1. Put Option on Stock
    87  
14.2. ESOP Trustee’s Discretion on Other Stock
    88  
 
       
ARTICLE XV ENDORSEMENT OF CERTIFICATES
    89  
 
       
ARTICLE XVI NONTERMINABLE RIGHTS
    89  
 
ARTICLE XVII SPENDTHRIFT CLAUSE
    89  

v


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued
         
    Page  
ARTICLE XVIII TRUST FUNDS; FIDUCIARIES; RESPONSIBILITIES; INDEMNITY
    90  
 
       
18.1. Trust Agreements
    90  
18.2. Named Fiduciaries and Committee Responsibilities
    90  
18.3. Fiduciary of Participating Employer
    92  
18.4. Fiduciaries
    92  
18.5. Rights of Fiduciaries
    93  
18.6. Indemnification of Named Fiduciaries and Others
    93  
18.7. Plan Administrator
    94  
 
       
ARTICLE XIX ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
    94  
 
       
19.1. Designation of Beneficiary
    94  
19.2. Claims Procedure
    95  
19.3. Action by the Committees
    97  
 
       
ARTICLE XX AMENDMENT; TERMINATION; MERGER
    98  
 
       
20.1. Amendment
    98  
20.2. Termination
    98  
20.3. Merger and Consolidation of Plan; Transfer of Plan Assets
    99  
20.4. Vesting and Distribution on Termination and Partial Termination
    99  
 
       
ARTICLE XXI TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
    99  
 
       
21.1. Top-Heavy Determination
    99  
21.2. Minimum Vesting
    100  
21.3. Minimum Allocations
    100  
21.4. Key Employee
    102  
21.5. Determination of Present Values and Amounts
    102  
21.6. Minimum Benefits
    102  
 
       
ARTICLE XXII MISCELLANEOUS
    103  
 
       
22.1. Nonguarantee of Employment
    103  
22.2. Right to Trust and Other Assets
    103  
22.3. Nonalienation of Benefits
    103  
22.4. Nonforfeitability of Benefits
    104  
22.5. Mergers and Consolidation
    104  
22.6. Reversion
    104  
22.7. Certain Administrative Expenses
    104  
22.8. Electronic Writings
    105  
22.9. Legal Agent
    105  
22.10. Construction
    105  

vi


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued
         
    Page  
22.11. Compliance With USERRA
    105  
22.12. Merger of AppIntelligence, Inc. 401(k) Plan
    105  
22.13. Plan Mergers Effective as of January 1, 2006
    105  
 
       
SCHEDULE A ESOP PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
    S-1  
 
       
SCHEDULE B 401(k) PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
    S-2  
 
       
SCHEDULE C OPTIONAL EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
    S-3  

vii


 

ISO 401(k) SAVINGS AND
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
ARTICLE I
INTRODUCTION
          1.1. Introduction. Insurance Services Office, Inc. (“ISO” or the “Company”) established the ISO Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ISO ESOP”) effective as of January 1, 1997. Effective January 1, 1978, ISO became a participating employer in the Insurance Company — Supported Organizations Employee Savings Plan (the “Prior 401(k) Plan”). Effective as of January 1, 2002, (a) the assets and liabilities related to employees of ISO and its Related Companies were transferred from the Prior 401(k) Plan into the ISO ESOP and (b) the ISO ESOP was amended and restated in its entirety and renamed as the ISO 401(k) Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”). Effective as of July 1, 2005, the AppIntelligence, Inc. 401(k) Plan was merged with and into the 401(k) Savings portion of the Plan. Effective as of January 1, 2006, the Quality Planning Corporation 401-K Profit Sharing Plan, the DxCG, Inc. 401(k) Plan, and the ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc. 401K Plan (previously known as the Ascendant One, Inc. 401K Plan) were merged with and into the 401(k) Savings portion of the Plan. Effective as of July 1, 2006, the Plan was amended to create a Plan Administration Committee and a Trusts Investment Committee to operate and administer the Plan, and certain fiduciary and administrative duties have been delegated to those Committees by the Board of Directors of the Company. Effective as of January 1, 2008, the Plan was amended and restated in its entirety to incorporate the 17 separate amendments that were made to the Plan since it was last amended and restated. The ESOP shall mean the portion of the Plan held in the ESOP Trust. The
401(k) Savings Plan is the portion of the Plan held in the 401(k) Savings Trust and, to the extent provided for in Section 22.13, under the QPC GAC.
          1.2. Purpose. This Plan is intended to provide a cash or deferred arrangement under Code Sections 401(a) and 401(k) and to provide for employee equity participation in the Company through the ESOP accounts. Under the Plan, Participants may direct that a specified percentage of the amount that otherwise would have been paid to them as Compensation be contributed by the Company to the Plan. The benefits described in the Plan are provided for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries. Further, contributions to the Plan will be made by the Company and such contributions made to the trust will be invested primarily in the Common Stock of the Company and in other investments, where applicable, as directed by the Participants.
          1.3. Plan Governs Distribution of Benefits. The distribution of benefits for all Participants and Beneficiaries will be governed by the provisions of this Plan. Early

 


 

retirement benefits, retirement-type subsidies, or optional forms of benefit protected under Code Section 411(d)(6) will not be reduced or eliminated unless such reduction or elimination is permitted under the Code, Treasury Regulations, authority issued by the Internal Revenue Service or judicial authority. The principal and income of the 401(k) Savings Trust and the ESOP Trust, and the assets invested pursuant to the QPC GAC, are intended to be used only for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries. All discretionary acts taken by the Company and the 401(k) Savings Trustee and ESOP Trustee hereunder will be uniform in their nature and application to all persons similarly situated and no discretionary acts will be taken which will be discriminatory under the provisions of the Code or ERISA.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
          Where necessary or appropriate to the meaning thereof, the singular will be deemed to include the plural, the plural to include the singular, the masculine to include the feminine and neuter, the feminine to include the masculine and neuter and the neuter to include the masculine and feminine.
          2.1. Account. The Salary Reduction Contribution Account, After-Tax Contribution Account, Matching Contribution Account, Roth
401(k) Contribution Account, Optional Employer Contribution Account, ESOP Contribution Account, ESOP Diversification Account and Rollover Contribution Account maintained on behalf of a Participant under the Plan, including any accounts maintained under the QPC GAC and merged into the Plan, as set forth in Section 22.13.
          2.2. Adjustment . For any Valuation Date, the aggregate earnings, realized or unrealized appreciation, losses, expenses, and realized or unrealized depreciation of the fund since the immediately preceding Valuation Date. The determination of the Adjustment will be made by the 401(k) Savings Trustee, The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, or the ESOP Trustee, as the case may be, and will be final and binding.
          2.3. After-Tax Basic Contributions. A Participant’s After-Tax Contributions which are matched by a Matching Contribution pursuant to the Plan, as applicable.
          2.4. After-Tax Contributions. The aggregate amount of a Participant’s After-Tax Contributions which may or not be matched by a Matching Contribution pursuant to the Plan, as applicable.
          2.5. After-Tax Contribution Account . The account maintained for a

2


 

Participant to record the amount of his or her After-Tax Contributions, if any, and adjustments relating thereto.
          2.6. After-Tax Supplemental Contributions. A Participant’s After-Tax Contributions which are not matched by a Matching Contribution pursuant to the Plan, as applicable.
          2.7. AIR 401(k) Plan. The Applied Insurance Research, Inc. 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan.
          2.8. Anniversary Date . The last day of a Plan Year.
          2.9. Appraisal . An appraisal of Common Stock made pursuant to Section 6.2.
          2.10. Authorized Leave of Absence . Any absence authorized by a Participating Employer under a Participating Employer’s standard personnel practices provided that the Participant returns to employment at or before the end of the period of authorized absence.
          2.11. Beneficiary . One or more persons designated by the Participant to share in the benefits of the Plan after his or her death, pursuant to the Plan.
          2.12. Catch-Up Contributions. Contributions made under the Plan pursuant to Section 4.13. Catch-Up Contributions are not subject to match by Matching Contributions.
          2.13. Catch-Up Contribution Sub-Account. The sub-account maintained for a Participant to record his or her share of Catch-Up Contributions (excluding Roth 401(k) Catch-Up Contributions) made in accordance with Section 4.13 and any Adjustments related thereto.
          2.14. Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
          2.15. Common Stock. The voting Class A common stock of ISO, provided that such security is a “qualifying employer security” as defined in Section 4975(e)(8) of the Code.
          2.16. Company . Insurance Services Office, Inc. or “ISO”.
          2.17. Compensation. Compensation will mean for purposes of all contributions and allocations to the Plan:

3


 

     (a) An Employee’s regular base salary or wages and overtime, including any elective deferral (as defined under Code Section 402(g)) and any amount contributed or deferred by a Participating Employer on behalf of the Employee which is excluded from income and described in Section 415(c)(3)(D) of the Code, but exclusive of any contributions made by a Participating Employer hereunder or under any other employee benefit plan by a Participating Employer.
     (b) In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in the Plan, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, Compensation taken into account under the Plan shall not exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (or such larger amount as may be established pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for any calendar year and effective for the first Plan Year which begins with or within such calendar year) including, but not limited to, contributions pursuant to a qualified cash or deferred arrangement under a cafeteria plan meeting the requirements of Section 125 of the Code. For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2001, Compensation paid or made available during such Plan Years shall include elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code Section 132(f)(4).
          2.18. Direct Rollover. A payment by the Plan to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by a Distributee.
          2.19. Disability. For purposes of the 401(k) Savings portion of the Plan, “Disability” shall mean a physical or mental condition which, based on medical reports and other evidence satisfactory to the 401(k) Savings Trustee, prevents the Employee from performing the normal duties of his or her regular occupation, provided he or she is not engaged in any other occupation or employment for wage or profit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining whether an Employee is vested under Section 8.1 in any matching contributions that were made on behalf of that Employee and transferred from the AppIntelligence, Inc. 401(k) Plan to this Plan, “Disability” shall mean the Employee becoming eligible for disability benefits under the Social Security Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining an Employee’s entitlement under Article X to a distribution of any account balances that were held under the Quality Planning Corporation 401-K Profit Sharing Plan as of the close of business on December 31, 2005 (plus any earnings thereon), “Disability” shall mean a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that may be expected to result in death or to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, and that renders the individual incapable of performing the individual’s duties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining an Employee’s entitlement under Article X to a

4


 

distribution of any account balances that were transferred from the DxCG, Inc. 401(k) Plan to this Plan on behalf of that Employee (plus any earnings thereon), “Disability” shall mean (i) the Employee’s satisfaction of the requirements for the receipt of benefits under the long-term disability plan of Urix, Inc. (formerly known as DxCG, Inc.), if any, (ii) the Employee’s satisfaction of the requirements for the receipt of Social Security disability benefits, or (iii) the Employee being determined to be disabled by a physician approved by the Plan Administration Committee or the 401(k) Savings Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining an Employee’s entitlement under Article X to a distribution of any account balances that were transferred from the ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc. 401K Plan (previously known as the Ascendant One, Inc. 401K Plan) to this Plan on behalf of that Employee (plus any earnings thereon), “Disability” shall mean the Employee becoming eligible for the receipt of benefits under a long-term disability benefit plan, if any, sponsored by his or her employer.
          2.20. Disability Retirement. For purposes of the ESOP portion of the Plan, “Disability Retirement” means the Participant is retired from the employ of the Company or a Related Company at any age because of disability (physical or mental), as determined by a qualified physician selected by the Plan Administration Committee. For purposes of the ESOP portion of the Plan, disability shall mean a Participant will be considered to be disabled for purposes of the Plan if on account of a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities of the Participant he or she is unable to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the essential functions of the job position assigned to him or her by the Company or a Related Company.
          2.21. Discretionary Profit-Sharing Contribution. The discretionary profit-sharing contribution, if any, made by the Company to Participants’ Matching Contribution Accounts in accordance with Section 4.4(a).
          2.22. Distributee. An Employee or former Employee or an Employee’s or former Employee’s former or surviving spouse who is the alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.
          2.23. Effective Date. The ISO ESOP was established effective as of January 1, 1997. ISO became a participating employer in the Prior 401(k) Plan effective as of January 1, 1978. The assets and liabilities attributable to employees of ISO and any Related Companies under the Prior 401(k) Plan were transferred to the 2002 Plan effective as of January 1, 2002. Effective as of January 1, 2002, and again as of January 1, 2008, the Plan was amended and restated in its entirety.
          2.24. Eligible Employee. An Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with Article III of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term

5


 

“Eligible Employee” as used in this Plan will not include any individual who works or who was hired to work or who was advised that he or she works:
     (a) as an independent contractor or employee of an independent contractor;
     (b) as a temporary employee;
     (c) through a temporary placement agency, job placement agency or other third party; or
     (d) as part of an employee leasing arrangement between the Company and any third party.
          For the purposes of this Plan, the exclusions described above will remain in effect even if a court or administrative agency determines that such individual is a common law employee and not an independent contractor. Such individual will not be retroactively permitted to participate in the Plan.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Employee shall only include an Employee whose base of employment is located within the United States or Puerto Rico. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, an Eligible Employee whose base of employment is located within Puerto Rico will not be eligible to make Salary Reduction Contributions, or Rollover Contributions that include pre-tax amounts, to the Plan, but will be eligible to make After-Tax Contributions, and Rollover Contributions containing only after-tax amounts, and to have other contributions made on his or her behalf, to the Plan, subject to and in accordance with Plan terms.
          2.25. Eligible Retirement Plan . An Eligible Retirement Plan will mean:
     (a) an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code;
     (b) an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code;
     (c) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, an annuity contract described in Section 403(a) of the Code;
     (d) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, an eligible plan described in Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state; or

6


 

     (e) a qualified plan (which is a defined contribution plan) described in Section 401(a) of the Code;
which agrees to accept an individual’s Eligible Rollover Distributions and which, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from the Plan. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the definition of Eligible Retirement Plan will apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code to all types of Eligible Retirement Plans described in (a)-(e) above. With respect to that portion of the distribution from the Plan which is not includible in gross income, such portion of the distribution may be transferred only to an Eligible Retirement Plan under subsection (a), (b) or (e) above that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separate accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.
          2.26. Eligible Rollover Distribution. A distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of a Distributee, not including: (a) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made, not less frequently than annually, for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (b) any distribution to the extent required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; (c) any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(iv) of the Code; and (d) any other distribution(s) that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. For purposes of clause (d), the $200 minimum will apply separately to any amounts held in a Participant’s Roth 401(k) Contribution Account.
          Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, a portion of a distribution under the Plan will not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions that are not included in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution that is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution that is not so includible. In addition, in accordance with Treasury regulations issued under Section 401(k) of the Code, any amounts in a Participant’s Roth 401(k) Contribution Account may be directly rolled over only to a “designated Roth account” under an applicable retirement plan described in Section 402A(e)(1) of the Code or to a Roth IRA described in Section 408A of the Code, and only to the extent that the rollover is permitted under the rules of Section 402(c) of the Code.

7


 

          2.27. Employee. Any person employed by the Company or a Related Company and any Leased Employee, except for (a) persons covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Company or a Related Company and an employee organization and retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between such parties and (b) persons who are non-resident aliens and who receive no earned income from sources within the United States or Puerto Rico.
          2.28. ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
          2.29. ESOP. An employee stock ownership plan that meets the requirements of Code Section 4975(e)(7) and Treasury Regulation 54.4975-11.
          2.30. ESOP Contribution . The amount contributed by an ESOP Participating Employer to a Participant’s ESOP Contribution Account pursuant to Article V of the Plan.
          2.31. ESOP Contribution Account. The portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to ESOP Contributions and the total of the Adjustments which have been credited to or deducted from a Participant’s Account with respect to such ESOP Contributions.
          2.32. ESOP Diversification Account. The portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to ESOP Contributions diversified pursuant to Sections 7.5 and 9.4, and the total of the Adjustments which have been credited to or deducted from a Participant’s Account with respect to such diversified amounts.
          2.33. ESOP Participating Employer. ISO and any Related Company listed on Schedule A hereto that, with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, participates in the ESOP portion of the Plan.
          2.34. ESOP Trust. The trust established under the Plan which will hold the assets of ESOP Contribution Accounts and Matching Contribution Stock Sub-Accounts.
          2.35. ESOP Trust Agreement. The trust agreement between the Company and the ESOP Trustee which governs the ESOP Trust.
          2.36. ESOP Trustee. The Trustee or Trustees appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company to accept contributions, administer the assets of the Trust, and otherwise to act in accordance with this Plan.
          2.37. ESOP Trust Fund. One or more trust funds established pursuant to the Plan and Trust Agreement in order to carry out the provisions of this Plan, and into which

8


 

contributions are to be made by Participants and the Participating Employers and from which amounts are to be paid in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and ESOP trust agreement.
          2.38. ESOP Year of Vesting Service. A Plan Year during which a Participant has completed not less than 1,000 Hours of Service. An individual who ceases to be an Employee, but who remains in the employment of the Company or a Related Company, will continue to be credited with ESOP Years of Vesting Service under this Plan, so long as he or she remains in the employment of the Company or a Related Company. An individual who was in the employment of the Company or a Related Company before he or she became an Employee for purposes of this Plan will receive credit for ESOP Years of Vesting Service, as though he or she had been an Employee during such prior period of employment with the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Employee of Applied Insurance Research, Inc. on May 14, 2002, AppIntelligence, Inc. on January 17, 2005, and Sysdome, Inc. on April 1, 2005 shall commence receiving credit for purposes of determining ESOP Years of Vesting Service on the date such Employee first becomes eligible to participate in the ESOP portion of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Employee of ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc., Intellicorp Records, Inc., DxCG, Inc. (now known as Urix, Inc.), and Quality Planning Corporation on January 1, 2005 shall commence receiving credit for purposes of determining ESOP Years of Vesting Service in accordance with the terms of this Plan, but no earlier than (a) February 21, 2003 for Employees of ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc., (b) November 26, 2002 for Employees of Intellicorp Records, Inc., (c) May 10, 2004 for Employees of DxCG, Inc. (now known as Urix, Inc.), and (d) January 23, 2004 for Employees of Quality Planning Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Employee of National Equipment Register, Inc. on January 1, 2007 shall commence receiving credit for purposes of determining ESOP Years of Vesting Service in accordance with the terms of this Plan, but no earlier than February 9, 2001.
          Since ESOP Years of Vesting Service are based upon Plan Years, there are no ESOP Years of Vesting Service for any period prior to the date the ISO ESOP was established.
          2.39. Forfeiture. That portion of a Participant’s Account that is not vested, and occurs on the earlier of:
     (a) the distribution of the entire vested portion of a terminated Participant’s Account; or
     (b) the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant incurs five (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service.

9


 

Further, for purposes of paragraph (a) above, in the case of a terminated Participant whose vested benefit is zero, such terminated Participant will be deemed to have received a distribution of his or her vested benefit upon his or her termination of employment. Restoration of such amounts will occur pursuant to Sections 8.2(b) and (c). In addition, the term “Forfeiture” will also include amounts deemed to be Forfeitures pursuant to any other provision of this Plan.
          2.40. 401(k) Participating Employer. ISO and any Related Company listed on Schedule B hereto that, with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, participates in the portion of the Plan providing for Salary Reduction Contributions, Catch-Up Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, Matching Contributions, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, Discretionary Profit- Sharing Contributions, ESOP Diversification Contributions and Rollover Contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sysdome, Inc. (now known as Interthinx, Inc.), AppIntelligence, Inc. (now known as Interthinx, Inc.), ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc., and National Equipment Register, Inc. shall not participate in the portions of the Plan providing for Matching Contributions and Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions, and no such contributions will be made on behalf of employees of such companies. Further, Intellicorp Records, Inc. shall not participate in the portion of the Plan providing for Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions, and no such contributions will be made on behalf of employees of such company.
          2.41. 401(k) Savings Trust. The trust established under the 401(k) Savings Plan that will hold the assets of Salary Reduction Contribution Accounts, After-Tax Contribution Accounts, Matching Contribution Accounts (other than the Matching Contribution Stock Sub-Accounts), Roth 401(k) Contribution Accounts, Optional Employer Contribution Accounts (other than the Optional Employer Contribution Stock Sub-Accounts), ESOP Diversification Accounts, and Rollover Accounts; provided that certain assets of the 401(k) Savings Plan, as set forth in Section 22.13, will not be held by the 401(k) Savings Trust, but will instead be invested pursuant to the QPC GAC.
          2.42. 401(k) Savings Trust Agreement. The trust agreement related to the 401(k) Savings portion of the Plan in existence as of July 1, 2006, and/or, thereafter, any trust agreement between the Trusts Investment Committee and the 401(k) Savings Trustee which governs the
401(k) Savings Trust, provided that the Company may enter into such trust agreement with the 401(k) Savings Trustee upon the recommendation of the Trusts Investment Committee.
          2.43. 401(k) Savings Trustee. The trustee or trustees appointed from time to time by the Trusts Investment Committee to accept contributions, administer the assets of the 401(k) Savings Trust, and otherwise to act in accordance with this Plan.

10


 

          2.44. 401(k) Savings Trust Fund. One or more trust funds established pursuant to the Plan and 401(k) Savings trust agreement in order to carry out the provisions of this Plan, and into which contributions are to be made by Participants and the Participating Employers and from which amounts are to be paid in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and 401(k) Savings trust agreement.
          2.45. 401(k) Year of Vesting Service. A 401(k) Year of Vesting Service shall be computed as follows:
               (a) In the case of an individual who is an Employee of a 401(k) Participating Employee on January 1, 2002 and who was a participant in the Prior 401(k) Plan on December 31, 2001, such Employee shall be credited with:
          (1) full years of 401(k) Years of Vesting Service determined in accordance with the service crediting and break-in- service provisions of the Prior 401(k) Plan as of December 31, 2001;
          (2) 401(k) Years of Vesting Service for the transition period calculated in accordance with Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.200b-9(f)(1)(ii)(A) whereby each Employee will be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week in which such Employee worked at least one (1) Hour of Service for the Company or a Related Employer; and
          (3) one (1) 401(k) Year of Vesting Service for each Plan Year during which the Employee is a Participant in the Plan and has completed not less than 1,000 Hours of Service for each Plan Year after December 31, 2001, provided that this subsection (3) shall not be deemed to duplicate any 401(k) Years of Vesting Service beyond what is required pursuant to Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.200b-9(f)(1)(ii)(A).
               (b) In the case of an individual who first becomes an Employee of a 401(k) Participating Employer on or after January 1, 2002, such Employee shall be credited with one (1) 401(k) Year of Vesting Service for each Plan Year during which the Employee has completed not less than 1,000 Hours of Service for each Plan Year. An individual who ceases to be an Employee, but who remains in the employment of the Company or a Related Company, will continue to be credited with 401(k) Years of Vesting Service under this Plan so long as he or she remains in the employment of the Company or a Related Company. An individual who was in the employment of the Company or a Related Company before he or she became an Employee for purposes of

11


 

this Plan will receive credit for 401(k) Years of Vesting Service as though he or she had been an Employee during such prior period of employment with the Company.
               (c) An individual who ceases to be an Employee, but who remains in the employment of the Company, will continue to be credited with 401(k) Years of Vesting Service under this Plan so long as he or she remains in the employment of the Company or a Related Company. An individual who was in the employment of the Company or a Related Company before he or she became an Employee for purposes of this Plan will receive credit for 401(k) Years of Vesting Service as though he or she had been an Employee during such prior period of employment with the Company.
               (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Employee of Applied Insurance Research, Inc. who was employed by Applied Insurance Research, Inc. on May 14, 2002 shall also receive credit for purposes of determining 401(k) Years of Vesting Service in the Plan for his or her past service with Applied Insurance Research, Inc., as reflected in the records of Applied Insurance Research, Inc.; provided , however , that this subsection (d) shall not be deemed to duplicate any 401(k) Years of Vesting Service beyond which is required pursuant to Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.200b-9.
               (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Employee of AppIntelligence, Inc. (now known as Interthinx, Inc.) who was employed by AppIntelligence, Inc. on July 1, 2005 shall be credited with:
          (1) a number of 401(k) Years of Vesting Service equal to the number of one-year periods of service credited to the Employee under the AppIntelligence, Inc. 401(k) Plan as of July 1, 2005;
          (2) fractional years of 401(k) Years of Vesting Service for the transition period calculated in accordance with Treasury Department Regulation § 1.410(a)-7(f)(1)(ii)(B), whereby the Employee will be credited with forty-five (45) Hours of Service for each week in which such Employee worked at least one (1) Hour of Service for AppIntelligence, Inc. (now known as Interthinx, Inc.);
          (3) any 401(k) Years of Vesting Service required to be credited to the Employee in accordance with Department of Labor Regulation § 2530.203-2(c); and
          (4) one (1) 401(k) Year of Vesting Service for each Plan Year during which the Employee is a Participant in the Plan

12


 

and has completed not less than 1,000 Hours of Service for each Plan Year after July 1, 2005, provided that this subsection (4) shall not be deemed to duplicate any 401(k) Years of Vesting Service beyond what is required pursuant to Treasury Department Regulation § 1.410(a)-7(f)(1)(ii) and Department of Labor Regulation § 2530.203-2(c).
          In no event will any Employee of AppIntelligence, Inc. on July 1, 2005 receive fewer 401(k) Years of Vesting Service by virtue of the change in the computation period from employment anniversary dates to Plan Years or from the elapsed time method to the Hours of Service method than the Employee would have received in the absence of those changes.
               (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Employee of Qualified Planning Corporation who was employed by Qualified Planning Corporation on January 1, 2006 shall also receive credit for purposes of determining 401(k) Years of Vesting Service in the Plan for his or her past service with Qualified Planning Corporation, as reflected in the records of Qualified Planning Corporation; provided, however , that this subsection (f) shall not be deemed to duplicate any 401(k) Years of Vesting Service beyond which is required pursuant to regulations issued by the Treasury Department and the Department of Labor.
               (g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Employee of DxCG, Inc. (now known as Urix, Inc.) who was employed by DxCG, Inc. on January 1, 2006 shall be credited with:
          (1) a number of 401(k) Years of Vesting Service equal to the number of one-year periods of service credited to the Employee under the DxCG, Inc. 401(k) Plan as of January 1, 2006;
          (2) fractional years of 401(k) Years of Vesting Service for the transition period calculated in accordance with Treasury Department Regulation § 1.410(a)-7(f)(1)(ii)(B), whereby the Employee will be credited with forty-five (45) Hours of Service for each week in which such Employee worked at least one (1) Hour of Service for DxCG, Inc. (now known as Urix, Inc.);
          (3) any 401(k) Years of Vesting Service required to be credited to the Employee in accordance with Department of Labor Regulation § 2530.203-2(c); and

13


 

          (4) one (1) 401(k) Year of Vesting Service for each Plan Year during which the Employee is a Participant in the Plan and has completed not less than 1,000 Hours of Service for the 2006 Plan Year and for each Plan Year thereafter, provided that this subsection (4) shall not be deemed to duplicate any 401(k) Years of Vesting Service beyond what is required pursuant to Treasury Department Regulation § 1.410(a)-7(f)(1)(ii) and Department of Labor Regulation § 2530.203-2(c).
          In no event will any Employee of DxCG, Inc. on January 1, 2006 receive fewer 401(k) Years of Vesting Service by virtue of the change in the computation period from employment anniversary dates to Plan Years or from the elapsed time method to the Hours of Service method than the Employee would have received in the absence of those changes.
               (h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Employee of National Equipment Register, Inc. who was employed by National Equipment Register, Inc. on February 28, 2006 shall also receive credit for purposes of determining 401(k) Years of Vesting Service in the Plan for his or her past service with National Equipment Register, Inc. during the time period beginning on and after February 9, 2001, as reflected in the records of National Equipment Register, Inc.; provided , however , that this subsection (h) shall not be interpreted to credit any such Employee with fewer 401(k) Years of Vesting Service than is required pursuant to regulations issued by the Treasury Department and the Department of Labor.
               (i) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Employee of ISO Insurance Solutions, Inc. (now known as Xactware Solutions, Inc.) (1) who was previously employed by Xactware, Incorporated, and (2) who became employed by ISO Insurance Solutions, Inc. (now known as Xactware Solutions, Inc.) promptly following his termination of employment with Xactware, Incorporated, shall also receive credit for purposes of determining 401(k) Years of Vesting Service in the Plan for his past service with Xactware, Incorporated, as reflected in the records of Xactware, Incorporated; provided, however, that this subsection (i) shall not be interpreted to credit any such Employee with fewer 401(k) Years of Vesting Service than is required pursuant to regulations issued by the Treasury Department and the Department of Labor.
          2.46. Highly Compensated Employee. Any Employee who:
        (a) was a five (5%) percent owner at any time during the Plan Year or the immediately preceding Plan Year; or

14


 

          (b) for the immediately preceding Plan Year had Compensation from the Company in excess of $80,000 (or such other amount as is then in effect under Section 414(q) of the Code).
A highly compensated former employee is based on the rules applicable to determining Highly Compensated Employee status as in effect for that determination year, in accordance with Section 1.414(q)-IT A-4 of the Temporary Income Tax Regulations and Notice 97-45.
          2.47. Hour of Service. Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Company or a Related Company for the performance of duties (such hours to be credited for the computation period in which the duties were performed), each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by the Company or a Related Company (such hours to be credited for the computation period to which the award or agreement pertains), and each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Company or a Related Company for reasons (such as vacation, sickness, disability, holidays, paid layoff and similar paid periods of nonworking time) other than the performance of duties (such hours to be credited for the computation period in which such period of nonworking time first occurs). No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties. In addition to the foregoing, the rules set forth at Section 2530.200b-2(b) and 2(c) of the Department of Labor Regulations will apply in determining Hours of Service and are incorporated herein.
          In the case of an Employee whose compensation is not determined on the basis of certain amounts for each hour worked, such Employee’s Hours of Service need not be determined from employment records, and such Employee may, in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory rules adopted by the Company, be credited with forty-five (45) Hours of Service for each week in which he would be credited with any Hours of Service under the provisions of the preceding paragraph.
          2.48. Investment Fund or Funds. Any investment vehicle designated by the Trusts Investment Committee for investment of funds from Participant’s Accounts pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the 401(k) Savings Trust Agreement or the ESOP Trust Agreement, as the case may be.
          2.49. Leased Employee. Any person who is not an employee of the Company or a Related Company and who provides services to the Company or a Related Company if (a) such services are provided pursuant to an agreement between the Company or a Related Company and any other person; (b) such person has performed such services on a substantially full-time basis for the Company or a Related Company

15


 

for a period of at least one (1) year and (c) such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Company or a Related Company, as set forth in Section 414(n) of the Code; provided , however , a Leased Employee will not be considered an Employee of the Company if: (A) such Leased Employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (1) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent (10%) of compensation, as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the Leased Employee’s gross income under Section 125, Section 402(e)(3), Section 402(h)(I)(B) or Section 403(b) of the Code; (2) immediate participation; and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (B) Leased Employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the Company’s Non-Highly Compensated Employee work force.
          2.50. Matching Contribution. The 401(k) Participating Employer’s contribution, pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Plan, equal to the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions, up to 75% of six percent (6%) of the Participant’s Compensation, and if the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contribution is less than six percent (6%) of the Participant’s Compensation, then of the percentage of the Participant’s After-Tax Contributions, specified pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Plan, which, when combined with the Salary Reduction Contributions, does not exceed 75% of six percent (6%) of the Participant’s Compensation. Sysdome, Inc. (now known as Interthinx, Inc.), AppIntelligence, Inc. (now known as Interthinx, Inc.), ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc., and National Equipment Register, Inc. do not make Matching Contributions, and no such contributions will be made on behalf of employees of such companies. Employees of Intellicorp Records, Inc. are eligible for Matching Contributions in accordance with the terms of the Plan beginning October 1, 2007.
          2.51. Matching Contribution Account. The Account maintained for a Participant to record his or her share of the Matching Contributions of any 401(k) Participating Employer and Adjustments relating thereto.
          2.52. Matching Contribution Stock Sub-Account. The sub-account maintained for his or her share of the Matching Contributions of any 401(k) Participating Employer made in Participation Units in accordance with Section 4.3(b) and any Adjustments related thereto.
          2.53. Non-Elective Contribution. A 401(k) Participating Employer’s contributions to the Plan excluding, however, contributions made pursuant to the Participant’s deferral election provided for in Section 4.1 and any qualified non-elective contribution used in the “actual deferral percentage” test.
          2.54. Non-Highly Compensated Employee. Any Employee who does not meet the definition of Highly Compensated Employee.

16


 

          2.55. Normal Retirement Age. For purposes of the 401(k) Savings portion of the Plan, age 62. For purposes of the ESOP portion of the Plan, age 62. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors of the Company may set such other Normal Retirement Age in its discretion.
          2.56. One-Year Break in Service. A period of 12 consecutive months during which an Employee does not complete more than 500 Hours of Service with the Company or a Related Company. For purposes of determining vesting and benefit accrual under the Plan, such 12-month period will be calculated based on the Plan Year. Solely for the purpose of determining whether a Participant has incurred a One-Year Break in Service, Hours of Service will be recognized for “authorized leaves of absence” and “maternity and paternity leaves of absence.” 401(k) Years of Vesting Service, ESOP Years of Vesting Service and One-Year Breaks in Service will be measured on the same computation period.
          “Authorized leave of absence” means an unpaid, temporary cessation from active employment with the Company pursuant to an established nondiscriminatory policy, whether occasioned by illness, military service, or for any other reason.
          A “maternity or paternity leave of absence” means, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1994, an absence from work for any period by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, birth of the Employee’s child, placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child, or any absence for the purposes of caring for such child immediately following such birth or placement. For this purpose, “Hours of Service” will be credited for the computation period in which the absence from work begins, only if credit therefore is necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a One-Year Break in Service, or, in any other case, in the immediately following computation period. The Hours of Service credited for a “maternity or paternity leave of absence,” will be those which would normally have been credited for such absence, or, in any case in which the Plan Administration Committee is unable to determine such hours normally credited, eight (8) Hours of Service per day. The total Hours of Service required to be credited for a “maternity or paternity leave of absence” will not exceed 501.
          2.57. Optional Employer Contribution. The discretionary contribution, if any, made by an Optional Employer Contribution Participating Employer to Participants’ Optional Employer Contribution Accounts in accordance with Section 4.4(b).
          2.58. Optional Employer Contribution Account. The account maintained for a Participant to record his or her share of any Optional Employer Contributions of an Optional Employer Contribution Participating Employer and any Adjustments relating thereto.

17


 

          2.59. Optional Employer Contribution Participating Employer. ISO and any Related Company listed on Schedule C hereto that, with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, participates in the Optional Employer Contribution portion of the Plan.
          2.60. Optional Employer Contribution Stock Sub-Account. The sub-account maintained for a Participant’s share of Optional Employer Contributions made in Participation Units in accordance with Section 4.4(b) and any Adjustments related thereto.
          2.61. Participant. Any individual who is eligible to participate in the Plan as provided in Article III of the Plan and whose participation in the Plan has not terminated.
          2.62. Participating Employer. A 401(k) Participating Employer, an Optional Employer Contribution Participating Employer and/or an ESOP Participating Employer.
          2.63. Plan . The ISO 401(k) Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan set forth herein, as amended and restated, and all subsequent amendments hereto.
          2.64. Plan Administration Committee. The committee of individuals selected from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company, to serve at its pleasure, specifically to administer the Plan. The Board of Directors of the Company shall retain the right to add, remove, or replace any member of the Plan Administration Committee at any time. No person will be ineligible to be a member of the Plan Administration Committee because he is, was, or may become a Participant in the Plan.
          2.65. Plan Year. January 1 through December 31.
          2.66. QPC GAC. The Group Annuity Contract between The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and the Quality Planning Corporation 401-K Profit Sharing Plan.
          2.67. Qualified Domestic Relations Order. A Domestic Relations Order which creates or recognizes the existence of an alternate payee’s right to, or assigns to an alternate payee the right to, receive all or a portion of the benefits of the Participant under this Plan, and which order clearly specifies:
     (a) the name and the last known mailing address of the Participant and each alternate payee covered thereunder;
     (b) the amount or the percentage of the Participant’s benefit to be paid to each such alternate payee;

18


 

     (c) the number of payments to which it applies, or the time period to which it applies; and
     (d) that it applies to this Plan.
          2.68. Qualified Matching Contribution. Contributions which are made by a 401(k) Participating Employer pursuant to Section 4.5(d). Such contributions shall be subject to the nonforfeitability requirements of Section 401(k) when made and shall be subject to the same distribution limitations as apply to Salary Reduction Contributions under the Plan. Such contributions may be treated as Salary Reduction Contributions for purposes of the actual deferral percentage test only if the conditions described in Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) of the Treasury Regulations are satisfied. Any Qualified Matching Contributions will be credited to the respective Participants’ Salary Reduction Contribution Accounts.
          2.69. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. Contributions which are made by a 401(k) Participating Employer pursuant to Section 4.5(d). Such contributions shall be subject to the nonforfeitability requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code when made and shall be subject to the same distribution limitations as apply to Salary Reduction Contributions under the Plan. Further, no Qualified Non-Elective Contributions will be permitted for any year that the Plan used the prior year testing method for purposes of Section 4.5(a)(1). Such contributions may be treated as Salary Deferral Contributions for purposes of the actual deferral percentage test only if the conditions described in Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) of the Treasury Regulations are satisfied. Any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions will be credited to the respective Participants’ Salary Reduction Contribution Accounts.
          2.70. Related Company. Any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which includes the Company; any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the Company; any organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the Company; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o).
          2.71. Rollover Contribution Account. The account maintained for a Participant to record his or her share of Rollover Contributions made under the Plan (excluding Rollover Contributions that are required to be maintained in a separate designated Roth account pursuant to Treasury regulations issued under Section 401(k) of the Code) and Adjustments relating thereto.
          2.72. Rollover Contributions. Contributions rolled over to this Plan

19


 

pursuant to Section 4.9.
          2.73. Roth 401(k) Catch-Up Contributions . Catch-Up Contributions that are also Roth 401(k) Contributions.
          2.74. Roth 401(k) Catch-Up Contribution Sub-Account . The sub-account maintained for a Participant to record his or her share of Roth 401(k) Catch-Up Contributions made under the Plan and any Adjustments relating thereto.
          2.75. Roth 401(k) Contributions . Salary Reduction Contributions that a Participant has designated to be “designated Roth contributions” as defined pursuant to Treasury regulations issued under Section 401(k) of the Code.
          2.76. Roth 401(k) Contribution Account . The account maintained for a Participant that is comprised of the following sub-accounts: (a) a Roth 401(k) Contribution Sub-Account; (b) a Roth 401(k) Catch-Up Contribution Sub-Account; and (c) a Roth 401(k) Rollover Contribution Sub-Account. Amounts held in a Participant’s Roth 401(k) Contribution Account are to be accounted for separately in accordance with Treasury regulations issued under Section 401(k) of the Code. Amounts held in a Participant’s Roth 401(k) Contribution Account may not be re-classified as pre-tax contributions (and vice versa).
          2.77. Roth 401(k) Contribution Sub-Account . The sub-account maintained for a Participant to record his or her share of Roth 401(k) Contributions made under the Plan and any Adjustments relating thereto.
          2.78. Roth 401(k) Rollover Contribution Sub-Account . The sub-account maintained for a Participant to record his or her share of Rollover Contributions that are required to be maintained in a separate designated Roth account pursuant to Treasury regulations issued under Section 401(k) of the Code.
          2.79. Salary Reduction Contribution Account . The account maintained for a Participant to record the Salary Reduction Contributions made by him or her under the Plan (excluding Roth 401(k) Contributions) and Adjustments relating thereto. This account will also include any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions, as applicable, that are made at the discretion of a 401(k) Participating Employer. For purposes hereof, Basic Salary Reduction Contributions will mean a Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions that are matched by a Matching Contribution pursuant to Section 4.3. A Participant’s Salary Reduction Contribution Account will also include a Catch-Up Contribution Sub-Account.
          2.80. Salary Reduction Contributions . Any 401(k) Participating Employer

20


 

contribution made to the Plan at the election of the Participant in lieu of cash compensation, and will include contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement or other deferral mechanism. Salary Reduction Contributions are intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Code. Salary Reduction Contributions will not include any deferrals properly distributed as excess deferrals. Salary Reduction Contributions include Roth 401(k) Contributions.
          2.81. Trusts Investment Committee . The committee of individuals selected from time to time by the Plan Administration Committee, to serve at its pleasure, specifically to perform those duties delegated to it pursuant to the terms of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 18.2 of the Plan. The Plan Administration Committee shall retain the right to add, remove, or replace any member of the Trusts Investment Committee at any time. No person will be ineligible to be a member of the Trusts Investment Committee because he is, was, or may become a Participant in the Plan.
          2.82. United States . All fifty States and the District of Columbia.
          2.83. Valuation Date . Any business day on which the stock markets are open for business.
ARTICLE III
PARTICIPATION
          3.1.  Eligibility .
               (a)  Eligibility for 401(k) Savings and Optional Employer Contributions . Each Employee who was a participant in the Prior 401(k) Plan on December 31, 2001 will continue to be eligible to participate in the Plan effective as of January 1, 2002, provided he or she is an Employee of a 401(k) Participating Employer on such date. Each other Employee of a 401(k) Participating Employer (other than a Leased Employee) will be eligible to participate for purposes of the 401(k) Savings portion of the Plan on the first date he or she completes one Hour of Service for a 401(k) Participating Employer. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, only an Employee of an Optional Employer Contribution Participating Employer who is first employed (or who is first reemployed following a One-Year Break in Service) by such Optional Employer Contribution Participating Employer on or after March 1, 2005 will be eligible to participate in the Optional Employer Contribution portion of this Plan. An Employee who is eligible to participate in the Optional Employer Contribution portion and other 401(k) Savings portions of the Plan need not elect to make Salary Reduction Contributions or After-Tax Contributions to the Plan to be eligible to receive

21


 

any Optional Employer Contributions. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, only Participants who satisfy the requirements set forth in Section 4.4(b) of the Plan will be entitled to share in any Optional Employer Contribution for the Plan Year.
               (b) Eligibility for ESOP . Each individual who was a Participant in the ISO ESOP on December 31, 2001 will continue to be eligible to participate in the Plan effective as of January 1, 2002, provided that he or she is an Employee of an ESOP Participating Employer on such date. Each other Employee of an ESOP Participating Employer (other than a Leased Employee) will become a Participant for purposes of the ESOP portion of the Plan on the day he or she first performs one Hour of Service for an ESOP Participating Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, only Participants who satisfy the requirements set forth in Section 5.4 of the Plan will be entitled to share in allocations under the Plan.
          3.2. Participation in 401(k) Savings .
               (a)  Participation . Any Eligible Employee will become a Participant by making written application, or via on-line enrollment, to become a Participant on a form or forms prescribed by the Plan Administration Committee, effective as to the total amount of Compensation received for the first pay period that begins on or after the enrollment date elected by such Employee, and for subsequent pay periods. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Eligible Employee who first becomes an Employee on or after April 1, 2002 will be deemed to have affirmatively elected participation in the Plan with Salary Reduction Contributions (in the form of pre-tax elective contributions) equal to three percent (3%) of Compensation (or four percent (4%) of Compensation for each Eligible Employee who first becomes an Employee on or after January 1, 2007), unless such Eligible Employee elects not to participate, to contribute a different percentage of Compensation as a Salary Reduction Contribution, and/or to contribute Salary Reduction Contributions in the form of Roth 401(k) Contributions. The Salary Reduction Contribution deemed to be elected pursuant to this Section 3.2 will be invested in the Investment Fund selected by the Plan Administration Committee to be the default Investment Fund, until such time as the Participant makes an affirmative election designating the specific Investment Fund or Funds in which his or her contributions are to be invested.
               Effective for the first pay period that begins on or after April 1, 2007, each Eligible Employee who is a Participant at the start of such pay period and who also was a Participant on December 31, 2006, will be deemed to have affirmatively elected that his or her Salary Reduction Contribution be increased by one-half percent (0.5%) of Compensation, unless such Participant elects to opt out of such automatic increase. Thereafter, effective for the first pay period that begins on or after each subsequent April

22


 

1, each Eligible Employee who is a Participant at the start of the applicable pay period and who also was a Participant on the immediately preceding December 31, will be deemed to have affirmatively elected that his or her Salary Reduction Contribution be increased by one-half percent (0.5%) of Compensation, unless such Participant elects to opt out of such automatic increase. Any automatic increase in Salary Reduction Contributions pursuant to this paragraph will be deemed to be in the form of pre-tax elective contributions (as opposed to Roth
401(k) Contributions), unless a Participant elects otherwise in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administration Committee. If a Participant wishes to opt out of this automatic increase arrangement, he or she need only do so once (rather than annually). Any election to opt out will only be effective prospectively and will apply only to Compensation earned subsequent to the opt-out election, in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administration Committee. Unless a Participant elects to opt out of this automatic increase arrangement, this arrangement will continue until such time as the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions are sufficient to allow the Participant to receive the maximum amount of Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 4.3, at which time the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions will remain at such level until otherwise changed by the Participant.
               There will be established an application process that permits the Participant to designate, among other things, (i) the percentage of Salary Reduction Contributions (including whether such contributions will be pre-tax elective contributions or Roth 401(k) Contributions) and/or After-Tax Contributions as specified in Sections 4.1 and 4.2, respectively, (ii) the percentage of Catch-Up Contributions (including whether such contributions will be pre-tax elective contributions or Roth 401(k) Contributions) as specified in Section 4.13, (iii) the percentage of Salary Reduction Contributions, Catch-Up Contributions, and/or After-Tax Contributions to be maintained and invested in each of the Investment Funds authorized by the Plan Administration Committee, as specified in Section 7.1, (iv) the Company with authority to deduct from the Participant’s Compensation an amount equal to the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions, Catch-Up Contributions, and/or After-Tax Contributions, and (v) a Beneficiary as specified in Section 19.1.
               Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.2 to the contrary and subject to Section 4.4(b), each Employee who is eligible to participate in the Optional Employer Contribution portion of the Plan will automatically become a participant in the Optional Employer Contribution portion of the Plan upon satisfaction of the eligibility criteria for Optional Employer Contributions set forth in Section 3.1(a).
               (b)  Failure to Participate. If an Eligible Employee does not elect to become a Participant on the first date on which he or she is eligible, either by so indicating during the application process or by failing to complete such process, he or she

23


 

may become a Participant on any subsequent date by completing the application process prior to such subsequent date, effective as to Compensation received for the first full pay period which begins on or after such subsequent date.
               (c)  Termination of Participation . Participation in the 401(k) portion of the Plan will cease upon termination of employment with a
401(k) Participating Employer resulting from retirement, death, discharge, voluntary or involuntary resignation including failure to return to active employment with a 401(k) Participating Employer or to retire by the date on which an Authorized Leave of Absence expires, unless the Employee is transferred to the employment of another 401(k) Participating Employer on or before such date.
               (d)  Transfer of Employees to Another 401(k) Participating Employer . The service of an Employee will not be broken if he or she is transferred to the employment of another 401(k) Participating Employer before he or she has incurred a One-Year Break in Service Period with respect to the 401(k) Participating Employer from which he or she is transferred.
               (e)  Reemployment . Upon the reemployment by a 401(k) Participating Employer of any person after the Effective Date who had previously been an Employee of a 401(k) Participating Employer on or after the Effective Date, an Employee will be eligible to participate on the date of his or her reemployment.
          3.3. Participation in the ESOP . Each Employee described in Section 3.1(b) who is eligible to participate for purposes of the ESOP portion of the Plan will automatically participate in the Plan. With respect to an Employee who has participated in the Plan but who has incurred a One-Year Break in Service, such Employee will be eligible to participate for purposes of the ESOP portion of the Plan beginning immediately upon his or her return to employment with an ESOP Participating Employer and will participate during each Plan Year ending thereafter in which such person completes not less than one-thousand (1,000) Hours of Service with the Company or any Related Company.
ARTICLE IV
401(k) SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS
          4.1. Salary Reduction Contributions . Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2, each Participant during the application process for participation in the Plan will designate as his or her Salary Reduction Contributions under the Plan a percentage of his or her Compensation. Salary Reduction Contributions will, to the extent permitted by law, be made by payroll deduction from each payment of Compensation, and if a

24


 

Participant’s Salary Reduction Contribution percentage changes, his or her payroll deductions will automatically be changed accordingly. Salary Reduction Contributions will be permanently discontinued upon the Participant’s termination of employment. Except to the extent permitted under Section 4.13 of this Plan and Section 414(v) of the Code, the maximum Salary Reduction Contribution that can be made to this Plan is the amount determined under Section 402(g) of the Code for the taxable year.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the first pay period that begins on or after April 1, 2007, or as soon as administratively possible thereafter, and for subsequent pay periods, a Participant may elect that all or a portion of his or her Salary Reduction Contributions be designated as Roth 401(k) Contributions. Such election may be made in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administration Committee from time to time.
          4.2. After-Tax Contributions. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2, each Participant during the application process for participation in the Plan may designate as his or her After-Tax Contribution under the Plan a percentage of his or her Compensation. After-Tax Contributions will, to the extent permitted by law, be made by payroll deduction from each payment of Compensation, and if a Participant’s After-Tax Contribution percentage changes, his or her payroll deductions will automatically be changed accordingly. After-Tax Contributions will be permanently discontinued upon the Participant’s termination of employment. Each Participant may make After-Tax Contributions, provided that such After-Tax Contributions in any Plan Year do not exceed ten (10%) percent of his or her Compensation. After-Tax Contributions will be limited so that the sum of a Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions and After-Tax Contributions in any Plan Year does not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of his or her Compensation.
          4.3. Matching Contributions.
               (a) Prior to January 1, 2002, Matching Contributions were made in cash.
               (b) As of the end of each calendar quarter ending on or after March 31, 2002, each 401(k) Participating Employer will make a Matching Contribution (and/or a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution or Qualified Matching Contribution as specified in Section 4.5(d)) on behalf of each Participant employed by such 401(k) Participating Employer who made Salary Reduction Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions (as the case may be) to the Plan in such calendar quarter pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 4.3(b) shall also govern Matching Contributions attributable to any Salary Reduction Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions for the first pay period ending

25


 

after January 1, 2002. The Matching Contribution shall be equal to the percentage specified in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 of the Plan, of the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions up to 75% of six (6%) percent of the Participant’s Compensation, and if the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contribution is less than six (6%) percent of the Participant’s Compensation, then of the Participant’s After-Tax Contributions which, when combined with the Salary Reduction Contributions, does not exceed 75% of six (6%) percent of the Participant’s Compensation. Such contributions will be credited to the Matching Contribution Account of each Participant employed by a 401(k) Participating Employer.
               (c) The Matching Contribution described in (b) above will be made in “Participation Units” of Common Stock (and will be maintained in a Matching Contribution Stock Sub-Account). Within fifteen (15) business days after the end of each calendar quarter, the ESOP Trustee will credit to each Participant eligible for a Matching Contribution an amount of Participation Units equal to (a) the amount required Matching Contribution and/or Qualified Non-Elective Contribution or Qualified Matching Contributions of such Participant divided by (b) the latest Appraisal value of a share of Common Stock. For purposes of this Section 4.3(c), the “latest” Appraisal value shall be determined as of the last day of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the calendar quarter for which the Matching Contributions are made. In making such allocations, the ESOP Trustee will round each allocation to the nearest one-billionth of a Participation Unit. A 401(k) Participating Employer’s contributions will be determined on the basis of such Participating Employer’s payroll periods, and the matching percentage will be applied uniformly to all Participants and allocated to the ESOP Trust Fund within the time period required by applicable regulations.
               (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.3, Sysdome, Inc. (now known as Interthinx, Inc.), AppIntelligence, Inc. (now known as Interthinx, Inc.), ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc., and National Equipment Register, Inc. do not make Matching Contributions, and no such contributions will be made on behalf of employees of such companies. Employees of Intellicorp Records, Inc. are eligible for Matching Contributions in accordance with the terms of the Plan beginning October 1, 2007.
          4.4. Additional Company Contributions.
               (a)  Discretionary Profit-Sharing Contributions. Subject to the limitations contained in this Article, each Plan Year the Company may make additional contributions in a discretionary amount (such contributions may be made in cash or in Participation Units of Common Stock) if such contribution for such year is authorized by an appropriate action of the Board of Directors of the Company. Such contributions will be credited to the Participants’ Matching Contribution Accounts and vested in the same

26


 

manner as contributions to Matching Contribution Accounts. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, no employee of Sysdome, Inc. (now known as Interthinx, Inc.), AppIntelligence, Inc. (now known as Interthinx, Inc.), ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc., Intellicorp Records, Inc., or National Equipment Register, Inc. is eligible to receive contributions under this Section 4.4(a).
               (b) Optional Employer Contributions. Subject to the limitations contained in this Article, each Plan Year an Optional Employer Contribution Participating Employer may make contributions in a discretionary amount (such contribution may be made in cash or in Participation Units in Common Stock) if such contribution for such year is authorized by an appropriate action of the Board of Directors of the Company. Such contributions will be credited to the Optional Employer Contribution Account of each Participant who is employed by the Optional Employer Contribution Participating Employer on the last day of such Plan Year who has completed 1,000 Hours of Service during such Plan Year. Any portion of an Optional Employer Contribution made in Participation Units of Common Stock will be maintained in an Optional Employer Contribution Stock Sub-Account. In the case of a Participant who is entitled to have credited to his or her Optional Employer Contribution Account an amount for such Plan Year but whose employment is terminated after the close of such Plan Year and before actual contributions have been made to the trust under the Plan, the amount will be credited as though such Employee’s employment had not been terminated.
          4.5. Contribution Limitations.
               (a) Actual Deferral Percentage:
          (1) The Actual Deferral Percentage, as defined in subparagraph (2) for the Highly Compensated Employees, will not exceed the greater of (A) or (B) as follows:
     (A) The Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Highly Compensated Employees for a Plan Year is not more than the Actual Deferral Percentage of all Eligible Employees other than Highly Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year, based upon the law in effect in the prior Plan Year, multiplied by 1.25, or
     (B) The excess of the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Highly Compensated Employees in a Plan Year over that of all Eligible Employees other than Highly Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year, based upon the law in effect for the

27


 

prior Plan Year, is not more than two (2) percentage points and the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the Actual Deferral Percentage of all other Eligible Employees multiplied by 2.
          (2) The “ Actual Deferral Percentage ” for a specified group of Participants for a Plan Year will be the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in such group) of:
     (A) The amount placed in the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contribution Account plus Roth 401(k) Contribution Sub-Account under Section 4.1 for such Plan Year, to
     (B) The Participant’s wages as defined in Section 3401 (a) of the Code, received during the period such Employee was a Participant in the Plan, but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed and increased by the elective contributions that are made by a 401(k) Participating Employer on behalf of its Employees under Section 125 or 402(e)(3) of the Code.
     (C) The amount considered under (2)(A) will be: (i) any elective deferrals, subject to the Actual Deferral Percentage test, (including excess elective deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees), but excluding (a) excess elective deferrals of all other Eligible Employees that arise solely from elective deferrals made under the Plan or Plans of a 401(k) Participating Employer and (b) elective deferrals that are taken into account in the Actual Contribution Percentage test (provided the Actual Deferral Percentage test is satisfied both with and without exclusion of these elective deferrals); and (ii) at the election of the Participating Employer, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions. For purposes of computing the Actual Deferral Percentage, an Employee who would be a Participant but for the failure to make elective deferrals will be treated as a Participant on whose behalf no elective deferrals are made.

28


 

          (3) Special Rules :
     (A) For purposes of Section 4.5(a)(1), a 401(k) Participating Employer will use, with the consent of the Plan Administration Committee, the Actual Deferral Percentage of all Eligible Employees other than Highly Compensated Employees in the current Plan Year, rather than the prior Plan Year.
     (B) The Actual Deferral Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have elective deferrals, subject to the Actual Deferral Percentage test (and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as elective deferrals for purposes of the Actual Deferral Percentage test), allocated to his or her Accounts under two or more arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code, that are maintained by a 401(k) Participating Employer, will be determined as if such elective deferrals (and, if applicable, such Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) were made under a single arrangement. For Plan Years prior to 2006, if a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements that have different Plan Years, all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year will be treated as a single arrangement. Beginning with the 2006 Plan Year, treatment of cash or deferred arrangements for a Highly Compensated Employee who participates in two or more such arrangements that have different plan years will be in accordance with Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(3)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans will be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under regulations issued under Section
401(k) of the Code.
     (C) In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Section 401(k), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then

29


 

this Section will be applied by determining the Actual Deferral Percentage of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Section 401(k) of the Code only if they have the same Plan Year.
     (D) For purposes of determining the Actual Deferral Percentage test, elective deferrals, Qualified Non- Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions must be made before the last day of the twelve-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which contributions relate.
     (E) A 401(k) Participating Employer will maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the Actual Deferral Percentage test and the amount of Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in such test.
     (F) The determination and treatment of the Actual Deferral Percentage amounts of any Participant will satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
          (b) Section 402(g) Limit. In no event will Salary Reduction Contributions made by a 401(k) Participating Employer on behalf of any Participant to this Plan, or any other qualified plan, during any taxable year of the Participant commencing after December 31, 2001, exceed $11,000 or the dollar limitation contained in Section 402(g) of the Code, as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury or his or her delegate.
          A Participant may allocate to this Plan any excess deferrals (as defined in Section 402(g) of the Code) made during a taxable year by notifying the Plan Administration Committee of the amount of excess deferrals to be allocated to the Plan, including what portion of such excess deferrals is comprised of Roth 401(k) Contributions, if any, on or before the first March 1st following the close of the taxable year. A Participant will be deemed to notify the Plan Administration Committee of any excess deferrals that arise by taking into account only those elective deferrals made to the Plan and any other plans of a 401(k) Participating Employer. Excess deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, will be distributed no later than April 15 to any Employee to whose Account excess deferrals were allocated for the preceding taxable year. Unless the Participant otherwise notifies the Plan Administration

30


 

Committee, excess deferrals will first be distributed from a Participant’s pre-tax elective contributions made during the applicable taxable year, if any, and only after all such contributions have been distributed, from a Participant’s Roth 401(k) Contributions made during the applicable taxable year.
          (c) Actual Contribution Percentage.
          (1) The Actual Contribution Percentage, as defined in subparagraph (2), for Highly Compensated Employees for any Plan Year will not exceed the greater of (A) or (B) as follows:
     (A) The Actual Contribution Percentage for the group of Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year is not more than the Actual Contribution Percentage for all Eligible Employees other than Highly Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year, based upon the law in effect in the prior Plan Year, multiplied by 1.25; or
     (B) The excess of the Actual Contribution Percentage for the group of Highly Compensated Employees in the current Plan year over that for all Eligible Employees other than Highly Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year based upon the law in effect in the prior Plan Year, is not more than two (2) percentage points, and the Actual Contribution Percentage for the group of Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the Actual Contribution Percentage for all other Eligible Employees multiplied by 2.
          (2) The “ Actual Contribution Percentage ” for a specified group of Participants for a Plan Year will be the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in such group) of:
     (A) The amounts placed in the Participant’s After-Tax and Matching Contribution Accounts under Sections 4.2 and 4.3, respectively, for such Plan Year, plus any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions not used in the Actual Deferral Percentage test of Section 4.5(a)(2), to

31


 

     (B) The Participant’s wages as defined in Section 3401 (a) of the Code, received during the period such Employee was a Participant in the Plan, but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed and increased by the elective contributions that are made by a Participating Employer on behalf of its Employees under Section 125 or 402(e)(3) of the Code.
          (3) Special Rules :
     (A) The 401(k) Participating Employers will, with the consent of the Plan Administration Committee, use the Actual Contribution Percentage of all Eligible Employees other than Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year, rather than the prior Plan Year.
     (B) For purposes of this Section, the Actual Contribution Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have amounts, subject to the Actual Contribution Percentage test, allocated to his or her Account under two or more plans described in Section 401 (a) of the Code, or arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code that are maintained by a 401(k) Participating Employer, will be determined as if the total of such Actual Contribution Percentage amounts were made under each plan. For Plan Years prior to 2006, if a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements that have different plan years, all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year will be treated as a single arrangement. Beginning with the 2006 Plan Year, treatment of cash or deferred arrangements for a Highly Compensated Employee who participates in two or more such arrangements that have different plan years will be in accordance with Section 1.401(m)- 2(a)(3)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans will be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under Section 401(m) of the Code.

32


 

     (C) In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Section 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section will be applied by determining the Actual Contribution Percentage of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Section 401(m) of the Code only if they have the same Plan Year.
     (D) For purposes of determining the Actual Contribution Percentage test, Employee contributions are considered to have been made in the Plan Year in which contributed to either the 401(k) Trust or the ESOP Trust. Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Non- Elective Contributions will be considered made for a Plan Year if made no later than the end of the twelve-month period beginning on the day after the close of the Plan Year.
     (E) A 401(k) Participating Employer will maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the Actual Contribution Percentage test and the amount of Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in such test.
     (F) The determination and treatment of the Actual Contribution Percentage of any Participant will satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
          (4) The amounts considered under (2)(A) above will be the sum of the After-Tax Contributions, Matching Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extent not taken into account for purposes of the Actual Deferral Percentage test) made under the Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year. Such amounts will not include contributions that are forfeited either to correct excess aggregate contributions or because the contributions to which they relate are excess deferrals, excess contributions, or excess aggregate contributions as defined in the Code. A 401(k) Participating

33


 

Employer also may elect to use elective deferrals in the Actual Contribution Percentage so long as the Actual Deferral Percentage test is met before the elective deferrals are used in the Actual Contribution Percentage test and continues to be met following the exclusion of those elective deferrals that are used to meet the Actual Contribution Percentage test.
          (d) Correction. In the event a Highly Compensated Employee’s Actual Deferral Percentage and/or Actual Contribution Percentage exceeds the limits described above, the Plan Administration Committee will proceed, on a reasonable and nondiscriminatory basis, and in accordance with the requirements of Sections 401(k) and (m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, to distribute amounts until any excess is corrected. The order of correction will be as follows:
          (1) Distribute After-Tax Contributions;
          (2) Distribute nonforfeitable Matching Contributions;
          (3) Forfeit nonvested Matching Contributions; and
          (4) Distribute Salary Reduction Contributions (first pre-tax elective contributions, if any, and then Roth 401(k) Contributions, unless the Highly Compensated Employee elects otherwise).
          (5) Forfeitures of shares of Common Stock not acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section 6.1 arising under the Plan and allocable to such ESOP Contribution Account in respect of such Plan Year (without regard to Section 4.9) will be allocated to the accounts of other eligible Participants as of the end of the current Plan Year in the manner provided under Section 5.4 below; and then
          (6) Company contributions allocable to such account in respect of such Plan Year and shares of Common Stock allocable in proportion thereto (without regard to Section 4.12) will be allocated to the Accounts of other eligible Participants at the end of the current Plan Year in the manner provided under Section 4.12, and, to the extent such allocation cannot be made under Section 4.12, then to the extent permitted by the applicable Treasury regulations, reallocated at the end of the succeeding Plan Years in such manner and as provided in Section 4.5(d)(7).

34


 

          (7) Any amount to be allocated under paragraph (6) above, at the end of a succeeding Plan Year will be allocated to a suspense account until such time as any amount in the suspense account can be allocated to Participants’ accounts without having to be reallocated under paragraph (6) above; provided that, to the extent required by any applicable Treasury regulations, no contribution will be made in such a succeeding Plan Year which would restrict such reallocation.
          Any excess amounts held unallocated for the Plan Year in a limitation suspense account will be managed and controlled by the 401(k) Savings Trustee or ESOP Trustee, as the case may be. If a limitation suspense account is in existence during a Plan Year, investment gains and losses and other income and expenses of the Plan will be allocated to the limitation suspense account.
          The Plan Administration Committee will have such power to reduce or limit additions to the Participant’s account under this Plan to comply with the requirements of Section 5.7; provided, however, that such reduction and/or limitation will be made in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
In lieu of making such distributions, a 401(k) Participating Employer may, in its discretion, make Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions to Employees other than Highly Compensated Employees of a 401(k) Participating Employer eligible to participate in the Plan in order to satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(k) and (m) of the Code. The Plan Administration Committee may, in its discretion, impose general limits on contributions to facilitate administration of the Plan and compliance with the limitations of this Section. Nothing contained in this Section specifically relating to contributions under the Plan will be interpreted to limit the Plan Administration Committee’s right to reduce or curtail any form of contributions under the Plan in order to satisfy the requirements of this Article.
          (e) Correction Procedures .
          (1) If the projected Actual Deferral Percentage for the Highly Compensated Employees will exceed the amount permitted under Section 4.4(a)(1) or if projected Salary Reduction Contributions and Matching Contributions will exceed the maximum amount deductible under Section 404(a)(3) of the Code, then the anticipated excess amount of Salary Reduction Contributions (beginning with pre-tax elective contributions, if any, and then Roth 401(k) Contributions) will be credited to the Participant’s After-Tax Contribution Account and will be considered

35


 

taxable income to the Participant. The future Salary Reduction Contributions by Highly Compensated Employees will be reduced on a pro rata basis so that the requirements of Section 4.5(a)(2) are met.
If, after applying the measures described above and the order of correction set forth in Section 4.5(d)(1) through (3), the Plan nonetheless fails the requirements of Section 4.5(a)(1), any Excess Salary Reduction Contributions will be distributed in the manner set forth below.
          (2) Excess Salary Reduction Contributions are allocated to Highly Compensated Employees with the largest amount of contributions taken into account for purposes of calculating the Actual Deferral Percentage test for the year in which such excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such contributions and continuing in descending order until all Excess Salary Reduction Contributions have been allocated. For this purpose, the “largest dollar amount” is determined after distribution of Excess Contributions. An Employee’s Excess Salary Reduction Contributions are also reduced by any amounts of such contributions that were previously distributed for the Plan Year beginning in such taxable year.
          (3) A distribution of Excess Salary Reduction Contributions allocable to each Participant will include income, gains, and losses for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant’s Excess Salary Reduction Contributions for the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the Participant’s account balance attributable thereto, without regard for any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year. Such distributions will be made without regard to any consent otherwise required under the Plan. Such distributions will be made first from the Participant’s pre-tax elective contributions and then from the Participant’s Roth 401(k) Contributions, unless the Participant elects otherwise. Beginning with the 2006 Plan Year, a distribution of Excess Salary Reduction Contributions will also include income, gains and losses for the gap period (i.e., the period after the close of the Plan Year and before the date that is no more than seven days before the date of the distribution). Gap period income, gains and losses will be determined in accordance with Section 1.401(k)- 2(b)(2)(iv) of the Treasury Regulations.

36


 

          (4) For purposes of this subsection, “ Excess Salary Reduction Contributions ” will mean, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:
          (A) the aggregate amount of 401(k) Participating Employer contributions actually taken into account in computing the Actual Deferral Percentage of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over,
          (B) the maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the Actual Deferral Percentage Test.
          (5) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, will be forfeited, if forfeitable, or if not forfeitable, distributed, no later than the last day of each Plan Year to Participants to whose accounts such Excess Aggregate Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan Year. Forfeitures of Matching Contributions will be applied to reduce future contributions to the Plan. Excess Aggregate Contributions will be treated as annual additions under the Plan.
          (6) Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated to Highly Compensated Employees with the largest amount of contributions taken into account for purposes of calculating the Actual Contribution Percentage test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such contributions and continuing in descending order until all Excess Aggregated Contributions have been allocated. For this purpose the “largest amount” is determined after distribution of any other Excess Aggregate Contributions for the year. An Employee’s Excess Aggregate Contributions will be reduced by the amount of any such contributions previously distributed for the taxable Plan Year beginning in such Plan Year.
          (7) A distribution or forfeiture of Excess Aggregate Contributions allocable to a Participant will include income, gains and losses for the Plan Year, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s Excess Aggregate Contributions for the year and the denominator of which is the Participant’s account balance attributable to such Excess Aggregate Contributions, without regard to any income or losses occurring during such Plan

37


 

Year. Such distributions will be made without regard to any consent otherwise required under the Plan. Beginning with the 2006 Plan Year, a distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions will also include income, gains and losses for the gap period (i.e., the period after the close of the Plan Year and before the date that is no more than seven days before the date of the distribution). Gap period income, gains and losses will be determined in accordance with Section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2)(iv) of the Treasury Regulations.
          (8) “ Excess Aggregate Contributions ” will mean, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:
     (A) the aggregate amounts taken into account in computing the numerator of the Actual Contribution Percentage actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over
     (B) the maximum amounts permitted by the Actual Contribution Percentage test (determined by reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees on the basis of the amount of the Excess Aggregate Contributions by, or on behalf of, each Highly Compensated Employee).
          4.6. Time of Payment. All Salary Reduction Contributions and After-Tax Contributions will be transmitted to the 401(k) Savings Trust as soon as practicable but in no event will contributions be transmitted later than the 15th business day of the month after which Salary Reduction Contributions or After-Tax Contributions are withheld from the Participant’s Compensation. All Matching Contributions will be allocated to the ESOP Trust as soon as practicable but in no event will contributions be allocated later than the 15th business day after the end of the calendar quarter to which such Matching Contributions relate. Any Discretionary Profit-Sharing Contributions and Optional Employer Contributions will be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year to which any such contributions relate and will be deposited in the 401(k) Savings Trust no later than the time prescribed by law, including any extensions, for filing the Optional Employer Contributions Participating Employer’s Federal tax return for such Plan Year.
          4.7. Suspension or Change of Salary Reduction Contributions and/or of After-Tax Contributions. A Participant may increase, decrease, or suspend the making of his or her Salary Reduction Contributions or of his or her After-Tax Contributions, or of all of the foregoing Contributions, effective as to Compensation for a period of thirty (30) days starting on the first business day immediately following the Transition Period, as

38


 

defined in Section 4.14. Thereafter, a Participant may increase, decrease, or suspend his or her Salary Reduction Contributions (separate changes may be made with respect to pre-tax elective contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions) and/or After-Tax Contributions once during any six (6) month period. Subject to the foregoing rules, a Participant may increase, decrease, or suspend the making of his or her Salary Reduction Contributions (separate changes may be made with respect to pre-tax elective contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions) and/or After-Tax Contributions effective as to Compensation received for the first full pay period that begins at least thirty (30) days after such change is made. Suspension of Salary Reduction Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions will automatically result in concurrent suspension of Matching Contributions. During such suspension, the Participant’s Accounts will continue to be maintained pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.9 of the Plan.
          4.8. No Salary Reduction or After-Tax Contributions and No Matching Contributions During Absence From Paid Employment. A Participant’s right to make Salary Reduction Contributions and After-Tax Contributions will be automatically suspended during any period of his or her absence from paid employment with a 401(k) Participating Employer, such as sick leave, Authorized Leave of Absence or temporary layoff, and during such period no such Contributions and no Matching Contributions will be made. During such suspension the Participant’s Accounts will continue to be maintained pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.9 of the Plan. Resumption of the making of Salary Reduction Contributions or of After-Tax Contributions may occur no earlier than for the first full pay period which begins after his or her return to paid employment with a 401(k) Participating Employer, upon receipt by the Plan Administration Committee, and concurrent resumption of Matching Contributions will then occur.
          4.9. Rollover Contributions. Any Employee may make a Rollover Contribution to the Plan, subject to the consent of the Plan Administration Committee; provided that the trust from which the funds are to be transferred permits the transfer to be made and the Plan Administration Committee is satisfied that such transfer is from an “eligible retirement plan” and will not jeopardize the tax-exempt status of the Plan and 401(k) Savings Trust or create adverse tax consequences for a Participating Employer. Rollover Contributions will be made by delivery to the 401(k) Savings Trustee for deposit in the 401(k) Savings Trust. All Rollover Contributions must be cash or property satisfactory to the 401(k) Savings Trustee, whose decision in this regard will be final. The 401(k) Savings Trustee will not accept rollovers of accumulated deductible employee contributions from a Simplified Employee Pension Plan, nor will the 401(k) Savings Trustee accept rollovers in the form of a trustee-to-trustee transfer from any qualified plan that is required to provide benefits in the form of a qualified joint and survivor annuity or a qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity, as defined in Section 417(b) of the Code.

39


 

          The 401(k) Savings Trustee will only accept a rollover into a Roth 401(k) Rollover Contribution Sub-Account if (i) the contribution is made via a direct rollover from a “designated Roth account” under an applicable retirement plan described in Section 402A(e)(1) of the Code, (ii) the rollover is permitted under the rules of Section 402(c) of the Code, and (iii) the plan administrator or other responsible party of the distributing plan provides the 401(k) Savings Trustee with a representation that the contribution is being made from a “designated Roth account” (as defined pursuant to Treasury regulations issued under Section 401(k) of the Code) and either with a statement or representation that the distribution is a “qualified distribution” (as defined in Section 402A(d)(2) of the Code) or with all information necessary to determine when such amounts will qualify as a “qualified distribution” and what portion of such amounts is attributable to investment in the contract (basis) under Section 72 of the Code.
          If the Plan Administration Committee accepts a transfer of funds under this Section 4.9, then it will allocate them to the Rollover Contribution Account or the Roth 401(k) Rollover Contribution Sub-Account, as applicable. Funds allocated to such Account or Sub-Account will be invested separately, and any appreciation, depreciation, gain, or loss with respect to such Account or Sub-Account, and any related expenses, will be allocated to such Account or Sub-Account, as applicable. Any Participant who has a Rollover Contribution Account and/or a Roth 401(k) Rollover Contribution Sub-Account will be 100% vested in such Account and/or Sub-Account.
          Any Employee of ISO Insurance Solutions, Inc. (now known as Xactware Solutions, Inc.) (a) who was previously employed by Xactware, Incorporated, and (b) who became employed by ISO Insurance Solutions, Inc. (now known as Xactware Solutions, Inc.) promptly following his termination of employment with Xactware, Incorporated, shall be permitted to roll over into the Plan any note evidencing an outstanding loan to that Employee from his account under the Xactware 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, provided that the following conditions are satisfied: (1) such Employee simultaneously rolls over into the Plan, via a direct rollover, his entire account balance under the Xactware 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan; and (2) such direct rollover is requested by such Employee, and such direct rollover occurs, within a reasonable period of time, as determined by the Plan Administration Committee, following such Employee becoming a Participant in the Plan. Any such note rolled over into the Plan shall be administered in accordance with the provisions governing loans under the Plan, including the provisions set forth in Section 9.7.
          4.10. Reemployment; Forfeitures. If a former Participant whose employment was terminated before he or she was vested in his or her Matching Contribution Account under Section 8.1(b) or in his or her Optional Employer Contributions under Section 8.1(e) returns to the employ of a 401(k) Participating Employer or Optional Employer Contribution Participating Employer, as the case may

40


 

be, before the close of the Plan Year in which he or she has his or her fifth consecutive One-Year Break in Service, then the balance in his or her Matching Contribution Account and/or Optional Employer Contribution Account which was forfeited at the time of his or her termination of employment will be restored, provided he or she again becomes a Participant in the Plan and he or she repays, following his or her commencement of participation, the amount previously distributed to him or her under Section 11.1 which was attributable to his or her Basic Salary Reduction Contributions and After-Tax Basic Contributions plus income thereon, if any. Repayment, if any, must be made before the close of the Plan Year in which he or she has his or her fifth consecutive One-Year Break in Service Period.
          4.11. Transfer of Employment to Another 401(k) Participating Employer. If a Participant is transferred from the employ of one 401(k) Participating Employer to another 401(k) Participating Employer, the vested portion of his or her 401(k) Savings Accounts may, with the written approval of and as of a Valuation Date determined by the Plan Administration Committee, be transferred to his or her comparable
401(k) Savings Accounts maintained for Participants of the transferee 401(k) Participating Employer.
          4.12. Maximum Annual Additions. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the contrary:
          (a) For any Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the total Annual Additions with respect to a Participant under the Plan and all other Defined Contribution Plans maintained by a Participating Employer or any Related Company will not exceed the lesser of:
          (1) $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost of living under Section 415(d) of the Code; or
          (2) 100 percent of the Participant’s Section 415 Compensation for such Limitation Year.
The compensation limit referred to in (2) will not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition.
          (b) If, as a result of the allocation of Forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating compensation or elective deferrals, or other circumstances permitted by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, the Annual Additions for a Limitation Year exceed the limitation set forth in

41


 

Section 4.12(a), then such excess will be reduced as follows. First, by returning to the Participant, to the extent necessary, the After-Tax Contributions made by the Participant for the Limitation Year plus earnings thereon, as reasonably calculated by the Plan Administration Committee (reducing first the After-Tax Contributions which were not matched, and next the After-Tax Basic Contributions). Second, if, after returning all After-Tax Contributions plus earnings, an excess still exists, then such excess will be reduced by returning to the Participant, to the extent necessary, Salary Reduction Contributions plus earnings thereon, as reasonably calculated by the Plan Administration Committee (reducing first the pre-tax elective contributions, and next the Roth 401(k) Contributions). Third, in the event that it is necessary to reduce After-Tax Basic Contributions or Salary Reduction Contributions in order to comply with the limitation set forth in Section 4.12(a), then the Plan Administration Committee will reduce the After-Tax, Salary Reduction and/or Matching Contributions in a manner that will satisfy Sections 401(a)(4), 401(m), and 415 of the Code. Fourth, if, after returning After-Tax and/or Salary Reduction Contributions (plus the requisite amount of earnings), Matching Contributions must be reduced, then such Matching Contributions:
          (1) if the Participant is covered by the Plan, will be used to reduce Matching Contributions (including any allocation of Forfeitures) for such Participant in the next Limitation Year and each succeeding Limitation Year as necessary; or
          (2) if the Participant is no longer covered by the Plan, will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will be applied to reduce future Matching Contributions for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary.
Fifth, if after reducing any Matching Contributions, any Discretionary Profit-Sharing Contributions must be reduced, then such Discretionary Profit-Sharing Contributions will be reduced in the same manner as Matching Contributions are reduced as set forth in subclauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.12(b). Sixth, if after reducing any Discretionary Profit-Sharing Contributions, any Optional Employer Contributions must be reduced, then such Optional Employer Contributions will be reduced in the same manner as Matching Contributions are reduced as set forth in subclauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.12(b).

42


 

          (c) The dollar limitation contained in this Section 4.12 will be adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury or his or her designee under Section 415(d) of the Code.
          (d) As used in this Section 4.12, Section 5.7 and in Article XXII hereof, the following terms will have the following meanings:
          (1) The term “ Annual Addition ” will mean the sum credited to a Participant’s Accounts for any Limitation Year of (A) contributions made by the Participating Employer, (B) Participant contributions, and (C) Forfeitures. Any amount attributable to medical benefits allocated to a separate account under Section 419A(d) of the Code (pertaining to post-retirement medical benefits for key employees) will be treated as an Annual Addition. Contributions allocated to any individual for post-retirement medical benefits for key employees will be treated as an Annual Addition. Contributions allocated to any individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(1) of the Code, which is part of a pension or annuity plan will be treated as an Annual Addition to a defined contribution plan for purposes of this Section.
          (2) The term “ Section 415 Compensation ” will mean the Participant’s compensation as determined pursuant to Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, which is defined as wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the 401(k) Participating Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includable in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.62-2(c))), and excluding the following:
          (A) 401(k) Participating Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or 401(k) Participating Employer

43


 

contributions under a simplified employee pension plan, or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;
          (B) amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;
          (C) amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and
          (D) other amounts which received special tax benefits, or contributions made by a 401(k) Participating Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in Section 403 (b) of the Code (whether or not the contributions are actually excludable from the gross income of the employee).
For any self-employed individual, compensation will mean earned income.
          For purposes of applying the limitations of this Section, Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually paid or made available in gross income during such Limitation Year.
          Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, compensation for a participant in a defined contribution plan who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) is the compensation such Participant would have received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had been paid at the rate of compensation paid immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled; for Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1997, but not for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1996, such imputed compensation for the disabled Participant may be taken into account only if the Participant is not a Highly Compensated Employee and contributions made on behalf of such Participant are nonforfeitable when made.
          For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1997, for purposes of applying the limitations of this Section, compensation paid

44


 

or made available during such Limitation Year will include any elective deferral (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by a 401(k) Participating Employer at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Section 415(c)(3)(D) of the Code.
          (3) The term “Limitation Year” will mean, with respect to a plan, the calendar year.
          4.13. Catch-Up Contributions. Effective as of April 1, 2000, for all Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2002, all Eligible Employees who have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year will be eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Section 414(v) of the Code. Catch-Up Contributions will be made to a Participant’s Catch-Up Contribution Sub-Account and/or Roth 401(k) Catch-Up Contribution Sub-Account, as appropriate. Such Catch-Up Contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. The Plan will not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Sections 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b) or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such Catch-Up Contributions. Catch-Up Contributions are not subject to match by Matching Contributions.
          4.14. Transition Period. In order to provide for the orderly reconciliation and transfer of Account balance information required as a result of the change in the Plan’s recordkeeper effective as of January 1, 2002, certain transactions affecting Accounts will not be performed during the transition period beginning at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on December 26, 2001 and ending on a date to be determined by the Plan Administrator (the “Transition Period”). During the Transition Period, all elections or requests to: (a) enroll in the 401(k) Savings Portion of the Plan; (b) change the rate of Salary Reduction Contributions and After-Tax Contributions; (c) make interfund transfers; (d) change the investment of 401(k) Savings Contributions; and (e) receive in-service withdrawals, loans and distributions must be made no later than 4:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on December 26, 2001. Any requests or forms that are not submitted by the applicable deadline, and any requests or forms that are submitted with missing or incomplete documentation, information, signatures, consents, notarizations or attestations that is not provided or completed by the deadline, will not be processed.

45


 

ARTICLE V
ESOP CONTRIBUTIONS
Contributions under the Plan will be made as follows:
          5.1. ESOP Contributions. For each Plan Year, each ESOP Participating Employer will contribute to the ESOP Trust an amount the Board of Directors of the Company, in its sole discretion, may determine; provided, however, that an ESOP Participating Employer will contribute, in the aggregate, an amount not less than the amount required for repayment by the ESOP Trust of indebtedness (principal and interest) incurred from time to time for the purpose of acquisition of Common Stock. ESOP Contributions for each Plan Year will be due on the Anniversary Date for each Plan Year, and, if not paid by the Anniversary Date, will be payable to the ESOP Trust as soon thereafter as practicable, but not later than the time prescribed for filing the ESOP Participating Employer’s Federal Income Tax return for that Plan Year; provided, however, that any amounts required for repayment by the ESOP Trust of indebtedness incurred for the purpose of acquisition of Common Stock will be timely contributed in cash by the Company to permit the ESOP Trust to make such repayment by its required due date.
          The Company will determine by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and communicate to the ESOP Trustee before the close of each Plan Year either (x) the amount in dollars to be contributed for such year; or (y) a formula by which such amount may be determined. The Company may make such contributions in cash, shares of Common Stock, or other property.
          5.2. By Employee. No Employee will be required or permitted to contribute to the ESOP portion of this Plan and the ESOP Trust.
          5.3. Separate Records of Participants. The Plan Administration Committee, its designated agent or recordkeeper will keep accurate accounts of the respective shares in the ESOP Trust assets in the ESOP Contribution Account for each Participant. Each ESOP Contribution Account will be maintained in terms of “Participation Units,” which will be allocated to the Participants’ ESOP Contribution Account each year as described in Section 5.4 below. The shares of each Participant in the ESOP Trust assets attributable to the ESOP as of any date of determination will be the total value of the ESOP Trust assets attributable to the ESOP at such time multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Participation Units then allocated to such Participant’s ESOP Contribution Account and the denominator of which is the total number of Participation Units then allocated to the ESOP Contribution Accounts of all Participants.

46


 

          5.4. Allocation of Participation Units . The total number of Participation Units to be credited to Participants shall be equal to (a) the total number of shares of Common Stock released for allocation pursuant to Section 6.3 herein, less (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock relating to the Participation Units allocated to Participants as Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 4.3 through the end of the Plan Year.
          For any remaining Participation Units, as of the last day of the Plan Year, the ESOP Trustee will credit to the ESOP Contribution Account of each Participant employed by the Company or a Related Company on such day who has completed 1,000 Hours of Service during said Plan Year, a number of Participation Units which will bear the same ratio to the total remaining Participation Units to be allocated for such Plan Year as such Employee’s Compensation for such Plan Year will bear to the aggregate of the Compensation of all Employees for such Plan Year. In making such allocations, the ESOP Trustee will round each allocation to the nearest one-billionth of a Participation Unit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan Year beginning January 1, 2000 and ending December 31, 2000, Participants who are employees of Elliston LLC shall receive credit for Hours of Service for such Plan Year in accordance with their service history as reflected in the records of Elliston LLC for purposes of receiving an allocation of Participation Units with respect to such Plan year and vesting for such year.
          In the case of a Participant who is entitled to have credited to his or her ESOP Contribution Account a number of Participation Units for such Plan Year but whose employment is terminated after the close of such Plan Year and before actual contributions have been made to the ESOP Trust, the Participation Units with respect to such contributions will be credited as though such Employee’s employment had not terminated.
          5.5. Annual Report to Participants . As soon as practicable after each Anniversary Date, the Plan Administration Committee, its designated agent or recordkeeper will prepare a written statement for distribution to each Participant reflecting the number of Participation Units allocated to such Participant’s ESOP Contribution Account as of the Anniversary Date preceding the most recent Anniversary Date, the additional number of Participation Units allocated for the Plan Year ending on the most recent Anniversary Date, and the aggregate number of Participation Units allocated to date to his or her ESOP Contribution Account. If requested by a Participant, the Plan Administration Committee, its designated agent or recordkeeper will also inform the Participant in writing of the dollar value of his or her allocated Participation Units, based upon the most recent revaluation of the assets of the ESOP Trust in accordance with Section 6.2.
          5.6. List of Participants . On or about the Anniversary Date ending each

47


 

Plan Year, the Plan Administration Committee will deliver to the ESOP Trustee a list of all Employees eligible on such date to participate in the ESOP portion of the Plan, to whom Compensation was paid or payable for such year, together with a statement of the amount of such Compensation.
          5.7. Limitation on Annual Additions . The Participant’s ESOP Contribution Account will also be subject to the annual addition limits as described in Section 4.12 of this Plan.
ARTICLE VI
COMMON STOCK
          6.1. Borrowing to Acquire Common Stock . The ESOP Trustee may borrow funds from any lender for the purpose of purchasing Common Stock (or to repay prior indebtedness incurred for the purpose of purchasing Common Stock) and may enter into contracts for the purchase of Common Stock pursuant to which the purchase price is paid in installments. Any such loan or contract must be primarily for the benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries, and will comply with the following terms and conditions:
     (a) The loan will be for a specific term, will bear a reasonable rate of interest, and will not be payable on demand except in the event of default.
     (b) At the time that such loan is made or contract entered into, the interest rate and the price of securities to be acquired should not be such that Plan assets might be dissipated.
     (c) The terms of such loan or contract, whether or not between independent parties, must be at such time at least as favorable to the ESOP Trust as the terms of a comparable loan or contract resulting from arm’s-length negotiations between independent parties.
     (d) The proceeds of such loan must be used within a reasonable time after receipt by the ESOP Trust only to acquire Common Stock, to repay such loan or to repay a prior loan to the ESOP Trust.
     (e) Such loan must be without recourse against the ESOP Trust. The only assets of the ESOP Trust that may be given as collateral on such loan are shares of Common Stock acquired therewith.

48


 

     (f) In the event of default on such loan, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the loan must not exceed the amount of default.
     (g) Shares of Common Stock used as collateral for such loan will be released from the encumbrance thereof, in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.3 below.
     (h) Except as otherwise provided under the terms of this Plan, or as otherwise required by applicable law, no Common Stock acquired with the proceeds of such loan will be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell or similar arrangement while held by and when distributed from the Plan, whether or not the Plan is then an ESOP.
          6.2. Independent Appraisals. The ESOP Trustee will determine the fair market value of Common Stock purchased for the ESOP Trust as of the date of purchase (“Appraisal Date”) and, thereafter, at least one time per Plan Year (each, a “Reappraisal Date”). For purposes of determining top-heavy status under Article XXII hereof, the Anniversary Date, which will always coincide with the last Reappraisal Date of the Plan Year (if more than one Reappraisal Date occurs with respect to such Plan Year), will apply. Each valuation will be conducted by an independent appraiser meeting the requirements of Code Section 170(a)(1).
          6.3. Release of Shares. All shares of Common Stock acquired by the ESOP Trust and pledged as collateral on a loan described in Section 6.1 above will be added to and maintained in a suspense account. Said shares will be released from such encumbrance as follows:
     (a) For each Plan Year during the duration of the loan, the number of shares of Common Stock released will equal the number of encumbered shares held immediately before release multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the amount of principal and interest paid to the lender by the ESOP Trust for the Plan Year, and the denominator of the fraction is the sum of the numerator plus the principal and interest to be paid for all future Plan Years.
     (b) For purposes of the foregoing determination, the number of future Plan Years under the loan must be definitely ascertainable, and will be determined without taking into account any possible extensions or renewal periods. If the interest rate under the loan is variable, the interest to be paid in future years will be computed by using the interest rate applicable as of the end of the Plan Year.

49


 

     (c) To the extent of the foregoing release from encumbrance, shares will be withdrawn from the suspense account, and nonmonetary units representing the Participants’ interests therein will be allocated, for each Plan Year, as provided in Sections 4.3 and 5.4.
          6.4. Voting and Tender or Exchange Rights . Except as otherwise required by ERISA, the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, all voting rights appurtenant to shares of Common Stock held by the ESOP Trust will be exercised by the ESOP Trustee in accordance with the following provisions:
     (a) (1) If the Company has a registration-type class of securities (as defined in Section 409(e)(4) of the Code or any successor statute thereto), then, with respect to all corporate matters submitted to shareholders of the Company, all shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock allocated and credited to the Matching Contribution Account, Optional Employer Contribution Account or the ESOP Contribution Accounts of Participants will be voted in accordance with the directions of such Participants as given to the ESOP Trustee. Each Participant will be entitled to direct the voting only of the shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock allocated and credited to his or her Matching Contribution Account, Optional Employer Contribution Account and ESOP Contribution Account.
     (2) If the Company does not have a registration-type class of securities (as defined in Section 409(e)(4) of the Code or any successor statute thereto), then, only with respect to corporate matters relating to a corporate merger or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, sale of substantially all assets of a trade or business, or such other similar transaction that any regulations promulgated under such Code section may require, all shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock allocated and credited to the Matching Contribution Account, Optional Employer Contribution Account and ESOP Contribution Accounts of Participants will be voted in accordance with the directions of such Participants as given to the ESOP Trustee. Each Participant will be entitled to direct the voting only of the shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock allocated to his or her Matching Contribution Account, Optional Employer Contribution Account or ESOP Contribution Account.
     (3) If this Section 6.4 applies to shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock allocated to the Matching

50


 

Contribution Account, Optional Employer Contribution Account or the ESOP Contribution Account of a deceased Participant, such Participant’s beneficiary will be entitled to direct the voting with respect to such shares of Common Stock as if such beneficiary were the Participant.
     (b) If Participants are entitled under this Section 6.4 to direct the vote with respect to allocated shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock, then, at least 30 days before each annual or special shareholders’ meeting of the Company (or, if such schedule cannot be met, as early as practicable before such meeting), the ESOP Trustee will furnish to each Participant a copy of the proxy solicitation material sent generally to shareholders, together with a form requesting confidential instructions on how the shares of Common Stock allocated to such Participant’s Matching Contribution Account, Optional Employer Contribution Account or ESOP Contribution Account (including fractional Common Stock to 1/10th of a share of Common Stock) are to be voted. Upon timely receipt of such instructions, the ESOP Trustee (after combining votes of fractional shares of Common Stock to give effect to the greatest extent possible to Participants’ instructions) will vote the shares of Common Stock as instructed. The instructions received by the ESOP Trustee from Participants will be held by the ESOP Trustee in strict confidence and will not be divulged or released to any person including, without limitation, officers or Employees of the Company or any Related Company, or employees of any other company. The ESOP Trustee and the Company will not make recommendations to Participants on whether to vote or how to vote. If voting instructions for Common Stock allocated to any Participant are not timely received from the Participant for a particular shareholders’ meeting, the ESOP Trustee may direct the manner in which such shares of Common Stock will be voted. In the absence of any such direction from the Participant, the ESOP Trustee may vote such Common Stock if it determines that it is required to do so by ERISA.
     (c) The ESOP Trustee will vote unallocated shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock held in the ESOP Trust and Common Stock allocated to the Matching Contribution Account, Optional Employer Contribution Account or the ESOP Contribution Accounts of Participants from whom voting instructions are not required to be solicited under Section 6.4(a)(1) or Section 6.4(a)(2) in accordance with ERISA and the best interests of the Participants and their beneficiaries.

51


 

     (d) The ESOP Trustee will notify each Participant of each tender or exchange offer for the shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock and utilize its best efforts to distribute or cause to be distributed to each Participant in a timely manner all information distributed to shareholders of the Company in connection with any such tender or exchange offer. Each Participant will have the right from time to time with respect to the shares of Common Stock allocated to his or her Matching Contribution Account, Optional Employer Contribution Account or her ESOP Contribution Account (including fractional Common Stock to 1/10th of a share of Common Stock) to instruct the ESOP Trustee in writing as to the manner in which to respond to any tender or exchange offer which will be pending or which may be made in the future for all Common Stock or any portion thereof. A Participant’s instructions will remain in force until superseded in writing by the Participant. The ESOP Trustee will tender or exchange whole Common Stock only as and to the extent instructed unless the ESOP Trustee determines that it is required to do otherwise by ERISA. Except to the extent required to comply with the law, the individual instructions received by the ESOP Trustee from Participants will be held by the ESOP Trustee in strict confidence and will not be divulged or released to any person, including, without limitation, officers or Employees of the Company or any Related Company, or employees of any other company; provided , however , that the ESOP Trustee will advise the Company, at any time upon request, of the total number of shares of Common Stock not subject to instructions to tender or exchange.
     (e) If Section 6.4(d) applies to shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock allocated to the Matching Contribution Account, Optional Employer Contribution Account or the ESOP Contribution Account of a deceased Participant, such Participant’s Beneficiary will be entitled to direct the manner in which to respond to any tender or exchange offer as if such beneficiary were the Participant.
     (f) The ESOP Trustee will sell, convey or transfer any unallocated shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock held in the ESOP Trust in response to a tender or exchange offer. The ESOP Trustee will tender or exchange shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock only as and to the extent instructed unless the ESOP Trustee determines that it is required to do otherwise by ERISA. In exercising any discretion or power, the ESOP Trustee may consider all legally permissible facts and circumstances.

52


 

          6.5. Voting. For purposes of Section 6.4(b), the number of shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock that each Participant may direct the ESOP Trustee to vote will be the number of shares of Common Stock owned by the ESOP Trust (excluding encumbered shares of Common Stock held in the suspense account) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Participation Units in such Participant’s ESOP Contribution Account and the denominator of which is the number of Participation Units allocated to the ESOP Contribution Accounts of all Participants. If requested by a Participant, the ESOP Trustee will advise the Participant of the number of shares allocated to such Participant, were his or her Matching Contribution Account, Optional Employer Contribution Account and ESOP Contribution Account converted to shares of Common Stock (with and without regard to the schedule of vesting of benefits at Section 8.2 below).
          6.6. Dividends. All dividends paid with respect to Common Stock owned by the ESOP Trust will, in the discretion of the Company, be (a) retained by the ESOP Trustee and added to the corpus of the ESOP Trust, (b) paid in cash directly to the Participants, (c) paid to the ESOP Trustee and distributed in cash to the Participants no later than ninety (90) days after the close of the Plan Year in which the dividend was paid, or (d) used to repay a loan described in Section 6.1. In the event of a distribution or payment of dividends to the Participants, each Participant will receive that portion of dividends paid with respect to Common Stock owned by the ESOP Trust which is equal to the total amount of the dividends multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of Participation Units in such Participant’s Matching Contribution Account, Optional Employer Contribution Account and ESOP Contribution Account and the denominator of which is the number of Participation Units allocated to the Matching Contribution Accounts, Optional Employer Contribution Accounts and the ESOP Contribution Accounts of all Participants.
          In the event that dividends are used to repay a loan described in Section 6.1, shares of Common Stock released from the suspense account (due to repayment of the loan with dividends paid with respect to such shares) will be allocated to Participants Matching Contribution Accounts, Optional Employer Contribution Accounts and ESOP Contribution Accounts according to the number of shares of Common Stock held in such accounts on the dividend declaration date. The shares of Common Stock so allocated to a Participant’s Matching Contribution Account, Optional Employer Contribution Account and ESOP Contribution Account must have a fair market value of not less than the amount of such dividend which would have been allocated to such Participant’s Matching Contribution Account, Optional Employer Contribution Account and ESOP Contribution Account had the dividend not been used to repay a loan described in Section 6.1.
          6.7. Restrictions on Certain Transactions Involving Common Stock . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administration

53


 

Committee may, from time to time, implement restrictions with respect to certain transactions for specified periods of time involving Common Stock under the Plan, including, without limitation, restrictions on (a) enrollment in the Plan, (b) change in the rate of contributions to the Plan, (c) interfund transfers under the Plan, (d) changes in investment elections under the Plan, and (e) in-service withdrawals, loans and distributions under the Plan. The Plan Administration Committee will determine the duration and nature of such restrictions in their sole discretion and will communicate such restrictions to the Participants and other interested parties within a reasonable period of time in advance of the implementation of such restrictions.
ARTICLE VII
ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENTS
          7.1. Establishment of 401(k) Savings Accounts.
               (a) The 401(k) Savings Trustee will maintain or cause to be maintained separate accounts for each Participant as follows:
          (i) a Salary Reduction Contribution Account, in which will be recorded any Salary Reduction Contributions (except Roth 401(k) Contributions), Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and Adjustments due to any earnings on and changes in value of such Account or due to payments and withdrawals from this Account on the Participant’s behalf;
          (ii) a Roth 401(k) Contribution Sub-Account, in which will be recorded any Roth 401(k) Contributions and Adjustments due to any earnings on and changes in value of such Sub-Account or due to payments and withdrawals from this Sub-Account on the Participant’s behalf;
          (iii) a Catch-Up Contribution Sub-Account, in which will be recorded any Catch-Up Contributions (except Roth 401(k) Catch-Up Contributions) and Adjustments due to any earnings on and changes in value of such Sub-Account or due to payments and withdrawals from this Sub-Account on the Participant’s behalf;
          (iv) a Roth 401(k) Catch-Up Contribution Sub-Account, in which will be recorded any Roth 401(k) Catch-Up Contributions and Adjustments due to any earnings on and changes in value of such Sub-Account or due to payments and withdrawals from this Sub-Account on the Participant’s behalf;

54


 

          (v) an After-Tax Contribution Account, in which will be recorded any After-Tax Contributions and Adjustments due to any earnings on and changes in value of such Account or due to payments and withdrawals from this Account on the Participant’s behalf;
          (vi) a Matching Contribution Account, in which will be recorded the Participant’s share of any Matching Contributions and Discretionary Profit-Sharing Contributions made in cash and Adjustments due to any earnings on and changes in value of such Account or due to payments and withdrawals from this Account on the Participant’s behalf;
          (vii) an Optional Employer Contribution Account, in which will be recorded the Participant’s share of any Optional Employer Contributions made in cash and Adjustments due to any earnings on and changes in value of such Account or due to payment and withdrawals from this Account on the Participant’s behalf;
          (viii) an ESOP Diversification Account, in which will be recorded any ESOP Contributions diversified pursuant to Sections 7.5 and 9.4 and Adjustments due to any earnings on and changes in value of such Account or due to payments and withdrawals from this Account on the Participant’s behalf;
          (ix) a Rollover Contribution Account, in which will be recorded any Rollover Contributions (except Rollover Contributions that are required to be maintained in a separate designated Roth account pursuant to Treasury regulations issued under 401(k) of the Code) and Adjustments due to any earnings on and changes in value of such Account or due to payments and withdrawals from this Account on the Participant’s behalf; and
          (x) a Roth 401(k) Rollover Contribution Sub-Account, in which will be recorded any Rollover Contributions that are required to be maintained in a separate designated Roth account pursuant to Treasury regulations issued under Section 401(k) of the Code and Adjustments due to any earnings on and changes in value of such Sub-Account or due to payments and withdrawals from this Sub-Account on the Participant’s behalf.
               (b) The ESOP Trustee will maintain or cause to be maintained, the accounts and sub-accounts for each Participant, as follows:
          (i) an ESOP Contribution Account in which will be recorded any ESOP Contributions and Adjustments to any earnings on and change in value of such Account or due to payments from this Account on the Participant’s behalf;

55


 

          (ii) a Matching Contribution Stock Sub-Account under each Matching Contribution Account in which will be recorded any Matching Contributions and Discretionary Profit-Sharing Contributions made in Participation Units in accordance with Section 4.3(b) and Adjustments to any earnings on and change in value of such Sub-Account or due to payments from this Account on the Participant’s behalf; and
          (iii) an Optional Employer Contribution Stock Sub-Account under each Optional Employer Contribution Account in which will be recorded any Optional Employer Contributions made in Participation Units in accordance with Section 4.4(b) and Adjustments to any earnings on and change in value of such Sub-Account or due to payments from this Account on the Participant’s behalf.
               (c) In accordance with Section 22.13, The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company will continue to maintain separate accounts for those Participants whose assets are invested pursuant to the QPC GAC. Separate accounts will be maintained for elective deferrals that were made by the Participants, rollover contributions that were made by the Participants, and discretionary contributions that were made by the Quality Planning Corporation, in each case made under the Quality Planning Corporation 401-K Profit Sharing Plan for the period before January 1, 2006.
          7.2. Investment Funds. Each contribution credited to a Participant’s Salary Reduction Contribution Account, Roth 401(k) Contribution Account, After-Tax Contribution Account, Matching Contribution Account (made in cash), Optional Employer Contribution Account (made in cash), Rollover Contribution Account, and amounts transferred into the ESOP Diversification Account will be transmitted to and maintained in any Investment Fund that the Trusts Investment Committee may authorize from time to time, in such multiples of one percent (1%) as the Participant will direct. The same investment direction will apply to all contributions described in the immediately preceding sentence. A Participant may elect a new Investment Fund for future contributions or for his or her existing accounts in accordance with procedures as will be adopted by the Plan Administration Committee, which procedures will accommodate a telephone response system for making investment elections and changes on a daily basis. If a Participant has not made an investment election, the above accounts will be invested in the Investment Fund selected by the Trusts Investment Committee to be the default Investment Fund, until such time as the Participant makes an affirmative election designating the specific Investment Fund or Funds in which his or her contributions are to be invested. Notwithstanding the foregoing, assets held under the QPC GAC will continue to be invested in the investment options available under such group annuity contract, as the Participant directs from time to time.
          7.3. [ RESERVED ].

56


 

          7.4. Matching Contributions and Optional Employer Contributions Made in Participation Units.
               (a) Matching Contributions made in accordance with Section 4.3(b) will be invested initially in Participation Units. A Participant may, on a daily basis, direct the transfer and conversion of all or any part of the value of his or her Matching Contribution Stock Sub-Account, in multiples of one percent (1%), into the Matching Contribution Cash Sub-Account for investment in Investment Funds under the 401(k) Savings Trust; provided, however, that a Participant shall not be permitted to reinvest any portion of his or her Matching Contribution Cash Stock Sub-Account in Participation Units.
               (b) Optional Employer Contributions made in accordance with Section 4.4(b) will be invested initially in Participation Units. A Participant may, on a daily basis, direct the transfer and conversion of all or any part of the value of his or her Optional Employer Contribution Stock Sub-Account, in multiples of one percent (1%), into the Optional Employer Contribution Cash Sub-Account for investment in Investment Funds under the 401(k) Savings Trust; provided, however, that a Participant shall not be permitted to reinvest any portion of his or her Optional Employer Contribution Cash Sub- Account in Participation Units.
          7.5. ESOP Contributions. Except as provided in this Section 7.5 and in Section 9.4, ESOP Contributions allocated to a Participant’s ESOP Contribution Account will remain in such Account in accordance with the terms of Section 5.4 of this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective as of January 1, 2005, a Participant may, on a daily basis, direct the transfer and conversion of multiples of one percent (1%) which will not exceed thirty-five percent (35%) of the total cumulative number of Participation Units allocated to his or her ESOP Contribution Account into the ESOP Diversification Account for investment in the Investment Funds offered in the 401(k) Savings Trust; provided, however, that a Participant shall not be permitted to reinvest any portion of his ESOP Contribution Account in Participation Units.
          7.6. Transfers and Conversions. A Participant may, on a daily basis, direct the transfer and conversion of part or all of the value in his or her Accounts in multiples of one percent (1%) (subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 7.4 and 7.5) which are maintained in one Investment Fund to another Investment Fund.
          7.7. Participant Investment Instructions . All changes in investment directions under Section 7.2 and requests for transfer or conversion of funds under Section 7.6 received by the 401(k) Savings Trustee or the ESOP Trustee, as the case may be, in a manner prescribed by the Plan Administration Committee will be made, and the amount to be transferred or converted will be determined, on the basis of the value of the

57


 

Participant’s Account or Accounts on that day. Notwithstanding the foregoing, changes in investment directions and requests for transfer or conversion of funds with respect to assets held under the QPC GAC will be administered in accordance with the procedures established by The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company from time to time.
          Under the Plan, which is intended to constitute a plan described in Section 404(c) of ERISA, each Participant will be solely responsible for his or her investment instructions (except as where specified otherwise) and no fiduciary of the Plan will subject Participants to improper influence with respect to the making of such investment instructions.
          Except as specified herein, in no event will the Participant with respect to such Accounts purchase stock or securities of any Participating Employer (including Qualifying Employer Securities as defined in Section 407(d)(5) of ERISA), purchase, sell, invest or acquire an interest in options, limited or general partnerships, commodities, precious metals or stocks, bonds, or other investment assets whose ownership interests are not traded on a recognized United States securities market, or maintain a margin account. All brokerage fees and other expenses associated with activity in the Accounts will be charged to such Account or Accounts. There will also be charged to each Account, as the case may be, 401(k) Savings Trustee or ESOP Trustee fees and record keeping fees associated with the Account as determined from time to time by the Plan Administration Committee.
          7.8. Valuation. Except as otherwise provided below, or as directed by the Trusts Investment Committee subject to approval by the 401(k) Savings Trustee or ESOP Trustee, as the case may be, the assets of the 401(k) Savings Trust Fund or the ESOP Trust, and the assets held under the QPC GAC, as the case may be, will be valued at their current fair market value as of each Valuation Date, and the earnings and losses of the 401(k) Savings Trust Fund or ESOP Trust, and under the QPC GAC, as the case may be, since the immediately preceding Valuation Date will be allocated to the separate Accounts of all Participants and former Participants under the Plan in the ratio that the fair market value of each such Account as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date, reduced by any distributions or withdrawals therefrom since such preceding Valuation Date, bears to the total fair market value of all separate Accounts as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date, reduced by any distributions or withdrawals therefrom since such preceding Valuation Date; provided , however , that if Participant directed investments the earnings and losses of each separate Account will be allocated solely to such Account.
          The dividends, capital gain distributions, and other gains or losses received on any share or unit of a regulated investment company or collective investment fund, or on any other investment that is specifically credited to a Participant’s separate Accounts

58


 

under the Plan and/or held under a custodial agreement will be allocated to such separate Account and, in the absence of investment directions to the contrary, immediately reinvested, to the extent practicable, in additional shares or units of such regulated investment company or collective investment fund, or in such other investments.
          The value of the ESOP Contribution Account and the portion of the Matching Contribution Account and Optional Employer Contribution Account, if any, which are invested in Participation Units will be valued in accordance with Section 6.2 of the Plan.
          7.9. Fund Reports. Each of the 401(k) Savings Trustee, the ESOP Trustee, and The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company will keep or cause to be kept appropriate books of accounts in regard to the assets of the Plan. The 401(k) Savings Trustee and the ESOP Trustee will, within a reasonable time after the end of each calendar quarter (or, with respect to The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, at such time periods as it determines from time to time), submit or cause to be submitted a report on each Investment Fund or other investment option to each Participant, which will include a list of investments comprising such Investment Fund at the end of the period covered by the report, showing the valuation placed on each item on such list at the end of the period covered by the report and the total of such valuation, and will include a statement of income and disbursements since the last report. Copies of such reports will be available for inspection by a Participant at the principal office of any Participating Employer and at such other place as the Plan Administration Committee will specify.
          The ESOP Trustee will also provide the Participant’s with a valuation of the Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.5 of the Plan.
ARTICLE VIII
VESTING
          8.1. Vesting in the 401(k) Savings Account.
               (a)  Vesting in Salary Reduction, Roth 401(k), After-Tax, and Rollover Contribution Accounts . A Participant will at all times be 100% vested and have a non-forfeitable interest in his or her Salary Reduction Contribution, Roth 401(k) Contribution Account, After-Tax Contribution Account, and Rollover Contribution Account.
               (b)  Vesting in Matching Contribution Account . Each Employee who was a Participant in the Plan on December 31, 2001 and who remains an Employee on January 1, 2002 will become 100% vested and have a nonforfeitable interest in his or her Matching Contribution Account in accordance with the following schedule:

59


 

         
  401(k) Years of     Percent Vested in
Vesting Service   Matching Contribution Account
After 2 Year
    20 %
After 3 Years
    40 %
After 4 Years
    60 %
After 5 Years
    100 %
provided, however , that a Participant will be fully 100% vested in his or her Matching Contribution Account when he or she has attained Normal Retirement Age, or in the event of death or Disability. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, each Employee of Applied Insurance Research, Inc. who (i) was a participant in the AIR 401(k) Plan as of December 31, 2001, (ii) remained an Employee of Applied Insurance Research, Inc. on January 1, 2002, and (iii) was an Employee of Applied Research Inc. on May 14, 2002 will become 100% vested and have a nonforfeitable interest in his or her Matching Contribution Account in accordance with the schedule set forth in this Section 8.1(b).
               (c)  Vesting in Matching Contribution Account. Each Employee who first becomes a Participant in the Plan on or after January 1, 2002 will become 100% vested and have a nonforfeitable interest in his or her Matching Contribution Account in accordance with the following schedule:
         
  401(k) Years of     Percent Vested in
Vesting Service   Matching Contribution Account
After 2 Years
    20 %
After 3 Years
    40 %
After 4 Years
    60 %
After 5 Years
    80 %
After 6 Years
    100 %
provided , however , that a Participant will be fully 100% vested in his or her Matching Contribution Account when he or she has attained Normal Retirement Age, or in the event of his or her death or Disability. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, each Employee of Applied Insurance Research, Inc. who was not a

60


 

participant in the AIR 401(k) Plan as of December 31, 2001, will become 100% vested and have a nonforfeitable interest in his or her Matching Contribution Account in accordance with the schedule set forth in this Section 8.1(c).
               (d)  Matching Contribution Account Restoration of Service. In addition to any other provisions set forth in the Plan and the Prior 401(k) Plan, the following rules will apply to account balances accrued on and after January 1, 2004:
     (i) If a Participant was vested in any portion of his or her Matching Contribution Account (whether or not distribution of any benefits has been made) prior to the time he or she incurred a period of one or more One-Year Break(s) in Service, any 401(k) Years of Vesting Service earned prior to such break in service will be restored as of the date his or her participation in the Plan recommences. In the case of a Participant who was not vested in any portion of his or her Matching Contribution Account prior to the time of a One-Year Break in Service, his or her 401(k) Years of Vesting Service earned prior to such break in service will be restored only if the number of such Participant’s consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service is less than the greater of: (a) his or her 401(k) Years of Vesting Service earned before such break in service (excluding any 401(k) Years of Vesting Service not required to be taken into account by reason of the Plan’s break-in service rules) or (b) five (5).
     (ii) If a Participant has incurred five (5) or more consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, all 401(k) Years of Vesting Service after such One-Year Breaks in Service will be disregarded for the purpose of vesting the Participant in his or her Matching Contribution Account that accrued before such One-Year Breaks in Service. However, subject to Section 8.1(d)(i) above, both pre-break and post-break service will count for the purposes of vesting the Participant in amounts that his or her Matching Contribution Account accrues after such breaks.
     (iii) Subject to Section 8.1(d)(i) above, in the case of a Participant who does not have five (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks In Service, both the pre-break and post-break service will count in vesting both the pre-break and post-break Matching Contribution Account.

61


 

               (e)  Vesting in Optional Employer Contribution Account. A Participant will become 100% vested and have a nonforfeitable interest in his or her Optional Employer Contribution Account upon accruing five (5) 401(k) Years of Vesting Service; provided, however, that a Participant will be fully 100% vested in his or her Optional Employer Contribution Account when he or she has attained Normal Retirement Age, or in the event of death or Disability.
               (f)  Optional Employer Contribution Account Restoration of Service: In addition to any other provisions set forth in the Plan, the following rules will apply to Optional Employer Contribution Account balances:
     (i) If a Participant was vested in any portion of his or her Optional Employer Contribution Account (whether or not distribution of any benefits has been made) prior to the time he or she incurred a period of one or more One-Year Break(s) in Service, any 401(k) Years of Vesting Service earned prior to such break in service will be restored as of the date his or her participation in the Plan recommences. In the case of a Participant who was not vested in any portion of his or her Optional Employer Contribution Account prior to the time of a One-Year Break in Service, his or her 401(k) Years of Vesting Service earned prior to such break in service will be restored only if the number of such Participant’s consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service is less than the greater of: (a) his or her 401(k) Years of Vesting Service earned before such break in service (excluding any 401(k) Years of Vesting Service not required to be taken into account by reason of the Plan’s break-in service rules); and (b) five (5).
     (ii) If a Participant has incurred five (5) or more consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, all 401(k) Years of Vesting Service after such One-Year Breaks in Service will be disregarded for the purpose of vesting the Participant in his or her Optional Employer Contribution Account that accrued before such One-Year Breaks in Service. However, subject to Section 8.1 (f)(i) above, both pre-break and post-break service will count for the purposes of vesting the Participant in amounts that his or her Optional Employer Contribution Account accrues after such breaks.
     (iii) Subject to Section 8.1 (f)(i) above, in the case of a Participant who does not have five (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks In Service, both the pre-break and post-break service will

62


 

     count in vesting both the pre-break and post-break Optional Employer Contribution Account.
               (g)  Forfeitures Reduce Contributions. The amount of any Participant’s Matching Contribution Account or Optional Employer Contribution Account that is forfeited hereunder because a Participant has not fully vested in his or her Matching Contribution Account or Optional Employer Contribution Account, as the case may be, will be applied as a credit toward (i) the Matching Contributions of the 401(k) Participating Employer or (ii) the Optional Employer Contributions of the Optional Employer Contribution Participating Employer which made the contributions, as applicable, in the succeeding month or months or year (in the case of Optional Employer Contributions). Any cash forfeitures of Participants’ Matching Contribution Accounts or Optional Employer Contribution Accounts for a Plan Year will be held in a suspense account by the ESOP Trustee for the Plan Year and then converted to Participation Units at such Participation Units’ value as of the last Appraisal Date for such Plan Year. The Participation Units will then be applied as a credit towards (i) the Matching Contributions of the 401(k) Participating Employer or (ii) the Optional Employer Contributions of the Optional Employer Contribution Participating Employer which made the contributions, as applicable, in the succeeding month or months.
               (h)  Vesting in Employer Contributions by QPC Participants. Notwithstanding anything in this Article VIII to the contrary, each Employee of Quality Planning Corporation will become 100% vested and have a nonforfeitable interest in any part of his or her account balance that is attributable to employer contributions that were held under the Quality Planning Corporation 401-K Profit Sharing Plan as of the close of business on December 31, 2005 (and any earnings thereon) in accordance with the following schedule:
         
  401(k) Years of     Percent Vested in
Vesting Service   Matching Contribution Account
After 1 Year
    20 %
After 2 Years
    40 %
After 3 Years
    60 %
After 4 Years
    80 %
After 5 Years
    100 %

63


 

          8.2. Vesting in the ESOP Contribution Account and ESOP Diversification Account.
               (a)  Vesting. If a Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, if a Participant is terminated due to a Disability Retirement, if a Participant dies while in the employ of an ESOP Participating Employer or if a Participant resigns or is dismissed from the employ of an ESOP Participating Employer after completing five (5) ESOP Years of Vesting Service, the entire balances of the Participant’s ESOP Contribution Account and ESOP Diversification Account as of the Appraisal Date or Reappraisal Date coincident with or next preceding the Termination Date (after all Adjustments then required under the Plan have been made) will become nonforfeitable, and will be distributed to or for his or her benefit or, in the event of his or her death, to or for the benefit of his or her Beneficiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of Article XII.
               (b)  ESOP Account Restoration of Service. In addition to any other provisions set forth in the Plan or in the ISO ESOP, effective for account balances accrued on and after January 1, 2004, a Participant’s ESOP Years of Vesting Service earned before such Participant incurs a One-Year Break in Service will be restored only if his or her number of consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service is less than the greater of: (i) his or her pre-break ESOP Years of Vesting Service (excluding any ESOP Years of Vesting Service not required to be taken into account by reason of the Plan’s break-in service rules) or (ii) five (5).
               (c)  Treatment of Forfeitures . If a Participant resigns or is dismissed from the employ of the Company or a Related Company before completing five (5) ESOP Years of Vesting Service, the Participant’s ESOP Contribution Account and ESOP Diversification Account will constitute a forfeiture and will be deemed distributed to him or her in an amount equal to zero dollars ($0). Any such forfeiture of Participant Units or cash will be reallocated to the ESOP Contribution Accounts of those persons who, on the Anniversary Date ending the Plan Year during which the forfeiture occurred, are eligible to participate in Company contributions, and will be allocated in the same manner as Participant Units are allocated pursuant to Section 5.4 hereinabove (any cash forfeitures for a Plan Year will be: (1) held in a suspense account by the ESOP Trustee; (2) converted to Participation Units at such Participation Units’ value as of the first Appraisal Date immediately following such cash forfeiture; and (3) reallocated to the Participants in accordance with this Section 8.2(c) immediately following such Plan Year). If a Participant who has received a deemed distribution in accordance with Section 8.2(c) resumes employment with the Company or a Related Company before incurring five (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, he or she will be deemed to have repaid such deemed distribution upon his or her reemployment and his or her unvested Participation Units will be recredited to his or her ESOP Contribution Account.

64


 

ARTICLE IX
IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS
          9.1. Withdrawals from After-Tax and Rollover Contribution Accounts and Roth 401(k) Rollover Contribution Sub-Account. A Participant will have the right to withdraw the dollar amount that he or she selects from his or her After-Tax Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account, and Roth 401(k) Rollover Contribution Sub- Account as of the Valuation Date occurring after receipt of a request for such withdrawal. A Participant may make such a withdrawal only once during a twelve (12) month period from each of his or her (a) After-Tax Contribution Account and (b) Rollover Contribution Account or Roth 401(k) Rollover Contribution Sub-Account. If the value of his or her After-Tax Contribution Account, or Rollover Contribution Account plus Roth 401(k) Rollover Contribution Sub-Account, is less than $1,000, any withdrawal pursuant to this Section 9.1 must be of one hundred percent (100%) of such value.
          9.2. Withdrawals from Salary Reduction Contribution Account and Roth 401(k) Contribution and Roth 401(k) Catch-Up Contribution Sub-Accounts. After a Participant attains age 59 1 / 2 , he or she may withdraw, upon request no more than once during a twelve-month period, the dollar amount that he or she selects from his or her Salary Reduction Contribution Account, Roth 401(k) Contribution Sub-Account, and Roth 401(k) Catch-Up Contribution Sub-Account. At the same time, he or she may also withdraw all of the earnings attributable thereto if he or she has fully withdrawn all of his or her Salary Reduction Contributions and Catch-Up Contributions. If the value of his or her Salary Reduction Contribution Account, or Roth 401(k) Contribution Sub-Account plus Roth 401(k) Catch-Up Contribution Sub-Account, is less than $1,000, any withdrawal pursuant to this Section 9.2 must be of one hundred percent (100%) of such value.
          9.3. No Withdrawals from Matching Contribution Account or Optional Employer Contribution Account. No withdrawals from a Participant’s Matching Contribution Account or Optional Employer Contribution Account will be permitted and no amounts will be distributed therefrom prior to termination of employment, except as otherwise provided in Article 9 hereof.
          9.4. Withdrawals from and Diversification of ESOP Contribution Account. No withdrawals are permitted from a Participant’s ESOP Contribution Account. Subject to Section 7.5 of the Plan, Participants are entitled to diversify a portion of their ESOP Contribution Account into their ESOP Diversification Account for investment in the Investment Funds available in the 401(k) Savings Trust. If a Participant attains age fifty- five (55) and has ten (10) years of participation in the Plan (so that he or she is a “Qualified Participant”), the Participant will be entitled, during the first five (5) years of

65


 

the Qualified Election Period (as defined below), to a distribution of the value (determined as of the last preceding Appraisal) of up to thirty-five percent (35%) of the Participation Units credited to his or her ESOP Contribution Account, and, in the last year of the Qualified Election Period, sixty percent (60%) of the Participation Units credited to his or her ESOP Contribution Account. The “Qualified Election Period” means the six (6) Plan Years beginning with the Plan Year during which a Participant becomes a Qualified Participant.
          A Qualified Participant may make an election to diversify pursuant to this Section 9.4 on a daily basis during the Qualified Election Period. The number of Participation Units that may be diversified is determined by multiplying the number of Participation Units credited to the Participant’s ESOP Contribution Account (including Participation Units which has previously been diversified pursuant to this Section or Section 7.5 of the Plan) by thirty-five percent (35%), or sixty percent (60%) if the Participant has attained age sixty (60) and has ten (10) years of participation in the Plan. The Participant may elect to diversify all or any portion of this eligible amount.
          9.5. Time of Payment of Withdrawals . Withdrawals under Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3 will be paid to the Participant as soon as practicable following the application and approval of such withdrawal.
          9.6. Hardship Withdrawals .
               (a) A Participant may apply for a hardship distribution once during a twelve (12) month period. The amount of the hardship distribution may not exceed the sum of (i) the Participant’s vested ESOP Diversification Account, (ii) the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions and Catch-Up Contributions, plus (iii) income allocated to the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contribution Account as of December 31, 1988. Any application for a hardship withdrawal will be made on a written form prescribed by the Plan Administration Committee, will designate to what extent the withdrawal is to be made from any Roth 401(k) Contributions and Roth 401(k) Catch-Up Contributions, and will be approved by the Plan Administration Committee if the Participant demonstrates that such withdrawal is for an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant that cannot be satisfied by other reasonably available resources. The following are the only financial needs that will be deemed immediate and heavy:
          (1) payment of medical expenses (described in Section 213(d) of the Code) incurred by the Participant, the Participant’s spouse or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code);

66


 

          (2) purchase, excluding mortgage payments, of a principal residence for the Participant;
          (3) payment of tuition for the next semester or quarter of post-secondary education, or tuition due before the beginning of an academic year in excess of a semester’s tuition, for the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, children or dependents;
          (4) payment to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his or her principal residence or the foreclosure of the mortgage on the Participant’s principal residence; or
          (5) funeral expenses upon the death of a family member including spouse, parents, child or other dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code without regard to Section 152(d)(1 )(B) of the Code).
The Participant will provide a written statement, on a form prescribed by the Plan Administration Committee, indicating the type of immediate and heavy financial need and the amount of such need, and attach supporting documentation.
               (b) A requested hardship withdrawal will be considered necessary to satisfy such need upon receipt of a written representation from the Participant that, in the Participant’s opinion, such need cannot be relieved through:
          (1) reimbursement or compensation by insurance;
          (2) reasonable liquidation of the Participant’s assets to the extent that such liquidation is feasible and does not itself cause an immediate and heavy financial need;
          (3) cessation of the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions under the Plan;
          (4) other distributions or nontaxable loans from plans maintained by any 401(k) Participating Employer; or
          (5) borrowing from commercial sources on reasonable terms.
          9.7. Plan Loans.

67


 

               (a) Loans will be made available to all Participants who are actively employed by a 401(k) Participating Employer and, unless otherwise prohibited under the Code, all current and former Employees who are parties in interest as defined in ERISA, on a nondiscriminatory and reasonably equivalent basis. The Plan Administration Committee will establish procedures to permit Participant loans under the Plan including loans by a telephone response system pursuant to procedures to insure compliance with the Code and ERISA requirements applicable to loans.
               (b) To receive a loan from the Plan, a Participant must complete the process established by the Plan Administration Committee and authorize payroll deductions for payment of interest and principal in accordance with procedures adopted by the Plan Administration Committee. To secure repayment of the loan, the Participant will (within the 90 day period that ends on the date on which the loan is to be so secured), consent to any future distribution which may result from a setoff of the loan against the Participant’s Accounts (other than an ESOP Contribution Account).
               (c) The amount of the loan will not be less than $1,000 nor more than 50 percent of the first $ 100,000 of the vested balance in the Participant’s Accounts. The 50 percent limitation will be reduced by the highest outstanding balance of loans to the Participant from the Plan during the one-year period ending on the day before the date on which the loan is made. At the time of the loan, the Participant must designate to what extent the loan is to be made from the Participant’s Roth 401(k) Contribution Account or from the Participant’s other Accounts.
               (d) The loan amounts will be amortized on a level basis over a repayment period from one (1) to five (5) years as elected by the Participant, and payments will be required not less frequently than quarterly. Any outstanding loan will become due and payable as of the end of the second month following the month of the Participant’s termination of employment.
               (e) The Plan Administration Committee will establish the rate of interest for a Participant loan but may, if in the Plan Administrator’s judgment it is determined reasonable, use an interest rate equal to one percentage point above the prime rate, as shown in the Money Rates published in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the month in which the loan is taken; provided, however, that such interest rate will be reduced, if necessary, so as not to violate any applicable criminal usury law then in effect. The interest rate so determined will be fixed for the term of the loan.
               (f) Loan repayments will be suspended under the Plan as permitted by Section 414(u) of the Code.

68


 

               (g) The Plan Administration Committee may adopt and announce additional loan rules not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section.
               (h) The foregoing provisions of this section notwithstanding, the 401(k) Savings Trustee reserves the right to stop granting loans to Participants at any time.
               (i) Notwithstanding any other provision, no loans will be permitted from the balances in the Participants’ Accounts held in the ESOP Trust.
          9.8. Certain Withdrawals by AppIntelligence Employees. Notwithstanding anything in this Article IX to the contrary, any Employee of AppIntelligence, Inc. (now known as Interthinx, Inc.) whose account balances were transferred from the AppIntelligence, Inc. 401(k) Plan to this Plan may, upon or after attaining age 59 1 / 2 , withdraw, as of the Valuation Date occurring after receipt of a request for such withdrawal, all or any part of his or her account balances that were transferred from the AppIntelligence, Inc. 401(k) Plan to this Plan and which account balances are non-forfeitable. In addition, any Employee of AppIntelligence, Inc. (now known as Interthinx, Inc.) whose account balances were transferred from the AppIntelligence, Inc. 401(k) Plan to this Plan may, regardless of age, withdraw, as of the Valuation Date occurring after receipt of a request for such withdrawal, all or any part or his or her rollover contributions that were transferred from the AppIntelligence, Inc. 401(k) Plan to this Plan. There is no maximum number of withdrawals that may be made under this Section 9.8.
          9.9. Certain Withdrawals by QPC Employees.
               (a)  Elective Contributions. Notwithstanding anything in this Article IX to the contrary, any Employee of Quality Planning Corporation may, upon or after attaining age 59 1 / 2 , withdraw, as of the Valuation Date occurring after receipt of a request for such withdrawal, all or any part of his or her elective contributions, if any, that were held under the Quality Planning Corporation 401-K Profit Sharing Plan as of the close of business on December 31, 2005 (and any earnings thereon). If the Employee has been a participant in the Quality Planning Corporation 401-K Profit Sharing Plan and/or this Plan for less than five years, then that Employee may only withdraw that portion of those elective contributions, if any, that have been allocated to the Employee for two or more years.
               (b)  Rollover and Employer Contributions. Notwithstanding anything in this Article IX to the contrary, any Employee of Quality Planning Corporation may, regardless of age, withdraw, as of the Valuation Date occurring after receipt of a request for such withdrawal, all or any part of his or her rollover contributions and employer

69


 

contributions, if any, that were held under the Quality Planning Corporation 401-K Profit Sharing Plan as of the close of business on December 31, 2005 (and any earnings thereon), and which employer contributions are non-forfeitable. If the Employee has been a participant in the Quality Planning Corporation 401-K Profit Sharing Plan and/or this Plan for less than five years, then that Employee may only withdraw that portion of those rollover contributions and employer contributions that have been allocated to the Employee for two or more years.
               (c)  Unlimited Withdrawals. There is no maximum number of withdrawals that may be made under this Section 9.9.
          9.10. Certain Withdrawals by DxCG Employees. Notwithstanding anything in this Article IX to the contrary, any Employee of DxCG, Inc. (now known as Urix, Inc.) whose account balances were transferred from the DxCG, Inc. 401(k) Plan to this Plan may, upon or after attaining age 59 1 / 2 , withdraw, as of the Valuation Date occurring after receipt of a request for such withdrawal, all or any part of his or her account balances that were transferred from the DxCG, Inc. 401(k) Plan to this Plan (and any earnings thereon) and which account balances are non-forfeitable. In addition, any Employee of DxCG, Inc. (now known as Urix, Inc.) whose account balances were transferred from the DxCG, Inc. 401(k) Plan to this Plan may, regardless of age, withdraw, as of the Valuation Date occurring after receipt of a request for such withdrawal, all or any part of his or her rollover contributions that were transferred from the DxCG, Inc. 401(k) Plan to this Plan (and any earnings thereon). There is no maximum number of withdrawals that may be made under this Section 9.10.
          9.11. Certain Withdrawals by ISO Strategic Solutions and Intellicorp Records Employees. Notwithstanding anything in this Article IX to the contrary, any Employee of ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc. or Intellicorp Records, Inc. whose account balances were transferred from the ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc. 401K Plan (previously known as the Ascendant One, Inc. 401K Plan) to this Plan may, upon or after attaining age 59 1 / 2 , withdraw, as of the Valuation Date occurring after receipt of a request for such withdrawal, all or any part of his or her account balances that were transferred from the ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc. 401K Plan (previously known as the Ascendant One, Inc. 401K Plan) to this Plan (and any earnings thereon). In addition, any Employee of ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc. or Intellicorp Records, Inc. whose account balances were transferred from the ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc. 401K Plan (previously known as the Ascendant One, Inc. 401K Plan) to this Plan may, regardless of age, withdraw, as of the Valuation Date occurring after receipt of a request for such withdrawal, all or any part of his or her rollover contributions that were transferred from the ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc. 401K Plan (previously known as the Ascendant One, Inc. 401K Plan) to this Plan (and any earnings thereon). There is no maximum number of withdrawals that may be made under this Section 9.11.

70


 

ARTICLE X
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
          10.1. Termination Date. A Participant’s “Termination Date” will be the date on which his or her employment with the Company or a Related Company is terminated because of the first to occur of the following events:
               (a)  Normal or Late Retirement. The Participant retires or is retired, as permitted by applicable law, from the employ of the Company or a Related Company on or after the later of the date on which he or she attains Normal Retirement Age.
               (b)  Death or Disability. The Participant’s death or Disability.
               (c)  Resignation or Dismissal. The Participant resigns or is dismissed from the employ of the Company or a Related Company before retirement.
ARTICLE XI
PAYMENT OF 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN BENEFITS
          11.1. Amount Payable on Termination of Employment. Unless otherwise provided by the Plan Administration Committee, if a Participant’s employment is terminated at any time, 100% of the value of the balance in his or her Salary Reduction Contribution Account, After-Tax Contribution Account, Roth 401(k) Contribution Account, and Rollover Contribution Account, and the value of the vested balance in his or her Matching Contribution Account and Optional Employer Contribution Account, will become payable as specified in this Article, and 100% of the vested balance in his or her ESOP Diversification Account and ESOP Contribution Account will become payable as specified in Sections 11.5, 11.6, and 11.9, and Article XII.
          11.2. Form of Payment of Benefits Upon Termination of Employment Under Certain Circumstances.
               (a) Upon termination of employment of a Participant with a Participating Employer other than by death, the 401(k) Savings Trustee and/or The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, as the case may be, will pay or cause to be paid the vested portion of his or her 401(k) Savings Accounts in the form specified below.
               (b) Prior to the time when any payment from his or her 401(k) Savings Accounts are due to be distributed, the Participant may at his or her written election on a

71


 

form prescribed by the Plan Administration Committee elect to receive payment of his or her entire interest in all such Accounts under the Plan in one of the following forms:
          (1) A single lump-sum payment;
          (2) Periodic payments of substantially equal amounts for a specified number of years not in excess of the lesser of fifteen (15) years or the Participant’s life expectancy or the Participant and Spouse’s joint life expectancies, in which event the unpaid balance at the end of each Valuation Date will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.7. Such periodic payments will be made not less frequently than annually nor more frequently than quarterly and life expectancy or joint life expectancies will be computed by use of the expected return multiples in Table V and VI of Treasury Regulation § 1.72-9 and without regard to recalculation under Code Section 401(a)(9)(D); or
          (3) For distributions beginning before July 1, 2002, a nontransferable annuity from a life insurance company providing for periodic annuity payments to the Participant for his or her lifetime only or for a 50% qualified joint and survivor annuity which is equivalent to the single lump-sum payment. The terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or spouse will comply with the requirements of the Plan.
          (4) If the Participant who elects a life annuity contract is married at the time of such election, such Participant must be provided with a qualified joint and survivor annuity contract for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the spouse equal to 50% of the amount payable during the life of the Participant, unless such Participant, with the consent of the Participant’s spouse, waives the right to such joint and survivor annuity contract in a qualified election. For purposes of this subparagraph, a “qualified election” is one that occurs within the 90-day period ending on the annuity starting date (“election period”) and acknowledges the effect of the election, names a specific beneficiary or provides a general consent for the Participant to name or change the beneficiary, and is witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. No less than 30 days and no more than 90 days before the first day of the first period for which annuity payments under the contract are to begin, a Participant who elects a life annuity under this subparagraph and such Participant’s spouse will

72


 

receive notice explaining their rights to a joint and 50% annuity contract including the terms and conditions of the qualified joint and survivor annuity, the extent of the Participant’s right to elect such annuity, the rights of the participant’s spouse to such an annuity and the right to revoke a prior election to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity. For purposes of this subparagraph, the election period will begin on the later of (a) or (b), where (a) is the date the Participant elects a life annuity form of benefit and the Participant’s 401(k) Savings Accounts becomes subject to such election requirements, and (b) is the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35, or, if he or she terminates employment prior to such date, the date he or she terminates employment with the 401(k) Participating Employer. Such election period will end on the earlier of the annuity starting date or the date of the Participant’s death. The annuity starting date for a distribution in a form other than a qualified joint and survivor annuity may be less than 30 days after receipt of the explanation described in this subparagraph if (a) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the participant has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity and elects (with spousal consent) to a form of distribution other than a qualified joint and survivor annuity, (b) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the annuity starting date, or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the seven (7) day period that begins the day after the explanation of the qualified joint and survivor annuity is provided to the Participant, and (c) the annuity starting date is a date after the date that the written explanation was provided to the Participant.
          (5) If this subparagraph (B) applies because the Participant has elected an annuity form of benefit, and the Participant dies before the annuity starting date, the Participant’s vested 401(k) Savings Account Balance will be applied toward the purchase of an annuity for the surviving spouse, unless such right is waived pursuant to an election, made within whichever of the following periods ends last (a) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32, and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35; (b) a reasonable period ending after the individual becomes a Participant; or (c) a reasonable period ending after this requirement first applies to the Participant. Such

73


 

election will acknowledge the effect of the election, name a general beneficiary or provide general consent for the Participant to name or change the beneficiary if the option elected provides for such benefits, and be witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public.
               (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant has not elected a form of distribution by the Required Beginning Date specified in Section 11.4, the value of the Participant’s Account balance will be paid as a single lump sum payment.
          11.3. Form of Payment of Benefits Upon Termination of Employment By Death. (a) Where a Participant who is married at the date of his or her death, unless the Participant otherwise elects in the manner described herein, his or her Beneficiary for purposes of the death benefits under this Article will be his or her surviving spouse. The surviving spouse may direct the commencement of payments hereunder within a reasonable time following the Participant’s death. An election, for purposes of such death benefits, of a Beneficiary other than the Participant’s surviving spouse will not take effect unless:
          (1) the surviving spouse of the Participant consents in writing to such election and such consent is witnessed by a notary public, or
          (2) it is established to the satisfaction of the Plan Administration Committee that the consent required under clause (i) may not be obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse cannot be located, or because of such other circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations prescribe. Any consent by a spouse (or establishment that the consent of a spouse may not be obtained) under the preceding sentence will be effective only with respect to such spouse.
               (b) If a former spouse of a Participant is entitled to receive a portion of the Participant’s benefit under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the provisions of Section 11.2(a) will not apply unless they are consistent with the order.
               (c) In the case of a Participant who terminates employment by death and is not married at his or her date of death, his or her 401(k) Savings Accounts will be payable to his or her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated under Section 19.1.
               (d) The value of the Participant’s Accounts will be distributed to the Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) under one of the forms selected by such Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) and described in Section 11.1 (b).

74


 

          11.4. Commencement of Benefits. Any amount payable to a Participant from any Account under this Article will be determined on the basis of the value in such Account, as of the day of his or her termination of employment, after appropriate additions and subtractions for any contributions to or withdrawals from such Account which are not reflected in such value, or for other appropriate market value adjustments. Such value will be payable or begin to be payable as specified herein as soon as is practicable and appropriate to the form of payment being made. In no event, however, will payments of benefits under the Plan be made later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which occurs: (a) the date on which the Participant attains the Normal Retirement Age; (b) the 10 th anniversary of the Participant’s participation in the Plan; or (c) the Participant’s termination of employment.
          11.5. Mandatory Distribution of Benefits. This Section 11.4 will be effective during the Plan Year commencing January 1, 1985 and thereafter:
               (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary the entire Accounts of a Participant will be distributed to such Participant:
          (1) no later than the Required Beginning Date or
          (2) beginning no later than the Required Beginning Date, in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury over the life of the Participant or over the lives of the Participant and his or her designated beneficiary beyond the life beneficiary (or over a period not to extend expectancy of the Participant and his or her designated beneficiary).
               (b) Where the distribution of the Participant’s interest has begun in accordance with Section 11.5(a)(2) and the Participant dies after his or her Required Beginning Date but before his or her entire 401(k) Savings Accounts have been distributed to him, the remaining portion of such interest will be distributed at least as rapidly as the method of distribution used under Section 11.5(a)(2) as of the date of his or her death. If the Participant dies before his or her Required Beginning Date and before the distribution of his or her 401(k) Savings Accounts have begun in accordance with Section 11.5(a)(1) or (2), his or her entire 401(k) Savings Accounts will be distributed within five (5) years after the death of such Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the five (5) year rule of the preceding sentence will not apply if:

75


 

          (1) Any portion of the Participant’s 401(k) Savings Accounts are payable to (or for the benefit of) a Beneficiary, and such portion is distributed in accordance with regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury over the life of such Beneficiary (or over a period not exceeding beyond the life expectancy of the beneficiary) and such distribution begins not later than one (1) year after the date of the Participant’s death or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations prescribe, in which case such portion will be treated as distributed on the date on which such distributions begin; or
          (2) If the Beneficiary referred to in Section 11.5(b)(1) above is the surviving spouse of the Participant, the date on which distributions are required to begin under such section will not be earlier than the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70 1 / 2 and if the surviving spouse dies before distribution to such spouse begins, this Section 11.4(b)(2) will be applied as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
               (c) For purposes of this Section 11.5, the “ Required Beginning Date ” is defined as follows:
          (1) With respect to a Participant who is not a 5% owner and who reaches age 70 1 / 2 after December 31, 1998, the Required Beginning Date will be the first day of April of the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 or the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant has retired; provided, however, the distribution to any Participant will comply with Treasury Regulations.
          (2) For a Participant who is a five (5%) percent owner or who reached age 70 1 / 2 before January 1, 1997, the Required Beginning Date is the first day of April of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 .
          (3) In the case of a Participant who is not a five (5%) percent owner and who attained age 70 1 / 2 in 1996, 1997 or 1998, the Participant may elect to receive distribution of any amount up to the entire balance in the Participant’s Accounts as of any date, and his or her Required Beginning Date will be the first day of April of the calendar year following the year in which he or she retires.

76


 

          (4) A Participant who attained age 70 1 / 2 before January 1, 1997, but did not retire from employment with the Participating Employer before January 1, 1997 may affirmatively elect to stop distributions at any time until the Participant retires, subject to the terms of any applicable QDRO.
               (d) For purposes of this Section 11.5, the life expectancy of the Participant and his or her spouse (other than in the case of a life annuity) may be redetermined if the Participant so elects, but no more frequently than annually. In all other cases, life expectancy will not be redetermined.
               (e) Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, for purposes of this Section 11.5, any amount paid to a child will be treated as if it had been paid to the surviving spouse if such amount will become payable to the surviving spouse upon such child reaching majority (or other designated event permitted under such regulations).
               (f) With respect to distributions under the Plan made for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code in accordance with the regulations under Section 401(a)(9) that were proposed in January 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. This amendment will continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final regulations under Section 401(a)(9) or such other date as may be specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service.
               (g) This Section will not modify any provisions of the Plan which require distributions at an earlier date than provided for herein.
          11.6. Availability of Direct Rollovers. This Section applies to distributions made on or after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administration Committee, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.
          11.7. Involuntary Cash-Out of Account. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administration Committee will pay the value of the Participant’s Accounts (including the ESOP Contribution Account) in an immediate lump sum without the consent of the Participant and his or her spouse if the value of the Participant’s Accounts does not exceed $1,000 (determined before any

77


 

periodic distributions are made). If the value of the Participant’s nonforfeitable Account balance as so determined is $1,000 or less, the Plan will immediately distribute the Participant’s entire nonforfeitable Account balance in accordance with this Section.
          11.8. Automatic Redemption of Company Stock. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, upon any termination of employment by a Participant for any reason (including, but not limited to, death, Disability or Retirement), the Plan will automatically redeem any Company Stock in such Participant’s Matching Contribution Account Stock Sub-Account and Optional Employer Contribution Stock Sub-Account if the Participant does not elect to take an immediate distribution of the entire amount credited to such stock sub-accounts within forty-five (45) days following the Participant’s termination of employment or, if later, within thirty (30) days following the Participant’s receipt of the corresponding distribution election form following the Participant’s termination of employment. If the Participant does not elect within such time period to take such an immediate distribution, the ESOP Trustee will credit to the Participant’s Matching Contribution Cash Sub-Account and Optional Employer Contribution Account the value of the terminated Participant’s Participation Units equal to (a) the total number of Participation Units in such Participant’s Matching Contribution Stock Sub-Account and Optional Employer Contribution Stock Sub-Account multiplied by (b) the latest Appraisal Value of a share of Common Stock. For purposes of this Section 11.8, the “latest” Appraisal value shall be the fair market value determined based on the last preceding Appraisal prior to the Participant’s date of separation from service with the Company or a Related Company. Such value credited to the Participant’s Matching Contribution Cash Sub-Account and Optional Employer Contribution Account will be invested in accordance with Section 7.2 of the Plan, and shall be subject to all other distribution provision of the Plan hereunder.
          11.9. Post-2002 Minimum Distribution Requirements.
               (a) General Rules. The provisions of this Section 11.9 will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2003. The requirements of this Section 11.9 will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan. All distributions required under the Plan will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).
               (b) Time and Manner of Distribution.
          (1) Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s entire interest in the Plan will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.

78


 

          (2) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
          (A) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2, if later.
          (B) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, distributions to the designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.
          (C) If there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
          (D) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this subsection (b)(2), other than subsection (b)(2)(A), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
For purposes of this subsection (b)(2) and subsection (d), unless subsection (b)(2)(A) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If subsection (b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under subsection (b)(2)(A).
          (3) Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first distribution calendar year

79


 

distributions will be made in accordance with subsections (c) and (d) of this Section 11.9.
               (c) Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Life.
          (1) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:
               (A) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or
               (B) if the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401 (a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.
          (2) Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this subsection (c) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death.
               (d) Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death.
          (1) Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.
               (A) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s

80


 

death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:
               (i) The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
               (ii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.
               (iii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, the designated Beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
          (B) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
          (2) Death Before Date Distributions Begin.

81


 

          (A) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in subsection (d)(1).
          (B) No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
          (3) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under subsection (b)(2)(A), this subsection (d)(2) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
          (e) Definitions .
          (1) Designated Beneficiary . The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under Sections 12.6 and 19.1 of the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury Regulations.
          (2) Distribution calendar year . A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under subsection (b)(2). The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution

82


 

calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.
          (3) Life expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations.
          (4) Participant’s Account Balance. The Account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The Account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transcended in the valuation calendar year.
          (5) Required Beginning Date means the date not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half or the calendar year in which the Participant retires, whichever is later.
ARTICLE XII
PAYMENT OF ESOP BENEFITS
          12.1. Distribution in Common Stock. Except as provided in Section 12.2 below or this Section 12.1, distribution of the ESOP Contribution Account, Matching Contribution Stock Sub-Account and the Optional Employer Contribution Stock Sub-Account will be made entirely in whole shares of Common Stock except that the value of any fractional shares will be paid in cash. In lieu of distributing Common Stock to a Participant, at the direction of the Board of Directors of the Company, the ESOP Trustee will distribute all or a portion of a Participant’s ESOP Contribution Account in cash unless the Participant demands, on a timely basis, that he or she receive his or her distribution in Common Stock. Prior to commencing such a cash distribution, the Board of Directors of the Company, or its designated agent, will notify the Participant in writing

83


 

that he or she has the right to demand that his or her ESOP Contribution Account, Matching Contribution Stock Sub-Account and Optional Employer Contribution Stock Sub-Account be distributed in the form of Common Stock. Such right will expire thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice by the Participant.
          12.2. Distribution in Cash. During any period in which the Charter or the Bylaws of the Company restricts ownership of substantially all of the outstanding Common Stock to employees, or a trust described in Code Section 401 (a), Participants will not be entitled to a distribution in the form of Common Stock, and the distribution of a Participant’s vested ESOP Contribution Account, Matching Contribution Stock Sub-Account and Optional Employer Contribution Stock Sub-Account will be made entirely in the form of cash or will be made in the form of Common Stock subject to the requirement that it be immediately put back to the Company pursuant to the terms of Section 14.1 without the two put periods.
          12.3. Notice by Plan Administration Committee. The Plan Administration Committee will certify to the ESOP Trustee, in the event of termination of the employment of any Participant, as to the date of such termination. The Plan Administration Committee will also certify to the ESOP Trustee, as to the date of death of any Participant. The ESOP Trustee will rely on such certification in determining the extent to which such Participant, or his or her beneficiary, will be entitled to benefits under the Plan.
          12.4. Timing of Distribution of Benefits. Unless the Participant elects otherwise, distributions of a Participant’s ESOP Contribution Account (whether in the form of Common Stock and/or cash) will commence not later than one (1) year after the close of the Plan Year:
     (a) in which the Participant separated from service with the Company or a Related Company by reason of attainment of Normal Retirement Age, due to Disability Retirement or death, or
     (b) which is the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant separated from service with the Company or a Related Company for any other reason, except that this clause will not apply if the Participant is reemployed by the Company or a Related Company before such year.
          The distribution of the Participant’s ESOP Contribution Account will be made in substantially equal annual, quarterly or monthly payments over a period not to exceed five (5) years unless the Participant elects to receive the distribution in a lump-sum payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) distributions of, or with respect to, Common

84


 

Stock acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section 6.1 may be delayed until the close of the Plan Year in which such loan is repaid in full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any distribution of the ESOP Contribution Account will be subject to the terms of Section 11.6. If the Participant’s vested account balance at the time of distribution does not (or at the time of any prior distribution did not) exceed $1,000, based on the last preceding Appraisal, the entire benefit shall be distributed to the Participant in a lump sum prior to the second Anniversary Date following his or her termination of employment. If the vested portion of a Participant’s account balance (or, if applicable, the account balance of a Participant’s beneficiary) exceeds $1,000 based on the last preceding Appraisal or exceeded such amount at the time of any prior distribution, such distribution will not be made without the Participant’s (or beneficiary’s) consent until such time as the account becomes “immediately distributable” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.41 1(a)-1 1(b)(4).
          If a Participant’s ESOP Contribution Account is to be distributed in cash, the fair market value of his or her ESOP Contribution Account will be determined based on the last preceding Appraisal prior to the Participant’s separation from service with the Company or a Related Company.
          12.5. Segregated Accounts. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, upon any termination of employment by a Participant for any reason (including, but not limited to, death, Disability or Retirement), the Plan will automatically redeem any Company Stock in such Participant’s ESOP Contribution Account if the Participant does not elect, within forty-five (45) days following the Participant’s termination of employment or, if later, within thirty (30) days following the Participant’s receipt of the corresponding distribution election form following the Participant’s termination of employment, to take an immediate distribution of the entire amount credited to such Account. If the Participant does not elect within such time period to take such an immediate distribution, the ESOP Trustee will credit to each Participant’s ESOP Diversification Account the value of the terminated Participant’s Participation Units equal to (a) the total number of Participation Units in such Participant’s ESOP Contribution Account multiplied by (b) the latest Appraisal Value of a share of Common Stock. For purposes of this Section 12.5, the “latest” Appraisal value shall be the fair market value determined based on the last preceding Appraisal prior to the Participant’s date of separation from service with the Company or a Related Company. Such value credited to the Participant’s ESOP Diversification Account will be invested in accordance with Section 7.2 of the Plan and shall be subject to all other distribution provisions of Sections 11.5, 11.6 and 11.9 and this Article XII.
          12.6. Death Benefits; Beneficiary Designation. At any time and from time to time each Participant and each beneficiary will have the unrestricted right to designate the person who, as his or her beneficiary, will receive the amount payable hereunder on

85


 

his or her death, and the right to revoke any such designations.
          12.7. Spousal Consent to Designation of Beneficiary. A Participant’s accrued benefit will be payable in full on the death of a Participant (or as soon thereafter as practicable) to the Participant’s surviving spouse unless the surviving spouse consents in writing to the Participant’s designation of another beneficiary. Such consent will not be effective unless the spouse’s written consent acknowledges the effect of such consent and is witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. Any consent by a spouse will be effective only with respect to such spouse.
          12.8. Election of Direct Rollover Distribution. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election under this Section 12.8, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administration Committee, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.
          12.9. Mandatory Distributions. Unless the Participant otherwise elects, the payment of benefits under the Plan to a Participant will commence no later than the sixtieth (60th) day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:
     (a) the Participant attains age sixty-two (62);
     (b) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Participant’s commencement of participation occurs; or
     (c) the Participant terminates service with the Company or a Related Company.
          12.10. Beneficiary Payments. In the event that a Participant dies after distribution under this Plan has commenced but before his or her entire interest has been distributed, the remaining portion of the Participant’s interest will be distributed at least as rapidly as under Sections 12.4 and 12.9. If a Participant dies before commencement of distribution under this Plan, the entire interest of the Participant will be distributed to such beneficiary within five (5) years after the death of the Participant. The preceding sentence will not apply if the beneficiary is the Participant’s spouse, in which case such distribution may not extend for a period longer than the lifetime or the life expectancy of such spouse.

86


 

ARTICLE XIII
RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
          Shares of the Common Stock distributed by the ESOP Trustee will be subject to a “Right of First Refusal.” The Right of First Refusal will provide that, prior to any subsequent transfer, such Common Stock must first be offered in writing to the Company and, if then refused by the Company, to the ESOP Trust, at the then fair market value, determined based on the last preceding Appraisal pursuant to Section 6.2. A bona fide written offer from an independent prospective buyer will be deemed to be the fair market value of such Common Stock for this purpose unless the value per share, as determined based on the last preceding Appraisal pursuant to Section 6.2 is greater. The Company and the ESOP Trustee will have a total of fourteen (14) days (from the date the Company receives the offer) to exercise the Right of First Refusal on the same terms offered by the prospective buyer. A Participant (or beneficiary) entitled to a distribution of Common Stock may be required to execute an appropriate stock transfer agreement (evidencing the Right of First Refusal) prior to receiving a certificate for Common Stock.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Right of First Refusal will be exercisable by reason of any of the following transfers:
     (a) the transfer upon the death of a Participant or beneficiary of any shares of Common Stock to his or her legal representatives, heirs and legatees; provided , however , that any proposed sale or other disposition of any such shares by any legal representative, heir or legatee will remain subject to the Right of First Refusal;
     (b) the transfer by a Participant or beneficiary in accordance with the Put Option pursuant to Article XIV below; or
     (c) the transfer while the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or quoted on a system sponsored by a national securities association registered under Section 15A(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
ARTICLE XIV
PUT OPTION
          14.1. Put Option on Stock. The Company will issue a “Put Option” to each Participant or beneficiary receiving a distribution of Common Stock from the Plan. The Put Option will permit the Participant or beneficiary to sell such Common Stock at its

87


 

then fair market value, as determined based on the last preceding Appraisal pursuant to Section 6.2, to the Company, at any time during the sixty (60) day period commencing on the date the Common Stock was distributed to the recipient and, if not exercised within that period, the Put Option will temporarily lapse. Upon the close of the Plan Year in which such temporary lapse of the Put Option occurs, the ESOP Trustee will notify each distributee who did not exercise the initial Put Option prior to its temporary lapse in the preceding Plan Year of the revised value of the Common Stock. The time during which the Put Option may be exercised will recommence on the date such notice is given and will permanently terminate sixty (60) days thereafter. The ESOP Trustee may be permitted by the Company to purchase Common Stock put to the Company under a Put Option. At the option of the Company or the ESOP Trustee, as the case may be, the payment for Common Stock sold pursuant to a Put Option will be made in the following forms:
     (a) If the balance to the credit of the Participant’s account was distributed in Common Stock within one (1) taxable year, then payments may be made in substantially equal annual installments commencing within thirty (30) days from the date of the exercise of the Put Option and over a period not exceeding five (5) years, with interest payable at a reasonable rate (as determined by the Company) on any unpaid installment balance, with adequate security provided, and without penalty for any prepayment of such installments; or
     (b) If a Participant or beneficiary exercises a Put Option on a distribution of Common Stock made to him or her in periodic payments, then the payment for such Common Stock may be made in a lump sum no later than thirty (30) days after such Participant exercises the Put Option.
          Notwithstanding the prior provisions of this Section 14.1, if a Participant receives a distribution of Common Stock under the terms of Section 12.2 of the Plan, the Participant must immediately put the shares to the Company and will not be entitled to the two put periods described in this Section 14.1.
          14.2 . ESOP Trustee’s Discretion on Other Stock. The ESOP Trustee on behalf of the ESOP Trust may offer to purchase any shares of Common Stock (which are not sold pursuant to a Put Option) from any former Participant or beneficiary at any time in the future, at the then fair market value of such shares.

88


 

ARTICLE XV
ENDORSEMENT OF CERTIFICATES
          Prior to the distribution of any shares of Common Stock to a Participant or Beneficiary, the ESOP Trustee will have the Company endorse such shares as follows:
“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a Right of First Refusal as set forth in Article XIII of the ISO 401(k) Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan, restricting the free transferability of said shares. ISO will mail to the holder of this certificate, without charge, a copy of the terms of such Right of First Refusal within five (5) days after receiving a written request therefore.”
ARTICLE XVI
NONTERMINABLE RIGHTS
          The protections and rights afforded Participants under Section 6.1(h) pertaining to certain restrictions on Common Stock acquired with the proceeds of a loan and Article XIII pertaining to put options, will be nonterminable. The protections and rights with respect to Common Stock acquired with the proceeds of an exempt loan will continue and not be abridged notwithstanding the eventual repayment of the loan or the discontinuance of the Plan as an ESOP.
ARTICLE XVII
SPENDTHRIFT CLAUSE
          The rights of a Participant or beneficiary to receive payments or benefits hereunder will not be subject to alienation or assignment, and will not be subject to anticipation, encumbrance or claims of creditors. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the ESOP Trustee will comply with and will pay benefits pursuant to the terms of any Qualified Domestic Relations Order; provided that such order does not require the Plan to provide any benefits in excess of those otherwise available, or to provide any type or form of benefits, or any option, not otherwise provided herein, and further that such order does not require the payment of benefits to any person which are required to be paid to another person under another order previously determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. A distribution by the estate of a deceased Participant or beneficiary to an heir or legatee of a right to receive payments hereunder will not be deemed an alienation, assignment or anticipation for the purposes of this Article XVII.

89


 

ARTICLE XVIII
TRUST FUNDS; FIDUCIARIES; RESPONSIBILITIES; INDEMNITY
          18.1. Trust Agreements. The Company will, by the adoption of this Plan, agree (a) to enter into ESOP Trust Agreement(s) with one or more individuals appointed by its Board of Directors and (b) to enter into 401(k) Savings Trust Agreement(s) with one or more banks or trust companies, each with an aggregate capital of not less than $100,000,000, which will be in such form and contain such provisions as are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and permitted under ERISA and relevant to the Plan. Such trust agreements will form a part of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective July 1, 2006, the Trusts Investment Committee shall be responsible for appointing, monitoring, and replacing the 401(k) Savings Trustee from time to time, approving the terms of any 401(k) Savings Trust Agreement, and entering into any such 401(k) Savings Trust Agreement (or, if the Company is to enter into such trust agreement, then recommending to the Board of Directors of the Company that the given trust agreement should be entered into). The Board of Directors of the Company shall continue to retain such responsibilities with respect to the ESOP Trustee and ESOP Trust Agreement.
          18.2 . Named Fiduciaries and Committee Responsibilities. The Plan Administration Committee, the Trusts Investment Committee, and the Board of Directors of the Company to the extent that it has not delegated fiduciary responsibilities pursuant to the Plan will be the named fiduciaries within the meaning of Section 401(a)(2) of ERISA. Such parties will be the named fiduciaries with respect to control over and management of the Plan’s assets only to the extent that any of them will (a) appoint one or more trustees to hold the assets of the Plan in trust, and (b) exercise its authority to direct the sale, investment, or reinvestment of Plan assets in accordance with the trust.
          (a)  Plan Administrative Committee Responsibilities. Apart from powers specifically delegated to others, or specifically retained by the Board of Directors of the Company, under the Plan or any trust agreement or investment management agreement, the Plan Administration Committee will have the authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan. The powers of the Plan Administration Committee, to be exercised in its discretion, will include, but not be limited to: (i) the power to employ one or more persons to carry out the provisions of the Plan, including one or more persons to render advice with regard to any responsibility that any fiduciary may have under the Plan; (ii) general Plan administration and enforcement of Plan provisions; (iii) preparation of periodic reports required for the proper administration of the Plan; and (iv) the direction of the trustees under the Plan with respect to the payment of Plan benefits.

90


 

          In addition to any other powers provided to the Plan Administration Committee herein, the Plan Administration Committee will have the power, to be exercised in its sole discretion, to construe and interpret the Plan, decide all questions of eligibility, status, and rights under the Plan of Participants, former Participants, Beneficiaries, and others, and determine the manner, amount, and time of payment of any benefits under the Plan. Any determination by the Plan Administration Committee shall be conclusive on all parties.
          (b)  Trusts Investment Committee Responsibilities. The Trusts Investment Committee will have the following powers: (i) to appoint, monitor, and replace the 401(k) Savings Trustee; (ii) to approve the terms of the 401(k) Savings Trust Agreement; (iii) to enter into any such trust agreement (or, if the Company is to enter into such trust agreement, then to recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company that the given trust agreement should be entered into); (iv) to delegate authority to, and appoint and designate, one or more investment managers to manage (including the power to acquire and dispose of) any assets of the Plan; (v) to direct the investment manager to the extent provided in the 401(k) Savings Trust Agreement or investment manager agreement; and (vi) to select Investment Funds in which contributions and Plan assets may be maintained in general or separate accounts pursuant to written agreement. The Trusts Investment Committee will be responsible for diversifying the investments of the Plan only to the extent that said authority to direct investments is exercised, and the 401(k) Savings Trustee and the ESOP Trustee each will be responsible for diversifying the specific investments in accounts under their management to the extent required by law.
          (c)  Powers Retained by the Board. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 18.2, the Board of Directors of the Company shall retain the power to allocate fiduciary responsibilities (other than trustee responsibilities) among the Plan Administration Committee, the Trusts Investment Committee, and other fiduciaries of the Plan, and the power to designate persons other than the Plan Administration Committee and the Trusts Investment Committee to carry out fiduciary responsibilities (other than trustee responsibilities) under the Plan.
          (d)  Reliance of Fiduciaries. Each fiduciary of the Plan may rely upon any direction, information, or action of another such fiduciary with respect to matters within the responsibility of such other fiduciary as being proper under the Plan or any funding instrument, and is not required under the Plan to inquire into the propriety of any such direction, information, or action. To the maximum extent permitted by law, it is intended that, under the Plan, each fiduciary will be responsible for the proper exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations under the Plan and will not be responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary of the Plan. To the maximum extent permitted by ERISA, no other fiduciary of the Plan will be liable for any loss that

91


 

may result from a decision of an investment manager with respect to Plan assets under its control.
          18.3. Fiduciary of Participating Employer. In the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, each Participating Employer may designate one or more of its employees to be a fiduciary (or fiduciaries) under the Plan with authority, power and responsibility to determine the amount of and collect all Participant Salary Reduction Contributions, Matching Contributions, Optional Employer Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions, and transmit them to the 401(k) Savings Trustee or the ESOP Trustee, as the case may be, and to perform other duties and supply and transmit all information and reports with respect to Employees of the Participating Employer, to enable the Plan Administration Committee, the Trusts Investment Committee, the 401(k) Savings Trustee and ESOP Trustee to discharge properly their duties under the Plan, and to achieve compliance by the Participating Employer with reporting, disclosure and other requirements of ERISA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no such Fiduciary is designated by a Participating Employer pursuant to this Section 18.3, such Participating Employer shall be deemed to have designated the Plan Administration Committee as its Fiduciary under the Plan.
          18.4. Fiduciaries. Every “fiduciary,” as such term is defined in Section 3(21) of ERISA, with respect to the Plan will act as provided in Section 404(a)(1) of ERISA solely in the interest of the Participants and Beneficiaries for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims and in accordance with the terms of the documents and instruments governing the Plan. No fiduciary will be liable for an act or omission of another person in carrying out any fiduciary responsibility where such fiduciary responsibility as allocated to such other person by the Plan or pursuant to a procedure established in the Plan, except to the extent that:
     (a) such fiduciary participated knowingly in, or knowingly undertook to conceal, an act or omission of such other person, knowing such act or omission to be a breach of fiduciary responsibility;
     (b) such fiduciary, by failure to comply with Section 404(a)(1) of ERISA in the administration of his or her specific responsibilities which give rise to status as a fiduciary, has enabled such other person to commit a breach of fiduciary responsibility;

92


 

     (c) such fiduciary has knowledge of a breach of fiduciary responsibility by such other person, unless such fiduciary makes reasonable efforts under the circumstances to remedy the breach; or
     (d) such fiduciary is a named fiduciary and has violated his or her duties under Section 404(a)(1) of ERISA: (i) with respect to the allocation of fiduciary responsibilities among named fiduciaries or the designation of persons other than named fiduciaries to carry out fiduciary responsibilities under the Plan, or (ii) with respect to the establishment or implementation of procedures for allocation of fiduciary responsibilities among named fiduciaries or for designating persons other than named fiduciaries to carry out fiduciary responsibilities (other than trustee responsibilities) under the Plan, or (iii) in continuing the allocation or designation.
          18.5. Rights of Fiduciaries. Nothing in the Plan will be construed to prohibit any fiduciary from:
     (a) receiving any benefit to which the fiduciary may be entitled as a Participant or Beneficiary in the Plan, so long as the benefit is computed and paid on a basis which is consistent with the terms of the Plan as applied to all other Participants and Beneficiaries;
     (b) receiving any reasonable compensation for services rendered or for the reimbursement of expenses properly and actually incurred in the performance of duties with respect to the Plan, except that no person so serving who already receives full-time pay from an employer or an association of employers, whose employees are Participants in the Plan, or from an employee organization whose members are Participants in such Plan, will receive compensation from such Plan, except for reimbursement of expenses properly and actually incurred; and
     (c) no fiduciary will participate in a decision in which the fiduciary or any organization employing such fiduciary has a direct or indirect interest in the outcome of such decision.
          18.6. Indemnification of Named Fiduciaries and Others. As more fully specified in the 401(k) Savings Trust Agreement and the ESOP Trust Agreement, each Participating Employer agrees to indemnify and hold any of the named fiduciaries, any other fiduciary, the Board of Directors of the Company, the Plan Administration Committee, the Trusts Investment Committee, the 401(k) Savings Trustee, and the ESOP Trustee, respectively, harmless from and against any liability or loss, exclusive of any

93


 

liability or loss against which any such person is otherwise insured by an insurance carrier, that any such person may incur in serving under such trust agreements or the Plan unless arising from such person’s willful and intentional breach of the provisions of such trust agreements or the Plan.
          18.7. Plan Administrator. The Plan Administration Committee will be the plan administrator within the meaning of ERISA.
ARTICLE XIX
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
          19.1. Designation of Beneficiary. Subject to the provisions of Sections 11.3 and 12.7, each Participant, including a former Participant, from time to time may designate any person or persons (who may be designated contingently or successively and who may be an entity other than a natural person) as his or her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to whom his or her Plan benefits are to be paid if he or she dies before receipt of all such benefits. Each Beneficiary designation will be in a form prescribed by the Plan Administration Committee and will be effective only when received by the Plan Administration Committee during the Participant’s lifetime, and, if permitted, the Participant may specify the method of payment of his or her benefit to the Beneficiary. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 11.3 and 12.7, each Beneficiary designation so received will cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 11.2 and 12.7, the revocation of a Beneficiary designation, no matter how effected, will not require the consent of any designated Beneficiary.
          If any Participant, including a former Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary in the manner provided above, or if the Beneficiary designated by a deceased Participant dies before him or before complete distribution of the benefits payable in respect of such Participant, then payment will be made in accordance with the following order of priority:
     (a) to the surviving spouse or, if there be none surviving;
     (b) to the descendants, per stirpes; provided, however, that children by adoption will be considered children of the Participant or of his or her children, as the case may be, or, if there be none surviving;
     (c) to his or her surviving parents or parent, per capita , or if there be none surviving;

94


 

     (d) to the estate of the last to die of the Participant and any designated beneficiary.
          19.2. Claims Procedure.
               (a)  Claims. If a Participant has any grievance, complaint, or claim concerning any aspect of the operation or administration of the Plan or 401(k) Savings Trust or ESOP Trust, including but not limited to claims for benefits and complaints concerning the performance or administration of the investments of Plan assets (collectively referred to herein as “claim” or “claims”), the Participant will submit the claim to the Plan Administration Committee, which will have the initial responsibility for deciding the claim. All such claims will be submitted in writing and will set forth the relief requested and the reasons the relief should be granted. All such claims must be submitted within the “applicable limitations period.” The “applicable limitations period” will be two years, beginning on (i) in the case of any lump-sum payment, the date on which the payment was made, (ii) in the case of an annuity payment or installment payment, the date of the first in the series of payments, or (iii) for all other claims, the date on which the action complained or grieved of occurred. To the extent that documentary or other evidence is relevant to the relief sought, the Participant will submit such evidence or, if the evidence is in the possession of the Plan Administration Committee, the Participant will refer to such evidence in a manner sufficient to allow the Plan Administration Committee to identify and locate such evidence.
               (b)  Denial of Claims. If a claim is denied in whole or in part, the Plan Administration Committee will give the claimant written notice of the decision within ninety (90) days (or within forty-five (45) days if the claim requires a determination of disability) of the date the claim was submitted. Such written notice will set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant (1) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (2) specific references to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (3) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim, along with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (4) appropriate information about the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to submit the claim for review of the denial. This initial period for review of a claim for benefits may be extended for an additional ninety (90) days (or for up to two additional thirty (30) day periods if the claim requires a determination of disability) by a written notice to the claimant setting forth the reason for the extension. If the Plan Administration Committee fails to respond to a claim within the time limits set forth above, the claim will be deemed denied and the Participant may request review by the Plan Administration Committee as set forth in Section 19.2(c).
               (c)  Appeals Procedure. If a claim is denied, in whole or in part, or if the claimant has no response to such claim within the applicable time period (in which

95


 

case the claim for benefits will be deemed to be denied), the claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may appeal the denial to the Plan Administration Committee (if the claim requires a determination of disability, it is possible that the appeal may be heard by only certain members of the Plan Administration Committee or, if deemed necessary by the Plan Administration Committee, by some or all of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company) within sixty (60) days (or within one hundred and eighty (180) days if the claim requires a determination of disability) of receipt of written notice of denial or the expiration of the applicable time period. In pursuing his or her appeal, the claimant or his or her duly authorized representative:
     (1) will request in writing that the Plan Administration Committee review the denial;
     (2) will review pertinent documents; and
     (3) will submit evidence as well as written issues, comments or arguments.
The decision on review will be made within sixty (60) days (or within forty-five (45) days if the claim requires a determination of disability) of receipt of the request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days (or ninety (90) days if the claim requires a determination of disability) after receipt of the request for review. If such an extension of time is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the claimant before the end of the initial review period. The decision on review will be made in writing, will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and will include specific references to the provision of the plan on which the denial is based. If the decision on review is not furnished within the time specified above, the claim will be deemed denied on review. The decision will be final and conclusive and a Participant will not be permitted to bring suit at law or in equity on a claim without first exhausting the remedies available hereunder. No action at law or in equity to recover under this Plan will be commenced later than one year from the date of the decision on review (or if no decision is furnished within the applicable time period following receipt of the request for review, the last day of the applicable time period for review).
          To the extent permitted under ERISA, the Plan will indemnify the Plan Administration Committee, the Trusts Investment Committee, and the Board of Directors of the Company against any cost or liability which they may incur in the course of administering the Plan and executing the duties assigned pursuant to the Plan. The Company will indemnify the Plan Administration Committee, the Trusts Investment Committee, and the Board of Directors of the Company against any personal liability or

96


 

cost not provided for in the preceding sentence which they may incur as a result of any act or omission in relation to the Plan or its Participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no person will be indemnified for any act or omission that results from that person’s intentional or willful misconduct, or illegal activity. The Company may purchase fiduciary liability insurance to insure its obligation under this Section. The Company will have the right to select counsel to defend any such persons in connection with any litigation arising from the execution of their duties under the Plan.
               (d)  Summary Plan Description . More detailed claims procedures are set forth in the Plan’s summary plan description. In addition, the summary plan description contains further details regarding the procedures for claims that require a determination of disability, including the content of required written notices, rules regarding the appeal process, and the use and disclosure of health care professionals. Claims that require a determination of disability will comply with the Department of Labor’s regulations set forth in 29 C.F.R. § 2560.503.1.
          19.3. Action by the Committees . The Plan Administration Committee and the Trusts Investment Committee will hold meetings upon such notice, at such place or places and at such time or times, as each may from time to time determine. A majority of the members of the respective Committee at the time in office will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions adopted or other action taken by the respective Committee will be by vote of a majority of the members thereof present at any meeting or without a meeting by instrument in writing signed by a majority of the members of the respective Committee, as the case may be. A dissenting member of any Committee who, within a reasonable time after he has knowledge of any action or failure to act by the majority, takes such reasonable and legal steps in opposing such action or failure to act as may be appropriate, will not be responsible for any such action or failure to act.
          No member of the Plan Administration Committee or the Trusts Investment Committee will have any right to vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself or solely to any of his rights or benefits under the Plan.
          The Plan Administration Committee will from time to time establish rules for the administration of the Plan and the transaction of its business and will make determination of all questions arising out of or in connection with the provisions of the Plan not required by the Plan to be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Trusts Investment Committee, the 401(k) Savings Trustee, the ESOP Trustee, or a Participating Employer, and any such determination will be conclusive upon all persons having an interest in or under the Plan.

97


 

ARTICLE XX
AMENDMENT; TERMINATION; MERGER
          20.1. Amendment . While the Company expects and intends to continue the Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company reserves the right to amend the Plan at any time, except as follows:
     (a) the duties and liabilities of the 401(k) Savings Trustee and the ESOP Trustee cannot be substantially changed without their respective consent; and
     (b) no amendment will reduce a Participant’s benefits to less than the amount such Participant would be entitled to receive if such Participant had resigned from the employ of the Company on the date of the amendment.
     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall, without action of the Board of Directors of the Company, have the authority to adopt (i) technical amendments to the Plan which are specifically requested by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Department of Labor, (ii) non-substantive amendments to the Plan and (iii) amendments to change minor administrative functions of the Plan.
          20.2. Termination . The Plan will terminate on any day specified by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Plan will terminate on the first to occur of the following:
     (a) the date it is terminated by the Board of Directors of the Company if thirty (30) days’ advance written notice is given to the 401(k) Savings Trustee and the ESOP Trustee;
     (b) the date that the Company’s contributions under the Plan are completely discontinued;
     (c) the date that the Company is judicially declared bankrupt under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code; or
     (d) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company, or the sale by the Company, of all or substantially all of its assets, except that, subject to the provisions of Section 20.3., with the

98


 

consent of the Company, in any event such arrangements may be made whereby the Plan will be continued by any successor to the Company or any purchaser of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, in which case the successor or purchaser will be substituted as the Company under the Plan.
          20.3. Merger and Consolidation of Plan; Transfer of Plan Assets. In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets and liabilities to, any other plan, provisions will be made so that each Participant in the Plan on the date thereof, if the Plan then terminated, would receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately prior to the merger, consolidation or transfer, if the Plan had then terminated.
          20.4. Vesting and Distribution on Termination and Partial Termination. On termination of the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 20.2 or on partial termination of the Plan by operation of law, the date of termination or partial termination, as the case may be, will be an Anniversary Date and, after all adjustments then required under the Plan have been made, each affected employee’s benefits will be nonforfeitable. If, on termination of the Plan, a Participant remains an employee of a Participating Employer, in lieu of electing to receive a distribution of his or her entire Account balances under the Plan, the Participant may elect to retain his or her Account balances in the 401(k) Savings and ESOP Trusts, and, if applicable, invested pursuant to the QPC GAC, until after his or her termination of employment with all Participating Employers. If, on termination of the Plan, a Participant is not employed by a Participating Employer, then, to the extent permitted under Section 411(d)(6) of the Code and regulations issued thereunder, that Participant will receive an automatic lump-sum distribution of his or her entire Account balances.
ARTICLE XXI
TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
          21.1. Top-Heavy Determination. As of each Anniversary Date, the Plan Administration Committee will compute the aggregate of Participation Units allocated to the accounts of all “Key Employees” of the Company and Related Companies. For purposes of this Section, the term “Key Employee” will have the same definition as that term has under Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the term “Compensation” has the meaning given such term by Section 414(q)(4) of the Code. A “Non-Key Employee” will be any employee other than a Key Employee (including any former Key Employee). If the aggregate number of Participation Units allocated to the accounts of all Key Employees exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the aggregate number of Participation Units

99


 

allocated to the accounts of all Participants, excluding any individual who has not performed an Hour of Service for the Company or a Related Company at any time during the five (5) year period ending on the Anniversary Date, then the Plan will be deemed to be top heavy for the Plan Year next following such Anniversary Date (and in the case of the initial Plan Year, for the Plan Year ending with such Anniversary Date). For purposes of making the above determination, there will be considered (1) all other qualified plans of the Company and Related Companies in which a Key Employee is a Participant (or in which such a Key Employee has participated in any of the preceding four years), and (2) each other Plan of the Company and Related Companies which, during such period, enables any Plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code. In making the top-heavy determination contemplated herein, the Plan Administration Committee may take into account plans of the Company and Related Companies that are not part of the “required aggregation group” described in the preceding sentence, but that satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code when considered together with the required aggregation group. In the event the Plan Administration Committee determines that the Plan is top heavy, it will promptly advise the 401(k) Savings Trustee and the ESOP Trustee of such top-heavy status.
          21.2. Minimum Vesting . For each Plan Year that the Plan is top heavy, the vesting schedules set forth in Sections 8.1(b), (c) and (e) and 8.2 will be replaced by a three (3) year vesting requirement, which will be applied to determine a Participant’s vested portion of his or her Account balance.
          In the event that the Plan subsequently ceases to be top heavy, the vesting schedules set forth in Sections 8.1(b), (c) and (e) and 8.2 will again apply; however, in no event will the vested percentage of a Participant’s Account balance be less than the applicable vested percentage determined under the above schedule while the Plan was top heavy. Further, the above vesting schedule will continue to apply with respect to each Participant who has completed at least three (3) 401(k) Years of Vesting Service as of the beginning of the Plan Year in which the Plan ceases to be top heavy.
          21.3. Minimum Allocations . Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, the sum of the Participating Employer contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of each Employee will be equal to at least three percent of such Employee’s “415 Compensation” (reduced by contributions and Forfeitures, if any, allocated to each Employee in any defined contribution plan included with this plan in a Required Aggregation Group). However, if (1) the sum of the Participating Employer contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of each Key Employee for such Top Heavy Plan Year is less than three percent of each Key Employee’s “415 Compensation” and (2) this Plan is not required to be included in an Aggregation Group to enable a defined benefit plan to meet

100


 

the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410, the sum of the Participating Employer contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of each Employee will be equal to the largest percentage allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of any Key Employee. However, in determining whether a Non-Key Employee has received the required minimum allocation, such Non-Key Employee’s Deferred Compensation and matching contributions needed to satisfy the “Actual Contribution Percentage” tests pursuant to Section 4.7(a) will not be taken into account.
          However, no such minimum allocation will be required in this Plan for any Employee who participates in another defined contribution plan subject to Code Section 412 included with this Plan in a Required Aggregation Group.
               (a) For purposes of the minimum allocations set forth above, the percentage allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of any Key Employee will be equal to the ratio of the sum of the Participating Employer contributions and Forfeitures allocated on behalf of such Key Employee divided by the “415 Compensation” for such Key Employee.
               (b) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the minimum allocations set forth above will be allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of all Employees who are Participants and who are employed by the Participating Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, including Employees who have (1) failed to complete a 401(k) Year of Vesting Service; and (2) declined to make mandatory contributions (if required) or, in the case of a cash or deferred arrangement, elective contributions to the Plan.
               (c) In lieu of the above, in any Plan Year in which an Employee is a Participant in both this Plan and a defined benefit pension plan included in a Required Aggregation Group which is top heavy, the Participating Employer will not be required to provide such Employee with both the full separate defined benefit plan minimum benefit and the full separate defined contribution plan minimum allocation.
          Therefore, for any Plan Year when the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, an Employee who is participating in this Plan and a defined benefit plan maintained by the Participating Employer will receive a minimum monthly accrued benefit in the defined benefit plan equal to the product of (1) one-twelfth of “415 Compensation” averaged over the five consecutive “Limitation Years” (or actual “Limitation Years,” if less) which produce the highest average and (2) the lesser of (i) two percent multiplied by 401(k) Years of Vesting Service when the Plan is top heavy or (ii) twenty percent.
               (d) For the purposes of this Section, “415 Compensation” will be limited to $150,000. Such amount will be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17), except that the dollar increase in effect on

101


 

January 1 of any calendar year will be effective for the Plan Year beginning with or within such calendar year. For any short Plan Year the “415 Compensation” limit will be an amount equal to the “415 Compensation” limit for the calendar year in which the Plan Year begins multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the short Plan Year by twelve (12).
          For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2002:
          21.4. Key Employee . Key Employee means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of ISO or a Related Company having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a five (5%) percent owner of ISO or a Related Company or a one (1%) percent of ISO or a Related Company having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual Compensation means compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
          21.5. Determination of Present Values and Amounts . This Section 21.5 shall apply for purposes of determining the present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of employees as of the determination date.
               (a) The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of a Participant as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Participant under the Plan and any plan aggregated with this Plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the one (1) year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation of service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting five (5) year period for one (1) year period.
               (b) The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not yet performed services for ISO or any Related Company during the one (1) year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.
          21.6. Minimum Benefits .
               (a) Company Matching Contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the Plan, or, if the Plan provides the minimum contribution

102


 

requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Company Matching Contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code.
               (b) The Participating Employer may provide that the minimum benefit requirement shall be met in another plan (including another plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Section 401(k)(12) of the Code and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Section 401(m)(11) of the Code are met).
ARTICLE XXII
MISCELLANEOUS
          22.1. Nonguarantee of Employment . Nothing contained in this Plan will be construed as a contract of employment between the Participating Employer and any Employee, or as a right of any Employee to be continued in the employment of the Participating Employer, or as a limitation of the right of the Participating Employer to discharge any of its Employees, with or without cause.
          22.2. Right to Trust and Other Assets . No Employee or Beneficiary will have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the 401(k) Savings Trust or ESOP Trust, or any assets held under the QPC GAC, upon termination of his or her employment or otherwise, except as provided from time to time under this Plan, and then only to the extent of the benefits payable under the Plan to such Employee or Beneficiary out of the assets of any such trust fund or guaranteed annuity contract. All payments of benefits as provided for in this Plan will be made solely out of the assets of the 401(k) Savings Trust or ESOP Trust, and/or from the assets held under the QPC GAC, as the case may be, and none of the fiduciaries will be liable therefore in any manner.
          22.3. Nonalienation of Benefits . Except as otherwise required by law, or, effective January 1, 1985 pursuant to a “qualified domestic relations order” as defined in Section 206(d) of ERISA and Section 414(p) of the Code, benefits under the Plan may not be assigned or alienated. A determination by the Plan Administration Committee that a domestic relations order constitutes a Qualified Domestic Relations Order will be binding and conclusive as to all parties thereto. Reasonable administrative expenses incurred for such determination may be deducted from the appropriate Participant’s Account prior to any division of the Account balances. If required pursuant to the terms of the Qualified Domestic Relations Order, an “alternate payee” (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code) thereunder may receive distributions under the Plan notwithstanding the fact that the Participant whose Account is effected by the Qualified Domestic

103


 

Relations Order is not yet receiving distributions under the Plan.
          22.4. Nonforfeitability of Benefits. Subject only to the specific provisions of this Plan, nothing will be deemed to divest a Participant of his or her right to the nonforfeitable benefits to which he or she becomes entitled in accordance with the provisions of this Plan; provided, however, such benefit may be forfeited if the Participant or Beneficiary cannot be found and such benefit will be reinstated, out of forfeitures under Section 8.1(e) if a claim is made by the Participant or Beneficiary.
          22.5. Mergers and Consolidation. In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities of the Plan of any Participating Employer to any other plan, each Participant in the Plan will (if the Plan is terminated) receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated).
          22.6. Reversion. Except for payment of reasonable expenses of the Plan and 401(k) Savings Trust and ESOP Trust and as otherwise provided in this Section 22.6, at no time will any part of the corpus or income be (within the taxable year or thereafter) used for, or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Employees or their Beneficiaries. Except as otherwise provided herein, the assets of the Plan will not inure to the benefit of the Company or an Related Company, and will be held for the exclusive purposes of providing benefits to Participants and beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence:
               (a) if a Company Contribution is made under a mistake of fact, such contribution may be returned, at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, within one (1) year after payment of such contribution.
               (b) all contributions to the Plan are conditioned on initial qualification of the Plan under Section 401 of the Code. If the Plan does not so qualify for any Plan Year for which a Company Contribution is made, such Company Contribution may be returned, at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, within one (1) year after the date of denial of initial qualification of the Plan.
               (c) all contributions to the Plan are conditioned upon the deductibility thereof, for Federal income tax purposes, under Section 404 of the Code. If and to the extent that such deduction is disallowed, Company Contributions (to the extent disallowed) may be returned, at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, within one (1) year after the disallowance of the deduction.
          22.7. Certain Administrative Expenses. For Plan Years commencing after

104


 

December 31, 1997, all fees that the Plan Administration Committee determine are appropriately paid from Plan assets will be charged against the assets of the Participating Employer’s Plan and allocated against the accounts of the Participants of the Participating Employer unless the Participating Employer pays part or all of such fees. The amount assessed against each Participant for fees relating to investment transactions will be the amount charged for the transaction.
          22.8. Electronic Writings. To the extent permitted by law and under ERISA, any written consent or authorization required under the Plan may be made electronically or by telephone.
          22.9. Legal Agent. The General Counsel of the Company, or in his or her absence the Assistant General Counsel of the Company, will serve as the legal agent for service of process upon the Plan, to be served at the following address:
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
545 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, New Jersey 07310
Attention: Law Department
          22.10. Construction. It is intended that this Plan will be construed so as to qualify as a tax-advantaged 401(k) savings plan and an employee stock ownership plan, contributions to which will be deductible from the net income of the Participating Employers.
          22.11. Compliance With USERRA. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
          22.12. Merger of AppIntelligence, Inc. 401(k) Plan. Effective as of July 1, 2005, (a) the AppIntelligence, Inc. 401(k) Plan was merged with and into the 401(k) Savings portion of the Plan, (b) all undistributed account balances and all liabilities, including loans, associated therewith for participants in the AppIntelligence, Inc. 401(k) Plan were transferred from the AppIntelligence, Inc. 401(k) Plan to this Plan, and (c) new Accounts for participants under the AppIntelligence, Inc. 401(k) plan were established under this Plan.
          22.13. Plan Mergers Effective as of January 1, 2006. Effective as of January 1, 2006, (a) the Quality Planning Corporation 401-K Profit Sharing Plan, the DxCG, Inc. 401(k) Plan, and the ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc. 401K Plan (previously known as the Ascendant One, Inc. 401K Plan) were merged with and into the 401(k) Savings portion of the Plan, (b) all undistributed account balances and all liabilities,

105


 

including loans, associated therewith for participants in those three plans were transferred from those plans to this Plan, and (c) new Accounts for participants under those three plans were established under this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any account balances that were held under the Quality Planning Corporation 401-K Profit Sharing Plan as of the close of business on December 31, 2005 will continue to be held and invested pursuant to the terms of the QPC GAC, until such time as a Participant receives a distribution of his or her account balances under the terms of this Plan or the account balances are transferred from The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company to the 401(k) Savings Trust.
* * *

106


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC. has caused this instrument to be executed this 19 th day of December, 2007, to be effective as of January 1, 2008.
         
  INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Frank J. Coyne    
    Name:   Frank J. Coyne   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 

 


 

SCHEDULE A
ESOP PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
ISO Services, Inc.
ISO Staff Services, Inc.
ISO Claims Services, Inc.
Elliston LLC
AIR Worldwide Corporation
ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc.
Intellicorp Records, Inc.
DxCG, Inc. (now known as Urix, Inc.)
Quality Planning Corporation
AppIntelligence, Inc. (now known as Interthinx, Inc.)
Sysdome, Inc. (now known as Interthinx, Inc.)
ISO Insurance Solutions, Inc. (now known as Xactware Solutions, Inc.)
National Equipment Register, Inc.

S-1


 

SCHEDULE B
401(k) PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
ISO Services, Inc.
ISO Staff Services, Inc.
ISO Claims Services, Inc.
AIR Worldwide Corporation
Sysdome, Inc. (now known as Interthinx, Inc.)
AppIntelligence, Inc. (now known as Interthinx, Inc.)
Quality Planning Corporation
DxCG, Inc. (now known as Urix, Inc.)
ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc.
Intellicorp Records, Inc.
National Equipment Register, Inc.
ISO Insurance Solutions, Inc. (now known as Xactware Solutions, Inc.)

S-2


 

SCHEDULE C
OPTIONAL EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
ISO Services, Inc.
ISO Staff Services, Inc.

S-3

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
     We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated August 12, 2008, relating to the financial statements of Insurance Services Office, Inc. (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes explanatory paragraphs regarding the Company’s adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)) appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and of our report dated August 12, 2008, relating to the financial statement schedule appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement.
     We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.
         
     
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP  
Parsippany, New Jersey
August 12, 2008

Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
     We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated August 12, 2008, relating to the balance sheet of Verisk Analytics, Inc. appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement.
     We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.
         
     
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP  
 
Parsippany, New Jersey
August 12, 2008

Exhibit 23.3
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
     We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated May 5, 2006 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Xactware, Inc. included in the Registration Statement (Form S-1 as filed on August 12, 2008) and related Prospectus of Verisk Analytics, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.
         
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
 
Salt Lake City, Utah
August 12, 2008